lh ltl thts ae Ee RAAB A nT, 5 phiergnbiine teat ST ae ar EE reaeracs ; reciente sora ina Ss eas A Rett py Ae nae * nh HARVARD UNIVERSITY eu LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology aes are ay T5308 (ere r a! a ; i" . eer iy A P a * BORE RIN S OF AMERICAN PAL EONTOLOG y * VOESEN) * 1969 - 1970 Paleo sh al Research Institution Ithac ae 14850 WS. A: MUS. COM. ZOOL. LIBRARY APR 27 i579 HARVARD UNIVERSITY. IN MEMORIAM F. W. Rolshausen 1894 - 1969 Erwin C. Stumm 1908 - 1969 CONTENTS OF VOLUME LVI Bulletin No. 248. 249. 250. 251. 292. 2953. 254. Names of and Variation in Certain American Larger Foraminifera, particularly the Eocene Pseudophragminids - No. 4. By W. Storrs Cole ... Reprint in Part - Report of the North Carolina Geological Survey Agriculture of the Eastern Counties; together with Descriptions of the Fossils of the Marl Beds. By Ebenezer Emmons, 1858 Revision of R. P. Whitfield’s Types of Rugese and Tabulate Corals in the Museum of Pal- eontology, University of California and in the United States Museum. By Erwin C. Stumm Catalogue of Type Specimens of the Belanski Collection. By Harrell L. Strimple and Calvin O. Levorson Some Late Cenozoic Echinoidea from Cabo Blanco, Venezuela. By Norman E. Weisbord The Neosciadiocapsidae, a New Family of Up- per Cretaceous Radiolaria. By Emile A. Pessagno, Jr. Taxonomy, Distribution, and Phylogeny of the Cymatiid Gastropods Argobuccinum, Fusi- triton, Mediargo, and Priene. By Judith Terry Smith Plates 1-56 57-230 231-254 299-272 273-372 373-440 441-573 Pages 1-9 10-13 14-22 23-38 39-49 INDEX No separate index is included in the volume. Each number is indexed separately. Contents of the volume are listed in the begin- ning of the volume. m A > i\geee = = | a BULLETINS ues OF a AMERICAN PAEEONTOLOGY (Founded 1895) Vol. 56 No. 248 NAMES OF AND VARIATION IN CERTAIN AMERICAN LARGER FORAMINIFERA, PARTICULARLY THE EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS - NO. 4 By W. Storrs Coe 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. ACH } {OF | PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1968 - 1969 APRESS) EN Tees ores nc ae ag a OE a oie KENNETH E. CASTER IWICESPRESIDEIN Ty )oz20 32.3: aU bees oc se sae sae Bash ra 12 ens eR RN Oa WILLIAM B. HEROY SECRETARY 6 ote str eoeetc eects ae sca tre INI Ure USL eo! aoe eee eS eS REBECCA S. HARRIS DIRECTOR (WU REASURER esos k cate ae mais wie ot became KATHERINE V. W. PALMER GO UINS Ee eae er tee ar sce Be CM PE SAE PERU ON Sa ARMAND L, ADAMS IREPRESEN TA TIVE PAVAVAS) | COUINGIG ta-stecertecsctsstcassneseceustermeconesce ss aeererseore sere: Davip NICOL Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) DonaLp W. FIsHER (1967-1973) WILLIAM B. HErRoy (1968-1974) ResBecca S. Harris (Life) AXEL A. Otsson (Life) DANIEL B. Sass (1965-1971) Hans G. KuGLER (1963-1969) W. Storrs Cote (1964-1970) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER HANS KUGLER A. MyrA KEEN Jay GLENN Marks AXEL A. OLSSON Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St. New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor- poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10003 U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri- cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de- ductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. PUELE TINS OF AMERICAN Pree ONTOrOGY Vol. 56 No. 248 NAMES OF AND VARIATION IN CERTAIN AMERICAN LARGER FORAMINIFERA, PARTICULARLY THE EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS - NO. 4 By W. Srorrs Coie April 2, 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 70-77652 Printed in the United States of America CONTENTS ENDS CL AGU encore ee ete Dae en a earn: geese Bl fe Cae oasee te te 5 introdu chlorine tence eee rere. cee: sae eee aster acces Aeterna ecco dl deve Pectey atom 5 MEOcAlitleSHO Lest] Gietl eo UIne Ges] C Cli MS gee ae eases see eee ee ee 6 Subgenera of Pseudophragmina ...... SRG ioe ees SESE Aes Picea Tene ree Se coats: DISGUST O MMO La CGCLES Wace tse scct cre a seed oe aes. e eer ess eee Se Recs Rete aes EE lee Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) bainbridgensis (Vaughan) ........ coma: cedankeysenstsa COlew rs. . 16 clark (Cushman) yee ee, 20 flintensis (Cushman). ......... eae 22 floridana (Cushman) ............... my (Athecocyclina) advena (Cushman). .....................-. 25 st€phensoni (Vaughan). .................. 30 zaragosensis (Vaughan) .......... 37 References cited ................ Sed nee rad tocaso eee eta ee eee eel ES BAK, Plates AL ee Set ree bees oa as a eg oe eR Pere 0) TVG VES eet a em ee SRE eR Ae ree ERY ee ee Ah 53 NAMES OF AND VARIATION IN CERTAIN AMERICAN LARGER FORAMINIFERA, PARTICULARLY THE EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS — NO. 4 W. Storrs CoLe* Cornell University, Ithaca, New York ABSTRACT Eight species of American Paleocene and Eocene larger Foraminifera of the genus Pseudophragmina, family Discocyclinidae, are discussed and _ illustrated. Several of these species have been illustrated inadequately, and in consequence specimens from other localities were described as new species, many of which are considered to be synonyms. The associated foraminiferal and molluscan faunas, wherever possible, are analyzed to assist in defining the stratigraphic position of the species under consideration. The genus Pseudophragmina is subdivided into two subgenera, Pseudophragmina s. s. and Athecocyclina. The formerly recognized subgenus Properocyclina is demonstrated to be a synonym of Pseudo- phragmina s. s. INTRODUCTION Vaughan (1945) discussed in detail and illustrated most of the known American Paleocene and Eocene species of larger Fora- minifera of the family Discocyclinidae. Later, Cole (1958 b; 1959) reviewed selected species in an attempt to more adequately define and illustrate these particular species. This discourse, in which eight species of the genus Pseudophragmina are considered, is a long delayed continuation of the earlier studies. Confusion in the recognition of species has resulted, in part, because the type description and illustrations of many species were substandard. The species Discocyclina cloptoni Vaughan (1929, p. 14, pl. 5, all figs.) may be cited as an example. Another problem is that many specific names were based upon the examination of too few specimens and thin sections so that variation between specimens was neither understcod or recognized. Moreover, much of the earlier work on larger Foraminifera was based on the con- cept that these organisms were specialized and evolving rapidly, therefore species of necessity had to have a limited stratigraphic range. Cole (1958 6, p. 420-423) presented data to demonstrate that species, such as Pseudophragmina flintensis (Cushman), not only had numerous synonyms, but also had a stratigraphic range from middle into the upper Eocene and a much wider geographic dis- tribution than had been attributed it formerly. A study of that kind, however, was not possible without the examination of speci- *Professor emeritus, Department of Geological Sciences, Cornell University. Acknowledgment with thanks is made to the Department of Geological Sciences which supported this research and supplied the cost of the printed plates. 6 BULLETIN 248 mens from a number of geographic and stratigraphic situations. Moreover, such studies must be based firmly on the work of others and a complete survey of the literature. Recently much emphasis has been placed on zonation by planktonic Foraminifera. In the past, however, little attention has been given to the integration and correlation of the planktonic zones with faunas of larger Foraminifera. Studies of the kind under- taken by Bronnimann and Rigassi (1963, plate 1), in which zonation by planktonic Foraminifera and benthonic Foraminifera was contrasted, are essential before the stratigraphic relationships and geographic distribution of Foraminifera can be understood completely. Although in many situations planktonic and larger Foramini- fera are not encountered in the same sample, a number of occur- rences are being reported so that tentative correlations can be sug- gested (Cole, 1967, p. 114). One difficulty which is encountered by one attempting such an integration is that authors do not re- port associations of larger and planktonic Foraminifera, Concen- tration is given only to one aspect of a composite fauna and asso- ciated elements are completely ignored. If more data were given even in a fragmentary manner, it should be possible to develop an integrated foraminiferal zonation rather than two distinct and separate zonations. Concepts of the classification of Foraminifera have been evolv- ing over many years as data accumulated. My viewpoint has changed markedly from rigid conformity and strict adherence to identification of species without regard to the fact that “The amount of variation in many species of orbitoids is bewildering” (Vaughan, 1933, p. 6) to an appreciation of the variation which does occur. Admittedly, any concept may be carried too far. Thus, postulates made in this article should be evaluated and accepted or rejected on the data presented. LOCALITIES OF THE FIGURED SPECIMENS CuBA Loc. 1. At km. 74 on the railroad between Nuevitas and Pastelillo, Camaguey Province; Palmer sta. 1479 (Palmer, 1948, p. 86) ; upper Eocene. ho Asphalt seep and quarry on Rancho Penon, 7 kilometers 9 6. ~I 8. 10. ~I EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE north of Marti (Hato Nuevo) and 850 meters northwest of the little settlement of Penon, Matanzas Province (Cole and Gravell, 1952, p. 708) ; middle Eocene. JAMAICA About one mile northwest of Port Maria, St. Mary’s Par- ish; E. Robinson, collector; middle Eocene (Cole and Applin, 1964, p. 28). MEXICO Arroyo Guadalupe, 50 miles N. 80° W. of La Paz, Baja California; type locality of Discocyclina cloptoni Vaughan (1929, p. 15); Tepetate Formation, middle Eocene. About 2 miles south of Zaragosa, Nuevo Leon; type lo- cality of Discocyclina zaragosensis Vaughan (1929, p. 14); lower Eocene Wilcox group (Vaughan, 1945, p. 100). ‘Twelve kms. west of Potrero del Llano, Vera Cruz; W. S. Cole, collector; Guayabal Formation, middle Eocene. ‘TRINIDAD Kugler loc. K 3878, Soldado Rock; specimens supplied by HG. Kueler. See; Vaughan and Cole, 1941; pl’ 25, for exact location. UNITED STATES Alabama ms foot of Salt Mountain, Clarke County, Alabama, out of a fresh rock cut at the Jackson fault, deposited in the U.S. National Museum. Collected by C. W. Cooke.” (Vaughan, 1936, p. 257) ; Salt Mountain Limestone, lower Eocene. California Near base of silt member of the Las Llajas Formation about 800 feet north and 300 feet west of the southeast corner of sec. 30, T 3 N, R 17 W, Santa Susana Quad- rangle (USGS 1951), Chivo Canyon, Ventura County; UCLA loc. 3832 (Cole, 1958 5, p. 412); Las Llajas Forma- tion, Simi Valley, Penutian stage (Mallory, 1959, p. 275). Florida On the north bank of the Chipola River near the old wagon bridge east of Marianna, Jackson County; H. Gun- 8 BULLETIN 248 ter and W. S. Cole, collectors; Ocala Limestone, upper Eocene. 11. St. Mary’s River Oil Corporation Hilliard Turpentine Company well no. 1 (W-333) at a depth of 1745-1752 feet; well located in the NW corner of the NW 14 of the SE, ofesec.o19) In 4 N; R245; Nassau’ County, (@ole: 1944, p. 18); Oldsmar Limestone, lower Eocene (Applin and Applin, 1944, p.-1745) . Louisiana 12. Near, Provencal, Natchitoches Parish, USGS. sta: 2914; T. W. Vaughan, collector; locality for syntypes of Ortho- phragmina advena Cushman (1921, p. 139); middle Eo- cene. 13. Victoria Mills, Natchitoches Parish; gift of the late Donald W. Gravell; middle Eocene. SUBGENERA OF PSEUDOPHRAGMINA In 1940 Vaughan and Cole (im Cushman, 1940, p. 329, 330) proposed that the genus Pseudophragmina H. Douvillé (1923, p. 106, the type of which is Orthophragmina floridana Cushman (1917, p. 116), should be subdivided into three subgenera, Pseudo- phragmina H. Douvillé, 1923, Proporocyclina Vaughan and Cole, 1940 (type: Discocyclina perpusilla Vaughan, 1929), and Atheco- cyclina Vaughan and Cole, 1940 (type: Discocyclina cookei Vaughan, 1936). Although this subdivision was published in 1940, it was ab- stracted from a manuscript on larger Foraminifera on ‘Trinidad which was published in 1941 as Special Paper 30 of the Geological Society of America. At that time Vaughan and Cole (722 Cushman, 1940, p. 329, 330; 1941, p. 57) considered that the annular stolons which inter- connect adjacent equatorial chambers in an annulus were distally situated in the genus Pseudophragmina. The subgenera Pseudo- phragmina and Athecocyciina included species in which the radial chamber walls of the equatorial chambers were incomplete, where- as the subgenus Proporocyclina contained species in which the radial chamber walls were complete (Pl. 3, fig. 5). Species assigned to the subgenus Pseudophragmina s. s. were as- EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 9 sumed to have the distal part of the radial chamber walls “. . . de- generate in places represented by rows of granules’ (Vaughan and Cole, 1941, p. 57) (PI. 9, fig. 6). Species included in the subgenus Athecocyclina had radial chamber walls which were indistinct or not developed (Cole and Herrick, 1953, pl. 2, figs. 9-11; Vaughan, ito pl 4osiies. \-4-sSachs, 1957, pl. 17, figs. 7-10). In 1945 Vaughan published an extensive review of American discocyclinids including a detailed discussion of the internal struc- ture of these organisms and their classification. The classification which Vaughan (1945, p. 67) used was essentially that of Vaughan and Cole (in Cushman, 1940, pp. 327-330; 1941, pp. 55-57). However, Vaughan (1945, p. 68) slightly revised the definition of the genus Pseudophragmina by the observation that “. . . the radial chamber walls in adjacent annuli are aligned. Some deviation from this arrangement because of the intercalation of additional chambers in distal annuli has already been noted but the basic plan is strikingly constant” (italics mine). Moreover, Vaughan (1945, p. 68) wrote “The characteriza- tion of Pseudophragmina should be changed to read annular stol- ons not confined to the distal side of the chambers, but a distally situated stolon is usually present. Still another difference is that the equatorial layer in Pseudophragmina is thinner than in Disco- cyclina.”’ This expanded definition of Pseudophragmina was accepted by Cole (im Cushman, 1948, p. 371) and incorporated in the final edition of Cushman’s “Foraminifera: their classification and eco- nomic use”. Vaughan (1945, p. 68) recognized “The three subgenera of Pseudophragmina . . . intergrade as a series, although the type species are distinct enough.” In addition he realized that certain species did not conform perfectly to the definitions which had been proposed for the subgenera of Pseudophragmina. Vaughan (1945, p- 68) wrote “There was indecision regarding the placing of four species-Pseudophragmina advena, P. cloptoni, P. perkinsi and P. zaragosensis. Structurally they are similar and should be placed in a group by themselves. I am referring them to the subgenus Pro- porocyclina after having placed them in Athecocyclina’’. Cole (1958 b, pp. 413-417) analyzed the species of the sub- genus Proporocyclina and suggested that the species assigned to this x oe 10 BULLETIN 248 subgenus could be divided in three groups on the appearance of the equatorial chambers. On this basis he proposed three categories: Type I.—Species which have equatorial chambers with nearly straight radial chamber walls, and the chambers are radially elon- gate. This development is shown clearly in Psewdophragmina flintensis(Pl-3,ties5; Pl. 7, figs. 3, 7; Cole, 1958) b; pl. 50 yall iigs:)e Type H.— Species characterized by equatorial chambers with thin undulatory radial chamber walls, and the equatorial chambers are not radially eloneate. P: toblery, (PI. 5, tie. li; Cole,” 1959) pl 322 fies. 9 Vl) ands P*clarki(Pls5) ties. 5:6; Cole, 1958 7b; pl b2 hie: 10) were cited as examples. Type III. —Species which possessed narrow annuli throughout and more or less imperfect radial cham- ber walls. P. advena was given as an example (PI. 8, figs. 1, 2; PI. yy ha 4) The attempt by Vaughan and Cole (im Cushman, 1940, p. 329, 330; 1941, p. 57) to subdivide the genus Pseudophragmina into three subgenera and by Vaughan (1945) to utilize this classification focused attention on certain imperfections. Thus, Vaughan (1945, p. 68) expanded the definition of the genus Pseudophragmina to include data which were not incorporated previously. Vaughan (1945, p. 68) clearly recognized and stated his indecision concern- ing the subgenus in which the species he (Vaughan, 1945, p. 97) assigned to the “Group of Pseudophragmina advena (Cushman) ” should be placed. Vaughan (1945, pp. 97, 98) wrote concerning Pseudophrag- mina advena and related species “Their annuli are much narrower than those of the subgenus Pseudophragmina ... Because of this difference they can not be referred to the [subgenus] Pseuwdophrag- mina. The subgenus Athecocyclina has defective or no radial walls. Although the radial chamber walls in the group of species under consideration are incomplete between many chambers, they are better developed than in the subgenus Athecocyclina. In some species of the subgenus Proporocyclina the annuli are rather nar- row (P. tobleri), and not infrequently the radial chamber walls are interrupted. P. advena and its allies are intermediate between Pro- porocyclina and Athecocyclina but seem closer to the former than to the latter and consequently are placed in that subgenus.” If the quotation is analyzed certain inconsistencies should be apparent at once. P. advena and its allies are excluded from EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 11 the subgenus Pseudophragmina because these species have narrow annuli throughout. However, this limitation was not inserted in the definition of the subgenus nor should it be. The increase of the width of the annuli seemingly is a valid specific criterion in certain species, but in other species such expansion may occur in certain specimens and not in others. Moreover, specimens may have a progressive increase in the width of the annuli followed by a decrease in the width of the annuli (PI. 7, fig. 7). Vaughan (1945, p. 114) assigned only three species to the sub- genus Pseudophragmina, P. bainbridgensis, P. floridana, and P. novitasensis. All of the specimens assigned to these species do have radially elongate equatorial chambers (Pl. 3, fig. 6; Pl. 9, figs. 4-7) . In the original definitions (Vaughan and Cole, 7m Cushman, i920 pp 529," 3305" 1941) p. 775) which Vaughan (1945; sp. 69) accepted with slight modification the subgenus Pseudophragmina was defined as possessing incomplete radial chamber walls with the distal part degenerate, in places represented by rows of granules, whereas the subgenus Proporocyclina was characterized by having complete radial chamber walls. iberchamiber: wallse(Pls 35 ties Os PIR Or inies.4) 2552 7) On 2 bainbridgensis assigned by Vaughan (1945, p. 86) to the subgenus Pseudophragmina are complete, and are entirely comparable to those of P. flintensis (synonym: Discocyclina perpusilla Vaughan, 129) (Plet3, tie: 55) Coley 1958) OF pl. 950) all fies.) Even the type of the subgenus Pseudophragmina, P. floridana (Cushman) , has radial chamber walls (PI. 9, fig. 6) which are complete in places. In fact, P. tobleri assigned by Vaughan and Cole (1941, p. 62) to the subgenus Proporocyclina has more irregularly developed and less complete radial chamber walls (Pl. 5, fig. 1) than does P. floridana. In part the apparent incompleteness of the radial chamber walls of P. floridana is the result of the destruction of parts of these walls in preparing the thin sections. Many of the granules to which Vaughan and Cole referred are the result of irregular thickening of the radial chamber walls. However, there are some incomplete radial chamber walls, but these also occur in Proporo- pyelima (Pl. -3;, f1e."5)/: Vaughan (1945, pl. 38, figs. 1, 2) published excellent illustra- 12 BULLETIN 248 tions of the equatorial sections of specimens he identified as Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) cushmani (Vaughan). The arrangement of the radial chamber walls, particularly in the central area of figure 2, plate 38 (Vaughan, 1945) resembles those of P. tobleri (Pl. 5, fig. 1; Vaughan and Coleg 1941, . pls 22 eiies sean. Cole, 1959, pl. 32, figs. 9, 10), but those in the peripheral zone (left side of Vaughan’s fig 2) resemble the radial chamber walls of P. floridana (P1. 9, fig. 6) and P. bainbridgensis (PI. 3, fig. 6; PI. 9, {1S 25. a/,)- As the subgenera Pseudophragmina and Proporocyclina are defined, there is not any structure or combination of structures by which these two subgenera can be distinguished. The conclusion has been reached that these two subgenera should be combined. Vaughan (1945, p. 55) in his discussion of stolons in the discocyclinids wrote “In Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) per- pusilla (pl. 22, fig. 1) where the chambers are radially aligned, as is usually the case, there is on the proximal and distal side of each equatorial chamber a radial stolon which connects with a chamber in an adjacent annulus . . . It looks as if the presence of two stolons, one at each end of a chamber, were a generic character, but not enough chambers have been examined to be sure whether the feature 1s constant”. The development of the annuli and the incomplete radial chamber walls in specimens assigned to the subgenus 4 thecocyclina are different than in many of the species placed in the subgenera Pseudophragmina and Proporocyclina. Vaughan (1945, p. 101) observed in specimens of Athecocyclina “The annular walls are excellently preserved. They tend to be wavy . . . Along these there are in places thickenings, and there appear to be between the adja- cent annuli passages for stolons. The radial walls are completely absent or poorly developed. In places they are represented by thin lines (in the section) across the annuli; some of them seem tc be connected with the thickening along the annular walls; but they are irregular in development.” Radial stolons in a species assigned to Athecocyclina have been illustrated by Vaughan (1945, pl. 17, figs. 7, 7a, 8) in vertical sections and in an equatorial section (pl. 18, fig. la). Comparable radial stolons have been illustrated by Cole (1956, pl. 29, figs. 8, EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 13 10) in a species placed in Proporocyclina. Study of these prepar- ations demonstrate that the thickening of the annular wall and the development of the incomplete and irregular radial chamber walls is a reflection of the radial stolon system. This relationship is shown also in the excellent illustration of an equatorial section published by Vaughan (1945, pl. 42, fig. 2) and to a lesser extent in figure | of this same plate. Illustrations which show the same phenomenon are given (PiaZigse a os bios mesial o>) Pl) 85. figs: aly 2558). Cole (1959, p. 386) demonstrated that Discocyclina cookei Vaughan, 1936, the type of Athecocyclina, was a synonym of Dis- cocyclina stephensoni Vaughan, 1929. Vaughan (1945, pl. 45, fig. 4) has illustrated an equatorial section of Pseudophragmina (Athe- cocyclina) stephensoni which in certain areas shows the radial stolon system. This system is similar to that of specimens formerly identified as P. (Proporocyclina) cloptoni (Vaughan) . The major difference between species assigned to Athecocy- clima and those species Vaughan (1945, p. 97) placed in the “Group of Pseudophragmina advena (Cushman)”’ is that these specimens have a stronger development of irregular, “radial walls’ in the annuli. To distinguish this kind they will be referred to as pseudoradial prolongations rather than incomplete radial walls. True radial walls may be complete (PI. 3, figs. 5, 6; Pl. 5, figs. 5, Beil ales. 377), Or they may be mecomplete (Pll 5; tie, I; Pl 7; figs. 1, 2). In all cases, however, these walls appear throughout equatorial sections so that a distinct and regular pattern is ob- served. In specimens which will be assigned to Athecocyclina the an- nucli may be open (Vaughan, 1945, pl. 45, figs. 1-4; Sachs, 1957, pl. 17, figs. 7-9), may have short distally projecting pseudoradial pro- longations (Vaughan, 1945, pl. 18, fig. la). or may have irregular, but distinct pseudoradial prolongations (PI. 5, figs. 1-4) . Thus, the genus Pseudophragmina H. Douvillé, 1923, will contain two rather than three subgenera, Psewdophragmina (syno- nym: Proporocyclina Vaughan and Cole, 1940) and Athecocyclina Vaughan and Cole, 1940. If this revision of the subgenera of Pseudophragmina is ac- cepted, all of the species listed by Vaughan (1945, table 9) in the 14 BULLETIN 248 subgenus Pseudophragmina will remain in this subgenus. All of the species which he assigned to the subgenus Proporocyclina will be transferred to the subgenus Pseudophragmina with the follow- ing exceptions: P. advena, P. cloptoni, P. perkinsi, and P. zarago- sensis. These four species will be assigned to Athecocyclina. Additional observations on radial stolons are given under Pseudophragmina zaragosensis (Vaughan) in another section of this discourse. DISCUSSION OF SPECIES Family DISCOCYCLINIDAE Genus PSEUDOPHRAGMINA H. Douvillé, 1923 Subgenus PSEUDOPHRAGMINA H. Douvillé, 1923 Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) bainbridgensis (Vaughan) Pli3)-tig. 6:4 Pl. -9,5 figs- slo 7, 1928. Discocyclina (Atkinocyclina) bainbridgensis Vaughan, Florida Geol. Sur., 19th Ann. Rep., pp. 160, 161, pl. 1, fig. 5. 1945. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) bainbridgensis (Vaughan), Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, pp. 86, 87, pl. 33, figs. l-4t;epl. 34, figs 1-3: 1945. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) bainbridgensis var. an- gusta Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, p. 87, pl. 34, figs. 5-7. 1945. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) bainbridgensis var. ob- solela Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, p. 87, pl. 33, fig. 5; ple sae tios 4: 1945. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) novitasensis Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, p. 88, pl. 35, all figs. Discussion. —'This species was based (Vaughan, 1928, p. 160) upon two specimens from the upper Eocene Ocala Limestone on the Flint River above Bainbridge, Georgia, of which only the type was illustrated (Vaughan, 1928, pl. 1, fig. 1). The surface ornamentation of the type is distinctive consisting of a sequence of concentric, closely spaced ridges on which are superimposed a number of narrow, flat-topped, subequal costae which radiate from a centrally located knob. Vaughan (1945, p. 86) later received specimens of this species from R. W. Barker from a locality 1.4 miles north of Monroeville, Alabama. Vaughan (1945, pl. 33, fig. 2) illustrated the exterior of two of these specimens and an equatorial section (pl. 34, fig. 1). This equatorial section was described in detail. Additional specimens (Vaughan, pl. 33, figs. 3, 4; pl. 34, figs. EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 15 2, 3) assigned to this species were obtained from the upper Eocene near Nuevitas, Camaguey Province, Cuba (loc. | of this article) . This material formed the basis for the first adequate description of the internal structure of this species. As Vaughan (1945, p. 86) clearly indicated this additional material proved that this species should be transferred to the subgenus Pseudophragmina of the genus Pseudophragmina, and he correctly stated that the internal structure was similar in many respects to that of P. floridana, the type of the genus. Apparently Vaughan (1945, pp. 87, 88) was impressed by slight differences in the development of surface ornamentation shown by the Cuban specimens as he described two varieties, P. bainbridgensis angusta and P. bainbridgensis obsoleta. He (Vaughan, 1945, p. 87) admitted, however, “The specimens seem to form an unbroken series from those with completely obsolete rays in var. obsoleta to those with narrower, longer rays in var. angusta.” Although the illustrations of the variety obsoleta (Vaughan, 1945, pl. 33, fig. 5; pl. 34, fig. 4) are similar to other Cuban speci- mens (Vaughan, 1945, pl. 35, all figs.) from the same sample, ex- cept the concentric ridges are slightly more prominent in obsoleta, they are separated from the P. bainbridgensis series and described as P. (P.) novitasensis. A number of specimens from the Nuevitas locality (Palmer 1479; loc. 1 of this article) were available. Several thin sections (Pl. 9, figs. 1-5, 7) made from these Cuban specimens are illus- trated. The specimens were separated on surface ornamentation, and selected specimens were sectioned. The specimens form a com- plete intergradational series, thus, only one species is recognized. P. bainbridgensis is a distinct and easily recognized species. Vaughan (1945, p. 88) recognized that P. bainbridgensis is simi- lar in some aspects to P. floridana (PI. 1, figs. 1-6), but differs in the development of the lateral chambers and the size of the em- bryonic chambers. In addition, the ring of periembryonic chambers is markedly different in the two species. Although Vaughan (1945, p. 88) wrote concerning the radial chamber walls “. . . they are essentially the same as those of P. floridana (Cushman), he failed to observe they are also essentially 16 BULLETIN 248 the same as those of Pseudophragmina flintensis (=Discocyclina perpusilla Vaughan), the type of the subgenus Proporocyclina (comparestic "Oe PiSrwith fio 5 Pir). Geographic distribution and_ stratigraphic position. —'Vhis species is known only from three localities, two in the United States and one in Cuba. The horizon is certainly upper Eocene. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) cedarkeysensis Cole PING etigs-5 99 SP i ticsh lee 26 1942. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) zaragosensis Cole, Florida Geol. Sur., Bull. 20, pp. 46-48, pl. 13, figs. 1-5; pl. 14, figs. 1-5 (not Discocyclina zaragosensis Vaughan, 1929) . 1944. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) cedarkeysensis Cole, Florida Geol. Sur. Bull26; pp. 81-83; pl. 2, tig, 13; pl. 18, dies 95 pl 26, figs. 1-4; pl. 27, figs 1, 2. 1944. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) hannai Cole, Florida Geol. Sun. Bulle 265 pp: 84-87), pla ly ties 2; pl rs ehioss /eeliss plz; figs. 7liepl. Ussatigss 5.6; pl..26,hies 5 :pl. 27. sopaple e255 fies: Jl 2. 1945. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) cedarkeysensis Cole, Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, p. 95. 1945. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) hannai, Cole, Vaughan, Geol. Soc, Amer, Men95 5p. 95: 1957. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) cedarkeysensis Cole, Levin, Micropaleont., vol. 3, No. 2, p. 147, pl. 4, fig. 12. 1967. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) cedarkeysensis Cole, Butter- lin, Eclogae Geol. Helvetiae, vol. 60, No. 2, pp. 546-548, pl. 2, fies) Vo pls) fiess W=7- Discussion. — ‘The types of this species were identified orig- inally by Cole (1942, p. 46) as P. zaragosensis (Vaughan) because of a superficial resemblance of the vertical sections. Although Cole (1944, p. 81) later named these specimens P. (Proporocyclina) cedarkeysensis, he had some doubt whether this was correct (Cole, 1958 b, p. 417, tootncte). In part, this was caused by the fact that Vaughan (1945, p. 100), after studying a new equatorial section of a topotype of Discocyclina zaragosensis, assigned this species to the subgenus Proporocyclina. Inspection of the illustration given by Vaughan (1945, pl. 44, fig. 1) with a magnifying glass proves that P. zaragosensis should be placed in the subgenus A thecocyclina, This illustration shows that radial chamber walls are not developed and the small projections which do occur are pseudoradial projec- tions. ‘The annular walls are comparable to those developed in the specimens from a well in Mississippi referred to P. zaragosensis (Cole), 1960"; ipl 4, tie. 4; 1963; ple 73 tie. 1-4): EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 17 P. cedarkeysensis has well-developed, regular radial walls (PI. 7, figs. 1, 2) and definitely belongs in the subgenus Pseudophrag- mina (synonym: Proporocyclina) as defined in this article. Occurrence. —'The types of this species are from the Suwannee Petroleum Corporation Sholtz No. 1 well, Levy County, Florida at a depth of 1470 feet (Cole, 1944, p. 82). P. (Pseudophragmina) cedarkeysensis also was found in the St. Mary’s Oil Corporation, Hilliard Turpentine Company No. | well, Nassau County, Flor- ida, at a depth of 1680-1690 feet (identified as P. (Proporocyclina) hannai) (Cole, 1944, p. 84), and at 1785-1795 feet correctly as- signed to P. cedarkeysensis (Cole, 1944, p. 83): Levin (1957, p. 147) reported this species as moderately abundant in the interval between 1300 and 1310 feet in the Humble Oil & Refining Com- pany's C. E. Robinson No. | well, Levy County, Florida. Butterlin (1967, p. 548) discussed and illustrated this species from the Cor- into well No. 1, State of Campeche, Mexico, at a depth of 985-1175 meters, the only locality outside of Florida for this species. Associated species.—In the Hilliard Turpentine No. 1 well, Nassau County, Florida, Cole (1944, p. 34) reported P. (Athecocy- clina) stephensoni (identified as P. (A.) cooket) in association with P. (Pseudophragmina) cedarkeysensis. Butterlin§ (1967, p. 549) found P. (A.) stephensoni at a depth of 1000-1105 meters in the Corinto No. | well, State of Campeche, Mexico, within the zone (985-1175 meters) from which he recorded P. (P.) cedarkeysensis. Butterlin identified associated smaller Foraminifera as Helicoste- gina dimorpha Barker and Grimsdale and Amphistegina parvula (Cushman) . Applin and Jordan (1945, p. 131) listed among species of Fora- minifera characteristic of the Oldsmar Limestone (lower Eocene) of Florida Helicostegina gyralis Barker and Grimsdale. Although Applin and Jordan (1945, p. 131) believed that Amphistegina lopeztrigot D. K. Palmer was characteristic of the Lake City Lime- stone (early middle Eocene) of Florida, Levin (1957, p. 146) re- corded these two species from the Oldsmar Limestone in the inter- val from which he obtained Pseudophragmina cedarkeysensis Cole. Some nomenclatural and stratigraphic problems concerning Amphistegina lopeztrigot D. K. Palmer and Helicostegina gyralis Barker and Grimsdale should be clarified. The late Mrs. D. K. 18 BULLETIN 248 Palmer (1934, p. 255) named specimens from the Cuban Eocene (4. probably MiddlesMocene:..-= .4) A vlopeztvigo1. Cole 4(1958, p. 201) decided that A. lopeztrigoi was a synonym of “Nummulites” (—Amphistegina) parvula Cushman (1919, p. 291), the type of which was obtained from the middle Eocene of St. Bartholomew. On this island A. parvula occurs at numerous localities in associa- tion with a number of middle Eocene species of Foraminifera (Golem9582a5 p.i190): The name Helicostegina gyralis was given by Barker and ee Grimsdale (1936, p. 236) to specimens from the top of the lower or base of the middie Eocene .. .” of the ‘Tampico Embay- ment Area of Mexico. Cole and Gravell (1952, p. 713) suggested that Helicostegina dimorpha Barker and Grimsdale (1936, p. 235) and H. gyralis represented only one species, a consolidation ac- cepted by Cole (1960 b, p. 58). As H. dimorpha is not only the type of the genus Helicostegina, but also the first species described by Barker and Grimsdale, H. gyralis is a synonym of H. dimorpha. Although Cole and Applin (1964) used the name H. gyralis, this was an oversight occasioned by the fact that this name had been used previously in a number of articles on Floridian Foraminifera, Amphistegina parvula (identified as A. lopeztrigoi) has been reported from the “. . . Lower middle Eocene” of the ‘Tampico Embayment Area of Mexico (Barker and Grimsdale, 1936, p. 233) in association with Eulinderina guayabalensis regularis Barker and Grimsdale (1936, p. 238) and E. semiradiata Barker and Grims- dale (1936, p. 238), species which Cole (1960 0, p. 60) placed in the synonymy of Lepidocyclina antillea Cushman. Cole (1942, p. 33; 1944, p. 55) and Applin and Jordan (1945, p. 131) recorded A. parvula (=A. lopeztrigoi) as a middle Eocene species of Florida. Cole and Gravell (1952, p. 714) reported this species (as A. lopeztrigoi) from the middle Eocene of Cuba, but Beckmann (1958, p. 417, fig. 2) gave the range in Cuba from Paleo- cene into the middle Eocene. Levin (1957, p. 146) was the first to report A. parvula (=A. lopeztrigoi) from the Oldsmar Limestone (lower Eocene) of Flor- ida in the same zone from which he obtained Psewdophragmina cedarkeysensis Cole. Butterlin (1967, p. 549) found 4. parvula and P. cedarkeysensis in association in a Mexican well in sediments EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 19 ser x which he referred to the “éocéne moyen (partie inferieure) . Thus, Amphistegina parvula has a stratigraphic range, at least, from lower into middle Eocene in Florida and Mexico as P. cedarkey- sensis 18 assumed at present to be confined to the lower Eocene. The types of Helicostegina dimorpha Barker and Grimsdale (1936, p. 235) and H. gyralis Barker and Grimsdale (1936, p. 236) were cbtained from the sediments in the Tampico Embayment Area of Mexico which were correlated with the lower middle Eocene (Barker and Grimsdale, 1937, p. 173). Cole (1942, p. 34) reported the occurrence of H. dimorpha (identified as H. gyralis) in two wells in Levy County, Florida, and referred this section of these wells to the middle Eocene. HT. dimorpha (=H. gyralis) occurred in Cuba (Cole and Gravell, 1952, p. 713) and in Jamaica (Cole, 1956, p. 209; table 4) in association with other middle Eocene larger Foraminifera. Levin (1957, p. 146) reported this species in a well in Levy County, Florida, as abundant at depths between 1250 and 1390 feet with Ene greatest concentration of specimens between 1360 and 1370 feet.” In this same well Pseudophragmina cedarkeysensis was “.. . only moderately abundant in the interval between 1500 and 1310) teet:’’ The Applins (1944, p. 1699) defined the Oldsmar Limestone (lower Eocene) “. . . to include the interval that is marked at the top by the presence of abundant specimens of Helicostegina gyralis Barker and Grimsdale .. .”” Cole and Applin (1964, p. 15) wrote “As H. gyralis [=H. dimorpha] has not been reported else- where in the Caribbean Region below the base of the middle Eocene, the suggestion is made that the Helicostegina gyralis [—H. dimorpha] zone be included in the basal part of the Lake City limestone.” The occurrence of Amphistegina parvula (Cushman) in mid- dle Eocene sediments of St. Bartholomew (Cole, 1958 a, p. 190), Mexico (Barker and Grimsdale, 1936, p. 233), Cuba (Cole and Gravell, 1952, p. 714), and Florida (Cole, 1942, p. 33; Applin and Jordan, 1945, p. 131) is firmly established. As summarized above, the occurrence of Helicostegina dimorpha in the middle Eocene at several Caribbean localities can be accepted. Levin (1957, p. 146) and Butterlin (1967, p. 549) demonstrat- 20 BULLETIN 248 ed that these two species occur in Florida and Mexico in associa- tion with Pseudophragmina cedarkeysensis Cole in the lower Eo- cene. Thus, the stratigraphic range of these two species is more extensive than was postulated originally. Finally, it should be noted that Cushman (1919, pl. 4, figs. 3-6) illustrated two different species as “Nuwmmulites” parvula. The type (pl. 4, fig. 3) and figure 6, plate 4 are interpreted as Amphis- tegina lopeztrigoi D. K. Palmer; figure 6, plate 4 is probably this species, but figure 5, plate 4 is another species, a true Amphiste- gina. Studies in progress suggest that Amphistegina parvula (=A. lopeztrigoi) may be in reality the same as Cuban specimens which were named Eoconuloides wellsi Cole and Bermudez. The struc- tural similarity between these specimens is shown by a compari- son of specimens of undoubted Amphistegina lopeztrigoi (compare figs. 7, 8, pl. 91, Cole and Gravell, 1952) with specimens of Eoconu- loides wellsi (pl. 92, figs. 6-8, Cole and Gravell, 1952). Amphistegina senni Cushman (in Vaughan, 1945, p. 49), the type of Tremastegina Bronnimann, 1951) is undoubtedly a syn- onym of Amphistegina parvula (Cushman) (=Amphistegina lopez- trigot D. K. Palmer). Therefore, Tremastegina is a synonym of Eoconuloides, 1944, which in turn may prove to be a synonym of Helicostegina Barker and Grimsdale, 1936. The apertures are the same [see: Barker and Grimsdale, 1936, pl. 34, fig. 1 (“Amphiste- gina lopeztrigow’); plate 34, fig. 7 (Helicostegina dimorpha); and Cole and Gravell, pl. 92, fig. 7 (Eoconuloides wellsi)|. All of these specimens also develop supplemental chamberlets in the final volu- tions. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) clarki (Cushman) Pleo, figs: 95,6; BING; figs23,) 4,16 1920. Orthophragmina clarki Cushman, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 125 pple 42 ep lei tleSents nO: 1958. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) clarki (Cushman), Cole, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 176, pp. 419, 420, pl. 52, figs. 3-11 (additional references and synonyms). 1964. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) clarki (Cushman), Cole and Applin, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 47, No. 212, pp. 32, 33, pl. 9 figs. 1-4. Discussion. —Cole (1958 6, pl. 52, figs. 3, 7) published two vertical sections of specimens identified as P. clarki from this EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 21 California locality (loc. 9). Three additional vertical sections (PI. 6, figs. 3, 4, 6) and two equatorial sections (PI. 5, figs. 5, 6) made from specimens from this locality are illustrated. Cushman and McMasters (1936, p. 516, pl. 77, figs. 6-9) illus- trated specimens from the middle Eocene Llajas Formation of the Simi Valley of California identified by H. G. Schenck as Disco- cyclina cloptoni Vaughan. Three of the specimens are illustrated by surface views. The internal structure of the equatorial plane is illustrated by a view taken by reflected light of a “natural” section, X30. As this illustration (Cushman and McMasters, 1936, pl. 77, fig. 9) shows an equatorial plane similar to that of P. clarki rather than to Discocyclina cloptoni, one of the equatorial thin sections of P. clarki was photographed by reflected light (PI. 5, fig. 6). Careful comparison of these illustrations demonstrates that the specimens identified by Schenck as Discocyclina cloptoni are indeed P. clarki. This observation is substantiated by the surface aspect of these specimens. Definite pustules are developed on the surface, whereas the surface of Discocyclina cloptoni is smooth. Butterlin (1967, p. 545) expressed the opinion that the speci- mens illustrated by Cushman and McMasters did not conform to Discocyclina cloptoni. Although he did not attempt to reassign these specimens, he correctly observed that these specimens had equatorial sections which conform to “.. . a une espéce du groupe inde Gole (1958). Vaughan (1945, p. 99) stated that he had received specimens of P. (P.) cloptoni from the Simi Valley, and he apparently accepted the identification by H. G. Schenck (7m Cushman and McMasters, 1936, p. 516) as he wrcte “This species had been reported from essentially the same locality and bed by Cushman and McMas- bens” sh. Butterlin (1967, pl. 1, figs. 1-3, 6) illustrated specimens from the ‘““Eocéne moyen, Formation Las Llajas, Californie (U.S.A.)” identified as Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) cloptoni (Vaughan). These specimens do represent this species and appear to be identical with the types from Baja California. Although I have examined a number of samples from the Simi 22 BULLETIN 248 Valley, I have not found specimens which resemble P. cloptoni (=P. advena). Mallory (1959, p. 275) reported from this area Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) ct. P. cloptoni (Vaughan) (?) and stated “A questionable identification.” From these data it seems that the actual occurrence of P. cloptoni (=P. advena) in California must be questioned. Geographic distribution and stratigraphic position. — P. clarki has been reported from several localities in California (Vaughan, 1945, p. 106). Cole (1958 b, p. 419) considered that Orthophrag- mina peruviana Cushman (in Bosworth, 1922, p. 138) was a syn- onym. If this assumption is correct, the geographic distribution of this species would be from Peru to California. Recently, Cole and Applin (1964, p. 32) identified specimens from a well in Walton County, Florida, as P. clarki, the first record of this species in the Gulf Coast area of the United States. Vaughan (1945, pp. 104, 114) recorded P. clarki as a middle Eocene species. Mallory (1959, p. 275) placed it in “basal Llajas, Simi Valley, Ulatisian; and upper Lodo Domengine Creek, Ulatis- ian.” The Ulatisian stage is middle Eocene (Mallory, 1959, p. 40). Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) flintensis (Cushman) Pi 3) figsd3 Ply etigss-on me 1917. Orthophragmina flintensis Cushman, U. S$. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 108-G, pp. 115, 116, pl. 40, figs. 1, 2. 1958. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) flintensis (Cushman), Cole, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 176, pp. 420-423, pl. 50; pl. 51; pl. 52, figs 1, 2 (references and synonyms). Discussion. — Additional illustrations (Pl. 7, figs. 3-5, 7) of Cuban specimens are illustrated to supplement those published by Vaughan (1945, pl. 36, figs. 3-6; pl. 37, fig. 1), and an equatorial section (Pl. 3, fig. 5) of a specimen from Mexico, originally identified as Discocyclina perpusilla Vaughan (=P. flintensis), is introduced for comparison (see: Cole, 1958 b, pp. 420-425 for an enlarged discussion of this species) . Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) floridana (Cushman) PE I figs, £6: Ply 9) figs6 1917. Orthophragmina floridana Cushman, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 108-G, p. 116, pi. 40, fig. 3. 1920. Orthophragmina floridana Cushman, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 125-D, p. 44, pl. 9, fig. 7. 1924. Pseudophragmina floridana (Cushman), H. Douvillé, Soc. Géol. France Bull., ser. 4, vol. 23, p. 373, pl. 13, figs. 1-3. EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 23 1936. Pseudophragmina floridana (Cushman), Vaughan, Jour, Paleont., vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 258, 259, pl. 43, figs. 3-7. Discussion. — This species, the type of the genus Pseudo phrag- mina H. Douvillé (1923, p. 106), was described by Cushman (1917, p. 116) from USGS loc. 6768 “. . . soft white Ocala limestone (upper Eocene) on Chipola River at wagon bridge half a mile east of Marianna, Florida . . .” The type description adequately delineated the external appearance of this species, and the illustra- tion (Cushman, 1917, pl. 40, fig. 3) of this aspect is excellent. The only mention of the internal structure in the type descrip- tion (Cushman, 1917, p. 116) is: “Equatorial chambers in hori- zontal section very narrowly rectangular.” H. Douvillé (1924, pl. 13, figs. 1-3) gave the first illustrations of the equatorial chambers. Cushman (1920, p. 44) briefly de- scribed without illustration some of the salient features of vertical sections. Vaughan (1936, pl. 43, figs. 5-7) illustrated parts of verti- cal sections and gave (pl. 43, figs. 3, 4) additional views of the equatorial chambers. In 1928 Vaughan (p. 159) recorded “. . . Discocyclina floridana has typically reniform embryonic chambers .. .” and in 1936 he (p. 258) described with measurements the embryonic chambers. The first illustration, however, of the embryonic apparatus of P. floridana was given by Cole (1964, fig. 588, 1 a), and at the same time a complete vertical section (Cole, 1964, fig. 588, 1 c) was published. Hlustrations of these two thin sections are given as fig- ures 36, Plate: lk The embryonic apparatus of two other megalospheric speci- mens (PI. 1, figs. 4, 5) and a microspheric specimen (PI. 1, fig. 3) are shown, and an additional vertical section of megalospheric specimen (PI. 1, fig. 2) is given. Details of the equatorial chambers (21.9) tie. 96)) are allustrated: Occurrence. — Cushman (1920, p. 44) reported that in addition to the type locality (USGS sta. 6768, bed. 1) on the Chipola River at the wagon bridge half a mile east of Marianna, Jackson County, Florida, P. floridana occurred in bed 3 (USGS sta. 7192) at this same locality and at another locality (USGS sta. 8259) northwest of Marianna. He doubtfully recorded a single specimen from a lo- cality on the Flint River in Baker County, Georgia. 24 BULLETIN 248 Puri (1957, p. 139) recorded this species at three localities, all of which are in Jackson County, Florida. Thus, all the localities at which P. floridana has been reported occur within a limited geographical area if the single specimen from the Georgia locality is disregarded. Associated species. — The types of Pseudophragmina floridana (Cushman) were cbtained from USGS sta. 6768 which is also the type locality for Asterocyclina mariannensis (Cushman) (1917, p. 116) and its microspheric form which Cushman (1917, p. 116) named dA. americana, Asterocyclina chipolensis Vaughan (1928, p. 158), and Camerina mariannensis (Vaughan) (1928, p. 158). Coleg (195870, pls 18) fieste2: (10:6 ple 9 Miesseox Sse p lane fig. 7) illustrated specimens of Camerina which occurred in asso- ciation with Pseudophragmina floridana at locality 10 (approxi- mately the same locality as USGS sta. 6768) which he identified as “Operculinoides” floridensis (Heilprin) . In addition Cole (1958 6, pl. 50; figs. 1,5; pl. 51, figs. 2; 14, 1.5). illustrated specimens from locality 10 identified as Pseudophragmina flintensis (Cushman) (1917, p. 115) (synonym: Discocyclina citrensis Vaughan, 1928, p. 159). Other associated species at locality 10 in addition to those recorded at USGS sta. 6768 are: Heterostegina ocalana Cushman, Lepidocyclina ocalana Cushman, Lingula ocalana Puri, and Astero- cyclina nassauensis Cole. Comparison with P. flintensis.— P. floridana and P. flintensis occur in association at certain localities, such as, locality 10 (Flor- ida) . These species are similar in external aspect [compare fig. 3, pl. 9, (P. flintensis) with fig. 7, pl. 9 (P. floridana), Cushman, 1920]. The vertical sections of these two species are also similar as the lateral chambers have the same arrangement and shape. The only noticeable difference in most vertical sections is the size of the embryonic chambers. Comparison should be made first with specimens from the middle Eocene Guayabal Formation of the Tampico Embayment Area (Cole, 1958 6, pl. 51, figs. 9, 10) originally identified as Discocyclina perpusilla Vaughan. These vertical sections, except for the size of the embryonic chambers, are identical to the specimen of P. floridana from the upper Eocene of Florida (PI. 1, fig. 2). Figures 2, 14, 15, plate 51 (Cole, 1958 b) represent specimens from ho Or EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE upper Eocene of Florida identified as P. flintensis. These specimens have the same convex roofs and floors of the lateral chambers as P. floridana (PI. 1, figs. 1, 2) has, except the cavities of the lateral chambers are not so large in these sections of P. flintensis. The major difference between P. floridana and P. flintensis occurs in the development of the embryonic apparatus. The em- bryonic chambers of P. floridana (PI. 1, figs. 4-6) are large and are completely surrounded by a ring of large, distinct periembry- onic chambers. The embryonic chambers of P. flintensis (Pl. 7, figs. 3, 7; Vaughan, 1945, pl. 36, fig. 2; Cole, 1958 0, pl. 50, all figs.) are small in comparison and the periembryonic chambers are small and numerous. Unless accurately oriented equatorial sections are available, it is doubtful if P. floridana could be distinguished from P. flintensis. This may account for the fact that P. floridana has been identified only from a small geographic area and at essentially one strati- graphic horizon in Florida. Subgenus ATHECOCYCLINA Vaughan and Cole, 1940 Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) advena (Cushman) Pl. 2, figs. 1-6; Pl. 3, figs. 1-4; Pl. 4, figs. 1-7; Pl. 5, figs. 2-4; Pl. 8, figs. 1-8 1921. Orthophragmina advena Cushman, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 1285p. 139! pl. 22; figs. 1b: 1928. Discocyclina perkinsi Vaughan, Jour. Paleont., vol. 1, No. 4, p. tly jl AG, sles, Ao. 1929. Discocyclina cloptonit Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 76, Art. 35 pps 145 1b) ple libs ties) ll=6 1938. Discocyclina advena (Cushman), Gravell and Hanna, Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 22, pp. 1008-1010, pl. 6, fig. 8; ple 7 figs.14)) 13: 1945. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) advena (Cushman), Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, p. 98, pl. 42, fig. 1. 1945. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) cloptoni (Vaughan), Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, pp. 98, 99, pl. 42, fig. 2. 1945. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) perkinst (Vaughan), Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, pp. 99, 100, pl. 43, all figs. 1952. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) compacta Cole and Gravell, Jour) Paleont; vol:26,No..5,, pp 720, 721, pl. 95; ‘fig.6; pl. 99, figs. 6-8; pl. 100, figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 13. 1952. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) advena (Cushman), Cole and Gravell, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, No. 5, p. 721, pl. 100, figs. 4, 9. 1952. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) cloptoni (Vaughan), Cole and Gravell, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, No. 5, p. 721, pl. 100, fig. 8. 1952. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) perkinsi (Vaughan), Cole and Gravell, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, No. 5, p. 721, pl. 100, fig. 7. 26 BULLETIN 248 1956. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) advena (Cushman), Cole, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 36, No. 158, pp. 222, 223, pl. 29, figs. 1967. Peuro ieee (Pseudophragmina) cloptoni (Vaughan), But- terlin, Eclogae Geol. Helvetiae, vol. 60, No. 2, pp. 544-546, pl. 3, fig. 1-3. Discussion. — Cole (1958 6, pp. 413-417) proposed a classifica- tion based on the development of the radial chamber walls to distinguish species of Pseudophragmina which were assigned to the subgenus Proporocyclina. In this revision certain of the species which were included in the Type HI group (species with narrow annuli throughout and more or less imperfect radial chamber walls) are transferred to the subgenus Athecocyclina, whereas oth- ers are assigned to the subgenus Pseudophragmina of which Pro- porocyclina is a synonym. Pseudophragmina advena (Cushman) is an example of a species, formerly assigned to Proporocyclina, which is reclassified under Athecocyclina, whereas Pseudophragmina cedarkeysensis Cole represents a species belonging to the subgenus Pseudophragmina. In 19586 Cole (p. 415) expressed the opinion that “It is im- possible to separate P. (P.) perkinsi from P. (P.) cloptoni and P. (P.) compacta.” At that time (Cole, 1958 b, p. 416) Pseudophrag- mina advena was maintained as a valid species. Although speci- mens assigned to P. perkinsi, P. cloptoni, and P. compacta are still considered to represent only one species, an additional con- solidation is suggested with the inclusion of Psewdophragmina advena (Cushman). In this case P. advena has priority and the other species become synonyms of P. advena (Cushman), 1921. The rationale for the consolidation of P. perkinsi, P. cloptont, and P. compacta is demonstrated by comparison of the internal structures which are identical in specimens formerly assigned to three species. Detailed study of numerous thin sections proves that there are not any recognizable differences. A number of illustra- tions are given, all of which are of the same magnification for ease in making comparisons. Parts of equatorial sections of topotypes of P. cloptoni are illustrated as figures 3, 4, Plate 2 and figure 8, Plate 8. Similar illustrations of specimens identified by Vaughan (1945, p. 99) as P. perkinsi are given as figures 5, 6, Plate 2. The equatorial section EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 27 of P. compacta illustrated by Cole and Gravell (1952, pl. 99, fig. 8) is satisfactory and is not reproduced. In addition parts of equatorial sections of specimens from Jamaica identified by Cole (1958a, p. 191) first as P. compacta and later (Cole, in Cole and Applin, 1964, p. 28) as P. perkinsi are illustrated as figure 4, Plate 5 and figure 7, Plate 8. Illustrations of small areas of certain equatorial sections to show the annular walls and pseudoradial prolongations are given as figures 1-3, Plate 3. The critical central parts of vertical sections of the specimens identified by Vaughan (1945, p. 99) as P. perkinsi are illustrated as figures 1, 2, Plate 4 (thin specimens) and figures 2, 3, Plate 5 (thick specimens). Three topotype specimens of P. cloptoni are illustrated as figures 3-5, Plate 4. One of the vertical sections of P. compacta used by Cole and Gravell (1952, pl. 100, fig. 6) in the type description is reproduced as figure 7, Plate 4. Jamaican specimens first identified as P. compacta and later as P. perkinsi are shown as figure 6, Plate 4 and figure 7, Plate 8. Study of these sections and others which are not reproduced are convincing proof that it is impossible to separate these speci- mens into three species. However, it does not follow that these three species should be synonyms of Pseudophragmina advena (Cushman) as specimens assigned to that species do show more variation than exhibited by the others. Mostravionss (Pla 2stie- sll 3, hie 4; BEA ties bl, ies: 3-6) of eight topotype specimens of P. advena are given. These specimens vary from individuals which have a deep umbonal de- pression (PI. 8, figs. 3, 4) to others which are compressed, lenticular (RIGA, fie 8; Bl-38; tie: 6; /Cole:and Gravell,1952,"pl2100; fie. 4).- Shape is obviously an unsatisfactory specific criterion, not only because in the topotype population specimens are extremely vari- able, but also specimens in other populations (Cole, 1956, pl. 29, figs. 6-10) do not exhibit this variability in shape. The embryonic chambers of a topotype specimen (PI. 2, fig. 1) of P. advena are “nephrolepidine,” but Cushman (1921, pl. 22, fig. 3) illustrated an embryonic apparatus of the “eulepidine” kind. Gravell and Hanna (1938, pl. 7, fig. 4) published an illustration of P. advena with “eulepidine” embryonic chambers. The “eulepi- 28 BULLETIN 248 dine” kind of embryonic chambers was observed in making’ sec- tions of topotypes of P. advena, but unfortunately these prepara- tions were not good enough to photograph. The embryonic chambers of P. advena vary from “nephro- lepidine” to “eulepidine.” However, this same variation occurs in topotypes of Discocyclina cloptoni (PI. 2, fig. 3, 4; Pl. 8, fig. 8; Vaughan, 1945, pl. 42, fig. 2) and in specimens (PI. 2, fig. 2; PI. 8, fig. 1) from Jamaica (loc. 3). The annuli of P. advena (PI. 3, fig. 4; Vaughan, 1945, pl. 42, fig. 1) are similar to those of Jamaican specimens (PI. 3, figs. I, 2) and Discocyclina cloptoni (P\. 3, fig. 3; Vaughan, 1945, pl. 42, fig. 2). All of these specimens have similar pseudoradial prolonga- tions of the Athecocyclina kind. P. advena can not be distinguished from the other specimens with which comparison has been made by the structures of the equatorial section. ‘Thus, the only practical means of distinguishing P. advena from these other specimens would be by the structures of the vertical section. Topotype specimens of P. advena have the cavities of the lat- eral chambers slitlike (Pl. 8, figs. 3-5) between thick roofs and floors in some specimens, whereas others (Pl. 4, fig. 8; Pl. 8, fig. 6) have similar thick roofs and floors with low, open, elongate cavities particularly toward the periphery of the test. The arrange- ment and shape of the lateral chambers is the same in all of these specimens even though certain specimens have distinct rather than slitlike cavities. This development is not of specific importance. Although specimens referred to P. advena are more variable in shape and in the development of the cavities of the lateral chambers, the overall similarities are such that P. advena is con- solidated with P. cloptoni, P. compacta and P. perkinsi. Geographic and stratigraphic position. —P. advena (as P. ad- vena) has been recognized widely in the middle Eocene of the Gulf Coast (Gravell and Hanna, 1938, pp. 1008, 1009) of the United States and in Jamaica (Cole, 1956, p. 222); in the middle Eocene of Cuba as P. compacta Cole and Gravell (1952, p. 720) ; in the middle Eocene ‘Tepetate Formation of Baja California as P. cloptoni; and in the upper Eocene of Jamaica and Cuba as P. perkinst. The occurrence of this species as P. cloptoni in the Llajas EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 29 Formation of California (Cushman and McMasters, 1936, p. 516) can not be verified (see under P. clarki, this article) . P. advena as recognized in this article has an extensive geo- eraphic distribution and a stratigraphic range from middle into upper Eocene. The geographic distribution and _ stratigraphic range of P. advena is similar to that of Pseudophragmina (Pseudo- phragmina) flintensis (Cushman) (Cole, 1958b, pp. 420-423) . As early as 1952 Cole and Gravell (p. 715) postulated that specimens in the middle Eocene of California which Schenck (1929) named Discocyclina californica were identical to specimens from Cuba which they assigned to Discocyclina (Discocyclina) mar- ginata (Cushman) (1919, p. 56). Therefore, the recognition that P. cloptoni from Baja California is a synonym of P. advena of the Gulf Coast of the United States tends to confirm the fact that middle Eocene species are common in both areas. Associated species. —No other species of larger Foraminifera have been reported in association with P. advena at its type local- ity or at other localities on the Gulf Coast of the United States. In Jamaica (Cole, 1956, Table 4) the same situation was encoun- tered at one locality. However, at another locality (Cole, 1958a, p. 191; Cole and Applin, 1964, p. 28) P. advena (identified first as P. compacta, later as P. perkinsi) was associated with Asterocy- clina monticellensis Cole and Ponton, Camerina floridensis (Heil- prin), C. striatoreticulata (L. Rutten), Dictyoconus walnutensis (Carsey) , Fabiania cassis (Oppenheim), Helicolepidina spiralis Tobler, Lepidocyclina (Polyle pidina) antillea Cushman, and Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) flintensis | (Cushman) . Al- though this fauna contained several species which are assumed to be restricted to the middle Eocene, others range into the upper Eocene. In Cuba (Cole and Gravell, 1952, p. 720) P. advena (identi- fied as P. compacta) was associated with several species which are believed to mark the middle Eocene, such as Gunteria floridana Cushman and Ponton, Discocyclina (Discocyclina) marginata (Cush- man), and Asterocyclina monticellensis Cole and Ponton. However, in this Cuban fauna other species were reported, such as Pseudo- phragmina flintensis (identified as P. cushmani and P. convexi- 30 BULLETIN 248 camerata) which apparently range from middle into the upper Eocene. P. advena (identified as P. perkins) occurs also in Cuba in sediments which are definitely upper Eocene (loc. 1). Vaughan (1945) identified at this locality Asterocyclina mariannensis (p. 80), A. minima Cushman (identified as Discocyclina rutteni) (p. 82), Pseudophragmina bainbridgensis (p. 86), and P. flintensis (p. 89). In addition Camerina floridensis (Heilprin) occurs abun- dantly at this locality with less abundant specimens of Lepidocyclina ocalana Cushman. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) stephensoni (Vaughan) Ri G6 yhisseeles2 1929. Discocyclina stephensoni Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 1OWatte3.—P-wLO. ple Oy fess: 1959. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) stephensoni (Vaughan), Cole, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 39, No. 182, pp. 386-387, pl. 32, figs. 1-4 (references and synonyms). 1967. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) — stephensoni (Vaughan) , Butterlin, Eclogae Geol. Helvetiae, vol. 60, No. 2, pp. 549, 550, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5, 7-10. Discussion. —'The type illustrations of this species were not satisfactory. Vaughan (1945, p. 101, pl. 45, figs. 3,4) described and illustrated two new equatorial sections of topotypes which showed excellently the structures of the median plane. At my suggestion Lloyd Henbest of the U. S. Geological Survey rephotographed the type vertical sections. The best one of these was published (Cole andyidernick, e953) splt?,, fies*8)). Later, Cole (1959, p. 386) decided that Discocyclina cookei Vaughan (1936, p. 256) was a synonym of P. stephensoni. Vaughan (1945, pl. 45, figs. 1,2) illustrated two satisfactory median sections of Discocyclina cookei, but the illustrations of the vertical sections (Vaughan, 1936, pl. 42, figs. 4,5) were not sufficiently enlarged to be entirely satisfactory. New illustrations are given as figures I, 2, Plate 6. Geographic distribution. —"This species under various specific names has been reported from a number of localities. It has been found in surface outcrops in Mexico (Discocyclina stephensoni Vaughan, 1929); in Alabama [Discocyclina cookei Vaughan, 1956, and Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) macglameriae Vaughan, 1945]; in Trinidad [P. (A.) soldadensis Vaughan and Cole, 1941]; Os — EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE in Barbados [P. (A.) soldadensis calebardensis Vaughan, 1945]; in Venezuela [P. (A.) cookei (Vaughan) Caudri, 1944; Cizancourt, 1951]; and in Cuba [P. (A.) stephensoni (Vaughan) Sachs, 1957]. Cole and Herrick (1953, p. 54) reported P. (A.) stephensoni from several wells in Georgia, and Butterlin (1967, p. 549) recovered this species from a well in the State of Campeche, Mexico. Associated species. —Cole (1959, ‘Table 1) summarized the species of larger Foraminifera which have been found in association with P. (A.) stephensoni. Camerina catenula (Cushman and Jarvis) (synonyms: Pellatispirella antillea Hanzawa, O perculina bermudezi D. K. Palmer, Camerina pellatispiroides Barker, and O perculinoides georgianus Cole and Herrick) was the species most commonly re- ported with P. (A.) stephensoni. Discocyclina (Discocyclina) barkeri Vaughan and Cole and D. (D.) weaveri Vaughan [synonyms: D. (D.) blanpiedi Vaughan, D. (D.) grimsdalei Vaughan and Cole, D. (D.) fonslacertensis Vaughan, D. (D.) mestiert Vaughan, and D. (D.) aguerreverei Caudri] occurred at a number of these locali- ties. Other species are listed by Cole (1959, ‘Table 1). Butterlin (1967, p. 549) found the following species associated with P. (A.) stephensoni: P. (Proporocyclina) cedarkeysensis Cole, Helicostegina dimorpha Barker and Grimsdale, and Amphistegina parvula (Cushman). In addition, he listed P. (Pseudophragmina) sp. cf. P. (P.) palenquensis Vaughan. Stratigraphic position. — Vaughan (1945, p. 101) reported that P. (A.) stephensoni occurred in Mexico in association with Ostrea thirsae Gabb. “According to Dr. Julia Gardner the stratigraphic horizon is high Midway (Paleocene), which would be the equiva- lent of the basal lower Chicontepec”’. P. (A.) stephensoni (identified as Discocyclina cookei Vaughan, 1936) was obtained from the Salt Mountain Limestone of Ala- bama. Toulmin (1940, p. 113) wrote “In spite of some faunal dif- ferences between the two formations the Salt Mountain Limestone is believed to be equivalent to the Ostrea thirsae beds of the Nana- falia’. In 1955 Toulmin (p. 219) stated “The most important downdip lithic change is the replacement of some beds of the Nanafalia formation by the Salt Mountain Limestone, a white chalky fossiliferous massive biohermal limestone of irregular thick- 32 BULLETIN 248 ness and sporadic occurrence”. These relationships are shown dia- gramatically (Toulmin, 1955, fig. 5). Loeblich and Tappan (1957, pp. 174, 177, fig. 28) discussed the smaller Foraminifera of the Salt Mountain Limestone and assigned it to the Globorotalia velascoensis-acuta-spiralis subzone of the G. angulata zone of the Paleocene. The Nanafalia formation is placed above the Salt Mountain Limestone in the Wilcox group. Vaughan (1945, pp. 102,103) described P. (A.) macglameriae, a species which Cole (1959, p. 386) placed in the synonymy of P. (A.) stephensoni, from “. . . the glauconite zone that immediately overlies the Coal Bluff lignite. Where the specimens were collected, the bed containing them lies directly on the Naheola shale, the lignite being absent and is approximately 120 feet above the Matthews Landing [Naheola] marl. Ostrea thirsae lies some 40 feet higher...” Vaughan (1945, p. 103) stated that an associated molluscan species, Venericardia wilcoxensis tripla Dall, according to the late Julia Gardner” . . . is restricted in recorded occurrence to the upper Midway horizon. ‘There are no species in the col- lection which strongly suggest a Wilcox age”. Thus, Vaughan (1945, p. 103) placed P. (A.) stephensoni and P. (A.) macglameriae in the Paleocene, Midway group, and P. (A.) cookei in the lower Eocene, Wilcox group. Muir (1936, p. 101) stated that Discocyclina (Discocyclina) weavert Vaughan, 1929, occurs at its type locality in Mexico in association with Ostrea thirsae Gabb and Turritella aff. humerosa Conrad. The late Dr. Julia Gardner (1945, p. 7) wrote concerning the lower ‘Tertiary of northeast Mexico “No faunal break between the Midway and the Wilcox has been determined . . . the faunas characterized by an abundance of Ostrea thirsae and of Turritella sanjuanensis of the T. humerosa group have been referred to the upper Midway, although Ostrea thirsae is a characteristic fossil of the Nanafalia formation of Alabama and Turritella humerosa of the Aquia formation of Maryland. A similar assemblage, together with Discocyclina weaveri Vaughan was collected . . . from the Tanlajas formation in the Plaza in San Antonio, San Luis Potosi.” P. (A.) stephensoni (=Discocyclina cookei Vaughan, 1936) and D. (D.) weavert (=Discocyclina blanpiedi Vaughan, 1936) occur in the Salt Mountain Limestone of Alabama in association with EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 33 Ostrea thirsae. Although these two species do not occur together at their type localities in Mexico, both species are accompanied by Ostrea thirsae. Muir (1936, p. 104) stated “The evidence at present available indicates that D. stephensoni occurs at a lower strati- graphic level than Discocyclina weaveri Vaughan” In Trinidad, Cuba, Barbados, and Venezuela species of Pseudo- phragmina (Athecocyclina), all of which Cole (1959, Table 1) assigned to P. (A.) stephensoni occur with species of Discocyclina (Discocyclina) which Cole (1959, Table 1) considered were syno- nyms of D. (D.) weaveri. On the evidence available in 1959 Cole (p. 380) wrote P. (A.) stephensoni is a high Paleocene species’. This postulate was strongly influenced by the assignment of the sediments in Mexico in which P. (A.) stephensoni and D. (D.) weaveri occurred by Vaughan (1945, p. 103) to the Paleocene and the placement of the Salt Mountain Limestone in the Paleocene by Loeblich and ee Mappa, (1957, p. 177, tig. ee However, Cole (1944, p. 34) had found P. (A.) stephensoni (identified as P. (A.) cookei i in association with Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) cookei in a well in Nassau County, Florida, in sediments which he correlated with the Salt Mountain Lime- stone. The Applins (1944, p. 1699, 1744) assigned this part of the section in this well to the Oldsmar Limestone (lower Eocene) . Recently, Butterlin (1967, p. 549) recovered these two species in association in samples from a Mexican well in sediments which he placed in the lower part of the middle Eocene. As recorded in the literature P. (A.) stephensoni seemingly has a stratigraphic range from Paleocene (Vaughan, 1945, p. 103) into the lower part of the middle Eocene (Butterlin, 1967, p. 549). If identifications have been made correctly, P. (A.) stephensoni occurs at its type locality in Mexico in association with Ostrea thirsae. P. (A.) stephensont (=P. (A.) cookei) in Alabama was found in the Salt Mountain Limestone from which Ostrea thirsae has been reported (Blanpied, 1938, p. 30). These associations would suggest a correlation with the Nanafalia Formation (Wilcox group) . This correlation is strengthened by the association of P. (A.) stephensoni (=P. (A.) cooket) and P. (P.) cedarkeysensis 1n associ- 54 BULLETIN 248 ation in the well im Nassau County, Florida, in the Oldsmar Lime- stone which has been accepted generally to be the equivalent of the Wilcox group. However, there is the distinct possibility that P. (4.) stephen- soni may range from high Paleocene into the lower Eocene, Wilcox. Cole and Herrick (1953, p. 50, footnote 2) reported the occurrence of this species with Camerina catenula (Cushman and _ Jarvis) (identified as Operculinoides georgianus nom. nov. = Miscellanea soldadensis Vaughan and Cole, 1941) in wells in Georgia in sedi- ments which they believed to be Midway (Paleocene) . The type locality of Camerima catenula (Cushman and Jarvis) (19382, p. 42) is in the Lizard Springs Formation of Trinidad from “*. . . pit at Lizard Springs near Guayaguayare, southeastern Trinidad, British West Indies”. Bolli (1957, p. 61) divided the Lizard Springs Formation on planktonic Foraminifera into eight zones, “. . . five of which are regarded as of Paleocene age (lower Lizard Springs) and three as of lower Eocene age (upper Lizard Springs) . Although it has been impossible to discover from which of the planktonic zones of the Lizard Springs Formation Camerina catenula was obtained, Bolli (1957, p. 65) reexamined “.. . the type sample (K. 2950) of “Bed 3° from Soldado Rock of Trinidad” and assigned it to “. . . the Globorotalia velascoensis zone which is the highest zone of the lower Lizard Springs.” Sample K. 2950 (Soldado Rock) is the type locality for Dis- cocyclina (Discocyclina) barkeri Vaughan and Cole (1941, p. 58). This species occurred at locality K. 2951 (upper part of “Bed 3”, Vaughan and Cole, 1941, p. 9) in association with D. (D.) weaveri (identified as D. (D.) grimsdalei Vaughan and Cole) and Camerina catenula (identified as Miscellanea soldadensis Vaughan and Cole = Operculinoides georgianus Cole and Herrick) . P. (A.) stephensoni (identified as P. (A.) soldadensis Vaughan and Cole) was described from locality K. 2851, a rubble block in “Bed 4° (Kugler, im Vaughan and Cole, 1941, p. 9). The exact stratigraphic position of this block was not known (Kugler, in Vaughan and Cole, 1941, p. 63 However, Cushman and Renz (1946, p. 10) imply that P. (4.) soldadensts Vaughan and Cole (=P. (A.) stephensoni) as well as EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 35 other species of larger Foraminifera were associated with Camerina catenula at its type locality. If the type locality of C. catenula in Trinidad is the strati- graphic equivalent of “Bed 3” of Soldado Rock, it would fall in the Globorotalia velascoensis planktonic zone which Bolli (1957, p. 63) placed in the high Paleocene. As P. (A.) stephensoni (identi- fied as P. (A.) soldadensis) has been reported in association with C. catenula (Cushman and Renz, 1946, p. 11) not only at the type locality of C. catenula, but also at other localities (Cole and Her- mck, 1953, p. 50; footnote 2; Sachs, 1957, p. 106), 1t may be assumed that P. (A.) stephensoni ranges from the Paleocene into the lower Eocene Oldsmar Limestone of Florida. Bronnimann and Rigassi (1963, p. 292) wrote . Apolo outcrops contain ‘Operculina’ catenula Cushman and Jarvis, ‘Am- phistegina’ lopeztrigoi, Discocyclina barkeri Vaughan and Cole, Discocyclina anconensis Barker and usually other discocyclinas, pseudophragminas and proporocyclinas. This association is closely related with that of the younger Alkazar formation”. “e The Apolo Formation is assigned to the lower Eocene Glo- borotalia angulata zone (Bronnimann and Rigassi, 1963, p. 293) and the overlying Alkazar sediments are referred to the Globoro- talia velascoensis - Globorotalia pseudomenardii zone (p. 309) of the lower Eocene. These two planktonic zones are included in a larger foraminiferal zone, the “Operculina”’ catenula biostrati- graphic zone (Bronnimann and Rigassi, 1963, plate 1). The assignment of Cuban specimens identified as “O perculina” catenula and certain cther species of larger Foraminifera which are known elsewhere to be associated with P. (A.) stephensoni to these planktonic zones suggests a definite placement of these ben- thonic species, at least, so far as the lower stratigraphic limit of this benthonic fauna is concerned. The Globorotalia angulata and G. velascoensis-G. pseudo menardu zones of Bronnimann and Rigassi (1963, p. 293 and plate 1) are the stratigraphic equivalent of three zones (Globorotalia pusilla to G. velascoensis recognized by Bolli, 1957, p. 63) in the upper part of the lower Lizard Springs Formation of Trinidad. Bolli assigned these zones to the Paleocene, whereas Bronnimann and Rigassi placed them in the lower Eocene. 36 BULLETIN 248 As early as 1938 Cole (p. 23) recognized in a well drilled in Jackson County, Florida at a depth of Wolk 1768) feet sam exe cellent fauna of undoubted Midway age’. In this same well at depths between 1390-1412 feet Cole (1938, p. 31) identified Dis- cocyclina cooket Vaughan (=P. (A.) stephensoni) and correlated this part of the well with the Salt Mountain Limestone. Recently, Mrs. E. A. Applin (1964, p. 51) has given an excel- lent account of the Paleocene biofacies of western Florida with a detailed discussion (p. 52) of the occurrence of Globorotalia velas- coensis in this and other areas. So far as I know, G. velascoensis in Mexico, Trinidad, and Florida does not range above the Paleocene. Mrs. Applin (1964, p. 54) wrote “It is, therefore, difficult to understand the assignment of the Salt Mountain Limestone to the ‘G. velascoensis Zone’... .”. by Loeblich and Tappan (1957, p. 177). In the well in Jackson County, Florida (Cole, 1938, pp. 23, 31), the Salt Mountain Limestone occurs stratigraphically well above the first appearance of a typical Midway fauna. Butterlin (1967, p. 14) and Butterlin and Bonet (1960, p. 5) found in Yucatan Camerina catenula and other species of Foramin- ifera in sediments which they correlate with the lower Eocene. Among the associated species are Borelis floridanus Cole, a supposed marker for the Cedar Keys Limestone (Paleocene) and Coskino- lina elongata Cole, diagnostic of a zone in the Oldsmar Limestone (lower Eocene) . All of these species may have a longer stratigraphic range, similar to that of P. (A.) stephensoni, than has heretofore been suspected so that in terms of the Gulf Coast stratigraphic section these sediments could be either high Paleocene or low lower Eocene. More data are needed, especially correlation with the planktonic zones which have been established. In summary, Camerina catenula and P. (A.) stephensoni have been reported in association at a number of localities in the Carib- bean region, and several of these localities seem to represent the Globorotalia velascoensis planktonic zone. This zone, moreover, has been accepted generally as one of the zones of the Paleocene. How- ever, in Florida (Cole, 1944, p. 34) and Mexico (Butterlin, 1967, p. 549) P. (A.) stephensoni occurs with P. (Pseudophragmina) cedar- keysensis, a species which has been assumed to characterize the Oldsmar Limestone (lower Eocene) of. Florida. ©o ~I EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE Although the data available suggest that C. catenula is con- fined to the upper Paleocene, and that P. (A.) stephensoni ranges from upper Paleocene into the lower Eocene, Wilcox, there is a dis- tinct possibility that C. catenula also ranges upward into the lower Hocene: However, that may be, the important fact is that there is a zone of larger Foraminifera characterized by several species of larger Foraminifera which Cole (1959, p. 378) referred to as the “Operculina catenula fauna” which can be recognized over a wide eeographic area. Although the species composition of this fauna may vary from locality to locality because of ecological conditions, the zone can be recognized. Data available suggest that this zone seems to occupy a stratigraphic position from high Paleocene into the lower part of the lower Eocene as these terms are commonly accepted in the Americas. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) zaragosensis (Vaughan) PI. 6, figs. 7, 8 1929. Discocyclina zaragosensis Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. (owAdtiey Ss. spps lg. 4 plo, meseyl—o: 1945. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) zaragosensis (Vaughan) , Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, p. 100, pl. 44, fig. 1. 1960. Pseudophragmina (Pioporocyclina) zaragosensis (Vaughan) , Cole, Micropaleont., vol. 6, No. 2, p. 134, pl. 4, figs. 4, 5. 1963. Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) zaragosensis | (Vaughan) , Cole, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 46, No. 205, p. 15, pl. 7, figs. 1-4. Discussion. — Vaughan’s (1929, pl. 4, figs. 1-3) original illus- trations of this species are poor. In 1945 Vaughan (p. 100, pl. 44, fig. 1) illustrated a part of an equatorial section which he described in some detail. This section demonstrates that this species should be referred to the subgenus Athecocyclina as defined in this article. At my request Lloyd Henbest of the U. S. Geological Survey photographed the vertical section (PI. 6, fig. 8) which Vaughan (1929, pl. 4, fig. 5) published and another topotype (PI. 6, fig. 7). Certainly additional preparations are necessary, but these demon- strate that Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) zaragosensis is a different species than P. (Pseudophragmina) cedarkeysensis Cole (see discussion under that species) . Specimens from the Weston Library well No. 2, Sun Oil Com- pany, Hancock County, Mississippi, at a depth of 4510-4540 feet winch Cole s(9b0:a pe lst ply 4. fies 4,5) identitied: as 2. (Pro- 38 BULLETIN 248 porocyclina) zaragosensis are definitely this species, but should be assigned to the subgenus Athecocyclina. These interesting specimens with multiple sets of bilocular embryonic chambers have the same type of open annuli without radial chamber walls (Cole, 1960 a, pl. 4, fig. 4) similar to the topo- type illustrated by Vaughan (1945, pl. 44, fig. 1). The vertical sec- tion (Cole, 1960 a, pl. 4, fig. 5) has the same strong pillars, lateral chambers, and equatorial layer which characterize the types of P. zaragosensis (Pl. 6, figs. 7, 8). The specimens from Mississippi were preserved in such a manner that by placing a knife on the equatorial plane at the periphery, it was possible to split the specimens along the equa- torial plane. Hlustrations (Cole, 1963, pl. 7, figs. 1-4) of several specimens prepared in this manner have been published. These specimens do not have any radial chamber walls. The annular walls in most cases when observed in three dimensions in these preparations consist of a series of small, upward projec- tions between which are depressions. ‘This arrangement shows clearly in some of the illustrations (see, fig. 1, and parts of figs. 2, 4, pl. 7, Cole, 1963). The depressions between the projections are about the same size as the projections and seem to be closely spaced radial stolons. So far as I can ascertain this is the only locality in addition to the type locality from which this species has been recognized. Stratigraphic position. — Vaughan (1945, p. 100) wrote that P. zaragosensis at its type locality in Nuevo Léon, Mexico, was as- sociated with Venericardia (Venericor) diga Gardner and Bowles. Vaughan stated that the late Dr. Julia Gardner considered the horizon to be equivalent to the “Tuscahoma Formation (lower Eo- cene, Wilcox Group) of the eastern Gulf Coast of the United States) . If this is correct, P. zaragosensis occurs at a higher strati- graphic horizon than P. (Pseudophragmina) cedarkeysensis Cole and P. (Athecocyclina) stephensoni (Vaughan) . EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 39 REFERENCES CITED Applin, E. R. 1964. Some middle Eocene, lower Eocene, and Paleocene foraminiferal faunas from west Florida. Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 45-77, pls. 1-4, 2 text figs. Applin, E. R., and Jordan, L. 1945. Diagnostic Foraminifera from subsurface formations in Florida. Jour. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 129-148, pls. 18-21, 2 text figs. Applin, P. L., and Applin, E. R. 1944. Regional subsurface stratigraphy and structure of Florida and south- ern Georgia. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 28, No. 12, pp. 1673- 1753, 5 pls., 38 text figs. Barker, R. W., and Grimsdale, T. F. 1936. A contribution to the phylogeny of the orbitoidal Foraminifera with descriptions of new forms from the Eocene of Mexico. Jour. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 231-247, pls. 30-38, 4 text figs. 1937. Studies of Mexican fossil Foraminifera. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 19, ser. 10, pp. 161-178, pls. 5-9, 2 text figs. Beckmann, J. P. 1958. Correlation of pelagic and reefal faunas from the Eocene and Paleo- cene of Cuba. Eclogae Geol. Helvetiae, vol. 51, No. 2, pp. 416-422, 2 text figs. Blanpied, B. W. 1938. Age and correlation of the Salt Mountain Limestone, Clarke County, Alabama (abstract). Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., 23rd. Ann. meeting, Pro- gram, p. 32. Bolli, H. M. 1957. The genera Globigerina and Globorotalia in the Paleocene-lower Eo- cene Lizard Springs Formation of Trinidad, B.W.1., U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 61-82, pls. 15-20, text figs. 11-13. Bosworth, T. O. 1922. Geology of the Tertiary and Quaternary periods in the northwest part of Peru. pp. 156-139, pl. 24. Bronnimann, P., and Rigassi, D. 1963. Contribution to the geology and paleontology of the area of the city of La Habana, Cuba, and its surroundings. Eclogae Geol. Helvetiae, vol. 56, No. 1, pp. 193-480, 26 pls., 75 text figs. Butterlin, J. 1960. Repartition stratigraphique de Operculina catenula Cushman and Jarvis dans le bassin des Caraibes. Soc. géol. France, Comptes Rendus, Somm., No. 1, p. 14. 1967. Révision despeces du oot Pseudophragmina. Eclogae Geol. Hel- vetiae, vol. 60, No. 2, pp. 543-551 eae 1-3. Butterlin, J., and Bonet, F. 1960. Microfauna del Eoceno inferior de la Peninsula de Yucatan. Univ. Nat. Autonoma Mexico, Paleont. Mexicana No. 7, pp. 1-18, pls. 1-3. Caudri, C. M. B. 1944. The larger Foraminifera from San Juan de los Morros, State of Guar- ico, Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 473-481, pls. 73, 74. Cole, W. S. 1938. Stratigraphy and micropaleontology of ote deep wells in Florida. Florida Geol. Sur., Bull. 16, pp. 1-73, 12 pls., 3 text figs. 40 BULLETIN 248 1942. Stratigraphic and paleontologic studies of wells in Florida—WNo. 2. Florida Geol. Sur., Bull. 20, pp. 1-89, pls. 1-16, 4 text figs. 1944. Stratigraphic and paleontologic studies of wells in Florida —No. 3. Florida Geol. Sur., Bull. 26, pp. 1-168, pls. 1-29, 5 text figs. 1956. Jamaican larger Foraminifera. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 36, No. 158, pp. 205-232, pls. 24-30, 5 tables. 1958a. Names of and variation in certain American larger Foraminifera — No. 1. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 170, pp. 179-213, pls. 18-23. 1958b. Names of and variation in certain American larger Foraminifera, particularly the discocyclinids — No. 3. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 176, pp. 411-429, pls. 50-53. 1959. Faunal associations and the stratigraphic position of certain Ameri- can Paleocene and Eocene larger Foraminifera. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 39MNO 1 L825 pps /-399, ps 152,, 09 table 1960a. Variability in embryonic chambers in Lepidocyclina. Micropaleont., vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 133-144, pls. 1-4, 1 table. 1960b. Revision of Helicostegina, Helicolepidina and Lepidocyclina (Poly- lepidina). Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., vol. 11, Pt. 2, pp. 57-62, pls. 10-12. 1963. Illustrations of conflicting interpretation of the biology and _ classifi- cation of certain larger Foraminifera. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 46, No. 205, pp. 1-63, pls. 1-14. 1964. Discocyclinidae. Treatise on invertebrate paleontology, Pt. C, Protista 2, vol. 2, pp. C712-C717, figs. 586-588. 1967. A review of American species of miogypsinids (larger Foraminifera). Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., vol. 18, Pt. 3, pp. 99-117, pls. 8, 9, 2 text figs., 3 tables. Cole, W. S., and Applin, E. R. 1964. Problems of the geographic and stratigraphic distribution of Ameri- can middle Eocene larger Foraminifera. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 47, No, 212, pp. 1-48, pls. 1-11, 4 tables. Cole, W. S., and Gravell, D. W. 1952. Middle Eocene Foraminifera from Penon Seep, Matanzas Province, Cuba. Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, No. 5, pp. 708-727, pls. 90-103. Cole, W. S., and Herrick, S. M. 1953. Two species of larger Foraminifera from Paleocene beds in Georgia. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 35, No. 148, pp. 49-62, pls. 4, 5. Cushman, J. A. 1917. Orbitoid Foraminifera of the genus Orthophragmina from Georgia and Florida. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 108-G, pp. 115-124, pls. 40-44. 1919. Fossil Foraminifera from the West Indies. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 291, pp. 21-71, pls. 1-15, 8 text figs. 1920. The American species of Orthophragmina and Lepidocyclina. U.S. Geol, Sur., Prof. Paper 125, pp. 39-108, pls. 7-35. 1921. A new species of Orithophragmina from Louisiana. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof, Papersl28-Bpy 139s ple 22. 1940. Foraminifera, their classification and economic use. 3d ed., Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass., 535 pp., 48 pls. 1948. Foraminifera, their classification and economic use. 4th ed., Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass., 605 pp., 55 pls. Cushman, J. A., and Jarvis, P. W. 1932. Upper Cretaceous Foraminifera from Trinidad. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 80, Art. 14, pp. 1-60, pls. 1-16. EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 4] Cushman, J. A., and McMasters, J. H. 1936. Middle Eocene Foraminifera from Llajas Formation, Ventura County, California. Jour. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 6, pp. 497-517, pl. 74-77, 4 text figs, Cushman, J. A.. and Renz, H. H. 1946. The foraminiferal fauna of the Lizard Springs Formation of Trini- dad, British West Indies. Cushman Lab. Foram. Res., Sp. Publ. No. 18, pp. 1-48, 8 pls., 1 map. Douvillé, H. ; 1923. Les orbitoides en Amérique. Soc. géol. France, Comptes Rendus, Somm., No. 10, pp. 106, 107. 1924. Les Orbitoides et leur evolution en Amérique. Soc. géol. France, Bull., ser. 4, vol. 23, pp. 369-376, pl. 13, 4 text figs. Gardner, J. 1945. Mollusca of the Tertiary formations of northeast Mexico. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 11, 332 pp., 28 pls., 1 fig., 6 tables. Gravell, D. W.. and Hanna, M. A. 1938. Subsurface Tertiary zones of correlation through Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 22, No. 8, pp. 984- 1013, 7 pls., 5 text figs. Levin, H. L. 1957. Micropaleontology of the Oldsmar Limestone (Eocene) of Florida. Micropaleont., vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 137-154, 4 pls., 2 text figs., 1 chart. Loeblich, A. R., Jr., and Tappan, H. 1957. Planktonic Foraminifera of Paleocene and early Eocene age from the Gulf and Atlantic Coastal Plains. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 215, pp. 173-198, pls. 40-64, text figs. 27, 28. Mallory, V. S. 1959. Lower Tertiary biostratigraphy of the California Coast Ranges. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., 416 pp., 42 pls., 19 tables. Muir, J. M. 1936. The geology of the Tampico region, Mexico. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., 280 pp., 15 pls., 40 figs., 9 tables. Palmer. D. K. 1934. Some large fossil Foraminifera from Cuba. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., Mem.., vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 235-264, pls. 12-16, 19 text figs. Palmer, R. H. 1948. List of Palmer Cuban fossil localities. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 31, No. 128, 458 pp., 2 maps. Puri, H. S. 1957. Stratigraphy and zonation of the Ocala group. Florida. Geol. Sur., Bull. 38, pp. 1-184, 15 pls., 30 text figs. Sachs, K. N., Jr. 1957. Restudy of some Cuban larger Foraminifera. Contrib. Cushman Found. Foram. Res., vol. 8, Pt. 3, pp. 106-120, pls. 14-17, 3 text figs. Schenck, H. G. 1929. Discocyclina in California. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans., vol. 5, No. 14, pp. 211-240, pls. 27-30, figs. 1-10. Toulmin, L. D., Jr. 1940. The Salt Mountain Limestone of Alabama. Alabama Geol. Sur., Bull. 16, pp. 1-126, 19 text figs. 1955. Cenozoic geology of southeastern Alabama, Florida, and Georgia. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol., Bull., vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 207-235. 42 BULLETIN 248 Vaughan, T. W. 1928. New species of Operculina and Discocyclina from the Ocala Lime- stone. Florida Geol. Sur., 19th Ann. Rep., pp. 155-165, 2 pls. 1929. Descriptions of new species of Foraminifera of the genus Discocyclina from the Eocene of Mexico. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 76, Art. 3, pp. 1-8, pls. 1-7. 1933. Studies of American species of Foraminifera of the genus Lepidocy- clina. Smithsonian Miscell. Coll., vol. 89, No. 10, pp. 1-53, pls. 1-32. 1936. New species of orbitoidal Foraminifera of the genus Discocyclina from the lower Eocene of Alabama. Jour. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 253- 259M pls 41-43% 1945. American Paleocene and Eocene larger Foraminifera. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, pp. 1-175, pls. 1-46, 11 figs. Vaughan, T. W., and Cole, W. S. 1941. Preliminary report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary larger Foramini- fera of Trinidad, British West Indies. Geol. Soc. Amer., Sp. Paper 30, pp. 1-137, pls. 1-46, 2 text figs. 44 BULLETIN 248 Explanation of Plate 1 Figure Page All figures, x 40. 1-6. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) floridana (Cushman) ate aay WA, DS}. ats) 1. Central part of a vertical section of a well-developed megalo- spheric specimen (entire specimen illustrated as fig. 588, le, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleont., Part C, Protista 2, vol. 2, 1964). 2. Vertical section of a small megalospheric specimen. 3. Central part of an equatorial section of a microspheric speci- men. 4-6. Central parts of equatorial sections of megalospheric specimens. 6. Same specimen as fig. 588, la, Treatise on In- vertebrate Paleont., Part C, Protista 2, vol. 2, 1964. 1-6. Locality 10, Florida, Ocala Limestone, upper Eocene. See text for locality descriptions. PLATE 1 BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 Ethos cae 2 4 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 2 EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 45 Explanation of Plate 2 Figure Page Central parts of equatorial sections of megalospheric speci- mens, x 40. 1-6. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) advena (Cushman): |....:-.2..... 22 eRe oan ce ee ee a 1. Topotype of Orihophragmina advena Cushman. 2. Specimen identified as Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) — perkinsi (Vaughan) by Cole (in Cole and Applin, 1964, p. 28). 3,4. Topotypes in Discocyclina cloptoni Vaughan. 5,6. Specimens identified by Vaughan (1945, p. 99) as Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) perkinsit: (Vaughan) . . 13, 25, 26, 27, 28 1. Loc. 12, Louisiana, middle Eocene, 2. Loc. 3, Jamaica, middle Eocene. 3.4. Loc. 4, Baja California, middle Eocene. 536. Loc. 1, Cuba, upper Eocene: See text for locality descriptions. 46 BULLETIN 248 Explanation of Plate 3 Figure Page Parts of equatorial sections, x 210, to illustrate annuli and equa- torial chambers. 1-4. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) advena (Gusher see coe ce ee Peccccee NO eh Ey Paz, 28! 1. Specimen identified as Pseudophragmina (Proporocyclina) perkinsi (Vaughan) by Cole (in Cole and Applin, 1964, p. 28) ; Sees chambers of this specimen illustrated as fig. He 12. 2. Specimen identified by hoc (19455" p> 99) vas P. Te aE perkinsi (Vaughan) . 3. iotonee of Dis- cocyclina cloptoni (Vaughan) ; eae chambers of this specimen illustrated as fig. 3, Pl. 2. 4. Topotype of Ortho- phragmina advena Cushman; embryonic chambers of this specimen illustrated as fig. 1, Pl. 2. 5. Pseudophragmina (Pseudspbragm ina) flintensis (Cushman) ...... ad hee GaSe et sok UG age Oo Os eles ea 22, Specimen originally named Discocyclina perpusilla (Vaughan); equatorial section of this specimen illustrated as fig. 7, Pl. 7. 6. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) bainbridgensis (Vaughan) ....... cere Per eee Olea Aca ered Specimen identified as P. (P.) bainbridgensis var. angusta Vaughan (1945, p. 87); equatorial section of this specimen illustrated as fig. 7, Pl. 9. 1. Loc. 3 — Jamaica, middle Eocene, 2,6. Loc. |] — Cuba, upper Eocene. 3. Loc. 4— Baja California, middle Eocene. 4. Loc. 12 — Louisiana, middle Eocene. 5. Loc. 6 — Mexico, middle Eocene. See text for locality descriptions. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 3 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 TE: yee OF - - pag es PLATE 4 EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 47 Explanation of Plate 4 Figure Page Central parts of vertical sections of megalospheric specimens, 40. 1-8. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) advena (Cushman) ... 25, 27, 28 1,2. Specimens identified by Vaughan (1945, p. 99) as Pseudo- phragmina (Proporocyclina) perkinsi (Vaughan). 3-5, Topo- types of Discocyclina cloptoni Vaughan. 6. Specimens identi- fied as P. (Proporocyclina) perkinsi (Vaughan) by Cole (in Cole and Applin, 1964, p. 28). 7. Syntype of P. (Proporocy- clina) compacta Cole and Gyravell (after Cole and Gravell, 1952, pl. 100, fig. 6). 8. Topotype of Orthophragmina advena Cushman, 1,2. Loc. 1 —Cuba, upper Eocene. 3-5 Loc. 4 — Baja California, middle Eocene. 6. Loc. 3 — Jamaica, middle Eocene. 7. Loc. 2— Cuba, middle Eocene. 8. Loc. 12 — Louisiana, middle Eocene. See text for locality descriptions. 48 BULLETIN 248 Explanation of Plate 5 Figure Page 1. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) tobleri Waughankandi@olere Bee sen ener te eee en ees LO eal Equatorial chambers, x 210, of a topotype; specimen illustrated as) fig I ple 325 Cole, 1959: 2-4, Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) advena (Cushman) ......... 7B, PAL 2,3. Central parts of vertical sections, x 40, of specimens identi- fied by Vaughan (1945, p. 99) as Pseudophragmina (Pro. porocyclina) perkinsi (Vaughan). 4. Part of an equatorial section, 40, of a speciinen identified as P. (Proporocy- clina) perkinsi (Vaughan) by Cole (in Cole and Applin, NGOS 28) ne 5,6. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) clarki (Cushman) 10, 13, 20 5. Part of an equatorial section, 40, by transmitted light. 6. Part of an equatorial section, 20, by reflected light; compare with the specimen fig. 9, pl. 77 identified by H. G. Schenck (én Cushman and McMasters, 1936, p. 516) as Discocyclina cloptoni Vaughan. 1. Loc. 7 — Trinidad, lower Eocene, 2,3. Loc. 1— Cuba, upper Eocene. 4. Loc. 3 — Jamaica, middle Eocene. 5,6. Loc. 9 — California, middle Eocene. See text for locality descriptions, PLATE 5 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 2 ~~. = ee = , —_ zt ee > et | —" ¥ = =e at Re — i ~ oe bgt “a fi Ue wi a ex: ae Segoe BT er < +e PLATE 6 VOL. 56 ’ BULL. AMER. PALEONT. Figure 1,2. 3,4,6. 5,9. 4,0. EOCENE PSEUDOPHRAGMINIDS: COLE 49 Explanation of Plate 6 Page Vertical sections, x 40, except 5, x 20. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) stephensoni (Vaughan) ... 30 New illustrations of two of the syntypes of Discocyclina cookei Vaughan (1936, pl. 42, figs, 4,5), a synonym of P. stephensoni. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) clarki (Cushman) .......... 20 Vertical sections. Pseudophragmina (Pseudophragmina) cedarkeysensis Cole 16 Vertical sections of topotypes of Pseudophragmina hannai Cole, a synonym of P, cedarkeysensts. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) zaragosensis (Vaughan) ..... 37 New illustrations of Discocyclina zaragosensis Vaughan. 7. Verti- cal section, not centered, of a topotype. 8. Syntype illustrated by Vaughan (1929, pl. 4, fig. 3). 1,2. Loc. 8 — Alabama, lower Eocene. 3.4.6. Loc. 9 — California, middle Eocene. 5,9. Loc. 11 — Florida, lower Eocene. 7,8. Loc. 5 — Mexico, lower Eocene, See text for locality descriptions. 50 BULLETIN 248 Explanation of Plate 7 Figure Page All figures, ea’ pce eee: sd? ad ine Sewoneiolt hae Sutete ey alts wer Gi DP Tag NSS UE Setsiniw ayer Wt ahah sesten ade? Ama , yieEM Ste aaantel al ™ Dsdhincab male vit Beales Y hee Sion sok 31 ae Pa aie CUE pall hs 3% a. 4 eal Mian? ae? etias candifir, Seek) . Gonllitst: ¢-ee Vete PIGS latin Batt | mia Vi ‘718 4) “= Soe eee yey “ae pe ranghese gis enn : bad ‘— id ts 5 a0 ia 2 ff 5 Z a . ‘z ay aa \ , bad aqitriseny oil ot ieereh sagad oii led gris = : » rn “5 * = : ‘s, oc te tities st! y Sines? oa tn meee aS mite ne a’ '~ « mu ; , 1 i ; J Poe, ie Pe FE Ds “it A Oy ak Wise as aig Anertl Ne ere QI hrs. Sloe Pa a ; t E > . — SAIN hte, ee ae ra Mee aS SPT eh a 7) ; ; : ~ fe rey 3 i+ t \ ‘GA 3 ai - ay 4) + ; . a wee i erie : 2 ' it ete rer an rvs 9h) 0s 4 yy See ae es rs vt 3.9 = ; “ ; eerie =e ee | ; weP eo ; > a Ol 44 Bele oe xcs ar -2 : ee. =» 2 i642)? se eee ee ea, ek ry OT ; "6 pagent bi ah % JIM acs x | ‘ ; 7 i 7 , net: ein ‘oery : Py bf x ° 7 4 x sie ee Z 4 “a fal , ol i , Re + _ my ia ig tie, ae | micah Si? 4-- = . : ; : _ TP a5 ok , NS 4 . ‘ ; i ( 473 pages . sss rr tLe 5 te Sure wages 4 i ’ < Mee ee 2 y ¢ wae ee ‘ 4 = ve >_< i c ” 7 yee F Wy crt - a 1 di "Cita2 Tl 5 Site Se nee ae ; ise i) 7 “ - ap 0 Tt A A 2 ers a perepioiorsé wit) felitvned) Vem sTa Sore oa a ® , q bite at yoy ule Ure ier. Heese iar oi) pro ih/ ht 2.5 1 ASS ee YW, fi 4 “ o i r » 7) = a wrsay bh i ~~ 7 rie ieaieloe? antlyra? Arcata | 7 > = 7 - , a 7 : fi J HViraane ce ea - _ 3 7 = ai a * } ig a bt REPORT NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY AGRICULTURE OF THE EASTERN COUNTIES ; SOGETHER WITH DBESCBIPTIONS OF THE FOSSILS OF THE MARL BHDS. Sllustrated bp Hrgrabings. BY EBENEZER EMMONS. RALEIGH: HENRY D. TURNER. 1858. he « : - > ah - - i ul gay) “1 | 1 a Ar thf Ag GSE” AOR at 10 7 : a : ae Oo 7 ein pine i eto ~*~ —T 7 = , pe Lee y eee ve ~ shtegt w sWAge To His Excetiency, Toomas Braga, Governor of North-Carolina : SIR: Iam gratified that another opportunity is furnished me to express my obligations to your Excellency for the interest you still entertain for the Geological Survey of North-Caro- lina. This fact, while it has been extremely gratifying, serves at the same time to impress me with the importance of the work, and to excite a fear, also, that it may fall short of your expectations, and thus disappoint, not only yourself, but many others who feel and manifest an interest in its success. No one, however, could feel a greater disappointment at such a result than myself; and fearing that my labors, together with the labors of those who assist me, might fail to be satis- factory, I have certainly lost no time, nor spared any work, which I deemed necessary to secure the wished-for result. With the consciousness, then, of having done this much for its success, | submit with cheerfulness this second report to your Excellency’s consideration. fT am, Sir. Your obedient servant, EBENEZER EMMONS. Rareten, March 1, 1858. ten ectniBhaoagge ele ar ee ft wil}: a0 “puaillns “46 oF! pera bar sre wIF Ne (3 vith holy on ald: ait aa a nT eovrtion: Ais wilieny tinitnrizergod wad ti lily dnt aaey: aa: eal? “Tit Soe Aju +114 alti iit s sarrrigeth Ht Tabs Onis a frie. La on rt ao Prails bindery ‘i turtt welnell'a aba © o> hee ie 4 | HaNS rd | Visors Fe! r jue Anette; (amt astit tal foritert ata a 7 ee cevpeted aa sa ttarieed leer Isak Gel fiber — ‘ neatly JK, Maori Payne D eetiorry. fai Mes) exap hun 8 ih ete “af ed wire i! ert). 4ealt i ‘qas) Ons “tlhe? Ri aE atijwey a Reals bere de Teraiite veel (6 eae Cee andi | Te rr ial ail sfitae im i My e Thsadete TO ain (no deol wientyo. va Lucite © t. 7 ; ie or Hee? wit wlibna (o Thee; \ (epal Hesit te ie etiie a3 Here ely caoh aul val. Ux wal? oomrsoamiy, Aer ltiF ied Phare tact mht co lipesedo Ww daseeed cts [ omni 4 a TF} a wi far ghitentn,s 2 SHO \ee a unio ag ie : at vie hg j 7 jeevten heslbodo. quit Sa Ouen sy, UNAS TABLE OF CONTENTS. PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 1—7. CHAPTER I. Reference to a former report.—Dependence of seed on the perfection of the soil.— Nutrient matters necessary to animal life traced to the soil.—Essential elements of a good soil.—Character and classification of the soils of the Eastern counties.— Importance of determining the smallest percentage of earthy matter in a vegetable soil, which is compatible with a remunerating crop.—Some elements more essential to form a good soil than others.—The organs of a plant are composed of different elements.—The extremes of certain kinds of soil—Remarks on the adaptation, together with a statement of their composition-—Soil of the Open Ground Prairie in Carteret county.—Pocoson and Swamp Lands.—Soils of Hyde county. 8—22. CHAPTER II. The best soil of Dr. Long, of Hyde county—its composition—its yield of corn per acre.—Mr. Burroughs’ soil of the north side of Mattamuskeet Lake.-—Amount of inorganic matter which a crop of corn removes from the soil.—Each organ to be furnished with appropriate nutriment.— Maize an exhausting crop.—Soils from the plantation of Gen. Blount.—Gen. Blount’s letter. 22-36. CHAPTER III. Topography of the Eastern counties, from Wake eastward to Onslow.—Character of the soil of the White Oak Desert.—Mr. Francke’s Pocoson and Swamp Lands.— The better kind of Gallberry Swamp Lands.—Mr. MeNeil’s soil; will pay for drainage.—Barren soil of Bogue Sound, furnished by D. A. Humphrey, Esq.— Cause of barrenness of these soils. 3b—48. CHAPTER IV. Soils of Jones county, taken from the plantation of J. H. Haughton, Esq¢.—Composi- tion of a brown earth overlying the marl.—Recapitulation. 48—49. CHAPTER V. Fertinizers.—What constitutes a Fertilizer.—Sources of Fertilizersi—Those from the vegetable kingdom consist of the ash.—Ash of plants nesembles in composition the inorganic matter of soils.—Quantity of fertilizing matter removed from the soil by different plants——Methods to be adopted in order to prevent waste of fertilizing matter.—How restored. 59—78. CHAPTER VI. FERTILIZERS (CONTINUED.)—Marl beds.—The different periods to which they belong, and their relation to each other. 78—89. CHAPTER VII. FBPRTILIZERS (CONTINUED.)—Stone Marl—its economical value.—Composition of the Green Sand of Cape Fear River. 89—101. x TABLE OF CONTENTS. CHAPTER VIII. Eocene, or White Marl.—Quantity of lime variable, but greater than the average of other varieties—The Wadsworth beds.—His letter.—Beds upon the Neuse— Haughton’s marl.—Composition. 101—107. CHAPTER IX. Shell marl.— Heterogenous in its composition and arrangement of materials.—Chemi- cal constitution.—A pplication of marl.— Poisonous marl.—How corrected.—Theories respecting the operation of marl. 107—126. CHAPTER X. Avimal manures.—Fish,—Crabs.—Cancerine.—Compost of crabs.—Preservation of the offal of fish. 126—132. CHAPTER XI. Clay.—Characteristics of a good clay.—Composition of fine clays. —Composition of a clay upon Bogue Sound. 132—135. CHAPTER XII. The grasses and their functions.—Different objects attained by their cultivation.— Chemical constitution of the grasses.—E]ementary organs and parts of the blos- som.—Division of grasses.—Southern genera.—Cultivated specics with their de- scriptions and properties. 155—131. CHAPTER XIIIi. Red clover.—Organie constitution.—Com position of the ash.—Differs in composition from the true grasses.—Failures in its cultivation.—For a green crop.—Lucerne.— Sanfoin. 15)—188. CHAPTER XIV. Methods by which the valuable grasses may be cultivated successfully.—Soiling anc its advantages. 1S8—193, CHAPTER XV. PaLAEONTOLOGY.—Foasils of the green sand and tertiary.—Mammals.—Horse.— Hog.— Mastodon and elephant.—Deer.— Whales, or celaceans. 193—213. CHAPTER XVI. Description of reptilian remains of the marl beds of North-Carolina.—Reptiles of the green sand. 213—220. CHAPTER XVII. Pisces.—Deseription of the remains of fish in the North-Carolina marl beds. 245. 220— CHAPLER XVIII. Motiusca.—Description of the cephalopods, gasteropods and lamellibranchiata, 245— 308. CHAPTER XIX. Rapiata.— Description of the echinoderns.—Sea urchins.—Polyparia. 303—514, reals. foi bay Sy ted eae es aulws ghaniaellp pila gril + itil, bepe! pine avi GI) Su.Ui ion at i Bae reris fee Pysoe jit Sith, Pa thie Vi ave ine ly ot ; _ : of LM. bat table tig oe A n oa ij i . ay” zs f ate Pir Ae 4 a METATH § © .Chaecet Pe M2 Wie ha) ty) % cs 17 : a LS ee ; f ae Mien Potten Peery Weel’ ® |. wali PL enh 5 he “Tale tie ' = = = i aed a nel re 1 Lh aly in spay 1 Cee oad) as AT : = a et PORTO la a , A PEAVY AL Miers Oi OU Gndeh en itirataae ii vis eh iy Le Seas ify tee Weil alee yee a bee b etd ts, 68 BULLETIN 249 78 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ses, however, that the ash is variable in the proportions of its elements. The tobacco which obtains the highest price in the Paris market contains a much larger proportion of potash and less lime. This specimen had the fine yellow brown color which is regarded as indicative of the best quality. As it is, how- ever, it isa lime plant, nearly one-half being composed of carbonate of lime. CHAPTER VI. FERTILIZERS—CONTINUED. Marl beds, or Marl formations.—The different periods to which they belong, or their relation to each other. § 52. There are three distinct formations from which marl is obtained. Enumerating them in the ascending order, or according to age, they lie relatively to each other as follows: 1. Green Sand; 2. Hocene Marl; 3. Miocene Marl. The first, or green sand, is the formation which is so favor- ably known in New Jersey as a fertilizer, having been em- ployed for that purpose for more than half a century. It derived its name partly from its green color, and partly from its granular consistence. The beds thus named are known not only in this country but also in many parts of Kurope by the same name, and where, to a certain extent, they are also used as a fertilizer. In the geological systems its beds are subordinate to the cretaceous system, and in Europe form subordinate beds be- neath the chalk—the white chalk in common use for marking. NortH CAROLINA GEOL. Sur.: EmMMons 69 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. “eo, In this country this part of the cretaceous system is wanting, or has not yet been recognized. From its wide extent, both in this country and Europe, it is, geologically speaking, an important formation; so also in an economical point of view it is equally important, for it has been a source of revenue to the agricultural community, not second even to guano. For permanent improvements in the soil it is superior to this far famed substance, its effects lasting from ten to fifteen years. In New Jersey it first attracted attention from an accident: some green sand being thrown out of a ditch upon a bank, an exceeding fine growth of clover was the consequence. » It was immediately inferred that the substance upon the ditch bank was the cause of this fine growth; and: hence a trial was made of it. ; From many subsequent experiments and observations its claim as a good fertilizer became established. -This happened more than fifty years ago, and ample experience in the mean time has fully satisfied the agricultural community at large that it is worthy the confidence which has been reposed.in it. § 53. In the subsequent pages I propose to ‘give a full statement of the grounds upon. which its reputation rests, and also to furnish numerous analyses of the best and poorest varieties of this substance. In the first place I deem it proper to show its geological relations,.and its relative position to other beds of marl, inasmuch as it will aid in determinining in any given case whether the substance or beds in question really belong to those which have received the common name referred to. In all cases this is an economical question, or may be thus used, inasmuch as the beds formed during this geological era have a composition which fits them for the purpose for which they have been so largely employed. Beds, therefore, occupying their position may be supposed without trial and without analysis to contain the active fertilizing matter. It, however, cannot be determined by these external observations, how much they contain, for it is found that they are variable in composition, so far as quantity is concerned. For the purpose of determining their commercial value, or 70 BULLETIN 249 80 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. to ascertain the amount which may be profitably employed and how far they may be transported has to be ascertained by analysis. There are several localities at which the green sand occurs. The strongest marl beds occur at Black Rock on the Cape Fear river, about twenty-five miles above Wilmington. It forms low bluffs at several other points, but it uppears to terminate from two to five miles below Brown’s landing. Striking across the county to the eastward it again appears prominently at Rocky Point, twenty miles above Wilmington. The green sand, unlike the shell marl, forms continuous beds, but as its beds are undulating, they rise at certain points to the surface, and then sink beneath it. In this State I have been unable to determine its thickness, or the number of beds which properly belong to it. For this reason I propose to describe them now, as they are known to exist in New Jersey, inasmuch as such a description may aid others where it exists, to determine with accuracy both their thickness and the number of beds which compose the green sand formation in North-Carolina. The difficulty in the way of solving this question is the slight elevation of the banks of rivers and ravines above the adjacent country. We find at Black Rock, for example, a strong bluff of this deposit, but the water is never low enough to disclose the bottom beds, or the masses upon which it rests. In order to state all that is known of the green sand and marl, and their relations to each other, | have prepared sev- eral sections which show how they are situated with respect to each other. From these sections it will be seen that the marl beds vary much in thickness, and in their relations at different places where they are exposed to the best advant- age. Thus, section I, fig. 1, exhibits all the beds as they exist at Black Rock: NortH Caro.ina GEOL. Sur.: EMMONS 7 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. S] Fic. 1. 1. The upper bed is the common marine sand spread wide- iy over the county. 2. Beneath it there isa mass of brown soil, or earth, which is probably more widely spread than any other in the eastern part of the State. It is sometimes pebbly towards the upper part, and at many places the pebbles are cemented by oxide of iron. A pudding stone is thereby formed, which is very firm, and has been employed as a rough building material. In the vicinity of Fayetteville it is not unfrequently used for the more ordinary kinds of construction. From the vicinity of Raleigh eastward it may be seen by the road-side where a cut has been extended through the super- incumbent sand. This bed, which is at least twelve feet thick at Fayetteville, originated in the decomposition of primary rocks, the debris of which becomes red, or reddish brown, by exposure to the atmosphere. If any thing, it is more persist- ent towards the belt where these rocks formed the surface materials. How this stratum has been spread out so evenly and widely through the whole width of the State from south to north is not satisfactorily accounted for. Along the wes- tern margin referred to it rests on the rocks from which it is derived. Eastward, however, where recent beds of different kinds take their proper places, this brown earth formation is found near the surface, but with several marine strata be- neath and upon which it reposes. It always maintains the position I have given it, or its relations are never altered; and hence, though it may be regarded as a soil, still it must a (2. BULLETIN 249 SZ NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. have been spread out by some general cause, and at one specific period. This bed, however, is not. confined to this State. It extends ever a part of Maryland, Virginia, South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama. It is, therefore, a wide spread stratum, having its origin through the influence of general causes. That this cause or force operated with considerable violence is indicated by the losses which one at least of the inferior formations has sus- tained. The shell marl, for example, is never a continuous deposit, and some of the beds are frequently furrowed and channelled, apparently by a rush of water over them, remov- ing not only the upper layers, but cutting frequently deep into the beds. An erosion of this kind is illustrated by fig. 5. The brown earth fills these eroded channels without mixing at all with the marl. The next stratum beneath is a brick clay, which is also general, but it is absent occasionally, in which case the brown bed occupies its place. This clay varies considerably in com- position; it is sometimes charged with sand, in others it is very fine and compact, and makes the best of brick. it passes also into potter’s clay. It is bluish white, gray and reddish at different places. It never exceeds five feet in thickness. 4. The fourth stratum is sand, usually gray, and loose in texture, not unlike quick sand. 5. The shell marl occupies the fifth place in the descending order. It will be fully described hereafter. 6. The beds of green sand occupy the sixth place, and at Blackrock it may be divided into two beds; the upper con- tains a large amount of clay, and the lower is sandy with ore lime; it is also indurated, or partially consolidated. The lower mass forms a shelving projection from the upper, some eight or ten feet wide, when it falls off perpendicularly to a depth of fifteen feet. The lower part is always under water, and I know of no locality at which this part of the formation is exposed. TI regard this as an unfortunate cireum- stanee, inasmuch as I have reason to believe that the quality NortH CaRoLinA GEOL. Sur.: EMMONS 73 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 838 of the marl is better towards the bottom, or lower in the bank, than where it is exposed. At certain points in New Jersey it has a sandy base, but several feet above it becomes a rich marl. The color of this kind of marl is green or dark green. It is always rather sandy, but still it is rich even then in fertiliz- ing matter. The Blackrock beds here have a dark green, or greenish gray, and may be divided into two parts: the wpper which has a darker color, and is much like clay to the feel; and the Jower, which is consolidated and of a greenish gray, and rather gritty to the touch. There is no dividing line which is so clearly marked that we can fix upon the termina- tion of the lower, and the beginning of the upper division, but still the difference observable is sufficiently strong to admit of the division I have proposed; though, geologically, it may be regarded as one mass. The division is more im- portant in an economical point of view, inasmuch as the composition of the upper is quite dissimilar to the lower bed. § 54. In New Jersey the green sand formation is composed of six distinct beds; three of which are known as green sand proper, in consequence of the peculiar composition ; and three which are composed of a common marine sand, and which separates cach of the respective beds from the other. In North-Carolina it is probable that equivalent beds exist, but it has been impossible up to this time to recognize but two. At Blackrock the lowest is known by its fossils: the Exogyra costata, Ostrea falcata, Belemintes Americana, and casts of the cucullea valgaris. This mass terminates in one which is quite argilaceous, and in this part of it no fossils have been observed. The third or upper bed may be probably recognized at Tawboro’, on the Tar river, at the marl beds of Col. Clark. It is only about four feet thick, but is underlaid by sand, in which much sulphuret of iron is disseminated. The annexed section, fig. 2, shows the relations of the beds referred to upon the Tar river: 74 BULLETIN 249 84 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Fia. 2. Soil. 1. Ten feet of Zameen p «yellow sand. 2. Four Wee 5 feet of greenish clay. 8. Six feet of shell marl. 4. Four feet of upper shell marl, containing 4 lignite and pyrites. 5. ¢ ® “93m ¢ 3 is Light gray sand, the [ thickness of which is undetermined, as it ex- tends below the water of the Tar river, and does not become visible at any other place in the vicinity. It is probably one of the sand beds which seperate two of the adjacent beds of green sand. But as it has not furnished fossils it cannot be confidently maintained. It is, however, mineralogically, a green sand. As all the beds of green sand are never exhibited at one place, and as those which have been spoken of, except the upper, on the Tar river, the thickness of this formation re- mains undetermined. Wherever it oceurs the country is comparatively low, and at no point yet discovered has the base of the Blackrock mass or lowest been sufficiently elevated to disclose, even approxi- mately, its thickness. § 55. The bluffs which exhibit the tertiary and secondary formations of the eastern counties are mostly upon the south- side of the rivers and ravines. Some of these bluffs are high and commanding, but they are never continuous for long dis- tances. The green sand does not appear in any bluff above Brown’s landing. Indeed it disappears about three miles be- low, and though this landing is high and bold, yet I am unable to recognize a bed which can be referred to the upper part of the secondary formation. At Brown’s landing there are numerous distinet beds. In arrangement they belong to two distinct dates: Ist, the upper which is Miocene, and the lower which is probably Eocene. These beds +re exhibited in the following section : NortH CAROLINA GEoL. Sur.: EMMONS 75 HORTH-OAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 85 1. Sand. 2. Brown earth. 3. Clay, four or five feet thick. 4. Sand and pebbles. 5. Shell marl. 6. Sand, with consoli- dated beds which becomes a gray sandstone, with fossils and lignite. 7. Blue clay. 8. Sand, blue clay, succeeded again bysand. The formation below is here concealed under water. The most interesting points at Brown’s landing are the thick beds of sand and clay beneath the shell marl, the latter of which is identical with that at Black Rock, where, it will be recollected, this marl rests upon the upper bed of green sand. At the landing we find interposed at least sixty feet of material which does not occur at Black Rock at all. These intervening beds I regard as Eocene. It may, however, prove to be Miocene, and as a part of the lignite formation equiva- lent to that which is spread over large tracts of country in Nebraska and Kansas. It has consolidated beds, cemented by carbonate of lime, in which lignite is very common. Another fact of interest is the presence of green sand in the shell marl, while it is almost entirely absent in the inferior beds. The mar! contains, also, Exogyra, Belemnites and cop- rolites which belong to the green sand which were washed from these beds. The change in passing from the Eocene to the Miocene was attended with considerable violence, as the latter have abundance of pebbles, rolled coprolites as hard as quartz, teeth, ete. The bottom is truly a pebbly bed. 76 BULLETIN 249 86 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. § 56. The sand beds beneath the shell marl extend nearly to Fayetteville. They may be examined at the bridge over Rockfish creek, seven miles from Fayetteville, and at Mrs. Purdy’s mar! bed, ten miles above Elizabethtown, and, also, at Elizabethtown, in the high banks below the village. The sand of this formation, when it is unconsolidated, is loose and caves from its banks continually. In addition to lignite and a few shells it contains an abundance of iron pyrites. Its whole thickness on the Cape Fear is about seventy feet. It is possible the beds may be recognized on the Neuse and Tar rivers, especially at the Sarpony hills, fourteen miles be- low Goldsboro’. § 57. The bluff below Elizabethtown presents the following strata, as exhibited in fig. 4: Fic. 4. 1. Sand with peb- saesreeseeey bles. 2. Brown earths. ~ 3. Sand. 4. Shell marl three feet thick. 5. Sand containing lig- nite and consolidated layers, with numerous fossils. The beds of sand with lignite or charred wood are similar to those of Brown’s landing and Walker’s bluff. But there are no particles of green sand or fossils from this formation in the shell marl bed. It appears that the shell marl beds in which are intermingled the organic remains from the secondary, are confined to a narrow belt which may be traced along the eastern border of the formation. Section No. 5 is designed to show the relations of the shell marl! to the white Eocene beds of the Neuse, which do not ex- tend south-westward to the Cape Fear. NI NortH CAROLINA GEOL. Sur.: EmMMoNs Td. NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 87 1. Soil, consisting of red earth penetrating into an excava- tion in the bed of Eocene marl. 2. Position of the ordinary shell marl. 3. Upper part of the bed in which most of the fossils occur. 4. Body of white, or light drab colored marl. The section shows the marl beds of Mr. Wadsworth, of Craven county. It will be observed that the shell marl is in contact with the drab colored marl, the entire mass of the lignite forma- tion of the Cape Fear being absent. At this place, the brown earth is present filling the ancient fissures of denuda- tion. The shell marl is not present at this point, but appears in the same relative position three or four hundred yards west from this bed. § 58. The foregoing sections show the diverse nature of the beds composing many of the bluffs of the Cape Fear, Neuse and Tar rivers. The same facts would be also shown by see- tions at many points upon the Roanoke and Meherrin rivers farther north. The position of the shell marl seems to change, as in one case it rests upon the green sand, in the second upon a lignite formation some sixty or seventy feet thick. and then again upon a whitish marl which is well known to belong to the Eocene period. The formation above the shell marl is mostly a marine sand. Its thickness is variable, and it is sufficiently great to prove that a long interval had elapsed betore the present was fully ushered in. § 59. The series of beds, from the green sand upwards, which hold a definite place in the geological scale, have beer exhibited in the sections alluded to, do not take in the most 78 BuLLETIN 249 83 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. recent. Upon the coast or near it I have observed limited patches of peaty deposits resting upon a marine sand, and upon the former beds of shells composed mainly, if not en- tirely, of those which now live upon the coast. These beds of shells are rarely more than ten or fifteen feet above high tide. The peaty beds, however, lie at the water’s edge, and at many points are rapidly disappearing by the action of tides and waves. The mode in which the shells are collected appears to have been similar to that which was instrumental in the aceumula- tion of the common shell marl; they appear to be heaps of dead shells thrown up by the waves,—still they are perfect, or are but slightly worn by attrition. Those which are chang- ed the most have become simply chalky from the action of the weather upon them since they were deposited. The beds whieh are now forming have received the name of Holian by Lieut. Nelson. The sands of the entire coast come under this denomination, and may be regarded as deposits overly- ing the accumulation of beds of shells already alluded to. § 60. The formations then upon the coast and interior of N. Carolina may be subdivided into: 1. Green Sand, an import- ant part of the secondary; 2. Hocene, consisting of white marl which is made up of comminuted corals and shells, and the lignite beds which consist of gray sand and pebbles, em- bracing consolidated beds and a few beds of clay ; 3. Miocene or Shell Marl, which is composed of fragments and entire shells accumulated in banks; 4. Pliocene and Postpliocene, which are made up of peaty beds, banks of shells, and finally, moveable sands, (Eolian sands,) which are constantly moving beyond the present coast line. It should be observed, how- ever, that the third or Miocene division is regarded by Prof. Ifolmes and the late Prof. Tuomey as Pliocene. In this State I have obtained the same fossils in equal numbers as those in Virginia, where the beds still retain the designation, Miocene. Not only, however, do they contain the Virginia fossils, but those which in South-Carolina have served to change the name from Meiocene to Phocene. It appears that many of the Virginia species belong to a warm NortH Caro.iina GEoL. Sur.: EMMONS 79 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 89 climate, that they became extinct at an earlier period than at points farther south, and that the same species which were once common on the coast of Virginia and Maryland, and which are now extinct so far as that part of our coast is con- cerned, still live farther south where the climate is congenial to the species. CHAPTER VII. FERTILIZERS—CONTINUED. Stone Marl, its economical value.—Composition of the Green Sand of the Cape Fear River. § 61. The marls of North-Carolina do not rank so high as the strong mars of other States. This is in consequence of the large proportion of sand with which they are intermixed. It appears that the coast has been from time immemorial the great depository of sand. The rivers from the interior carry sand or matter in which silex greatly predominates. The rocks in the interior belong to the silicious class. Limestones are absent. But the great amount of sand of the coast has been probably deriyed from more distant sources, and hence it is probable we must look to the regular currents of the ocean which flow in, more or less, upon it, for the determa- tion of the source from which its sands have been derived. When the Atlantic tide reached inland as far as the last of the series of falls of the rivers of the State, as the Roanoke, Cape Fear and Neuse, it acted upon a granite rock which readily decomposed, and which must have furnished an im- mense quantity of silicious debris. This rock may, therefore. have been one of the sources of the sand alluded to. Some beds of marl are consolidated into rock, and where this con- 80 BuLLeTIN 249 90 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. solidation was effected through the agency of soluble silica, it has become a durable mass, and fit for being used in build- ing. It has received the name of stone marl, which I propose to speak of in the first place. § 62. Stone Marl. There are two varieties of stone marl, both of which deserve a special notice. The first consists of shells cemented strongly together, and which are usually from one to one and a half inches across, and very uniform as to size. They are very firmly cemented by silica, which seems to have penetrated the shells more or less. This rock has been employed for a long period for small mill stones. Its valuable qualities consist in being easily wrought when first removed from the quarry, but subsequently becomes very hard and strong. Being made up of shells, it has a rough appear- ance, even when cut evenly; but this feature constitutes its recommendation. or certain structures it is admirably adap- ted. The enclosure of the cemetery in Newbern is made of this rock, and the noble arches have an imposing effect. The rock is very durable, as appears to be well sustained by the rock itself, where it is exposed, or has been exposed for ages. For rough work it may be used without dressing, but for ornamental, if dressed properly, it is far superior to granite for all structures, where the material should be indestructible. It is adapted to the construction of dwellings, as the walls will continue dry in wet weather. This rock underlies Newbern and the adjacent county. It extends fifteen or twenty miles in a northeast and southwest direction. In some places it reaches the surface; in others it is forty to fifty feet below. I regard it as one of the best building materials in the State. The second variety is a granular cream colored rock, and rather destitute of shells. It might be mistaken for an oolite. The grain is uniform, and like the preceding is soft, when first taken from the quarry, but becomes hard as any rock after an exposure to the air fora few months. This rock is not dis- posed to disintegrate, and hence in this respect is superior to granite. This granular variety occurs in Wayne county. The rocks NortH Caro.inA GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 81 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 91 or consolidated parts of it are abundant on the plantation of Maj. Collier. At a few places it is sufficiently pure to be burnt for lime ; as a general rule it contains too much silex to make a strong lime. The rock on Maj. Collier’s plantation contains: Si iea ee Severe oescresarscaxsvevccte Oke Bice Stchcrn Sosa ee ome aS 59.400 Peroxide of iron in combination with t 4.120 alumina and phosphoric acid, =) Carbonate of lime and a trace of magnesia, ........ 36.480 100.000 The amount of carbonate of lime is variable, and ranges in the consolidated varieties from 380 to 75 per cent. The silex in the rock exists in grains as sand, which are visible, but a soluble silica is no doubt the cementing material, which of course once existed in solution, or in a state of minute subdivision. This marl may be used in building, or if suffici- ently pure and free from sand and silica, it may be burnt for lime, which will be adapted to agricultural purposes. Its composition fits it for this purpose as it contains a small pro- portion of phosphoric acid. § 63. The green sand is frequently partially consolidated, but never forms a building material. For agriculture, when the amount of potash is considered, it is the most important of the marls. In North-Carolina I have found no locality where its potash equals that of New Jersey. This I attribute in part to our inability to reach strata which are upon the same geological level, though it is probable that the amount of sand will be greater, and hence diminish proportionally the amount of available fertilizing matter. The lowest mass accessible at Blackrock I found by analy- sis, has the following composition : Silex cand sand’ #5 semen storms 6 sce i scerterws:atovare tele. 37.000 PReroxidewor ironandraluminanees sce cee ose 6.400 Carbonate ofilime eer epsecraen cose orn srateratete ie 3.400 Phosphates ots peroxidexofinon,) eee. = ele 1.600 Solublejsilicay Mase sasee ccc ma cteciccccle ssresne ties ators 1.460 82 BULLETIN 249 92 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Mal pe stay nosey cle raspacirecirackoiae neve meee lier cioreterstock- 13.600 RO tASHY srt s sca facta aah OT ican 1.481 Sodas@ eae cae fare ee ae en oe ae Serene ania: 2.1238 Oreaniepmatter; manneu.cce er nerkine ache ener 1.600 NEL ae or GENE REECO . . CIOS ROE D EST bone Sens 1.800 100.614 The sand is frequently in quite large angular grains. That part of the bed which is green, or properly green sand, is not so distinct as in New Jersey, and it would be impossible to separate the grains mechanically, while in New Jersey they may be separated from the other materials. These grains have been analyzed by Prof. Cook, who has found them com- posed of MOTI CRSP pate vecas cart a loneveret cree race revrarein aietee ecco torsiev ers ators 45.510 Protoxideoteiron eeremmeee meen aect nicki et ech: 21.18 PAN CUTIE ea erat te nenctela Fee Clee ARGIIGOS EGOS A ECE iat 7.960 Maonesta ge. 25% a Hasccsing seaisee does Ae eee eae 2.400 MOIS Opa Sy Set AN Re OR aes iat em M Oeh tab Rie ba 6.748 AGN D ne, AM EI Ae Ft = al ee EN aS eee 3.842 Phosphoniev acids rate as oe ness emeshetaet comet eens 0.990 Sinope AKON. SU can eauouseonadobdoope vas eee 1.129 Carbomictacrd Sees. opi nae an Rear cota ete 0,563 BS EDEN ee py ate corso oes kau SRS RA ate RSM IY tare saan rete 0.850 Watery s ceancscmm estonia eatoc eee Ns 9.110 100.209 It has been found that the green grains in the green sand possess a very uniform composition, and that taking the aver- age analysis of several specimens the grains contain silica, protoxide of iron, alumina, magnesia, potash and water in nearly equal proportions, while the other constituents are variable. The absence of the green grains in the marl of black rock may account for the small percentage of potash which is the principal element relied upon in the New Jer- sey marl. The lime and magnesia of the Blackrock marl is much greater than any of the New Jersey beds, and the sand and silica are not in great excess. It really has as much fertil- izing matter as the New Jersey marl, but it is deficient in the most valuable part, potash. This element, however, seems NortH Caro.iiIna GEOL. Sur.: EMMONS 83 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 93 to be replaced by soda, which no doubt takes the place of potash in many vegetables where ash is rich in the alkalies. § 65. The sand of the marl beds of New Jersey varies from 39 to 70 per cent.; the remainder of which is more or less valuable in agriculture. The phosphate of lime is probably the most variable in its quantity of all the valuable elements, and it is regarded as a mixture, and not forming a chemical union with either of its elements. Indeed it may in many specimens be seen and distinguished by its greenish gray color. But it is never evenly distributed through the bed, as it has been ascertained by analysis, that it has occasionally accumu- lated in the inside of shells. It is, however, always present in the marl, and it no doubt exerts a favorable influence npon vegetables. The upper bed at Blackrock differs in composition from the lower. It is less gritty to the touch, is of a darker green, more compact, and resembles a dark green clay. The sand in it is greater in quantity than in the lower, but is much finer. On submitting it to analysis I found: San qdvorysilex,. cever aati cset soe cise a dees see oom eneee 93.45 Reroxidclofeironvan divitiminayeeere sts ae eee or ele 9.00 CHrgo MMO CIE INO CoocaonpoptocgueatuEpoesdces bse s 11.40 MEGIAIO, eno coundoncessboosaldees ou Ge misomonne occ 0.20 TODAS TI rec wet ar cet erie ous etecay rotor cvonsaserke erevosdorerstore exec eee pete = 0.38 OGaiee py: slate tee SA. Cen BAN A oie eeihetys, Stepan sede 0.42 OPEHMNG TMM soo ogsome cudemooUheome oboe cous 4.80 AGU R a tos Sites oma. 6 On ARGptacg IES Mode an pum apmocts 5a 3.80 100.438 The specimen submitted to analysis was taken near the upper part of the bed, about four feet above the line, along which the exogyra are the most numerous. The results which J have finally obtained by the analysie of the green sand at Blackrock have disappointed me. I expected at least twice as much potash as I have been able to obtain; still when the green sand is carefully examined under the” microscope it shows such a large intermixture of sand, and such imperfect green grains of the silicates, thas 84 BULLETIN 249 04 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. would lead any one to expect on analysis unfavorable re- sults. The upper bed has, however, been tested as a fertilizer, and very excellent results have been obtained by its use. The field immediately adjoining the bed of green sand had become so much exhausted that it produceed but three barrels of corn to the acre. Its employment the first year doubled the product of the field. The quantity employed was about two hundred bushels to the acre. The stalks of corn previous to its use were but little larger than the finger, and about half as long as the common growth in this latitude. Previous to my last analysis of the marl of this locality I had hopes that it was sufficiently rich and valuable for trans- portation to the county of Chatham. If, however, on farther examination, beds can be found which contain from four to six per cent. of potash, there is no doubt it may be freighted in return boats to several points along the Deep river. § 66. The value of this species of marl is estimated from the amount of potash and phosphoric acid which it contains. The price of marl in New Jersey is about eight cents per bushel. A bushel weighs, when it is wet from the bed, one hundred pounds. It loses, on drying in the atmosphere, twenty pounds. The New Jersey fertilizer company deliver marl on board of vessels at their wharf for nine cents per bushel, and the white horse marl is delivered on the line of railroad, not ex- ceeding ten miles from the beds or pits, for ninety cents. per ton. The potash in the different beds of New Jersey varies trom two to seven per cent., very rarely as high as the last figure. At the pits individuals pay for marl from twenty-five to seventy-five cents per ton provided they perform the labor. The value of the potash in marl has been estimated at four cents per pound. Soluble phosphoric acid is estimated at tive cents per pound, and the insoluble at two. But this dis- tinction is unealled for, inasmuch as all the phosphoric acid becomes available in time. The soluble, it is trne, is more rapid in its effects, and produces more immediate results: it is no better for permanent improvements. Prof. Way, chem- NortH CAROLINA GEOL. SuR.: EMMONS 85 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 95 ist to the royal agricultural society of England, has estimated the soluble phosphoric acid at eight and a half cents per pound, and the insoluble at three. It must be recollected that in order to bring phosphoric acid to a soluble condition it requires considerable expense. It is better to purchase what is called the insoluble or tribasic phosphates than the soluble ones which are found in our markets and sold as superphosphate of lime. The actual value of the mineral fertilizers to farmers is a question quite different from that which considers the value of bone dust, or potash by the pound. Immense benefits have been secured by the use of marl, which, considered in a commercial point of view, was worth nothing. The phos- phoric acid in a bushel of shell marl is not worth, in com- merce, a penny; but for use on worn out lands the farmer is enriched more than one-fourth of a dollar after paying for the labor of raising and applying it. We are not, however, to confine our estimates of the value of a marl from its phosphoric acid and potash. Excluding the sand and insoluble silica, all the soluble matters are valu- able to the farmer as fertilizers, and hence the determination of how much is soluble, and how much insoluble, is a more correct mode of getting at the value of marl than by confin- ing our estimates to the two elements referred to. These remarks apply only to the value of a marl for the private use of an individual owner, who employs his own hands in raising it when there is the least to do and economises his expenses to the best advantage. Marl, however, in its crude state, as it exists in the pits, has a value which admits of estimation. The common shell marl may be hanled very frequently from two to four miles, and give profitable returns. This is often done. The shell marl, however, will not bear transportation as far as the green sand of Blackrock. $ 67. I have alluded already to the difficulty of recognising certain marl beds in consequence in part of the absence of characters upon which geologists can rely. Among the beds of which there are doubts respecting their epoch, I find a green 86 BULLETIN 249 96 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. sandy deposit, which, if mineralogical characters may be re- lied upon, would be referred to the green sand which is now under consideration. They contain the green sand grains, but the characteristic fossils are absent except in one or two localities. The formation in question exists beneath the white or brownish shell marl at Mr. Flowers, Bladen county, King- ston, Lenoir county, on the Neuse, and at Tawboro’, on the Tar river, and at many intermediate points on the banks of the creeks and ravines. It always occupies a position inferior to the shell marl, but as the latter are frequently absent, beds of sand and clay immediately succeed it. The green sandy beds at Mr. Flowers, beneath his shell marl, contain a few specimens of the Ostrea falcata, and at one or two of the bluffs above Mr. Flowers, on the Cape I’ear, I found the vertebra of a large saurian, which I am confident belongs to the green sand, but in both of these cases their occurrence in these beds may have been accidental. [am inclined, however, in view of the few facts which bear upon the question of age, to refer these green sandy beds to the cretaceous system, occupying probably a position above these beds which have been de- scribed at Blackrock. The predominent element of these beds is sand: if a sample is washed, a coarse sand remains, which amounts to two- thirds or three-fourths of the whole quantity employed. The quantity, in a few instances, may not exceed 60 per cent. Notwithstanding the large percentage of sand, it has been successfully employed as a fertilizer. I have, therefore, sub- mitted several specimens to analysis, taken from different beds extending from the waters of the Cape Fear to the Tar. A representation of the composition of this formation, as it exists at Mr. Flowers, in Bladen, and at Kinston, on the Neuse, is given in the following analysis. § 68. The Kinston green sand marl is of a dark green color in the bed, but becomes lighter when dry. Imperfect speci- mens of an Ostrea occur in it, but too much broken to be de- termined. It contains: Nortu Caro.tina GEoL. Sur.: EMMONS 87 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 97 SLT Pore dtoe BOGE OOS EDOe GAD ORS CCEA R aOR Sea oe 91.000 Peroxid cropironiand alumina sere secre cece 4.700 UIST ok eke terial 6 cer Cra TRIS G RE EI IESeT a 1.000 Ma riresiaiy iia tiwvaceltoiesctac Glos coe stants vies onto a bas 0.700 JUVE wn ogedaccn aan po rotr acco OpCOOMOavas oon s 0.230 SSO OSS ravens arsiis avers ieiler Sic uni atone aver = epet stevens car siaionatansatounere ears 0.2.60 VIG Ot Ae Sats GO SRC UGS SIGS LOCI OES Ee IGe A Rrcote 1.506 Solupbleysilica Piri ssewtcielarsiclseiee lees senhros seks 0.204 99.634 The marl, or this variety of green sand at Kingston, is one of the most sandy varieties known. It was regarded as too sandy to require the analysis to which it was submitted; but as the marl bed only one mile above had been successfully employed as a fertilizer, and appears to be equally charged with this useless element, f was desirous of knowing how this fact could be explained. It will be seen that the nine per cent. of fertilizmg matter is really rich in potash, soda and lime, and, therefore, where a heavy dressing is applied, quite a large amount of this matter is added to the soil, and which contains a small quantity of potash. The sulphuric acid was not determined, but all of these beds contain it, which is no doubt derived from the sulphuret of iron or pyrites, which is always present. An unfinished analysis of a parcel taken from a bed which occupies a similar geological position on the plantation of Col. Green, of Craven county, gave: IMC KLOTES AT C wer ype nist tie cropetaisian raistetanrster tanner antares 83.20 PReroxidevoteironyandwaluminas -o-ceaeceeiciee eos 9.00 IbiiteOS Bao une moor da Serio one tes Seem ea cra coer 2.31 INTRONS Tama Reem vehatetercvare take tial auc oie cle se ecisisiece elevate ate ouni totes 0.50 WViLETS, cee poets cease wei Se tons ciesetaee Merrees 2.60 It lies beneath a white eocene marl, has a deep green color in the bed, but becomes brown after being exposed to the atmosphere. It has not been used as a fertilizer, but is un- doubtedly richer than the Kingston marl which produces good effects upon corn. A similar composition obtained in the same beds upon the 8 88 BuLLETIN 249 98 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Tar river. A marl, for example, which has been used as 8 fertilizer by Hon. Rt. R. Bridges, contains: Hand Or silica; nstecs ass saesie ss cacawosenaneeesc 89.700 Peroxideofuron-andtaluminassssssasnee ease eee 5.000 ike, Senile PASTE E Te Gis WD Slee BIE ree axa ORIG OE OO DE EEG 1.500 IMA GESTA, tte iets has cuit See Save MRR ie eons ees 0.200 Potashvandssod ay, cia, joncistaelere ses selec cleo neem 0.250 Wiser ec cate ttar tn tear ee ot dice ee tes RR sen 3.510 100.151 It is evident this variety of mari cannot ve transported far because of its excess of sand, and in the instances in which it has been employed it has been transported only a short distance. These marls, however weak as they may appear, trequently destroy the existing vegetation. It is due to the existence of decomposing sulphuret of iron, which forms an astringent salt, copperas, or a mixture of sulphate of iron and alumina. This injurious salt is not formed where there is a sufficient quantity of ine to neutralize the salt, in which case gypsum will be formed. It should be remarked that the astringent salts may exert a beneficial influence where they are formed only in small quantities. Another similar outcrop of this sand appears in the bed ot s ereek adjacent to the dwelling of Col. Clark, in Tawboro’ On submitting this marl to PH sis I found it composed of SP 100 Mae ee eo cErOeee rose came onG Pe COE OSS: 91.800 Peroxide ctaron and alumina, s.j.acncere acces ate 5.800 Carbonatieto tiles secre eee ete arene erates 0.190 LVEVER OS O Nos tel ite aOR SIO or BOAT be Dapp Gaans a 0.130 PO Tas MEY Byers wecreaie-c © ao opens ies Siclslavsnetarclers rave totersiesers 0.150 SOG oA ve erercet oters ccere ns er cyorerefoyeatsvayers atarcole Gyateheyeve suotennversts 0.130 Sulplumicrcids yet. enecp se tees oe raises aerate 0.300 Winterset aerscleree oa cio ctcfe cans eto eastae sabe easbaciencea siete 1.200 99.200 A thin bed of the supposed upper part of the green sand formation appears in the series of beds on the banks of the Tar river, three miles from Tawboro’. At this bank the shell marl occurs in place, and has been used as a fertilizer by Col. Nortu Caro.ina GEOL. Sur.: EMMOons 89 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 9Y Clark with good suecess for many years; the relative position of this upper bed of green sand is represented in a section already described. It lies, as will be seen, immediately be- neath the shell marl; and beneath the green sand a gray sand crops out, which is quite consolidated, and to the eye appears much like a limestone formation, but, as will appear in the sequel, is a bed of sand of fiakenowen thickness. The upper mass of green sand, which does not exceed four feet, has a similar composition to those already noticed. It is composed of SHUING Ej ees pest RENN S Beet eed Bens 79.008 Peroxmdeok monend alumina.) 40. cece creek aes 5.800 Garb once soil ee aaa cyrcsemte erect ei het eee ee 9 Taz EIN IPTG ERYCTSS Yel erect CIEL ng PE ee a ae em ea L.gue IZOTAS eae ec tenes Rey nn etn ete Tee ee ee eto SUE AS i ie ee GG Se a ee ee ey eee Coed es OES | Om G.30U SVON SOM SHIGTES 5 ae aaa cet Betepete ae etal we Cea yeaa re O.6UG SOU TDAN UU Gus lcl Cera etry ote leg ee Srerene pagan tecsewe orensien iy Pave 0.200 OT -OANIC MLOCC LI aes ce See re ee Se ee Ne Dei} NAT BUG ep Bearer Ota Ont een aco ac eS heal ae ee eaet Mek Peecriae + Deca Aleit » 69. Although the proportion of sand is large in this mari, yet I believe it is 2 more valuable fertilizer than the shell nar] above it. {t contains more potash than the green sand of Black rock on the Cape Fear. It contains, it is true, less lime, but if the composition of te ash of the cotton st: Te ig cons at ced it will be perceived that magnesia is also required—tnis marl] con- tains a large percentage of this substance. It may be regarded as containing seventecn or eighteen per cent. of son ali matter. No trial has been made of this stratum, and of course nothing can be said upon the eround of trial. $ 70. A very useless bed of gray sand occupies the bank at the water’s ‘edge, which has been alluded to. Neverthe- less, [ submitted a specimen of it to analysis. It is one of those beds which is.charged with sulphuret of iron, and forms astringent salts, on decomposition, of the sulphuret of iron 90 BULLETIN 249 100 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. which is diffused through it.- Beds of this description may be known by pouring muriati¢ acid over the material when a large quantity of sulphuretted hydrogen is liberated, which has the odor of rotten eggs—the smell of which is not usual- ly forgotten. This bed is composed of BMG: Sai di erscsise-crasyyscieteosierabais ice stale Siar eer eoeeneiee 93.500 Peroxiderof 1ron andealumiinase sacri crleieseciees 2.000 SLUNG spibeasate festete rece nie rer cierese sf auaye ah ar ceocuarenatayeeed overs ctor cierers trace, MGM E56 eogou ob oDonapDscdmee ody bondodcecoue trace, SUNONOINO QO Sone oobopoc choo onseposocdesnadcé be 1.000 AICP eee tO Wien Te oe MOIS Picea erm orc A 3.200 Potash and soda, (undetermined,) .....-...-..-..- 99.700 The bed is partially consolidated. It is, without doubt, en- tirely worthless as a fertilizer, Asa geological formation it may probably be regarded as one of the beds of sand which separate the different beds composing the green sand proper: still, no opportunity has as yet been furnished me to see what lies beneath it. The foregoing analyses of the green sand furnish all the necessary information respecting its composition. These beds in North-Carolina are deficient in potash, an element which, in New Jersey and Delaware, give to this fertilizer its im- portance. It is possible that exposures of other parts of this formation may come to light, which will be richer in potash. We do not obtain access to the best parts, which may be richer in this element. Other analyses, therefore, of new beds may result in better success, and finally furnish a fertil- izer equally rich with those of New Jersey. NortTH CAROLINA GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 91 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 101 CHAPTER VIII. Kocene or white marl.—Quantity or per centage of lime variable, but greater usually than in the other varicties.—The Wadsworth beds.— Ilis letter and remarks.—Beds upon the Neuse.—Haughton’s marl.— Composition, ete. § 71. In the ascending order, the next series of marls be- long to that division of the formation which is known as terti- ary, and that part of it which is called the eocene. This part is the oldest section of the division, and hence, reposes upon some part of the cretaceous system; either the green sand, which has been already considered, or else upon the chalk, as 1s the case in Europe. Considered as a marl, it is readily distinguished from the green sand, even where its relations are concealed. The color is w eee or else a light drab, or cream colored, and is very frequently made up of grains, which, when examined under the microscope, are found to be fragments of organic re- mains, such as corals, shells and echinoderms. Some. beds, ten feet or more thick, are a mass of small fragments of fossils, mixed with sand. Some have a chalky whiteness, others take a brownish tinge. These beds are frequently soft, and may be loaded into a cart like dirt. In other cases, consolidation has taken place in part, and the mass is known as stone marl. This variety of marl is more calcareous than the green sand below, or the shell marl above, and when the inass is consolidated it makes a tolerable lime for agricultura purposes. But sand, which is a constant part of all forma- tions in the eastern counties, exists in large proportions in some beds, and usually exceeds fifty per cent. But some beds have seventy or eighty per cent of lime, and when thus charged, the lime is well fitted for mortar, or whitewashing, as well as for agriculture. § 72. The eocene marl occupies a narrow but an ill-defined zone, preionite across several of the eastern counties, from the lower waters of the Cape Fear, in Hanover county, 92 BuLLETIN 249 102 NORTH-OAROLINA GEOLOGIOAL SURVEY. through a part of Onslow, Jones and Craven counties, cross- ing the Neuse twenty miles above Newbern, where it is either lost in the low grounds, or may be discontinued before it reaches Beaufort county, as the only marls of the lower waters of the Tar belong to the shell marl, or miocene beds; where the next bed below is visible, it is known to belong tu the upper part of the green sand, wien has been deser hed. The eccene is known to exist at Wilmington, at Pollocks- ville, in Jones county, and underlies the whole country in the vicinity of Newbern, upon the Neuse. In this formation I in- clude the consolidated beds which have been employed for mill stones, and which consists of a mass of the casts of shells, the most common of which is a small species of clam. Recently, this variety has become an important building stone, and has been employed fo for enclosing the cemetery at Newbern, for which it is more suitable than any other rock which aor have been procured. S 73. It will be seen from the foregoing remarks, that it occupies a less area than the green sand, and it will also prove to be more limited than the shell marl, thongh the latter never forms a continnous ¢ deposit over a large area. When in rocks, or consolidated, it is also broken up or traversed by fissures, and forms, if at the top of the ground, a very irreg- ular surface. $ 74. The white eocene marl has been used as a fertilizer, und probably with results as striking as the common shell marl. It would scem to possess some adv rantage over other inarls, except the green sand, especially as it is fine and earthy. It is also richer in lime. For analysis I oe are several specimens from the central part of the region where it is un- derlaid with it. The marl of Wm. Wadsworth, Esq., of Craven, furnishes a kind which represents its characteristics in as much perfect- tion as any of the beds of the county. I found it compos- ed of NortH CAROLINA GEOL. SuR.: EmMMoNs 93 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 103 Carhonateofelime, essence eceeniceeicies wet etotasseias 71.22 Tke sand is in the form of white grains, often coarse. It is a soft, earthy marl, and is made up of fragments of corals, shells, crinoid’s or pentacrinites, with sand mechanically mixed. The influence of this marl upon vegetation has always been favorable, and the testimony of Mr. Wadsworth, whose ample experience qualifies him to advance an opinion, fully sustains the foregoing statement. I subjoin an interesting letter from Mr. Wadsworth upon the subject of marl and marling. His observations, I have no doubt, will be concurred in by his neighbors. Iam the more desirous of making his letter publie on account of his experiment with marl upon his premises for the purpose of counteracting the tendency to fever and ague during the au- tumnal months. If farther trial should confirm the opinion expressed in favor of the use of marl as a preventive of fever, the importance of the discovery cannot be over-esti- mated: Core Creex, Craven County, May Tih, 1857. Pror. E. Exntons—Si7r:-—The marl, (a2 specimen of which is sent,) I have been applying since 1852. I have now mailed 220 acres. I have, until this year and a portion of the last, applied 190 busheis to the acre. Tam now using 75. The weaker parts of my land were burned with the former quantity. My land varies from a very stiff clay to a soil quite light. Presuming you will be willing to be troubled with it, [ will give you my mode of using it, and the results: My carts are made to hold just five bushels. I have the land checked off with the plough into as many squares to the acre as I design putting on bushels of marl. One bushel is put into each square. The first four bushels is pulled out with a hoe from the tail of the cart, and the last one is dumped. By this method I am enabled to have the material much more equally spread, which I think is a full equivalent for the extra trouble. I usually begin to haul after my crop is ‘‘laid by,” and it remains in the heaps until about the following February, when it is spread and ploughed in. 1 have spread some and let it lay on the surface twelve months before it was turned under, but I never saw any advantage from it. I have a small piece 94 BULLETIN 249 104 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. of very poor land that has been lying in that condition since the first of the year 1854. It was designed as an experiment. The growth on it when it was marled was altogether broom straw; there is now mixed with that growth some briars, dog fennel, and other weeds. I have consequently in- ferred there was some improvement, but whether it is as great as on land that was marled and cultivated I shall not know until I cultivate it. The land I have marled and cultivated has very considerably improved. My whole crop has very nearly doubled, notwithstanding one-fifth of the land I crop on is yet unmarled. I cultivated the land every other year in corn, and it rested the other, and not pastured. Last year I sowed peas on a portion of the rested land; what will be the result [am now unable to say. I have used plaster on the marled land, and have not seen any beneficial effect. I fear I am trespassing too much on your time; I will, however, say a few words on my experience of the effects of liming on the health of the place. Before marl was used on this plantation it was uncommonly sickly, so much so that I was compelled,to carry my family away every fall. Scarcely a person, white or black, escaped the ague and fever, if he had no more. All the land around the house has been marled, and the yard, under the houses, under and around the negro houses, I keep freshly marled every summer. Last summer I made my servants use it, as our grand mothers used to use sand, inside of the houses. Whether it is owing to this, or to a ditch I have had cut through the yard, or whether it is an ac- cidental occurrence I can’t say, but fall before last there was not a chill on the premises, and last fall there was but one case. I will trouble you with one more result: These premises were infested with ants and fleas, now such animals are hardly known here. W. By WADSWORTH: § 75. In a subsequent letter Mr. Wadsworth’s remarks go to confirm his previously expressed opinions, but that the reader may be benefitted by Mr. W.’s experience, I subjoin his remarks in his own language: Craven County, N. C., (Near NEwBERNE, October 12th, 1857. Pror. E. Emmons—Dear Sir:—The fever for marling is spreading in this part of our county and a good deal of land will be limed this winter. I have given some of mine an over dose with only one hundered bushels. Last fall and winter I used only seventy five and now I am putting on fifty. My experence so far has taught me to begin with a very limited quantity and to add to it as the land improves. Where I have not burned my land the improvement is very satisfactory. NortH CaroLina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 95 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 105 I mentioned in my last letter to you the effect that marling, or ditching, or both combined, had had upon the health of this place. I told you that this plantation was remarkably sickly previous to the fall of 1855—so much so that it was strange for even one to escape billious, or ague and fever. I mentioned that in 1855 there was not a case of cither, in 1856 but one, and now I will add that so far this fall, in a family of forty persons, there has been but two cases. (I happened to have been one of the subjects.) These three falls have been dry. I don’t know how a wet one would act upon us. I have kept marl plentifully used in my yard, and around and in my negro houses. I shall be under many obligations to you for analysis of my marl. Yours, &ce., W. B. WADSWORTH. § 76. A marl belonging to the same epoch, (eocene) fur- nished by J. H. Haughton, from his plantation in Jones county, gave me 56.06 per cent of carbonate of lime. An- other specimen gave: Silexe OrsSam Gl cok yas 8s )-ya seya ayer lowe Wok eneveistoe sles saree 13.00 Phosphate of peroxide of iron and alumina, ........ 1.10 Carbonaterotslime nt ssse anocccnte seis terete siete 85.26 Carbonate vofemacnesiayense-eitocr ils sates relaer 1.02 | E2071) 0 Ree Oe eee try ck aC AEA ARGO ERGEG ace COE 0.02 100.34 I have found in these white marls a small per centage of potash. It is evidently less than in the other varieties. This is made up like the Wadsworth marl, of fragments of fossils, in which certain species of corals and a crinoid abound. A variety is met with which is derived from the disinte- gration of a large species of oyster. It occurs upon the plan- tation now owned by L. Haughton, Esq., and is known as the Pollock place, in Jones county. It contains: Canbonaterofi hime.) &.2i.saseee «tices ecieece aoneg Benie: SS AIC ware rste ca oleae rete siexerevis eves tevereloye larerstoneisteia eroverere sists 63.46 Peroxide of iron and aluming, 3....-....--.0.--20> 1.30 99.30 Large grains of sand are distributed through the marl. It 96 BULLETIN 249 106 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. follows necessarily, from the manner in which these marls have accumulated, that they should vary in composition, and that the substanee which reduces the quantity of carbonate of lime, should be sand. A ready method by which its quantity may be estimated is by washing a given quantity. It will be seen, that by agi- tating it in a vessel of water, there is a considerable quantity of fine, inpalpable white powder. Wash it until the water pours a clear, and ils sand with the coarse fragments of fossils remain. The existence of much sand is not suspected at first, but as washing progresses, it will be found to prevail, im some cases, over the carbonate of lime. Ste Upon ¢ he Neuse, about twenty miles above New- bern, heavy banks of the marl under notice occur, which extend continuously for more than a mile. This exposure of marl is upon the plantations of Samuel Biddle and Benjamin Biddle. It is accessible, and forms steep escarpments on the south side of the river. On account of the accessibility of this outcrop of marl, it will hereafter become xn important deposit from the lime which it is capable of furnishing. It is consolidated, and may be quarried for the kiln, but it also furnishes an abundance of marl in a tine state of subdivision. Tt has been tried imperfectly as a fertilizer, but while the result was disastrous, we may infer from it, that it possesses as valuable properties as the kind used by Mr. Wadsworth, which hes been described already. The quantity used by Mr. Diddle, im his first experiment, was 600 bushels to the acre; consequently, most of the vegetation was lulled, and very little has grown upon the land, Bie excessively marled, far six years. It is just recovering from the dose. The con- solidated part of this outcrop of mar! contains: LUNN Lis aysyeraie op ch te Faroe ste cay she tava ate pake oe Lacie Ra RnB ee 20300 Carbonaterot lime eas emetic ene aces 60 Oxidevofiron andvallluminad sense ee eee eee 1.70 100.30 Nortu Caroiina GEor. Sur.: Emmons 97 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 107 _ Another specimen of consolidated mar! from Benjamin Biddle’s plantation (Egypt) gave me: SUNG 5 anata ae SrA eee: Lee een Oat we iat 9.60 Peroxide of iron snd alumina, containing phosphoric SCLC Marae Ee ence iors ou Sieve ome ancien Sere 4.40 Cajbonntetoilimesenpen ose eee eee $5.00 EMETOIT CSO ee pers epeiorg Ses Rts See ates Nee oe Bena trace, 99.00 A few grains of coarse sand were visible in the rock. This mass is evidently sufficiently pure for burning into lime. It would be adapted for the various purposes for which Hime is required, as mortar, whitewashing, or for agriculture. CHAPTER IX. FERTILIZERS CONTINUED. Shell marl.—lfetcrogeneous in its composition, and arrangement of its materiais.—Chanical constitution.—Application of marl.—Pcisonous 4 marl.—lTow corrected.—Theorics respecting the operation of marl. r order hes r=) 2 the ascendin I S fo. Die third bed ‘of marl 1 been appropriately called shell marl, from the great abun- dance of undecomposed marine shells, of which it is mainly composed. ‘The mass, taken as a whole, is formed of per- fect shells, and those which have become fragments, and sand. There is no order in their arrangement in the bed. They lie as if they had been washed up on a beach; hence, they are mixed confusedly together. The relative position of the shell marl is exhibited in the sections already given. It is not present, however, even where all the other members of the sections in a bluff or outcrop exists. Whether its 98 BULLETIN 249 108 NORTI-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. absence is due to denudation, or whether the beds were formed only at certain points, has not been determined. De- nudation, however, has taken place at some of the beds, as they still preserve the gullies which were cut through them, and which were subsequently filled with brown earth. Although it is not possible to detect an orderly arrange- ment of materials, still, certain parts occupy usually a com- mon position; for instance, the large pebbles, coprolites, and certain bones and teeth lie at the bottom of the stratum. The inference which may be deduced from this fact is, that during the first stage of its formation, there was considerable violence in the movement of the waters in which the stratum was accumulating; and that probably, prior to, and during the early part of its accumulation, there were shiftings of the strata; some being more elevated, others depressed; or there was a change of level of the sea coast, which set in motion the waters, and led to the violence which collected at the bottom the large and less destructible fragments to which I have alluded. But in the first place, I propose to speak of the use of this marl stratum as a fertilizer; and as it has a more general dis- tribution, it has been employed more extensively than either of the foregoing which I have described. The beds of shell marl are not co: nposed uniformly of the same elements in the same proportions. It is as heteroge- neous as possible in this respect. Some beds contain ninety per cent of sand; in others it is reduced to twenty-five per cent, and the remainder is mostly carbonate of lime. § 79. The most important subdivision which can be found- ed upon composition, is that into a gray or whitish marl in the mass, the color of which is due to the great abundance of marine shells, and that of a dark bluish green marl, which contains grains of green sand. In the latter there is a no- table amount of potash, while in the former it exists only in very small proportions. Some recognize a red or brown marl, This color, however, is due merely to exposure to the atmosphere, in consequence of which the protoxide of iron has changed, or is changing, by the absorption of oxygen Nortu Carouina GEou. Sur.: Emmons 99 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 109 into the peroxide. This change is indicative of a valuable marl, but it is no better subsequent to this change than be- fore it. If in the greenish marl green grains can be distin- guished, it may be inferred that the marl contains potash. The presence of carbonate of lime, as is usually known, is indicated by effervescence when acids are poured over it, and a judgment may be formed by its continuance and vio- lence, whether it is rich in this substance. If it is prolonged, there is a large quantity of carbonate of lime in the spe- clmen under examination. So the presence of sand may be detected and its quantity proximately determined by simple washing. § 80. The shell marl upon the Cape Fear river belongs usually to the former. A bed, however, in the bluff at Brown’s landing, contains the green grains alluded to, but still it is readily distinguished from that upon the Tar river, which is usually bluish green, and belongs to the latter va- riety. I do not, however, attach much importance to the subdivision. There are several beds of sheli marl immediately upon the banks of the Cape Fear, or within a mile of them; and when inarine shells are closely packed in the strata their several compositions are alike. As a representation of the compo- sition of this marl, i shall select Mr. Cromarty’s marl bed. near Elizabethtown. It consists mainly of: SEHAVG be corer nea so coninn trent A Osea MeN GRO eet Mp he Beles 52.50 Garbonallewotelime eae acray erate ora ee ere 40,25 Reroxidevoironvand| aadiminass sseeaeciaaeece ene 7.20 IMI TEINGS \Aeekertevcrettecetrencianicterceasinieiehieeaae ceeetre es mee 0.75 Potash and soda, I have always found phosphoric acid when the peroxide of iron and alumina are tested with molybdate of ammonia. It is very rare for the carbonate of lime to amount to seventy- five per cent. I found seventy-one per cent in Mr. Mc- Daniel’s marl, in Nash county. The bluish green marl of Tar river is quite sandy, and yet may be regarded as a rich marl. As an illustration of this fact, I subjom an analysis of 100 BULLETIN 249 110 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGIOAL SURVEY. the marl bed owned by Col. Clark, three miles above Taw- boro’, on the Tar river. It consists of: Peroxide) of iron and almina, 22) ..6-0050 ose ee 6.80 Carbonateyofe limes» .ccayacis te cee ese eset 16.10 MOONS, ce or cs oressyet ere clare renee eetornoe smears eeteseiee 0.43 ROtASH sete ee Sere ee te ee ee OE nee 0.616 Sodan 6h ess i eo Sa ie a ee ey 1.988 SULPHUMCMCIA, oes. neces a tote eck olay tei aie 0.200 Solublewsiltca cesses ce see ore eae 0.440 CBIOTING egos ee shia eee aie 5 cloeens seater eee ohoaiele 0.080 BHOSphorievaciGs seen ckis. eestor elds yy ee 0.200 Sands eons cceracss siopemcvo pnerekars sie, > om iemienyeiersra eke eee 72.600 Of one hundred parts, only about twenty-six can be re- garded as available matter, and yet good results have at- tended its use. Immediately above the shell marl of the Tar there is a bed of clay some four feet thick. This clay I have submitted to analysis for the purpose of ascertaining the quantity of potash it contains. ‘The results show, however, that as a fertilizer, it is of no importance. It gave me: STO DAVEY nS ee Nc eR ee Ge MI AP CUR eter a Reine REE ye Cte 84.00 Peroxide. of mon and alumina, cases: aes cote He 4.40 ESTES YONA recite hese ete MCPS Beh clree ae o akanss 0.55 INES OF eee tia icici on OR ooe s Lae Sema s ao ood ae 0.10 POAT raps eycies, mars tbove ce aysleiere ats eV ohecate Gola soars a feaiaraeKoees 0.05 NOLO 6 EA is Petes ars sein Mice Irae tn ks Pesci hye oie tay 0.02 Solubleslicast. "ce oes ae ee oe eae aes 0.20 Oreanie matteriand water, oo. seicc cos 2 tere ee 10.50 99.62 All the beds except the upper beds of sand were submitted to analysis. Only two in this bank are valuable fertilizers, the shell marl and the upper bed of green sand; both con- tain potash, soda and phosphoric acid; and there is no neces- sity for rejecting the latter when hauling marl for the plan- tation. If some method could be devised by which the sand could be cheaply separated from the mass, the remainder would form a marl superior to the richest green sand; the Nortu Caroiina GEot. Sur.: Emmons 101 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ipl sand being coarse, presents a favorable condition for effect- ing a separation. § 81. The green shell marl of Mr. Bridger’s plantation, upon Iishing creek, I found to possess a composition similar to Col. Clark’s. There is a greater proportion of sand, but the available part is almost identical with the Tar river marl. § 82. The application of marl is an important matter, and requires a brief discussion. Notwithstanding marl has been used for many years, still there is much disagreement among planters of experience as to the best mode of applying it, and the quantity to be applied in any given case. Its effects are frequently deleterious if a large quantity is spread upon a poor soil, and yet it has not been ascertained how its injurious effects may be obviated. It is no doubt desirable in many instances to use a larger quantity of marl than the soil will admit of when it is in its nateral state. The quantity of marl which is usually spread upon an acre of ground is from 150 to 200 bushels. Three hqnehiad busheis is often used. Gut certain worn out lands would be exceed- ingly injured for several years by even two hundred bushels The question, | have no doubt, has been often put: Why ig marl ever injurious? The natural conclusion is that it con- tains some substance unfriendly to vegetation. This snbstanee is no doubt in certain cases an astringent sait, formed in those marls which contain iron pyrites which is prone to decompose on exposure to those bodies which contain oxygen, the sul phur thereby is oxidated, and slowly acts upon the iron and forms eopperas, or upon alumina, which is present in the mari. In small doses copperas will not fatally injure vegetation, bus operates beneficially. The term in common use for express- ing the effect of injurious mar!s is, Gurning. These whiels are decidedly burning marls have the distinet taste of cop. peras, sometimes if appears upon the surface of those marts in dry weather, when it has a whitish appearance. Bus gypsum sometimes appears also. This may be distinguished from copperas by being tasteless. 102 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 193 the sugar parsnips yields about eight hundred bushels to the acre. One of the incidental advantages of soiling is the production of a large amount of valuable manure which may be saved under cover, and to which may be added the refuse of the kitchen and garden, whereby its quantity may be indefinitely increased. In the foregoing observations upon soiling, I have been dis- posed merely to allude to the subject, believing that those planters who wish to keep good stock, either of horses or cat- tle, will be inclined to try this asa part of their system ot husbandry; a system, which, if carried out, will not fail to give them a good stock of cattle and cows as well as horses, all of which may be kept cheaper and better thanin the mode now pursued in this State. CHARTER 2ovi PALAEONTOLOGY. Fossils of the Green Sand and Tertiary —Mammals—Horse—Hog—Masto- don and Elephant—Deer—W hales, or Cetaceans, The distinguishing features or characteristics of any age or epoch, can be known only from the history of the men who were then living. The characteristics of the age when the Romans were gaining an ascendancy in the world, can only be known from the individual or collective memories of Roman citizens. A history competent to give us a knowledge of those times, would blend together the personal appearance of men, their habits, dress, food, ete., from which we should also obtain facts or inferences respecting the country, its ani- nals and plants, its climate, topography and grand divisions. So of Greece, Egypt and Palestine. The memories of the ac- tions of these nations in their generations, would furnish us the 14 Nortu Caro.ttna GEoL. Sur.: EMMoNsS 103 194 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. leading facts respecting the characteristics of the period in which the respective nations lived. So, also, the characteristics of the fossils furnish at least a clue to the features of the epoch during which they hved. To determine these features, demands an intimate knowledge of the present; for, we are under the necessity of comparing the past with the present. The present is the standard, and no comparison can be made of any value which neglects the present. We find in the present certain structures and forms which we know have certain relations to climate, or to the conditions in which they exist. If, then, similar structures or forms are found attached to an extinet being of any epoch, it is a fair inference that that structure or form bore a similar relation to the external conditions which surrounded it. Its full description, then, would be a memoir of the animal, its habits would be indicated, its relation to surrounding cireum- stances would be known; many inferences would follow from each,—some would bear only upon its instincts, its food, its means of defence from the medium in which it lived, ete. f, for example, an oval shaped bag filled with coloring matter, in connection with a fossil known as the Belemnite, it would be inferred that this bag contained a fluid designed te eonceal it from its enemies; that it would deeply discolor the water into which it was cast, and thereby, under its cloud ot dye-stuff, make its escape. Such a phenomenon is familiar now to the sailor. The cuttle-fish is thus supplied with dye- stuff, and he employs it for escaping from a pursuing enemy ; and as this is so, so it is inferred, the animal did which was supplied with a similar apparatus in the period of the Lias and Ohalk. We might go onand note hundreds of analogous examples, but one must suffice. This view is borne out by one great and leading fact, that all extinct animals are constructed upon one of the four leading types which now prevail. Of the mil- lions of individual fossils which have been seen, not one is known which does not belong to, and may be referred with certainty, to one of the great leading types of the present. It ix the plan then, which really tells all this, or makes it possi- 104 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 195 ble to compare and infer with certainty. Observation is the way, but the plan of creation makes it possible to deduce a connected history of the past from the dead races, and thereby gee at a glance how any former epoch differed from the pres- ent, or from those ancient ones with which it was more inti- mately connected. My object, however, is not so much to direct the student in this chain of reasoning, er so to apply knowledge as to make him acquainted with the external forms of the fossils of the marl beds. The figures and descriptions will enable him to know the objeets from their forms, and thereby to distinguish the marl beds which contain them from each other. . It is, therefore, a practical subject, and may be studied as such. 3ut the knowledge thus acquired prepares the way for further advances in science. The fossils described in this part of the Report, belong te four or five periods, inasmuch as some of them are Rene in two or more successive ones. ‘These periods have been dis- tinguished by the following names which are expressive of certain ideas. Thus, the oldest is the cretaceous or chalk for- mation. It is, however, only a small part of it, and that part is the inferior or oldest part of the cretaceous system. This part is widely known as the Green Sand, and has been em- ployed extensive sly as a fertilizer. The 2d, in the ascending order, is the Eocene, which means the dawn of the present, as a tew speciessurvive, which were created in this epoch or pe- riod. Only about four per cent., however, have lived on through all the vicissitudes of the times. The third, is the Miocene. Of the animals created during this period, more than half have perished, and we know ‘them only through their remains. The fourth is the Pliocene, the animals of which less than half have perished. The fifth, the post-Pho- cene, is known by its fossils being similar to those which now live, excepting five or six per cent. Hence, it may happen that one of the four species.of animals which survive, and which was created in the Eocene period, may be found in all the succeeding beds, but it is evident it will be associated in NortH CaroLina GEoL. Sur.: EmMMoNs 105 196 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. each case with races or speeies quite different from those among whom it was first connected or who were its cotem- poraries. The cause of the extinction of so many species, isa mystery. The fact is well established, but it is only in certain cases that we can account for their disappearance. It appears to have been sometimes due to a sudden catastrophe, the ejection of mud, or poisonous matter into the medium in which they live. This happens now, and probably has happened before, but in a majority of instances, it is impossible to perceive any exter- nal cause which destroyed them; and hence, we-are left to speculate on probabilities, without being able to arrive at sat- isfactory conclusions. MAMMALIA.—EQUUS CABALLUS. There is scarcely a question so interesiing to the naturalist and historian as that which relates to fossil remains of the horse. The testimony of historians is, that the horse was not living upon this continent at the time of its discovery by Columbus. The testimony of the naturalist is, that the horse lived upon this continent at a period prior to its discovery, its remains having been found first in the miocene, and lastly in the pliocene, in which period it may have become extinct. Its earliest appearance is in the former; and it appears from the discovery of Prof. Holmes, of Charleston, 8. C., that its remains are not uncommon in the latter. Fig, 18. Figure 18 represents the crown of the third or fourth molar of the left side of the upper jaw. It has complicated enamel plates, or columns, and is somewhat worn, but by no means an old tooth, as its roots are undeveloped. It is two inches long and an inch thick. It is undistinguishable xy from the corresponding tooth of the recent domestic horse. It isa deep brown color, and looks like a fossil. Figure 19 represents the crown of a tooth of the third or fourth molar, probably the third, of the left upper side. It 106 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 197 has not been worn. It resembles a recent tooth, as it is HENS TR whitish, and only stained brown on one side. The enamel plates, it will be per- m™ ceived differ from the preceding, and they 4f differ also from those of the correspond- ing tooth of the domestic horse. This difference, however, may arise from its il unworn condition, ag the enamel plates differ somewhat in configuration as they wear down. This tooth is three inches long and one thick. Breae0, This figure (20) represents the back molar of the left side of the lower jaw of the horse. It differs only sli mestic horse. It is worn, but belonged to a young tly from the corresponding tooth of the do- individual, and its reots are undeveloped. It is three inches long, one-half an inch thick, and one and a quarter wide. Figure 21 represents one of the incisors of the 5 horse; a, front side; b, inner side; ¢, lateral view. This scarcely differs from the corresponding incisors of the domestic horse. The foregoing teeth are from the miocene of North-Carolina, and were discovered at an early periéd of the survey. No. 18 was found in a bed at Elizabethtown, Bladen county, and was accompanied with a tooth from the lower jaw. No. 19 and 20 are teeth washed up on the beach at Plymouth, N. C., and NortH CaroLina GEou. Sur.: Emmons 107 198 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. No. 21 from the miocene of Pitt county. I found, also, molars, in Pitt county. They occur in a sandy bed, which may be ten or twelve feet above the shell marl. Although there is a close correspondence between the fossil teeth above cescribed and those of the domestic horse, which was intro- duced into this country since its discovery, still, it is probable that it is a different species. If it is maintained that the fossil and introduced species are identical and the same, it follows that the same species was created about the same epoch, in two very ditterent quarters of the globe, viz: Asia and America, and in climates which differed materially from each other. I’arther discoveries must be made before this interesting question can be satisfactorily settled. sus scROFA.—0G.—(Tig. 22.) The only relic of the hog which has been ob- tained Curing the survey, is the last inferior molar, scarcely differing from its fellow in the domestic hog. I obtained it at Washington, Beautort county, from the miocene. It is brown, and is partially mineralized by sulphuret of iron. It has the same claim to genuineness as a fossil, =o as the teeth of the horse already described. (Fig. 22.) The hog was introduced into this country at the time of its settlement, but as in the case of the horse, it was peopled by this interesting animal a long time prior to its discovery. It also became extinct, and at its settlement was supplied again from a foreign country. PROBOSCEDIANS.—MASTODON GIGANTEUS.—(Fig. 23.) The bones of this large pachyderm are not uncommon in the miocene mar! of North-Carolina. Fragments of ribs and bones of the extremities are the most common. ‘The figure of the superior part of the crown in the margin was taken from a tooth found in Halifax coun- ty. Its enamel is jet black and highly polished. It is the first or small molar of the right side of the under jaw. It is an old tooth with the lubercles worn down, and was probably 108 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 199 ‘ost or shed while the animal was living. The figure is de- signed to show the arrangement of the enamel plates. Bones of this immense quadruped have been found at numerous places. A large number were found in a marl pit near Goldsboro’, and a large back molar in another marl pit in Nash. These bones are usually broken, and the pieces are rarely more than from three tosix inches long. A cunéi- form bone of the foot was found in a marl bed upon the Cape Fear. From the number of bones which have been found it is evident this large species of land quadruped, the largest known, must have been very numerous at one time. Its bones are associated with fossils, many of which are now extinct, and some or even many still survive. The oldest de- posit in which the bones of the mastodon are known to occur is probably the miocene. They continued to occur in the subsequent formations until the latest, which just precede the advent of man; and, indeed, it is not at all improbable that man witnessed the final extinction of the race. The long bones which I have examined always contain animal matter, an evidence of their recent death. The elephant was also a cotemporary with the mastodon. No teeth, however, have yet been found in North-Carolina which may have enabled me to identify its remains. But to those who have marl beds to identify its remains, a tooth (Fig. 24) of this interesting animal is given in the margin. Itis a re- duced figure of one found in the superficial deposits of New NortH Caro.ina GEou. Sur.: Emmons 109 200 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. York. A tooth belonging to the elephant was taken from the beach upon Seneca lake New York, and portions of a skele- ton were found near the surface in Monroe county. All these bones contain also animal matter, and they are usually associated with moluscous animals which are living at the present time. It is probable the mastodon lived in a period prior to that of the elephant, but it appears that both became extinct at or about the same time. That the mastodon and elephant roamed in herds over a large part of this continent, seems to be indicated by the fact that their bones are found from the Atlantie to the base of the Rocky mountains. The bones of the mastodon, how- ever, are more numerous and more widely extended than those of the elephant. RUMINANTIA.—CERVUS VIRGINIANA The discovery of the remains of the C. Virginiana deer, is an interesting fact. It appears to have been cotemporary with the Mastodon and Elephant, which have become extinct. So, also, it is cotemporary with the great Irish Elk, which has become extinct in Europe. The base of the horn which I found in the Miocene bed about 10 miles above Elizabeth, on the Cape Fear, is about six inches long. In this horn, the first branch goes off from 110 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 201 the axis nearer the head than usual, but this occurs occasion- ally in individuals of this species. It appears from this discovery that the common red deer of America began its existence at or about the same period as the American horse; but while the horse became extinct, the deer has survived. In a fresh water marl bed, in Orange county, in New York, I found a horn of an extinet deer which was associated with the remains of the mastodon. The deer of the miocene marl survives, while a more recent species has become extinct, or such is the evidence of facts as they now stand. REMAINS OF THE PORPOISE. Several vertebree which appear to have belonged to the porpoise, have been obtained from the marl beds near Rocky Mount. They appear to belong to aspecies which differs from the common one of the coast. The figure shows the end of the vertebre to which the intervertebral substance is strongly attached; the other extremity is smooth. The body is encircled in part with a deep channel or groove, which is connected with the holes which transmit the vessels, and nerves at the base of the spinal arch. In addition to the foregoing remains of the order, cetacea, I may mention the occurrence of the Zeuglodon cetoides. (Owen,) a fossil of the eocene, which was first found in Ala- bama, and described by the late Dr. Harlan, of Philadelphia. The teeth are entirely unlike those of the common cetaceans, and belong to a type not very unlike those of the seal. No teeth, however, have as yet been discovered in this State.— The remains of this cetacean consist of vertebra which were obtained from Washington, near the line of the Wilmington Rail Road. One of the largest candal vertebrae of a whale, (fig. 25,) has broad flat transverse processes, standing at right angles to the body of the bone, the articular ends are unequal, the anterior being 5$ and the posterior 43 inches in diameter, and circular, with a length of 6 inches. Of this length the base of the trans- verse processes occupies 4 inches, and terminate behind in a rounded notch; their length is 23 inches. NortuH CAROLINA GEOL. Sur.: EMmMons Mal 202 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. WOME GMA! OI CC IGWOC EIA OK: ANIIGU ee. On the Meherrin, near Murfreesborough, [ found portions of three lower jaw-bones belonging to the genus Dalaena, to- vether with many vertebree, all of which appear to belong to one species. These jaws are imperfect,—the anterior part the left lower jaw is smooth, gently covex, and curved on the outside, but rather flat inside. The wide upper margin is perforated with three holes penetrating the jaw in a slightly descending course, and terminating anteriorly in an edge produced by « champering of the inside extremity, and rounded from the base up to the upper edge, which is grooved tor six inches. They are 34 inches wide and 2 inches thick, and nearly straight. All the posterior parts of the jaw had been lost, and only two feet obtained. It is impossible to refer these frag- ments of jaws to either species which furnished the ear bones, as neither of these specimens were obtained at this locality. But the vertebrze and jaws belonged to one species, and it is 112 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 203 possible hereafter to determine to which ear-bone belouged to the Murfreesborough species. Itis evident that neither of these belonged to Prof. Leidy’s Orycterocetus, becanse this belonged to a different family of the cetaceans. OTOLITES, OR TITE EAR BONES OF WILALES. The remains of the cetacea may be said to be numerous in the miocene of North-Carolina. Vertebra and ribs are more commonly found than other parts for the reason that the in- dividual parts exceed in number the other parts of the skeleton. The ear bones are the least common. Of this par I have those which I regard as having belonged to at least three different species. I base this conclusion on the estab- lished fact that these bones possess for each species a peculiar configuration ; that though the bone in question has a genera! resemblance in all the species of which the family is com- posed, yet in the minute details of construction and form, ach species has its own, which may be determined by close and careful comparisons. Thus, in the true whales, the thick pesterior part is simple, while in the cachalot it is bilobed. and that this thickened and convex part in the simple kinds, while it is variable in form and extent in the different species of the true whales, and which is also joined to certain other differences, which may be observed in the thin overarching and expanded part. For convenience of description, these bones may be divid- ed, longitudinally, into two principal parts: 1. The thidk involuted convex part which occupies the posterior segment of the bone, and which extends back to a rough longitudinal surtace ; and, 2d. The thinner and expanded part which begins where the former ends, and arches over the first in different degrees, forming, posteriorily, a convex surface, and interi- orly towards the first part a concavity differing both in de- gree and extent in different species. The anterior or eustach- ian portion is formed wholly of the thinner expanded part. There is in the form of the expanded part some resemblance to the rim of the human ear. The ear bones, in consequence of the thick convex part NortH Caroiina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 113 204 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. being simple, are all referred to the genus balaena. Other parts of the skeleton of this genus have been formed, as the vertebrae, ribs, lower jaw, «ce. The first of the bones (Fig. 26) which I propose to describe re oe. is the largest, and resembles in form the same bone belonging to the right whale, (the balaena miysticetus.) , In this specimen the thick in- ‘\voluted part is thickest at its extreme posterior end, and gra- dually diminishes to within three fourths of an inch of the flatish. expanded or eustachian part of the tube. Its surface, as it passes backward, and corresponding to the span between the lobes in the cachalot, becomes slightly con- eave, and the whole surface to the boundary backwards and torwards to the channel, which separates it from the concave expanded portion, is irregularly wrinkled; these wrinkles in- erease In streneth to its Junction, with the latter part, where the line of division is distinctly detined. At the posterior part, gcc astrong indentation, somewhat in the form of the letter U, surrounding t the part w Were the expanded part springs. The thinner expanded part forms an arch, concave within, and quite régularly convex without; at the extremities it forms expanded hooks. The concave surface widens from the posterior to the anterior end, and is widest just within the margin. This bone differs from the same in the right whale, in its convex portion being lower and not above the level of the concave cavity beneath the arch; and being, also, perfectly separated by a change in the appearance of the part, and also by the perfect smoothness of the concave surface of the overarching wall, which, in this B ees, is very rugged. Its length is 83 inches, and width 24, and belonged toa laree whale, though probably not the largest. It is, omega very bulky. Cuvier remarks, that the ear bones of the Balaeonoptera are very small in proportion to the size of the 114 BuLLetin 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 208 species ; so that it does not follow that where the bone is small the spieces must be small also. I propose the name Bulaena Mysticctoidcs for their species. The thick, the posterior end, is nearly equally bisected by the thin expanded part, and around it theve isa deep sinuous indentation which, on the inside, is continuous with the channel between the thick and thin parts. The -otololite, next im size\to the B mistieetoides, differs much from it in form and proportion of parts. The thick convex part is well defined, but reugh, short ¢ and prominent. It rises Iigher than the base of the thin invo- luted part to which it slopes all round. It is marked with two or three strong folds, one of which is at or near its termi- nation forward, and another beneath, which gives a slight emargination to the bone. It is separated fromthe anterior end by a flattened plane about half an inch wide. where their expanded part turns and forms a rather open hook, unlike that of the former, which is bent much more inwards. The pos- terior end is somewhat obliquely truncate, and at the root of the thin part there is a rough indentation disconnected with the wide channel within. The anterior border of the thin part forms an arch much less extended than the former, and the posterior and basal part is flattened and angular. Length 34 inches; widest part 14. Another specimen measuring four inches long preserves the essential characters of the foregoing. It is very rugose around the thick convex part, and the middle fold creates a slight twolobed character to the interior part and its base. The smallest (ig. 28) has a well-defined convex part, which is smooth though somewhat wrinkled, but rough within, and the border rises almost immediately from it, especial- ly posteriorly. The space between the border and convex part widens anteriorly where it is only gently NortH Caro.ina GEoL. Sur.: EMMons INS 206 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. curved, scarcely forming a hook. Behind the convex part it is very regular, but the beginning of the thinner expanded part is formed by a rounded ridge which may be traced from one extremity to the other. It is far less angular, and more regular than the preceding. It is 23 inches long; greatest width 14 inches. This ototite is one of the most common in the miocene beds. Unfortunately, in all these specimens, the thin ex- panded over-arching part is broken off, but it is evident that in this case this part was very limited. The two smallest are perforated by boring moluscks, a fact which shows that instinct is sometimes at fault. It is probably impossible in the present state of our knowl edge of the anatomy of those extinct whales, to refer them to the species to which they belonged. That the foregoing ear-bones I have described belonged to different species of the whale, there can be no doubt. Few extinct species of balaena are known to belong to the nulocene period besides the orycterocetus of Leidy. SUMMARY OF the characteristics of the three foregoing species, derived from @ comparison with cach other, and uth the thre which have been described, by Prov. Owrn. The B. mysticetoides differs from B. affinis Owen, in the much greater extent of the overarching wall and the well de- tined limits, and greater prominence of the involuted part ;— this part also bears a much greater proportion to the whole of the organ than it does in the afiinis. The B. detinita Owen is very strikingly truncated at its posterior end, and has also its thick involuted part much less in proportion than in the B. mysticetoides, and its thin over- arching border is also much less in extent. It differs from the B. gibbosa, Owen, in most of the charac- ters just stated; particularly the extent of the overarching wall, its thick convex part is much less prominent; but it re- 116 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 207 sembles the b. gibbosa somewhat in its configuration at the posterior end, where the rim is continued around it, as it were, but in the gibbosa, it rises from near the base, while in the mysticetvides it rises higher and is surrounded by deep sinu- ous indentations. It resembles also the B. emarginuta in the existence of a concavity on the inferior border of the thick convex part, but is much less; the overarching wall exceeds very much in extent that of the emarginata. The tieure 27 differs from the affinis in its prominent and distinctly defined convex involution. It resembles the B. de- finita somewhat, in its posterior truncation 5 but the involuted part Is more prominent, and has a strong ridge or prominence on the border near its slope to the concavity; but it resem- hes still more closely the b. gibbosa, in the form of the con- vex part, but the thinner overarching wall is more extensive and broader at the eustachian termination, and the shape of the posterior end ditfers from it materially, particularly in the strong angle of the extreme of the overarching wall. [t differs from the b. emarginata, in having a prominence at the base of the involuted thick part instead of an emargi- nation. The figure 28 differs from the B. aftinis in its prominent in- voluted part, and distinct form or separation from the concave overarching part; from the B. detinita by its prolonged pos- terior part, in which respect it differs also from the gibbosa and from emarginata by its absence of this particular char- acter, and by the presence of strong sugar upon the part next the concavity. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EAR-BONE OF THE COMMON WHALE OF THE COAST. The ear-bone of the Balena Mystictus, the common whale ot the coast, in my possession, measured, rather diagonally over the thick convoluted part, is 53 inches long; the great- est thickness is 3 inches and 8 tenths; the depth or height of the convoluted part is 3 inches; greatest height measured to the top of the thin convolution 4 inches and 4 tenths. The NortH CaroLina GEoL. Sur.: EMMonNs 17 208 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. thin involuted expansive is arched so as to have a distance of only half an inch from the thick involuted part. This may be divided into three principal lobes; two of them make up two- thirds of thin part, and these are divided externally by a deep suleus, and internally by a thick rounded ridge which extends nearly to the base; the lobe of the thickest end is short. A deep suleated cavity is formed by the thick and thin involu- ted parts of the bone. This cavity is 3 inches and six-tenths long and 2 inches aud one-tenth, and the height nearly 3 inches. An ear bone having the form and proportions of the Balaena Mysticetus, in many particulars, I have obtained from Crayen county. The most important difference is in the height of the thick involuted part, the thin expanded part is broken off but there are so many points of resemblance, that it is highly probable it belonged to this species of whale. The fossil ear- bone is smaller. Its greatest length is only 4 inches and 2 tenths, and the height of the thick involuted part is only 2 inches and 2 tenths. Still, it is not at all improbable that we may regard it as having belonged to the young of the B. mys- ticetus, and if so this species commenced its existence in the Miocene period. This conclusion is founded upon the proba- bility, that this ear-bone and certain thick heavy ribs of a whale, often found in the miocene deposits, belonged to this species. It is probable, too, that ear-bones vary somewhat in form and thickness in the same species; this is certainly true in the case of the ear-bone of fishes, of which I have many speci- mens, among which there are several varieties of form and size. Other forms of cetacean ear-bones occur abundantly in the miocene of Tar River. Figure 28 belongs to one of the rarer forms of ear-bones. It has a distinct in- voluted portion. Itis figured of the natu- ral size. Figure 29 is another form of ear bone which is the most common of all, except the following. It has no distinct invo- 118 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 9UG Brg: (29) voluted part, though it is thickened at Ati Wi hi one end of it. It is more or less wrink- WY Aaa : V7 ye’ led transversely. In other respects it WM ZZ ‘ ies We Z is rather discoidal. Figure 30, it differs in form from ali the preceeding. It is conical, and acute at one extremity and obtuse at the other. From the obtuse extremity, it sends off a short process at right angles, and is probably the point by which it is attached to the interior of the tym- panic cavity. But one of the most extraordinary of the ear- bones of this formation, is represented by figure 31. It consists of two parts, a short obtuse conical portion, and a long process extending at right an- gles from it. It is over seven inches long. The Fic. 80. process referred to is four, measured from the base of the heavy conical part, and it extends half way across it, so that its whole length is about 54 inches. The height of the conical part is 34 inches. Thisis flattened, and its greater circumference is 8 inches. The arm or process is irregularly triangular, being hollowed out on two sides and flattened on the other. The whole form, however, is difficult to represent by means of asingle figure. The figure is one-half the size of the original. 15 NortH Caro.tina GEot. Sur.: Emmons 119 210 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ORYCTEROCETUS QUADRATIDENS.—LEIDY. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCT. vu, 378. A single tooth belong ing to this cetacean was found in Pitt county by Thos. Sparrow, Esq., te whom [am indebted for an opportunity tor de- scribing this interesting relic. The tooth is remark- ably curved for a ceta- cean. Itisrather rough, and is somewhat quad- rate or angular. This character, according tc Prof. Leidy, is not con- stant. Its transverse eection is rather ovate: with the anterior part flattened. It was point- ed, but by exposure the apex is injured. Its base has a short conical pulp cavity, less than one inch in depth. Its surface is marked by longitudinal eracks.— The tooth belongs to the night lower jaw, and i» drawn the natural size. It is supposed to be ‘ony to the miocene, but the locality contains a few small fos- sils, derived from the cocene, and hence this may be of that APE 120 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. DIL ORYCTEROCETUS CORNUTIDENS.—LEIDY. Fig. 38. The genus Orycterocetus was originally proposed on the frag- ment of a jaw, and several teeth from the miocene deposit of Vir- ginia. In my collection I have a tooth like those just mentioned, except that it is not quadrate, which it is suspected, however, to be an unimportant character.— The specimen was discovered in the miocene deposit of North-Car- olina. It isremarkable for its re- semblance in form to a small ox- horn, being elongated, conical! and curved. ‘The base is excava- ted as in the teeth of the sperma- ceti whale, te which the extinct # cetacean was probably allied. In structure, the tooth appears to be wholly composed of dentine. The length of the specimen in the curve is 44 inches, but it appears when entire, to have been half an inch longer. The section of the base is eval, and is 14 lines in one diameter and 12 lines in the other. NortH Carona GEot. Sur.: Emmons 121 912 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Fie 34. The oldest specimen of fossil be- longing to the whale or cetacean family, belongs te the genus Phy- seter, and is regarded as the P. an- tiquus, (fig. 84.) It oceurs in the eocene of Craven county. The size of the teeth prove that they belonged to the largest of the class. The largest tooth measures six inch- es in circumference, and is five and a half inches long, though a por- tion has been broken from the base. Its form is quadrangular, and pre- sents a curve in front, but is rather straight behind. It shows no con- ical cavity, but is solid throughout. It shows a tendency to exfoliate concentrically. Many fragments more or less rolled and otherwise defaced, have been seen in the mi- ocene beds upon the Tar River.— It is probable they may have been removed from a lower to an upper formation. 122 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 213 CHAPTER XVI. REPTILIA. Deseripuion of Reptilian remains of the mar! beds of North-Carolina.— Reptiles of the Green sand. | was fortunate in discovering a vertebra of a large size on the lower Cape Fear, which, at the time, I supposed to be new. As the discovery was confined to this single piece of the skeleton, I deemed it insufficient to draw from it special conclusions respecting the family ef saurians to which it be- louved. Since this discovery, Prof. H. D. Rodgers has presented to Prot. Owen, of London, a collection of vertebrae from the gr en sand of New Jersey, among which I find the saurian described, to which my North-Carolina fossil must belong. Figure 34(a.) represents the vertebra from the upper part of the green sand of North-Carolina. It belongs to the lumber recion. Its type is procelian, that is, it is concave before and convex behind, like the crocodiles of the present day. The body is long, and from the anterior half it sends off strong processes at nearly right angles, which are thin and strong. The articulating extremities are less concave and convex than those of the alligators of the Southern States. In this character I find it agrees essentially with those of New Jersey. The abdominal face is smooth, and marked by two, or « pair of elongated holes, situated rather nearer the concave than the convex end. The body is cylindrical, especially pos- teriorly. Prof. Owen refers the New Jersey saurian to the lizards and to the mososaurian type. The name which has been conferred upon this remarkable saurian is J/acrosaurus. If my determination is right with respect to the identity of the New Jersey and North-Carolina specimens, it will be known by the same name. This vertebra is three and three NortH Caro.ina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 123 214 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. quarter inches long, including convexity, which equals halt an inch, and six inches from the end of one parapophysis to the other; across the concave articulation nearly two and 4 half inches; across the convex, two inches; length of the lateral process, nearly two inches. Fig. AS ee fl AN + if) By Adil of , my an Chie SY Yy ! j hs The entire length of this saurian cannot have been lesa than twenty-five feet, and it is a fact worthy of notice, that 124 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 91s saurians of this description inhabited a region as far north as New-York, while at the present day their limits are contined to the central parts of North-Carolina. This fact, no doubt, indicates a milder climate in New-York and New-Jersey than is known at the present day. All the large land reptiles are confined to the warmer regions of the globe. CRKOCODILUS ANTIQUUS.—LEIDY. Another extinct saurian (fig. 35, a.,) is indicated in the dis- covery of vertebrae, which belong to, or are found in, the mio- cene marls. The most perfect one which I have obtained, is the 2d caudal, which as it is possible to identify it, may be compared with the Alligator luseins, the common large rep- tile of the Southern States, inasmuch, too as it belongs to the same type of verte- bree. This vertebra dif- fers from the corres- ponding one to which Ihave referred it; it is rather larger and thicker, and the proportion of its parts differ also. Its length !s one quarter of an inch greater, but its diameter at the con- cave end is three-eighths greater, and the size or diameter of the body is still greater. The fossil is thick through its whole length, and varies but little at the ends; or it is much less compressed laterally than the vertebra of the living Alliga- ior, and what is equally worthy of note, is, that the transverse processes come out more immediately from the body of the vertebra than the other. One more point may be made; a ridge of bone begins near the middle at the concave end, and runs a little downwards, until it reaches a slightly constricted Nortu Caro.ina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 125 216 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. part just before the border which surrounds the convex ex- tremity; this gives the appearance of breadth to the bone when we look upon the abdominal face. There is a slender sharp ridge occupying the same relative position in the Alli- gator, but it seems to originate at the convex extremity. A slight groove runs longitudinally upon this face. Length, one and eight-tenths ; width, over the concave end, one and five- tenths inches. From all that Ihave been able to glean from the discover- ies of others in this country, these vertebra appear to belong to a species which has been discovered in the miocene marls of New Jersey and Virginia. The species is now extinct.* The cranial plates, one of which is illustrated by figure 36, belongs to a large unknown saurian. These were taken from the miocene upon the Nense, fifteen miles below Goldsboro’. They are over half an inch thick, and ornamented with deep sculpturings, and from their massiveness might be referred to the Macrosaurus. But this reptile belongs to an older formation. T have, however a laniary tooth of the proper dimensions to correspond in size with the saurian, which may have been provided with this impenetrable armour, and also the middle * Proceeding of the Academy of Nat. Sciences, Phil., Vol. V, p. 307. 126 BuLLeTIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Mla part of a femur to match both the plates and tooth, and all trom the miocene or shell marl. The materials, however, tor drawing up a proper description of this saurian, do not exist at present. MOSSOSAURUS. Tooth sharp pointed, pyramidal and curved backwards: enamel moderately and finely wrinkled; surface divided into two unequal parts by well defined and finely serrate carinae, the anterior of which is considerably curved on the last half inch, which forms the apex. Base of the outer surface smooth, and torming the segment of a large circle; this smooth gband is usually covered with a thin enamel, and isa little over a line wide. The rest of the outer surtace is divided by three ridges, the middle is strong, and extends to the point ; the an- terior dies out about half an inch from the apex ; the posterior is inconsiderable, and extends a little more than half way to the apex; these ridges divide the surtace towards the base rf | into three slight- ly coneave surtaces. The inferior has eight distinct ridges none of which reach the apex; these di- vide this strongly convex face into nine slightly concave facets, of which those ad- jacent to the carinae are the widest, (Fig. 36, a.) side view, natural size, (Fig. 37,) viewed from the point, showing the di- vision into parts and its polygonal form. It is possible this tooth may differ from others which have been described. It differs from the one described by Dr. DeKay* in being finely rngose, and distinctly serrate, neither does he speak of angularities, though they are faintly indi- MiGs S6a (cas) * Aunals of the Lyceum of N. Y., vol. 3, p. 136. NortH Caro.ina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 127 915 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. eated as existing upon the outer face in his transverse section, but that those faces are concave has not been stated by any writer. The transverse section of the tooth, Mossosaurus Hoffmani, given by Prof. Owen, has no angularities at all on either face—the figure of the M. Maximiliani exhibits them upon the anterior face, but none upon the inner. The tooth which I have just described is perfect, and not worn; the figures are good illustrations of its characters, and it appears, therefore, that the characters are either not uniform or else there are twospecies belonging to the green sand. It is evident that the tooth in question belongs to the species, Maximiliani, rather than the Hloffmani or gracilis. PULYGONOVON KECLrtus,—LEIDY. MOSSOSAURUS RICTUS. Tooth long, pointed, compressed; near- hig Site : ly equally divided on the outer and in- ner faces; the faces are formed by five equal and similar planes, bounded by angular ridges, only two of which, on each iace, can be said to approach the upex; these are the two anterior and two posterior ridges curved backwards ; bi- carinate ; but the posterior edge is near- ly straight, while it has a convexity be- fore which gives an apparent curvature which does not exist; edges smooth: enamel is probably thin or removed, leaving a dense dentine, with fine longitudinal cracks which appear at first like fine striae. The tooth is broken at the base of the erown, showing a shallow pulp cavity. This tooth differs from any of the preceding in its form and surface. It is particularly noticeable, that the part near the base is distinctly angular, and is divided into ten nearly equal planes, and is bounded by well defined angles. All these angles extend a little above the middle of the tooth. It dif- fers from either of the three species of Mossosausus in its pro- portions. It also differs from the teeth of the Leiodon, by be- 128 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ie ing much more compressed. The teeth of the Polyptichodon are circular, and the teeth also of the Pliogonodon, which [ found upon the Cape Fear, are also quite circular and conical. It is possible it may be a palatine tooth of the M. Maximiliani. It differs, however, in form from those teeth. It appears to have had that kind of attachment to the jaw, which has beer called acrodont. Length, one and three-quarter inches: width, at base, seven-sixteenths. POLYPTYCIHODON—OWEN. POLYPTOCHODON RUGOSUS.—E. The teeth (Figs. 38 and 89) which are represented in the margin were discovered in « bed of miocene marl at Elizabeth- town, Bladen county, in 1852-3. They were regarded at the time as having belonged to an extinct undescribed species. I have had hopes that other parts of this saurian would be discovered which would throw some BiMiGae Se ight wpon its organization and form. but as vet no bones which can be re- ferred to the genus, or species to which the teeth belonged, have come to light. Saurian bones of a large size are not wanting which may have be- longed to the teeth under considera- tion, but more than one species have been discovered. In one instance the middle of a large femur; in others cranial plates, the sculpturing of which ave quite different, are among the bones which have been discovered. These, however, are disconnected trag- ments, and hence are insufficient to settle the question of ownership. The epoch to which the bones referred to belong is not at all established. Large saurian vertebra have been found in the green sand, and teeth resembling those found at Elizabethtown in the eocene marl upon the Neuse. Hence it is probable that the Nortu Caro.ina GEOL. Sur.: EMMons 129 2206 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. epoch of these reptiles is earlier than that of the miocene beds. They are found in those beds tor the same reason that the exogyra costata of the green sand is also found in the mio- cene. While it is clear enough that fossils have been washed out of the green sand into the miocene. I have no evidence that they have been transport- ed into the eocene, the next series above. The deposits seem to have quietly succeeded the green sand; but when the mio- cene period arrived, there was a breaking up of the older series, and their contents earri- ed immediately up to this pe- riod, and under favorable cir- cumstances fossils of both periods were intermingled together, and hence [regard the animals under consideration to have lived before the miocene beds were deposited. The teeth which I have figured I have referred to a genus of crocodilian reptiles established by Prof. Owen, and which, in England, belonged to the chalk or cretaceous system. The following description is drawn from the teeth before me: Teeth thick and conical, and slightly curved; trans- verse section circular or round; enamel traversed longitudi- nally by numerous transversely rugose cracks, the strongest of which reach the apex; no trenchant edges or carinae proper. The teeth are only gently curved; they are very strong and robust, and the enamel is traversed by rather irregular rugose ridges, which appear like cracks. The inside ridge is stronger than the others, and are formed of two confluent ones, and takes the place of a carina, and extends to the point in the young tooth; but in old and worn teeth most of the ridges terminate considerably below the apex. ‘The sur- 130 BULLETIN 249 NORTIH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 221 face of the young tooth (Fig. 39) is very rough, and the edges of the rugosities are realy, irregularly serrate, and run into each other. The section is round at all places, from the base to the apex. Its crown is hollow, and its pulp cavity presents a conical hollow which extends about one-third of the length of the crown. On exposure to the weather, the crown ex- foliates in conical layers.. Below the crown, that part known as the root is hollow, but has a thick strong shell, which on the concave side has three wide shallow furrows; the middle one is exactly in the concavity; they occupy about one-third of the cylinder; the remainder is perfectly circular. Prof. Owen’s description of the polyptyehodon* is as fol- lows: ‘Teeth thick and conical; transverse section of the crown circular, without larger or trenchant ridges; enamel ridged longitudinally, but only a few reaching the apex. The crowns, when weathered, exfoliate in a conical manner by detached layers, like @ cone in cone; base having a con- ical pulp cavity which opens into the crown in distinct sockets.” The foregoing description of Prof. Owen, of the genus Po- lyptychodon, applies so well to our teeth, that there can re- main scarcely a doubt as to their generic identity. It is, however, only a generic similarity ; the species appears to be quite different from both of the species described by Prot. Owen, and from its remarkable rngose enamel, I propose as its specific name, rugosus. It differs from the Alligator in the absence of a deep con- striction at the base of the crown, from the Pliogonodon ot Leidy, by its robustness and rugosities, and from the Ellipton- odon, by its circular section, this having a circular section only at the base of the crown, while in the former the crown has a circular section from base to apex. Sculptured Cranial Plate, (Fig. 40.)—These plates are sep- arated from each in the line of suture, and are generally bro- ken. They are thick and strong, and were no doubt sufficiently * Palaeontographical Society’s transrction, p. 46, vol. for 1851. (Description of the P. interuptus and continuus.) NortH CaARoLinaA GEOL. Sur.: EMMoNS ES NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. so to resist the entrance of a musket ball. The same remarks as it regards ownership have already been made. respecting other bones of this class, so common in these deposits. That there were two, at least, power- ful reptiles, is evident from their bones and teeth, but in no instance have two been found attached, and in such relations that it would be safe to affirm that ved to the same individual. fen) they belon ELLIPTONODON COMPRESSUS.—EMMONS. Tooth curved, robust, sub-conical and pointed ; crown circular at base, becom- ing elliptical, and finally sub-elliptical, or with the inside more flattened or legs convex than the other; bicarinate; the anterior ridge becoming obsolete near Fics. 41 & 42. the base of the crown, and without ser- ratures or rugosities; enamel rather fine- ly wrinkled longitudinally, or faintly ru- gose, and none of the rugosities extend te the apex; dentine is concentric; pulp cavity open, conical, carinate. Figures natural size. Figure 42, transverse sec- tion. This tooth is broken at the base of the crown, and has lost asimall part of its apex. © It differs very clearly from the Polyp- tychodon, Pliogonodon, Mossosaurus or Pleiosaurus. The clear and distinet marks of difference are shown in the figures of each referred to except the Pleiosau- rus. This teoth was found in the miocene near the Cape 152 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 223 Ct Fear River, in Bladen county. As the bones which have been found in these beds indicate the existence at a prior pe- riod of two large and formidable saurians, so the teeth con- firm this view, and I have placed in this connexion a sculp- tured cranial plate, (fig. £0,) which may have belonged to this species. Additional discoveries, however, are required before it is possible to determine to which of these plates the teeth re- spectively belong. All the bones which are found in the mi- ocene beds, are broken, though they are mixed with pertect delicate shells. This fact proves that the bones were subjec- ted to violence before they were imbedded in the miocene and hence belong, probably, either to the eocene cr green sand, PLIOGONODON NOBILIS. Letpy.—(Figs. 45 & 44.*) In the collection of Prof. Emmons there are two, mueli mutilated teeth of a saurian discovered in a miozene deposit of Cape Fear, North-Carolina. These teeth, which have lost their fang and summiut, are elon- peta CG CES gated conical, nearly straight or only shghtly curved inwardly. Their section is circular with an inner pair of opposed carinae: and their surface is subdivided into numerous narrow planes and provided with a few vertiea] in. errupted plicae, which are more numerous internally. The base of the crown is conically hollow : the dentine is concentric; and the enamel is finely wrinkled. The specimens measure three-fourths of an inch in diameter at base, and are about one and a half inches long, but when perfect their crown has been a half inch longer. * These teeth appear to differ, one has a coarser aspect, and the striar are coarser. and it ig more curved, and proportion differs. Description by Prof. Leidy. NortH CaARoLiIna GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 133 294 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. From the teeth of Mososaurus those of Pliogonodon ditter in their narrower proportion, their straightness, their circular transverse section, their relatively narrower planes, and in their possession of plicae. From the teeth of Polyptychodon thev differ in the possession of dissimilar planes and carinae. and in their less degree of robustness; and from those of Pleiosaurus in the existence of divisional planes and the cir- cular section. DREPANODON IMPAR. LEIDY.—(Figs. 45 & 46.*) This genns and species are proposed on the crown of a tooth resembling the corresponding portion of the inferior ee is AG canine of a bear, except that it has but a single carina, and that on the concave border internally. The spe- cimen was discovered by Prof. Em- mons, at Elizabethtown, Cape Fear. North-Carolina. It is black in color. curved, conical, most convex exter- nally, and is oval in transverse section. The base is hollowed conically, and the enamel is smooth. The length of the spe- cimen is three-quarters of an inch; the antero posterior di- ameter of its base is seven lines, and its transverse diameter tive lines. The tooth I suspect to have belonged to a crocodilian rep- tile, though it may possibly even prove to be a mammalian relic. * Described by Prof. Leidy. 134 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 295 CHAPTER XVI. PISCES. Description of the remains of Fish in the North-Carolina Marl beds. ISCHYRHIZA ANTIQUA.—LEIDY. The curious genus Ischyrhiza, was first brought to my notice by the discovery of a tooth in the Green Sand of New Jersey, by Prof. Leidy. My collection con- tains several teeth discovered on the Neuse River. In most speci- mens the crown has lost its apex, but the fang is entire. In the per- fect condition, the crown has been laterally compressed, conical and inverted with smooth, shining en- amel. The fang expands from the crown in a pyramidal man- ner; is quadrilateral, curved backward, and divided at base antero-posteriorly ; the division becoming deeper posteriorly. he larger specimen, in the figure, which is of a red color, when perfect, was nearly, or perhaps quite two inches in length. Its fang is an inch long, eight lines antero-perterior- ly at base, and six lines transversely. The base of the crown is oval in section, and measures six lines antero-perteriorly, and five lines transversely. The smaller specimen is black in color, and was about half an inch shorter than the other. Its fang is about ten lines long, and at base is about six lines square. It belongs to” miocene of North-Carolina. Fias. 47 & 48. FOSSIL SQUALIDAE OF THE TERTIARY OF THE EASTERN COUNTIES. The fossil squalidae, or sharks, are known only by their teeth, as these are the only parts which are usually preserved. 16 NortH Caro.LinaA GEou. Sur.: EMMons 135 JIG NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Their vertebrae are sometimes preserved, but they must be exceedingly rare in beds which are as loose as the clays and sands of the tertiary deposits. But the teeth, being protect- ed by a very dense enamel, and having a firm strong core, re- sist change for ages; it is in these organs, therefore, that memorials of this highly interesting order of fish have been preserved. The teeth being attached loosely to a cartilaginous jaw, are almost always separated and detached; and hence, they oeeur singly. Of the mode in which they are connected, we are informed by the living species which inhabit the adjacent seas. From this source of information, we may be assured that these single teeth were arranged in several rows in both jaws; that only a single one, those of the front, stood up- right, while the remainder Jay flat with the points directed backwards, or obliquely so. When the front teeth drop out. its place is supplied at once by the uprising of that one which is opposite the vacant space. The teeth, though very numer. ous, differ but little in form, though they differ more in size. The most remarkable difference may be observed on compar- ino the symphysal teeth, or middle row with those on eacl: side. Thus, Fig. 49, shows a front seetion of the lower jaw ot the galeocerdo arcticus; the outer row standing upright Fic. 49. = — ————— FERGUZON. SC those behind lying flat, and the middle teeth consisting of a series of small ones. This figure, therefore, is a type by which the reader may compare the prevailing arrangements in the existing, as well as in this extinct family of fishes. 136 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-"CARCLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 227 GENUS CARCHARODON.—SMITH. Teeth very large, broad, triangular and rather uniformly dentated in both jaws. The enamel is usually cracked longi- tudinally ; roots massive and divergent; inside nearly flat: surfaces smooth, and scarcely ever striated. CARCHARODON MEGALODON.—AGASS. (Hig. 50.) This species has the form of an equilateral triangle, thoug! Nortu Carouina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 137 928 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. it admits of slight variations; teeth somewhat oblique, or in- clined to the posterior end; upper, or outer side, nearly flat ; under side prominently convex in the middle; enamel cracked longitudinally on both sides, particularly along the middle; serratures rather indistinct from the use of the tooth; core coarsely striated. It is usually found in the miocene beds, and is the most common upon the Cape Fear. If the size of the teeth furnish an indication of the streneth, ~ize and ferocity of this species of shark, then it must haye heen one of the largest and most formidable animals of the cean, combining, as Prof. Owen remarks, with the organiza- tion of the shark, its bold and insatiable character, they must heve constituted the most terriffic and irresistable of the pre- daceous monsters of the ancient deep. The largest of the teeth measure sometimes six inches in length, and from four te five wide at base. The jaws of the largest species of shark known in modern sitnes measure about four feet around the upper, and three feet eight inches around the lower jaw. The length of the largest tooth 1s two inches, and the total leneth of the shark, when living, was thirty-seven feet. If the proportions of the ex- tinct shark bore the same as those of the living, their length must have been over one hundred feet, equaling in this respect, the larg. est of the whales. Figure 51 shows a smaller tooth of the carcharodon mega- lodon. Ie Sil 138 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 229 CHARCHARODON FEROX.—N. s. (Figs. 52, 53, 54.) Form nearly an equilateral triangle, thick; inner face very =, \\\ 2 \\ S\ \\ \ ‘ \ Al \ wy ) he . \ ck \ \ aN \ | \ai \| \ \\\ ee & | We Nortu Caroiina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 139 230 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. convex, outer nearly flat, and slightly champered towards Fic. 54. the edges, and also slightly | convex near the middle; ser- atures small, root thick, stout and straight across the base, and sloping on the inner face. The form of this tooth differs materially from the megaiod- on, especially in the relations of its height and breadth; height, four inches and a half, breadth at base, five inches: thickness of the root, one inch and a half, measured over the slope ; length from the apex to the base of the root, five inch- es, measured along the edge: thickness at the middle, one inch. Found in the eocene of Craven county, N. C. The dimension of this species of shark equals that of the car- charodon megalodon. The tooth is thicker and stouter than this species, and more convex posteriorly, straighter across the base, and propor- tionally wider. Fig. 52 shows the outline of the tooth, fig. 54 is an edge view, and figure 53 a transverse section, showing convexity of the inferior face, and the flatness of the superior. CARCHARODON SULCIDENS.—aG@ass. (Figs. 55 & 56.) Teeth large, thin and pointed; their forms correspond very closely to that of an isosceles triangle. They are flat on one side; the enamel extends to the root on both sides; it ismore regularly suleated upon the convex than upon the other side ; fig. 55 young of the sulcidens. 140 BuLueTin 249 NGRTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. SrA 2 i NortH Caro.ina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 141 932 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Crown only slightly oblique, rather thick, but comparative- ly narrow, but wide at base, and armed with serrated wing- lets, pointing upwards and outwards; the serratures are strong- er than those upon the crown; roots massive, and separated by a distinct arch. Figure 58, a tooth which should probably referred to this species, though the arch of the root is flatter. Prof. Gibbs, on the authority of Prof. Agassiz, has merged in the carcharodon angustidens, the following species: C. lan- ceolatus, C. heterodon, C. megalotis, C. semi-serratus, C. au- riculatus, C. turgidus, C. semi-serratus, and C. toliapicus, on the ground that they are insufficiently characterized and not clearly distinguishable from each other. CARCHARODON TRIANGULARIS, N. s. (Fig. 59.) Crown of the tooth rather thin; the posterior faces of the crown meeting in the central line at an obtuse angle, but upon Fie. 59. ee BuLLeETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 238 each side of this line they are quite flat; enamel thin, serra- tures small, root thick, striated and heavy, with a very low arch. This tooth scarcely exhibits the usual convexities of either face; the faces being bounded by plane surfaces, the meeting of which give an obtuse angle when obtained by a central section through the crown. It belongs to the eocene, and was obtained from a bed near Newbern. C. CRASIDENS, N. s. (Hig. 59, a.) Tooth sub-conical, thick, slightly oblique; inner face very convex, outer flat at base, evenly but flatly convex near the apex, with an inconsiderable ridge extending from the base to a point near the apex, and somewhat ridged across the whole of the base of the outer face ; serrae, sub-equal, and armed with serrate wings at base; root thick and pro- minent on the inside; en- amel extends on the outer face to the root, and is ex- tended continuously over the wings. This tooth belongs a een y to the eocene at Wilmington. Sy It is distinguishable from oth- er teeth belonging to this order of fishes, by its very uniform degree of thickness from the base of the root, near its termination, at the apex. CARCHARODON CONTORTIDENS.—N. s.—(Fig. 60.) Tooth an irregular cone, with the crown twisted near the summit; base of the root nearly plane, with the branches projecting upwards, rather than downwards, so much so as to stand upright when placed upon its base; inside the base NortH Caroiina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 143 934 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. projects enormously inward; enamel thin; serratures small, subequal; inner face very convex; outer nearly flat at base, but traversed longitudinally by an inconsiderable prominence. Fia. 58. ANI) ! \ fl ce Atay aa \ Mn \ HA 1 pss Ni Only one tooth of this description has been obtained from the eocene at Wilmington. The form of the tooth is very peculiar, and may be readily distinguished by the great thick- ness of its root and projection inward. This projection is on a level with the branches of the root. The twist also, at the extremity, is also, a prominent feature in this tooth. It is probable, this tooth indicates the existence of a genus, which should be separated from the carcharodon, but the ex- istence of a single tooth does not furnish all the characteris- tics which probably belong to it. 144 BuLLeETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 935 SPHENODUS RECTIDENS.-—N. S.—(Higs. 61 & 62.) Tooth very long ; comparatively slender ; both Fics. 61 & 62. faces convex; internal more so than the external; Gi becoming narrower towards the edges; the base Sy in some of the teeth trenchant, then nearly par- allel two-thirds the length; enamel rather thick Mm grooved on the inside, and cracked longitudinally /| on both, with a texture coarser than in the Jamna; root unknown. Figure 62, transverse i | section. Green sand of North-Carolina. GENUS HEMIPRISTIS. Apex simple and smooth; margins of the tooth: denticulated to a point near the apex. WEMIPRISTIS SERRA.—AGASS.—(Fig. 63.) The H. serra is characterized by teeth which are serrated to a point near the apex, where the serratures cease, and the margins are left smooth. Fig. 63. HEMIPRISTIS CRENULATUS.—N. §. Form similar to the HH. serra; sides convex, long at base, and rather thick; enamel smooth, and marked with only afew cracks; edges at base faintly crenate; entire towards the apex. GENUS OXYRHINA. Tooth flat, broad, oblique, lanceolate and smooth, widening at base rapidly; root thin and nearly straight, and destitute of spreading branches or forks. Nortu Caro.ina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 145 236 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. OXYRHINA XYPHODON.—aGass.—(I*ig. 64.) Lanceolate; base of the flat side marked with shallow furrows; en- amel extends a little lower on the inner than outer side. oy iE UE inl , at ct Maen ee OXYRHINA ILASTILIS.—AG.Ass.—(I*igs. 65 & 66.) Tooth rather elongated; lanceolate; nearly equilateral ; bone of the enamel more arched than that of the oxyrhina Fig. 66. xyphodon, and the root seems to be less developed. It close- ly resembles the xyphodon. OXYRHINA DESORI.—cipbs.—(Fig. 67.) Tooth thick and strong; roots well developed and forked; enamel similar in texture to the carcharodon, and also cracked longitudinally. 146 BuLLeTIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. on It differs from the former in the character of the enamel, curvatures, the absence of serratures, and the form and development of its root. Fie. 6%. GENUS GALEOCERDO.—AGASS. This genus is an inhabitant of our present seas, and the species arcticus (Fig. £9) very closely resembles the galeocerdo aduncus, whose teeth are abundant in the miocene marl beds of North-Carolina. In both jaws the teeth are similar and equal. They form five rows, which contain twenty-three teeth each, an odd small tooth ocen- pying a middle position over the sym- physis. The back teeth become small and are relatively shorter than the side teeth, presenting in this respect an approach to the form of the teeth described as. the valeocerdo latidens. in two species of galeocerdo which dit- fer in size, the serratures are constant and preserve a great uniformity; and the common character of the serratures seems to be, that which might be called compound, by which I mean, that each notch is itself notched, and it is possible that many of the species possessed this character more or less, but have lost it by wear in their nsage. tionre £9 shows the arrangement of the front teeth of the lower jaw in the galeocedo arcticus, and the position of a smal! series of teeth immediately above the simphysis. GALEOCERDO ADUNCTES. AGASS. Pooth oblique angulated, and winged on one side, or with the sides unequal. Anterior face convex, posterior rather flat. Serrate, serratures unequal, the first upon the wing the largest ; upon the arched edge the serratures are largest upon the lower half of the crown. NortH CarRoLiInaA GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 147 238 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. GLLEOCERDO EGARTONI. Tooth small, rather flat, lanceolate, slightly oblique, convex on both faces of the crown, but concave at the base on the outer face; root spreading widely, and obscurely wrinkled ; serratures sub-equal, serrate or finely lobed; the enamel ex- tends lower on the outer than the inner side. The latter character I am disposed to regard as its most distinguishable, for though the size of the teeth of this species may vary con- siderably, the character of the serratures will be preserved. GALEOCERDO SUB-CRENATUS, N. S. Tooth nearly upright, or with only a slight obliquity poste- riorly; anterior edge formed by an arch belonging to the lower half, while the apical extremity or half the edge is straight, posterior edge is also straight for two-thirds the dis- tance from the apex to the base, below which, the edge is drawn inwards; there is a constriction also on the opposite edge at the base of the crown; edges rather obsoletely cre- nate than serrate, smooth near the apex, and the smoother wing of the posterior edge stands at right angles to the axis of the crown; upper face rather flat, and marked by a faint rounded ridge extending from the base to the apex, and the surface slopes only from this ridge to the margins. The char- acteristics of this species will be gathered from the preceding description. The absence of distinct serratures, the form of the crown, its constriction at base, are the most important points, in which respects it differs from any which I have seen. GALEOCERDO PRISTODONTUS.—AGAss.—(Hic¢. 68.) Crown large, oblique; anterior edve irreeularly arched. and extending much farther upon the base than the opposite edge; upon the flat, or nearly flat face, or outer one, the ename! extends below that on the convex side; seratures unuequal. Rare in North-Caro- lina, but I have several specimens, and from Dr. Gibbs’s account of it, it seems to be still more rare in South-Carolina. 148 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 939 G. LATIDENS.—(Fig. 69.) Differs from the preceding in its pro- portional length of base, being considera- bly greater. The crown is low, and the enamel ex- tends lower upon the outer face; the sen- atures subequal; apex pointed. It is much more common than the G. pristodontus. GENUS LAMNA. Teeth rather flat, narrow and elongated; smooth, and usually furnished with appendages at base. LAMNA ELEGANS.—aAGass.—(Figs. 70, 71 & 71 4.) Tooth narrow, lanceolate; inner face quite convex, outer rather flat and smooth; the former regularly striate at base, Ere. (ll A. but towards the middle the striae degenerate into wrinkles; the outer ones are short, and but reach the edge of the tooth at base. The L. elegans is very common in the miocene beds of North-Carolina. Fig. 71 a, side view. L. (ODONTASPIS) CONTORTIDENS. Specimens which answer to the figures of this species, given by Prof. Gibbs, especially in the irregular form and absence Nortu Caro.ina Geot. Sur.: Emmons 149 940 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. of denticulations at base. In other characters there is only a slight difference between this and the L. elegans. They are found in the same beds. L. COMPRESSA. Compressed or flat, both faces convex and sub-equal, base irregularly denticulated; root wide and spreading. It differs widely from L. elegans and contortedens, but resembles the otodus; but Prof. Gibbs remarks that they are more lanciform, and the core more slen- der than the otodus. Figures 73 and 74 appear to belong to the lamna. They are rather thick and stout, and resembles very closely an oxyrhina. Mio- cene. HiGUrese iy TO kite. iO 80, and 81, eta ie the eo- Gene. Figs. 79 & S0. reas ont hy Fig. §1. L. CRASIDENS. Tooth thick and comparatively short; not very thick and projecting inwardly; inner face striate asin the preceding species. GENUS OTODUS. Tooth rather broad and flat, and armed with equal sharp denticles at base; root rather thick, projecting inward. OTODUS APPENDICULATUS.—AGASS. Tooth oblique, sharp or pointed, faces unequally convex; 150 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 241 denticles rather prominent and strong; line of base nearly horizontal; roots spreading widely, forming a very obtuse angle with each other. [have referred also the following figures of teeth to the genus otodus: 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. They all belong to the eocene formation, and occur ina layer near the top. They are from the plantation of Mr. Wadsworth, of Craven county. Figs. 82 & 83. [\ Fias. 84 & 83. (\ LY f \ f | ake VA vA ERS | NE GENUS CORAX. The following figures of teeth found in the eocene of Craven county. I am unable to refer them to species already desenb- ~ ed, viz: 82, 83, 84, 85. Fig. 82a. Fic. 88a. Fig. S4a. GENUS OboNTASPIS.—(Figs. 86a, 87a, 88a, 89a.) This genus should have followed laimna: I now introduce it for the purpose of re- ferring to odontaspis, (figs. 86 and $7, ; which appear to belong to this genus ra- ther than lamna. So, also, figs. 88 and 89, which are destitute of basal denticles: but the cutting edge of the crown extends over the fangs and is slightly expanded STREETSCENE on this part of the tooth; it preserves als: its cutting edge. Eocene of Craven county. IT have no facilities at hand which en- able me to make a correct reference of the eocene odontolites, and have to trust te Figs. 86a & 87a. 17 Nortu Caro.tina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 151 242 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. my memory in making the references to the genera to which they belong. CARCHARODON.—(Fig. 90.) Norr.—The annexed figure of a tooth, which may probably be referred to this genus, is confined to the eocene of Craven county. I have been unable to refer it to a species already made known. SUB ORDER.—THE RAYS. The rays are distinguished from sharks proper, by the flat- ness of their bodies. There are several species in the sea bordering the coast of North-Carolina, one of which is known by the name of sting ray. The rays form three families: 1, the pristides, familiarly known as the saw fishes, whose muz- zies are elongated into a flat long extension, armed on each margin by pointed teeth; 2, rajides, or rays, whose muzzle is simple, but whose tails are not armed with asting; 3, the mylhobatides, comprehending those rays whose tails are armed with a sting. The remains of the latter family are known in the tertiary and cretaceous of North-Carolina. Their teeth differ in form trom those of the sharks, and would scarcely be regarded as teeth at all, were it not for their oc- eurrence in the living species upon the coast. They are placed in the mouth in the form of a pavement, and occupy the areas within the mouth of both jaws. They differ in form from the pycnodonts in being angular. They are employed in crushing hard bodies, as the shells of the molusca. Their mouths are placed below, and well situated for seizing the animals upon which they feed. FAMILY PRISTIDES. Fish which have a prolonged, bony muzzle, armed with a ] ged, plain horizontal series of teeth upon each margin. GENtS Pristis.—(Fig. 93.) Single teeth broken from the flat plate near its junction save been found in the superior layer of the eocene in Cra- 152 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 243 ven county. One margin is grooved the whole length, and straight, the other is curved and grooved only at base. Figure the natural size. I have also found smaller ones, which belong apparently to the same species. Fie. 93. FAMILY MILIOBATIDES. Rays whose tails are provided with serratine stings. GENUS MILIOBATIS. Sting dentated upon one margin. No stings of this kind have as yet been met with. GENUS TRYGON. Sting with both margins dentated. TRYGON CAROLINENSIS.—N. 8. (Figs. 91 & 92.) Teeth in mosaic, the ends angular, they being bounded by six lateral planes. Sting serrate, (Figs. 94 & 95,) grooved longitudinally, rounded on one side. Fig. Fia. 91. Fig. 92. Fig. 94. Fig. 95. MY UVIRAI AY IWAN AAA RAR SSS SSS = =n“ fs ——— —— =o 0M) BAA AAW A Ie L/ 95 shows the form of a tranverse section. These specimens were found in the upper part of the eocene marl in Craven county, and as the teeth and stings were found in proximity, it is inferred that they belonged to one specie. CLASS GANOIDEA.—FAMILY PYCNODONTIDAE. This family possess teeth of a cylindrical form, and which are arranged upon both planes of the jaws in the form of a pavement. The longer axis lies across the mouth from side to side, but set in rows arranged from before backwards. The middle rows contain the longest teeth, and they diminish ::, length towards the sides of the mouth. An idea of this .:- Nortu Caro.ina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 153 244 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. rangement may be obtained by an inspection of the mouth of the mylliobates, the common sting ray of the coast. In this fish the teeth are set also in pavement, but they are not angular. Dut the teeth in the Pyenodonts are not placed with so much regularity as in the Myliobatides. Fig. 96 is figure of a tooth belonging to the back part of one of the middle rows of the pavement, or Fie. 96. mosaic. It may be called Pycnodus Carolinensis, The teeth of this species of fish oceur in the miocene lamna. The family of pycnodonts began their career in the Permian, but were the most numerous in the Jurassic period. Another species of pycnodont is represented by its tooth in fig. 97, which appears to be much less com- mon than the preceding. SCALE CF A GANOID.—(Fig. 98.) A single scale (fig. 98,) was found in the miocene upon the Cape Fear. The fish was closely related to the gar-pike, (le- pidosteus.) of most of the Ame- ricanrivers. Thescale occupied a position in the first row of scales back of the head. The fish of this class had already be- come rare at the commencement of this epoch. The gar-pike is the only surviving one of this tamily in the American waters. CLASS CYCLOIDEA.—(Figs. 99, 100.) The annexed figures represent a pe- culiar form of fish teeth, which are quite common in some of the marl beds in Edgecombe county. They were attach- ed by ligament, and probably occupied a position in the throat. Fics: 99 & 100. 154 BuLuLeTIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 245 CHAPTER: X Vili MOLLUSCA. CLASS—CEPHALOPODA. This class embraces those mollusca, whose locomotive or- gans are attached to the head. They have the form of mus- cular arms or tentacles. Besides the arms surrounding the head, they have fins and an apparatus by which they ean pro- pel themselves through the water by its ejection in a stream. Some are covered by a shell, coiled in a vertical plane, as the nautilus; others are naked or destitute of an external shell, but have an internal one, which varies much in form in the different families. Their eyes are well developed and their mouths are provi- ded with jaws somewhat similar to the mandibles of a bird. They are predatory and live on fish, crabs and shell fish. The most remarkable part of the apparatus by which they seize their prey, are the circular discs arranged on the under side of their arms, by which they are enabled to produce in- stantaneously a vacuum when applied to the surface of a fish or a slightly yielding body. By this arrangement they are able to seize and held most securely their captives, and de- vour them at leisure. Asa means of escape from enemies more powerful than themselves, they are provided with a bag or sac filled witha dark fluid which they can eject at will, and thereby discolor the surrounding water and escape unseen. This sac is called the ink-bag, and the liquid is employed for the manufacture of the India ink. Even the consolidated fluid in the fossil ink-bags is used for this purpose. This class is a large one, and the species which compose it are found in all seas. They were also extremely numerous in ancient times, and their hard parts as external and internal shells are preserved as relics of extinct races. One of the most common fossils of the green sand is the Belemnite,* which is an internal shell, though its form is quite unlike one. * From belemnon, a dart. NortH Caro.Lina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 155 946 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. BELEMNITELLA AMERICANA.—(Fig. 101.) The belemnitella is sub-cylindrical and tapering to a point from its base. The sides are marked by numerous ramose furrows, though they are arranged without much order, and being crowded they give the surface a granulated appearance. The base has a fissure which extends through the wall to a conical chamber. On the back, there is an ele- vated convex surface, narrow toward the base, but widens towards the apex, where it is lost. This genus presents a great variety in form and size; but the foregoing characters are its constant characteristics. It occurs at Black Rock and Ttocky Point, and is one of the characteristic fos- sils of the green sand. It is found also in the miocene beds, but is there by accident. Fra. 101. Bre. 1038. Hreido2: BELEMNITELLA COMHRESSA.—N. 8. (Fig. 102.) Shell slender, transverse sec- tion elliptical at base, and it be- comes gradually more flattened to its apex; the fissure of the base is short; surface uneven and somewhat irregular. This species is entirely destitute of the granulations, or the convex surface of the preceding species. The green sand of North-Caro- lina is poor in cephalopods. I have not yet observed either an ammonite or nautilus, though they occur sparingly in the cocene. In the eocene of Craven county I found numerous specimens of the bony or horny cores of the jaws of cephalopods. I have not been able to determine the family to which they belong. Fig. 104 represents their form and size. They occur only in the up- 156 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 247 per part of the formation associated with sharks’ teeth, anc teeth and stings of one or two species of ray. CLASS GASTEROPODA.—FAMILY MURICIDAE. The muricidae are generally readily distinguished by their roughness occasioned by the periodical expansion of its lip. These being permanent, the shell is strongly marked by the rough shelly expansions along the lines of growth, as in the murex. The shell preserves its spiral form; the outer lip is entire behind, and the front prolonged in a straight canal. The eyes of this family are sessile and seated on tentacles: the animal has a broad foot. GENUS MUREX.—LINN. ROCK SHELL. The shell is ronghened, or winged with the periodica! ex- pansions of its lip, which are permanent after it has advanced to a mature state. MUREX UMBRIFER—CON.—CERASTOMA UMBRIFER—TOUMEY AND HOLMES—FOSSILS SOUTH-CAROLINA FROM CON. Mss.—(Fig. 104a.) Rec soda Shell fusiform ; whiris ESR, subcarinated, or angulat- Ve en ed and provided with, six foliated and rather broad reflexed lamina, spirally arranged. Mi- ocene Cape Fear River. MUREX GLoBosA.—(Fig. 105 a.) Shell rather globose, or obtusely fusiform, and with four principal varices; intermediate ones irregular and spirally, traversed by many angular ridges, body whirl inflated, aper- ture oval, peristome continuous, and extended posteriorly on the body whirl, forming an angulated canal; outer lip ridged within and crenulated on the margin; collumela lip ridged, Nortu Caroiina GEor. Sur.: Emmons 57 BAS NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. and one ridge at the posterior angle; beak reflexed. Mio- eene of the Cape Fear River; half the natural size. a Af ih MUREX SEXxcosTaTa.—(Hig. 106.) Shell fusiform, with three spinous varices, and traversed spirally by angular ridges. Canal closed beak slightly reflexed. The body whirl has six ridges or ribs, with an intermediate lesser ridge. Shell imperfect. Fic. 106. BUSICON CARICA, CON—PYRULA CARICA, GOULD, FULGUR CARICA, CON. This shell is pyriform, swollen, thick and heavy. The outside is ornamented by transverse striae, and also with compressed tubercles, which stand upon the most prom- inent part of the body whirl. The outer lip is simple and sharp, pillar lip flexuous and concave above. The suture of this species is not channelled, neither has it a turrited spire. It is one of the most common fossils of cer- 158 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 249 tain marl beds upon the Cape Fear river, but is less common upon the Neuse. It is one of the common living species upon the Atlantic coast. BUSICON PERVERSUM, CCN PYRULA PERVERSA, REEVE.—(Fig. 107.) This shell is also pear-shaped and swollen. The prominent part of the whirl is ornamented with tubercles, and is also coronated; the whirls are turned to the left. It is common upon the coast. It is very abundant in a post pliocene de- posit at Beaufort, but is also often met with upon the Cape Tear. Fig. 107. BUSICON CANICULATUM, CON.—PYRULA CAN- ICULATA, GOULD.—FULGUR CANICULA- TUM, con.—(Iig. 108.) Shell somewhat pear-shaped, spire de- pressed, and ornamented with revolving lines; body whirl swollen ; canal long and_ straight; suture channelled. Com- mon on the coast, and ra- ther common, also, in the miocene. PYRULA CAROLINEUSIS—TUO- MEY AND HOLMEL,—H. TER- TIARY FOSSILS OF SOUTH- CAROLINA. Description: “Shell, pear-shaped; spire short, depressed ; suture profoundly canaliculated, margined by the obtuse ca- rina at the angle of the whirl; body whirl truncated above; angular whirls of the spire angulated in the middle, and in- * Fossils of South-Carolina,—Tuomey and Holmes, p. 145-’6. Norty Caro.tina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 159 250 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. clined slightly to the summit, having fine revolving lines in- distinct, but prominent and waved on the base of the body- whirl; canal long and tapering.” Miocene marl, Cape Fear. PYRULA SPIRATA, LAM.—FULGUR PYRULOIDES. SAY.—FULGUB PYRUM, CON. Shell pyriform ; spire depressed obtuse; whirls flattened, and traversed by numerous revolving lines; suture canicula- ted. It still lives upon the coast, and is common in the post pleiocene of North-Carolina. Bete 10h. PYRULA RETICULATA—-LAM—SYCOTYPUS RETICU- Latus. (Fig. 109.) Shell thin, cancellated; spire very short: surface marked by revolving lines, which are intersected by longitudinal ones, giving the shell its reticulated appearance or character. Occurs both in the miocene and post pleio- cene beds, particularly at Beaufort. It is of- ten much larger than the figure. Fie. 110. FUSUS LAM. The genus Fusus is distinguished by its straight open canal and the ab- sence of plaits upon the columella. FUSUS QUADRIcosTATus.—(Fig. 110.) Shell thick, spire depressed, body whirl, inflated and ornamented by four elevated equidistant spiral belts, umbilicus large.-—Newbern. FUSUS EQUALIS.—N. 8.—(Fig. 111.) Shell thick, spire rather short, conical; whirls eight round- ed and somewhat ventricose, and ornamented by numerous 160 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 951 spiral subequal lines, coarser and more distant upon the back and ros- trum; aperture and rostrum rather less than twice the length of the spire; outer lip ridged internally ; pillar hp spirally ridged. Miocene of Cape Fear River. FUSUS EXILIS.—(Fig. 111 a.) Riga: Shell fusiform, spire elongated, composed of seven whirls, orna- mented by revolving striae and longitudi- nalribs; aperture one half the length of the / shell. FUSUS LAMELLOSUS.—N. s.—(T'ig 112.) Shell small, fusiform; spire composed of five or six whirls, ornamented with ten strong sealari- form ribs, each rib on the body is composed of three sharp crenulated plates, the one in the middle being the largest. FUSUS MONILIFORMIS.—N. 8.—(Tig. 123.) Shell small; whirls four, ornamented with raised beaded spiral lines, between which there are lines nearly sim- ple; spire rather shorter than the aperture; aperture oval; canal short; the two upper whirls are smooth. Miocene of Cape Fear. Rare. FASCIOLARIA. This genus is characterized by its elongated fusiform shape, its round or angular whirls, open canal, and its folds upon columellar lip, which is more or less tortuous. The folds upon the lip are quite oblique, and two or three in number. NortuH CAROLINA GEOL. SuR.: EMmMons 161 252. NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. FASCIOLARIA DISTANS.—LAM. (Fig. 113.) Fie. 113. This shellat first sight appears smooth, but a careful inspection shows that it is finely striated longitudinally ; its spire is composed of six or seven convex or pro- minent whirls, and its pillar has but one plait. It is a common shell upon the coast, and in the post pleiocene at Beaufort, but not uncommon in the miocene of Cape Fear. FASCIOLARIA ELEGANS.—N. Ss. (Fig. 114.) Shell elongated, acute; whirls eight rounded, ornamented with wide, and finely striated ribs; striae transverse to the ribs, or longitudinal; ribs of the body whirl, about fifteen, the middle of the body-whirl upon the outer lip, the four widest ribs alternate with three narrow ones; plaits three, concealed within the pillar lip; spire longer than the aper- ture. This shell is rare in the miocene of North-Carolina. It would pass for fusus if the pillar ip was not examined just within the aperture, the plaits reaching only to its edge, but they are strong and well developed through its entire length. It is possible this shell may have been previously described, but its broad, flat and very prominent ribs are so peculiar, that if observed and described, it could scarcely escape detection. Figure halt the natural size. 162 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Le) Or iss) FASCIOLARIA SPARROWI.—N. s. (Fig. 115.) Shell rather thick, turbinate : whirls six or seven rounded, or- namented with spiral, and rather rounded ribs; ribs of the body- whirl, about ten, striated longitu- dinally, but obliquely striated on the upper part of the whirl; plaits. three upon the pillar lip; the ribs alternate, being coarser and finer for the ribs which belong strictly to the aperture; aperture larger than the spire. \ nn ‘N\ ‘i wt A st) res yl > ON lead This species is quite distinct from the former, the ribs are less numerous, flatter, and the striae are partly oblique and partly lon- gitudinal, or in the direction ot the axis of the shell. The five upper whirls have varices in both species. tare in the miocene marl bed of Mrs. Purdys, Bladen county. One-half the size. This fine fossil is dedicated to Thos. Sparrow, Esq., of Beau- fort county. FASCIOLARIA ALTERNATA.—N. 8. Shell rather small, but thick turbinate; whirls six or sever: slightly inflated, body whirl elongated and ornamented with strong spiral lines, and with fine ones between, but which are frequently obsolete. All the whirls are tuberculated. Spire shorter than the aperture Plaits two FASCIOLARIA NopULOSA.—N. 8. (Fig. 116.) Shell rather thick, whirls about seven, all nodulose or Nortu CAROLINA GEOL. SuR.: EMMONS 163 254 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ornamented with varices and spiral subequal striae. Mi- ocene of the Cape Fear river. Fig. 116. Brq@s War FASCIOLARIA ACUTA.—-N. Bee aioe lal 7.) Shell elongated, a- cute, whirls about sev- en, ornamented by spiral subequal ribs, with obsolete ones be- tween them, six upper whirls have also equal varices; longitudinal striae very fine, aper- ture shorter than the spire. Miocene of the Cape Fear river. CANCELLARIA CAROLINENSIS. N.S.) ACE ee calls) Shell thick, angulated, whirls few, oblique, carinated and ornamented by two subspinous spiral bands, body whirl trans- Aa Gam versely, rugose towards the aperture, rugae subcrenulated, aperture trian- gular, and acute in front, umbillicus large, open, and funnel shaped. I should have hesitated to have placed this interesting fossil in the genus cancellaria were it not that a closely allied species, the C. acutan- gulata, Faujas, is thus referred by high authority. The C. acutangulata is one of the characteristic fossils of the miocene beds of Dax, south of France. Its surface is is ornamented like a cancellaria, but the aperture in both the Dax and North-Carolina specimens is triangular, but both have rather obsolete folds upon the pillar lip ; they are rather more obscure in our specimen than in that from Dax. The 164 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 255 existence of this interesting fossil in North-Carolina proves the close analogy between the miocene of France and that of the southern States, and it seems that the new species really replaces the C. acutangulata in our miocene beds. Iam indebted to I. Lea, Esq., of Philadelphia, for speci- mens for comparison. It oceurs at Mr. Flowers’ marl bed on the Cape Fear. Bladen county. CANCELLARIA RETICULATA.—(Fig. 119.) Shell thick, ovate, spire acute, whirls about six, and angulat- ed and ornamented by prominent, longitudinal and revolving ridges, which produce a cancellated surface. Columulla with Feo n19. several strong oblique sharp folds; outer lip traversely ridged within. RANELLA CAUDATA.—(Fig 120.) Shell turbinate, winged ; Ried on whirls four or five, angulat- ed and strongly ridged longi- tudinally ; surface traversed by lesser revolving ridges. Two opposite ridges are pro- duced more than the others, ene of which forms the margin of the outer lip; canal long and straight. Common on the coast, and rather rare in the miocene of North-Carolina. FAMILY BUCCINIDAE.—BUCCINUM MULTIRUGA- tuM.—con. (Fig. 121.) Shell thick, ovate; spire composed of five whirls, marked with deep impressed revolving lines; apex rather obtuse; col- umella, with a strong fold at base and a slight prominence at the base of the body whirl; bicarinate, aperture greater than halt the length of the shell. Miocene of Cape Fear River. Nortu CAROLINA GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 165 256 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. BUCCINUM PORCINUM.—sAy.—(Tfig. 122.) Shell thick, fusiform; spire composed of five or six whirls, ribbed longitudinally, and marked with num- erous raised revolving lines; beak short and only slightly reflexed ; outer lip marked with- in by numerous ridges. Buecinum vibe. buccinum trivittatum and obsoletum are as- sociated with the preceding species. BUCCINUM MULTILINEATUM.—N. s.—(Fig. 124.) Shell small and thick, turreted; whirls six, and marked by many impressed spiral lines. between which there are also many narrow flat spiral bands: Fig. 128. luce, NY Fie. 170. Bie, 125: BiGs 24. whirls furnished with strong longitudinal ribs, interrupted at the suture, aperture, ovate and less than half the length of the shell; canal short and directed backwards; the body whir! has about thirteen ribs. Rare in the miocene of Cape Fear. BUCCINUM MONILIFORMIS.—N. s.—(Pig. 125.) Shell small, thick and robust, rugose; whirls about six. and ornamented with moniliform ribs. This shell, though small, has all the marks of being mature. The flat spiral bands. which as they cross the ribs and give them a beaded appear- ance, are strongly marked on all the whirls. Rare in the miocene of Cape Fear. 166 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 257 BUCCINUM BIDENTATUM.—(Fig. 126.) Shell quite small, thick, robust; whirls about five, two upper smooth, the others are ornamented with Fig. 126. ribs and spiral bands; aperture oval, acute behind, outer lip furnished with two rather prominent teeth, or short ridges; canal wide and very short. BUCCINUM OBsoLETUM.—(Fig 127.) Surface granulated; spire shorter than the body. The commun species of the coast ; is rare in the miocene of North- Fig. 128. Carolina. The specimen figured was a young shell, and broken. GALEODIA Hopelt—con. (Hig. 128., Shell rather thick ; elliptical, ob- tuse; whirls about five, inflated, and ornamented with numerous fine spiral lines, which are quite prominent at base; these, with tlie fine lines of growth, give the sur- face a cancellated appearance ; collumellar lip marked with many irregular plicae; aperture nearly twice the length of the spire. Mi- ocene of Cape Tear. EREBRA DISLOCATUM 3 SAY.—ACUS DISLOCATUM. Shell thick, elongated, acute ; whirls many, shghtly convey, upper portion constricted, forming a revolving band, paralle! to which, there are numerous spiral raised lines; lines of growth longitudinal and conspicuous, which give to the sur. face a reticulated appearance. Common in the miocene marls of North Carolina. 18 NortH Caro.ina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 167 258 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. TEREBRA UNILINEATA; TUOMEY AND HOLMES—FOSSILS OF SOUTH- CAROLINA.—(Fig. 129.) Shell thick, elongate bands alternate, acute, tapering gradually to a point ; whirls many, seventeen or eighteen, and ornamented by revolving impressed lines, and passing just above the middle of the whirl; the upper part of the spire is also marked by short longitudinal ribs, which are interrupted by spiral lines. Oblique lines of growth are usually conspicuous. In old specimens, the ribs are obsolete. Common in the miocene of North-Caro- lina. TEREBRA NEGLECTA.—N. S. Shell terete; spire composed of many whirls, traversed spirally by a deeply impressed line, dividing it into two un- yiiz! parts; the lower has three or four interrupted spiral! “ines, the upper, none. The ribs of the upper part are more obtuse than the lower, and die out before they reach the di- viding impressed line; in the lower, they cross it*from line tc une. In this species, the revolving lines are fewer than in the f. dislocatum, and in the latter, they are common to both parts of the whirl. In the unilineata, there is but one dis- “net revolving line. DOLIEM OoTocosTaTuM.—wN. s. (Fig. 129 a.) Shell smal], thin; whirls three, infla- ted; body-whirl ornamented with eiglit spiral ribs, connected by short bars, peristome interrupted; aperture ovate ; umbilicus small. open; outer lip erenu lated. 1G. 129 a. Fic. 181. 168 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 259 OLIVA; LAM.—STREPHONA} BROWN. The olives are shells of great beauty, being highly polished and covered with a porcellanous enamel, the surface of which is marked by spots and bands of a great variety of colors. The shell is cylindrical, dense and heavy; the spire is short, with channelled sutures, and the aperture long and narrow; the anterior part is notched; the columella is callous and stri- ated obliquely. The body-whirl is furrowed near the base. The olives are the inhabitants of warm climates, and are very active. OLIVA LITERATA.—sAY. (Fig. 130.) Shell cylindrical, thick and polished; spire depressed; vo- lutions angular and channelled; apex acute; outer lip sharp, inner marked with numerous sharp folds; aperture linear, in- cised above and notched below. This shell is very common in many of the miocene marl beds in the State. It is also living and common on the coast. The fossil frequently retains the polish of the living shell; the colors have disappeared. OLIVA ANCILLARIAEFORMIS.—LEA, Shell small, oval, thick, and polished; spire elevated, acute ; suture channelled; aperture narrow; inner lip thickened by eallus and marked by a few cbscure folds. The foregoing description applies to a small oliva, with a large amount of callus upon its inner lip; but it appears to be a thicker shell than the one to which I have referred it. It is the most common upon the Cape lear river. OLIVA. An oliva, (fig. 131a,) larger than the preceding, and more eylindrical, and having a higher spire, is occasionally found in the miocene beds of the Cape Fear. It has six whirls, and the folds upon the inner lip extend to the suture. OLIVA CANALICULATA.—LEA. With this addition to the olives, we have four or five species belonging to the miocene period. NortH CaArRo.LiInA GEOL. Sur.: EMMoNsS 169 960 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. FAMILY CYPREIDAE. The shells in this family are remarkable for their forms, polish and beauty. They are rolled as a scroll, and are cov- ered with a porcellanous enamel. The spire is concealed, the aperture is long and narrow, and the outer lip is inflexed and thickened. It comprehends the beautiful, spotted and banded shells known as the cowry. CYPRAEA CAROLINENSIS.—(Fig. 131.) Fig. 181. Shell ovate, flattened on the side of the aperture; outer lip prominent at the apex; margins of the lips ornamented with num- erous plaits, and receding from each other, beginning at the most prominent part of the whirl. In some of the miocene beds it is quite common. CYPREA PEDICULUS. It isa small ovate shell, and transversely ribbed, and with a narrow groove along the back. T have not yet met with it in the marl beds of this State, though it appears to be common in South Carolina. MITRA CAROLINENSIS.—(Fig. 182.) Shell fusiform, thick, or elongate, and tapering towards each extremity; whirls slightly convex, channeled above, and traversed by numerons spiral raised lines ; columella lip, furnished with numerous oblique plaits, of which the upper one is the strongest;.canal wide and straight. Miocence marl of North-Carolina. The shel! is often found much larger than the figure. 170 BuLLeETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 261 MARGINELLA OLIVAEFORMIS.—PORCELLANA OLIVAEFORMIS TUOMEY & HOLMES, FOSSILS OF SOUTH-CAROLINA, p. 181.—(Iig. 138.) “Shell elongated, oval; spire profoundly obtuse; aperture linear ; aban, on outer lip) tumid, reflexed, profusely cre- nulated within; columella with three raised plaits.” With this description, several specimens agree, which ] have found in the marl beds. It is, however, rare. Hie. 158, res 19368 Fie. 183. (F Fie. 189. Q ?) \ h FIG: 137, BiG: 13s Fig MARGINELLA LIMATULA.—(T*ig. 134.) Shell ovate; spire short; outer lip unequally crenulated : columella lip four plaited; aperture contracted above by de- position of callus. MARGINELLA CONSTRICTA.—N. 8. (Hig. 135.) Shell polished, cylindrical ; spire short ; aperture constricted in the middle by the imbending of the outer lip; plaits four crowded at the base; margin of the outer lip smooth. MARGINELLA OVATA.—N. §. (Fig. 136.) Shell ovate; spire much depressed; aperture uniform; outer lip marked with numerous crenulations within ; colu- mella with six or seven plaits, the upper becoming obsolete. MARGINELLA INFLEXA.—N. 8s. (Mig. 187.) Shell oval; spire somewhat elevated; obtuse at base; mar- gin of the outer lip inflexed above the se alle ; smooth cide: plaits four, and very prominent upon the inner lip. Differs from the constricta in the height of the spire. NortH CAROLINA GEoL. Sur.: EMMoNS 171 262 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. MARGINELLA ELEVATA.—N. 8. (Fig. 238.) The thickened outer lip and the plaits of the inner, show this to belong to the genus marginella, though it has a close resemblance to an oliva in the elevation of the spire; whirls four. ERATO LAEVIS?—(Fig. 139.) Shell obtusely ovate; wide at the base of the spire, spire depressed; both lips crenulate, but most distinct upon the outer lip; resembles very closely’ a marginella. Miocene marl of Cape Fear river. (Rare.) It is difficult to distinguish this from the English species with the aid only of figures. It may be indentical, and I have therefore referred it to the English species. FAMILY VOLUTIDAE. The volutes have a thick, short ornamented shell. The spire is particularly so, and it is also provided with a mamil- lated apex. Aperture is large and elongated, and the colu- mella has several plaits. VOLUTA MUTABILIS.—CON. The shell is fusiform and thick, and has a conical spire and a papillated apex; whirls, convex and contracted near the sutures, and the two principal whirls are ornamented with short ribs; lines of growth distinct, and crossed by faint re- volving lines; plaits, two and rather distant, and faint indica- tions of an intermediate one. Found in the miocene of the Cape Fear river. VOLUTA TRENHOLMII: TUOMEY & HOLMES, FOSSILS OF SOUTH-CAR- onina, p. 128.—(Trig. 140.) “Shell fusiform, ventricose ; whirls compressed above, spi- rally and transyersely striated ; striae wrinkled and coarse at base; spire short and sub-cancellated, papillated; aper- ture semi-lunar; outer lip acute, smooth within; columella lip very thin, decumbent, almost obsolete, semi-callous, not distinguishable from the body-whirl, but by outline and color. 172 BuLueTIn 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 263 Columellar tumid, tortuous; obliquely plaited with three folds.” Fic. 140 VOLUTA OBTUSA.—wN. 8. (Fig. 141.) Shell fusiform, contracted above the body-whirl, and forming thereby a sub-cylindrical spire; spire obtuse apex papillated and hook- Fic. 141. ed; body-whirl plaited longitudinally at its top: columellar lip furnished with only two plaits. Mr. Flowers miocen+ marl, Bladen county. FAMILY CONIDAE. As the name implies, the shells are conical from the grea: preponderance of the body whirl over the short depresséc spire. The aperture is long and narrow, and the onter lpi notched near its suture. CONUS ADVERSARTUS—con.—(T'ig. 142.) Shell conical and turned to the left; the surface is marker by revolving lines; towards the face of the pillar lip the lines are strong; whirls of the spire rather concave; edges sub- earinated ; labrum sharp, edge convex, and forming a sinus near the suture. Common in all the marl, beds upon the Neuse and Cape I’ear rivers. CONUS DILuiviANvs.—(I*ig. 143.) Shell conical, much smaller than the preceeding, and the whirls are turned to the right; surface markings the same: the revolving lines are less oblique than in the C. adversarins Nortu Caro.ina GEot. Sur.: Emmons 173 264 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. They are associated together in about equal numbers. Neither species are found in older beds. Fig. 142. Fig. 148. Fic. 180. Fic. 13la PLEUROTOMA LUNATUM.—LEA. TURRIS LUNATUM.—FOsSILS Of souTH-CcARoLINA.—(Hig. 144.) Shell thick, elongate, acute, subfusiform; strongly and obliquely ribbed; spire, eight whirled, angulated above and ornamented by a narrow sutural band. The upper part of the whirls are construct- ed so as to present to the eye a narrow spirai band. Rather common in the mar! of Cape Fear river. PLEUROTOMA LIMATULA.—con. (Fig. 145.) Shell rather small, sub-fusiform ; spire com- posed of five or six whirls; whirls constricted above and sub-angulated, forming a sutura! spiral collar; ribs oblique and coarse. It is about one inch long. PLEUROTOMA COMMUNIS.—CON. Shell small, sub-fusiform ; whirls about six, indistinct; body- whirl traversed spirally by four other sharp ridges. 174 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 265 PLEUROTOMA ELEGANS.—N. 8. (Fig. 146.) Shell small, sub-turrited; whirls, about nine, constricted above, ornamented by numerous longitudinal ribs, and tra- versed by many fine raised spiral lines, which become very distinct upon the pillar lip. The spiral lines are very regular and equi-distant. The body whirl has about sixteen ribs. Figure natural size. Fie. 148. Fic. 147. Fig. 145. Fia. 146. PLEUROTOMA TUBERCULATA.—N. 8. (Tig. 147.) Shell small, thick, sub-acute ; whirls, seven or eight; apex sib-tuberculated, constricted above, and traversed spirally by rather coarse raised lines; apex papillated, and the first whirl is spirally lined, and without tubercles or short ribs. It is more widely constricted than the preceding. PLEUROTOMA FLEXUOSA.—N. 8s. (Tig. 148.) Shell small, thick, sub-turbinate; whirls, seven or eight. and ornamented by flexuose ribs, which extend across the whirl; ribs alternating with those of the adjacent whut. There are about ten ribs belonging to the body-whirl. FAMILY NATICIDAE. The genus Natica belongs to a family of shells which ig characterised by a globular form, few whirls, or a low and obtuse spire, a semilunar aperture, an acute outer lip, and an umbilicus often covered, wholly or in part, by a thick cal- Ins. The species are all marine. NATICA HEROS.—SAY. Fig. 149. ‘Shell sub-globose, spire depressed, whirls four, convex ; lines of growth obscure ; aperture, ovate; umbilicus simple and rather large. Nortu Caro.tina GEot. Sur.: EMMons 175 266 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. This species is common in the miocene marl of North- Carolina. It is also living upon the coast, but is more abun- dant, according to Dr. Gould, north of Cape Cod than south of it. NATICA DUPLICATA.—SAy. I["ic. 150. Shell thick, ovate; spire somewhat prominent and pyrami- dal by the compression of the whirls; and surface marked by faint revolving lines; the lines of growth more distant; umbilicus partially closed by a thick dense eallus. Fias. 150. watica.—(Hig. 151.) Shell thick, spire depressed; umbilicus perfectly closed by a thick rough callus, which extends to the angle where it be- comes much thickened; suture distinct. It agrees with the vlausa in part, but it is a much larger shell, being one inch and eiglit-tenths in diameter. Fossils answering in size te the clausa exist in the miocene marl on the Cape Fear river. 176 BuLLeETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 967 NATICA CANRENA.—Fig. 152. Shell rather thick, lines of growth surrounding the spire, very distinct, resembling wrinkles; umbilicus partially closed with callus. Occurs frequently in the miocene marl of North-Carolina. HanGepalenile Fic. 149, NATICA FRAGILIS.—(Fig. 153. Shell small, surface marked by revolving lines and lines oi growth, which give it a cancellated appearance. Nortu Caro.ina GEot. Sur.: Emmons 177 268 NORTH-OAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. FAMILY PYRAMIDELLIDAE. This family, when restricted to existing species, embraces shells of a small size, and which are spiral slender, pointed and turrited; aperture small, and the columella has one or more prominent plaits. Shells which, in form, bear a very close resemblance to this family, are found in very ancient rocks, but which, in comparison with those of the present day, were of a gigantic size. PYRAMIDELLA ARENOSA.—con. (Mig. 154.) Shell smooth, and still somewhat polished, subulate; suture angularly channelled, columella with two folds; outer lip pro- vided with three teeth. It is arare shell in the miocene of North-Carolina. Fig. 154. Fig. 161. Fig. 158. Fia. 160. BirGamltone PYRAMIDELLA RETICULTA.—N. 8. (Fig. 155.) Shell turrited; whirls, six or seven, and ornamented by numerous longitudinal ribs, and less distinct spiral lines giv- ing the surface a reticulated appearance; columella three plaited. It closely resembles the P. elaborata—H. EH. Lea. Fia. 155. Fig. 156. Fre. 159. Fic. 162. Fia. 164. & cuEemnitz1A.—(Tig. 156.) Shell slender, elongated; many whirled; whirls longitudin- ally plaited and marked by obscure spiral lines; aperture simple, ovate. Rather rare in the shell marl at Magnolia. 178 BuLieTin 249 na] NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 26 OHEMNITZIA RETICULATA.—N. 8. (Fig. 156a.) It has six reticulated whirls, and about six revolving ridges to each whirl. Miocene of Lenoir. Fic. 180. Fig. 156a. Fia. 166. Fia. 165. GENUS EULIMA 3 RISSO. Shell small, white, polished, porcellanous, elongated, whirls numerous, flat; outer lip sharp, but thickened within; pillar lip reflected over the columella. EULIMA LAEVIGATA.—PASITHEA LAEVIGATA.—H. E. LEA. (Fig 157.) Shell small, acute, rather conical, polished and porcellan- ous; whirls, about nine; suture, obscure linear. EULIMA SUBULATA.—N. 8s. (Hig. 158.) Shell subulate, porcellanous; whirls, nine or ten, slightly convex; sutural space rather wide ; aperture elongated. This shell is not uncommon in the shell or miocene marl of Lenoir county. FAMILY CERITHIADAE—CERITHIUM (TRIPHORIS) MONILIFERUM! H. gE. LEA—(Pig. 159.) Shell subulate, sinistral, thick, costate, sutures small; whirls, ten, flat; ribs three, moniliform; columella smooth; canal short and deep. ceRrtTHiuM.—(Fig. 160.) Shell small, elongated; whirls, many, slightly convex, or- namented with numerous longitudinal ribs, which extend across the whirl; canal short and deep. CERITHIUM ANNULATUM.—N. 8. (Fig. 161.) Shell small but thick; whirls many, ornamented with three NortH Caro.Lina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 179 270 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. sharp spiral ridges. These ridges are but slightly oblique to the axis of the shell. CERITHIUM BICOSTATA.—N. §. (Fig. 162.) Shell small, thick, tapering from the base; whirls many, and ornamented with two spiral, nodulose ribs. TEREBELLUM ETIWANENSIS.—-TOUMEY AND HOLMES—FOSSILS OF SOUTH-CAROLINA. Shell subulate; whirls many, pointed, flattened and orna- mented with two sharp spiral ribs; sutural line deep, especi- ally below. This shell presents considerable variation in passing from its immature to its mature state. In the young the spiral! ridges are placed near the suture, and the space between is concave; the waving lines of growth gives it an obscurely beaded appearance. It is the most common univalve in the marl beds of Edgecombe county. TEREBELLUM CONSTRICTUM.—N. 58. Shell rather thin terete; whirls many convex; lower ones deeply constricted on the line of suture, and ornamented by two principal raised revolving lines placed nearer the lower margin than the upper ; the finer parallel lines are numerous: longitudinally,the spireis frequently marked by obsolete ribs ; lines of growth indistinct. It differs from the T. Etiwanensis in the position of the principal revolving lines. and the lower rounded whirls. TREREBELLUM BURDENIL—TOUMEY & HOLMES. FOSSILS OF SOUTH-CAROLINA, P. 12%. (Fig. 163.) “ Shell subulate, turrited ; whirls flatten- ed, spirally ribbed and transversely striated, which give the ribs a beaded character.” 180 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 271 SCALARIA MULTISTRIATA.—(Fig. 164.) Shell, small whirls numerous, rather convex and ornament- ed with many sharp longitudinal ribs. All the specimens of this species of scalaria which fell under my observation were imperfect at the aperture. Shell marl of Lenoir county. SCALARIA CURTA.—N. 8. (fig. 165.) Shell thin and delicate; whirls about four, ornamented with rather flexuose, sharp, longitudinal ribs. Shell marl of Lenoir eounty. SCALARIA CLATHRUS.-—(I"ig. 166.) All the specimens of this species, when found, were im- pertect. It differs from the preceding in having transverse ribs between the longitudinal ones. PETA LOCONCHUS.-—-LEA.—PETALOCONCHUS SCULPTURATUS. (Fig. 169.) yermiform, tubular, provided with two longitudinai plates internally; externally it has nodulose ribs or costae. The shell is curiously twisted into knots. but sometimes it is rolled up into a coil somewhat conical, as in the figure, after which it is coiled irrecularly. It is very common in the miocene marl beds of the State. FAMILY LITORINIDAE.-—LITORINA LINEATA.—WN. 3. (Fig. 170.) Shell rather small, thick conical ; whirls tive aearly Hat, and the two lower are ornamented with many spiral ridges, which are crossed by obsenre lines of growth ; three upper whirls smooth. NortTH Caro.ina GEoL. Sur.: Emmons 181 272 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. FAMILY TURBINIDAE—TROCHUS PHILANTROPUS.—(Fig. 167.) Shell conical, but rather depressed ; whirls slightly angular at base, and orna- mented with spiral beaded lines, alternat- ing in size. Fig. 167. Trrocuus.—(Iig. 168.) It appears to differ from T. armillatus, but Tam unable to refer it to any of the Fic. 168. species described in the miocene beds. DELPHINULA QUADRICOSTATA.—N. 8. (Fig. 180.) Shell small, thin; whirls, few, angulated and furnished with four ribs, which are crossed by lines of growth; aperture an- gular. Found occupying the interior of the large univalve shells of the miocene. ADEORBIS.—Woob. (Tig. 181.) I have placed this figure under this genus, though it does not agree with it in every particular. FAMILY TORNATELLIDAE. This family has a convoluted shell; it is cylindrical, or sub- cylindrical, with a long narrow aperture; columella plaited. TORNATINA CYLINDRICA.—N. 8. (Fig. 182.) FG. 182. Shell small, convoluted, cylindrical, porcel- Janous, or polished; spire depressed; whirls. angulated ; suture channelled; aperture long and narrow; outer lip arcuate ; columella with one fold. This small shell resembles a cyprea, or some of the smaller species of olivas. tis not uncommon in the miocene; it is usually found in the cavities of the larger univalves. 182 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 273 FAMILY HELICIDAE—LAND-SHELLS.—HELIX TRIDENTATA. (Fig. 183.) Shell depressed, or flattened, convex ; whirls, four and ob- liquely wrinkled; aperture contracted and furnished with two teeth on the outer lip, and one upon the inner lip; the latter is curved. Fic. 186. Fig. 185. Fig. 184. Fic. 183. H. LABYRINTHIOA.—(T*ig. 184.) Shell small and of a conical form; whirls, six and marked with oblique lines of growth; lip reflexed; inner lip furnished with a single iooth extending within the shell. FAMILY LIMNEIDAE.—FRESH-WATER SHELLS.—PLANORBIS BICARI- natus.—(Fig. 185.) Shell deeply concave on both sides; whirls, three; carina- ted on both sides; lip on the left extending beyond the plane of the preceding whirl. This fresh water shell is rare in the miocene beds of the Cape Fear. FAMILY PALUDINIDAE. This family embraces certain gasteropods, most of which live in fresh water, as lakes, ponds and rivers. The form of their shells is conical or globose, covered with a thick green epidermis. The aperture is rounded and the whirls convex: peristome continuous. PALUDINA SUBGLOBOSA.—N. 8. (Fig. 186.) Shell rather thin, turbinated; whirls, four, rounded or con- vex, short; aperture rounded; third whirl marked by four or tive spiral obsolete lines. It has a close resemblance to Gould’s and Halderman’s genus Amnicola. Miocene of Cape Fear, but it is by no means a common shell. 19 NortTH CarRoLina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 183 274 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.. CLASS BRACHIOPODA. ORBICULA LUGUBRIS.—con. (fig. 187.) Shell corneous, oblong-ovate, depressed : concentrically lamellose ; apex behind the centre; posteriorly, it is marked by a few radiating lines; interiorly, it is smooth. and there is a short longitudinal ridge on the median line. In some of the miocene beds in Wayne county, it is quite common, FAMILY DENTALIDAE.—TOOTH SHELLS. The dentalidae are hollow, curved tooth-like shells. They are usually ornamented by longitudinal ridges, but sometimes they are smooth and polished. They have a round or cirenlar aperture. DENTALUM ATTENUATUM.—sayY. (Tig. 188.) Shell gently curved, and ornamented with twelve rounded ribs; aperture cir- cular. Common in the shell mar! of this State. Fiag. 190. D. THALLUS.—con. (Mig. 189.) Shell small, polished, curved and ta- pering towards both extremities. Com- Fiq@. 189. mon in the shell marl. CAECUM ANNULATUM.—N. s. (Fig. 190.) Shell minute curved; ends subequal; aperture circular; surface annulated. This minute shell is quite common in the miocene of this tate. It is found in the interior of larger ones, which it probably inhabited. ¥AMILY CALYPTRAEIDAE.—LIMPETS.—BONNET LIMPETS—CUP AND SAUCER LIMPETS. Mie impets bave but one valve. It is sometimes sancei 184 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 275 shaped or sub-conical, and passing into a cone, within which there is an appendage somewhat similar in form to the outer cone. These cones are frequently sub-spiral. They adhere to rocks and stones with their apertures below. CRUCIBULUM COSTATUM. Shell rather thick, circular at base, and furnished with strong but rather irregular ribs; apex sub-central; margin erenuated. CRUCIBULUM RAMosUN.—ocon. (Tig. 191.) Shell ovate; apex sub-central; ribs prominent and orna- mented by a series of subordinate diverging ridges, but par- tially interrupted by the lines of growth; inner cup sub-con- ical, entire, and marked by circular ridges, or lines of growth. Fie. 196. ZA, } Fie 1965. | Ad Bre. 191. Fic. 198. Fig. 194. Nortu Caroitna Geo. Sur.: Emmons 185 276 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ©. DUMOSUM. Shell depressed, sub-conical, oblong or oval at base’; sur- tace ornamented with spiral ribs, and whose spines are hol- low. ©. MULTILINEATUM.—(Tig. 192.) Shell rather small, depressed, very thin; apex clevated., sub-central, disk marked with radiating lines. Jtather com- mon in the miocene. Usually oceupies the interior of other shells. TROCIITA CENTRALIS.—(Fig. 193.) Shell rather small, very thin, round, ovate; apex medial minutely spiral and acute. Associated with the foregoing shells of this family. OREPIDULA.—LAM. Crepidula has the limpet shape, but a posterior oblique marginal apex. Interior has a horizontal plate, forming a partition which curves the posterior half. They vary in form, which is very much dependent upon the surface to which they are attached. CREPIDULA FORNICATA.—(Tig. 194.) Shell obliquely oval; surface convex, smooth or wrinkled : apex turned to one side: diaphragm concaye below, occupy- ing half the shell. Common in the miocene of North-Caro- lina. OREPIDULA SPINOSA. Shell depressed, oval, costate and spinous, especially to- wards the margin. Common in the miocene. CREPIDULA PLANA.--sAy. (Tig. 195.) Shell nearly flat, slightly convex ; diaphragm convex ; the form is very variable, assuming the shape of the surface upon which it rests. 186 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Di FAMILY FISSURELLIDAE.—KEY-IIOLE LIMPETS. Shell limpet shaped; some have the margin notched in front; in others the apex is perforated. Adhere to rocks and stones. FISSURELLA REDIMICULA.—(Fig. 196.) Shell ovate, oblong, elevated, and rather thick; surface or- namented with fine longitudinal ridges, which are intersected by circular lines of growth, which gives the surface a reticu- lated appearance; margin entire, but ridged internally ; apex truncated, figure inclined, oblong. This shell is not an uncommon occupant of the shell marl beds of this State. CLASS LAMELIBRANCHIATA. FAMILY OSTREIDAE. “Shell inequivalve and nearly inequilateral; free or adhe- rent resting on one valve; beaks central, straight hgament in- ternal; muscular impression single and behind the centre; hinge usually without teeth.” OSTREA VIRGINIANA. Shell thick, strongly and radiately plicated; concentrically laminated and imbricate; upper valve nearly flat; pliated towards the margin; beaks laterally curved; very variable. Common in the miocene beds of North-Carolina. OSTREA CAROLINENSIS. Shell ob-evate, thick, compressed, concentric lamina imbri- eated, and transversely plaited; beaks broad and prominent. Fosset large and bounded laterally by strong ridges. Occurs in the miocene of North-Carolina, but is less com- mon than the preceding. Ostrea radians and O, sellaeformis belong also to the mio- cene beds, together with the Anomia ephippium ; the latter is always broken. Nortu Caro.ina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 187 278 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. EXOGYRA cosTaTA.—(Fig. A.) Shell sub-oval, very thick, lower valve convex, and cov- ered with strong corrugated ribs; apex lateral, with about two volutions; upper valve flat, thick, supplied with nu- merous elevated concentrie squamose plates. It belongs to, and is, one of the charac- teristic fossils of the green sand at Black Rock, on the Cape Fear, and at Rocky S Se y Point, twenty miles north of ee Wilmington. It is found in the miocene at several places on the Cape Fear, but its pres- ence is due to accident. (AS (, we, \ ‘2 q 1 A a ad) . < -\ SM ae, \\\ \ 1 east g WA mn Ky NE \ aS NaN ty \\ A J EWI) ~ Y CUCULLAEA vuLGARis.—(Iig. B.) This fossil occurs in the form of an in- side cast of the shell; it is inflated, sub- triangular, flattened before, beaks prom- inent and in-curved; shell thick, ana marked with numerous delicate longitu. dinal striae. It is associated with the Exogyra and Belemnitella at Black Nock in the green sand. The C. vulgaris is placed here trom ite association with the E. costata. FAMILY PECTENIDAE.—PECTEN, SCALLOP. Shell sub-orbicular, regular, resting on the right valve, usually ornamented by fretted or scaly ribs radiating from the hinge; right valve most convex, with a notch below the front ear; hinge margin straight, united by a narrow liga- ment; cartilege internal in a central pit. 188 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 279 The scallop of our coast is regarded as a delicacy. It lives in shallow water, and is taken in great numbers at low tide from banks which are just submerged. They move through the water by opening and shutting their valves. Fossil pee- tens or scallops are very abundant in most of the miocene marl beds in this State. The large scallops, P. Jeffersonius and P. Madisonius abound in beds upon the Neuse and Tar rivers, while they are less numerous upon the Cape Fear. Another large species is found upon the Meherrin, in North- ampton county, which I have not met with elsewhere. It replaces the English species, the Pecten princeps, which it closely resembles. PECTEN COMPARILIS. Shell medium size; both valves convex with twenty-three or twenty-four ribs, prominent and angular inside at base: ribs and spaces between nearly equal; ears radiately striate. (me ef the most common fossils upon the Cape Fear. PECTEN KBorEcs.—(Iig. 197.) + ate Senne ete Rie oon —— a tae Nortu Caro.ina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 189 280 NORTH-OAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Shell comparatively thin, and light and compressed valves; circular, sometimes oblique and equilateral; ribs twenty-four, marked on the outside with concentric squamose lines of growth, which are undulating, the last of which are strong ; lower valve less convex than the upper. It differs from the comparilis in being concentrically marked, and thinner, be- sides it grows much larger. PECTEN PRINCEPOIDES.—N. 8.—(Iig. 198.) Shell large, rather thick, compresed, sub-inequilateral, ra- diating striae coarse and very numerous; transversely marked by lines of growth, giving the surface a wrinkled appear- ance; ears unequal; buccal ear sinuate, radiating striae nu- merous, inside smooth, striae obsolete; fig. reduced. This is a large species of pecten, is closely allied to the P. princeps of the English crag. It is common in the miocene marl on the Meherrin river, at Murfreesboro’. It is five inches long, and five and a quarter wide. It is readily dis- tinguished by the absence of ribs proper, and the presence of coarse radiating striae, which have intermediate ones, 190 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 281 which do not reach the hinge or umbo; many of the striae, however, fork or divide. P. PEEDEENSIS. Shell thick and strong, broadly ovate; ribs, eight, broad striae, lines of growth strong towards the margin; beak pro- jecting beyond the hinge line. Only one valve has been found of this species, and being old and its striae obliterated in part, and its characters are less distinct than is usual in specimens belonging to this ge- nus. P. MORTONI. Shell large, circular, compressed, thin, pearly ; equivalve equilateral; concentrically marked by fine lines of growth; on the outside, ribs are invisible; inside, ornamented by about eighteen pairs of ribs, which are prominent at the margin, and obsolete towards the hinge. This beautiful shell occurs in the miocene at Waccamaw Lake, North-Carolina, and has not been observed upon the Neuse or farther north. Pp. JEFFERSONIUS.—(Fig. 199.) Fre. 199: } in it Dd gy I Mh nL int i NortH CAROLINA GEOL. SuR.: Emmons 191 282 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Shell very large, ribs, ten, and wide, and longitudinally marked by tine ridges, which are not squamose. This species is sometimes between nine and ten inches wide, and seven or eight inches long, and are often used in cooking oysters in place of a frying pan. It is one of the characteristic fossils of this miocene. Pp. MADISoNIUS.—(Fig. 200.) In the P. Madisonius, the ribs number about fifteen, and they are ornamented with three squamose ridges each. There is also an equal number between them; they coalesce towards the hinge. Fig. 200. A. pecten, (fig. 201,) is quite coin- mon in North-Carolina, which I have not been able to refer to its proper species. It is one of the most com- mon in the sheli marl of the middle part of the eastern counties. It has ten prominent ribs, but they are or- namented in a different style from that which prevails in the young of the P. Jeffersonius. 192 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 283 One of the most common pectens of the white eocene marl, is represented by figure 202. It differs from the P. membranacea in having only about half the number of ribs. The P. membranacea having upwards of eighty, while this has about forty-four. An observer cannot fail to perceive the striking difference in the species of pec- tens of the white eocene marl of New- IIanover and Onslow counties, and those of the miocene. ‘1G. 208. if pe PLICATULA MARGINATA.—(I*ig. 103.) Shell strong and thick, but rather small; valves sub-equal, ovate, wedge- form, with three strong radiating plicae. PAMILY MYTILIDAE.—MYTILUS INCKASSATUS. (Mig. 203A.) . dD Shell nacreous, thick, somewhat infla- ted, marked with concentric lines of growths; anterior margin arched ac- cuininaie; posterior rounded, some: What dilated; umbones acute. I: is usually much injured by extfoha tion and rarely pertect. CRENELLA.—(Tig. 2083.) Shell small, short, Bre yee thin, smooth in the La > | middle; hinge, mar- Cg 4 : : . eed ein crenulated behind the ligament. It ap- pears to be rare,though it may be owing to its frailness. 3h- ocene, NortTH CAROLINA GEOL. SuR.: EmMMoNs 193 984 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. ARCADAE. The valves in the Arcadae are equal, regular, and usually oblique; the teeth are arranged in long rows, resembling a comb; at the extremes they are longer and frequently curved or corrugated. ARCA LIENOSA.—Ssay.—(Fig. 204.) Shell large, inflated, oblique; ribs subequal, numerous, with a groove or channel in the middle; anterior side angu- lar; lines of growth distinct, giving a striate appearance; the ligament area is marked by strong lines diverging from be- neath the umbo; umbones distant; inside margin strongly suleate or ribbed. It has about 37 ribs. A living shell upon the Florida coast, but found abundantly in the miocene of North-Carolina. A. SCALARIS. Shell oblong, ovate; ribs twenty-one, strong and trans- versely rngose, ligament area short, transversely marked by lines, and crossing striae parallel to the hinge line. A, INCILE.—SAY. Shell very oblique, sub-quadrangular; anterior side very short, posterior sinuate; ribs unequal, stronger on the poste- rior margin; rounded before, angular behind, and much pro- 194 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 285 duced; umbones incurved, distant; ligament area crossed by transverse lines. This shell has about thirty-one principal ribs, with inter- vening raised lines, and transversely marked by lines of growth. A. CENTENARIA.—(Fig. 205.) Shell sub-quadrate and ovate, nearly straight and slightly Fig. 205. contracted at base; ribs fine, alternating in size; margins rounded; beaks approximate; hinge area narrow; margins entire. The striae or ribs in this species are very numerous and fine, while these together with its quadrangular form will serve to distinguish it from others of the same genus. Com- mon in the miocene of North-Carolina. The tigure was drawn from a specimen obtained from the indurated sand be- neath the miocene bed at Elizabethtown, Bladen county, and is referred to the centenaria but with doubt. A. IDONEA. Subcordate inequivalve ventricose; elongated and only slightly oblique; beaks very prominent and distant: ribs Ale jue, A ; about twenty-live, crenulated, or transversely ridged; hinge area wide and marked by divergent striae or channels. Com- mon in the miocene of North-Carolina. A. TRANSVERSA. Shell rather thin, subrhomboidal, rounded with about thirty-two ribs; area rather narrow, with two or three undu- lated grooves. Common in the miocene, and still living upon Nortu Carorina GEot. Sur.: Emmons 195 286 NORTH-OAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. the coast. A. limatula and stillicidium are also miocene shells, and common in the marl beds of the Cape Fear river. VERTICORDIA.—woop.—(Fig. 206.) I have met with two or three specimens only of the fossil which I have referred to this genns. It is found in the interior of large shells. GENUS PECTUNCULUS. Shell orbicular, nearly eqilateral, smooth and radiately striated; hinge with a semi-circular row of trans- verse teeth. PECTUNCULUS sUBOvVATUS.—(Fig. 207.) Shell orbicular, inequilateral, with radiating sulci, becom- Fie. 207. Orel Vy ing obsolete with age; teeth nearly obliterated in the centre: teeth largest on the shorter side of the valve; marginal ones broad and separated ;—Conrad. This is probably one of the most common miocene fossils of the shell marl in the State. P. LENTIFORMIS. Shell orbicular, sub-equilateral ; the radiating striae are nu- merous; beaks small in proportion to the size of the shell; hinge teeth in the centre, wanting or obsolete. This fine spe- cies in some marl beds upon the Cape Fear, is quite common, and is very large and thick: some are four to four and a half inches across. 196 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 287 Pp. ARATUS.—(Fig. 208.) Fra. 208. This is the smallest species of this genus be- longing to the shell marl. It is also one of the most common. P. passus and P. quinqueruga- tus are also common in certain localities. LEDA ACUTA.—(Fig. 208.) EE EES Shell small, thick, inflated pos- teriorly; margin acute or beaked, slightly open; anterior margin, short rounded ; surface concen- trically striated. This fossil re- sembles nucula, but it is not pearly in the interior, and its ab- dominal margin is smooth. NUCULA PROXIMA.—(Tig. 208.) Bra.7208s. Shell small, ovate, smooth, interior pearly : . anterior margin short; posterior side elongat- ed, obtuse; margin crenate. N. limatula is more common in the marl beds of this State than the N. proxima; miocene. FAMILY CHAMACIDAE. The shell is thick, inequavalve, with sub-spiral beaks, hinge teeth 1—2, muscular impression one, and large; reticulated palleal line simple. CHAMA. The shell is attached to other bodies by its left umbo: hinge-tooth of the free valve thick, curved, and received be- tween the teeth of the other valve. CHAMA ARCINELLA.—(Fig. 209.) Shell thick, or orbicular-cordate squamose; the radiating ribs spinose, strong, tubular or folded; intervening space coarsely punctate and rugose. Common in the marl bed at Elizabethtown, Bladen county. NortH CarRoLiIna GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 197 288 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. (Fig. 210.) Shell thick, squamose, or concentrically laminated and imbricate; lamina striated, sin- crenulated interiorly : upper valve flat. Iigure low- er valve natural size. Abun- dant in the miocene of North- Carolina, especially on the Cape lear. CHAMA CORTICOSA. Fig. 210. istral, \ Pav aynyee® 7 “oy, fs ~My CHAMA CONGREGATA. Shell thick, orbicular, with its surface composed of plates or lamina; in the flat valve the plates are crenulated or plai- red. CHAMA STRIATA.—N. s. (Fig. 211.) Shell small, ovate, rather thick for its size. lower valve distinctly striate. Usually found in the hollow or inside of the univalves. 198 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 289 FAMILY CYPRINIDAE. Shell regular, equivalve oval or elongated; valve close, solid ; epidermis thick and dark ; ligament external, conspic- uous cardinal teeth 1—3 in each valve; pedal scars close to or confluent with the adductors 3 pallial line simple.—W ood- ward. ASTARTE Shell small, thick, compressed, smooth or concentrically furrowed; lunule impressed; ligament external; hinge teeth 2—2; anterior tooth in the right valve large and thick. ASTARTE CONCENTRICA.—(Iig. 212.) Shell small, thick, triangular, compress- ed, concentric; furrows close and regular - umbones acute, recurved; margin cre- nate. It is about one inch long, and one broad. Itis rather common in the mio- cene of North-Carolina. ASTARTE UNDULATA.—(I*ig. 213.) The broad, variable and concentric furrows will serve 4 distinguish it from the foregoing. It is comparatively 2 broader. shell. The Undulata seems, however, to be quite variable, and the figure shows one of the extremes of this species. CRASSATELLA UNDULATA.—({Fig. 214.) Shell oblong, ovate, compressed, marx- ed upon the outside with coarse concen- Fre. 213. NortH Carouina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 199 290 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. tric striae; umbo flattened; apex sub-acute; inner margin entire. One of the most common fossils of the shell marl. €. GIBBESII : TUOMEY & HOLMES, FOSSILS OF SOUTH-CAROLINA ; p. 74. (ive: 255) “Shell somewhat triangular, thick, con- centrically furrowed ; buceal side rounded; anal side somewhat beaked, angular, with a longitudinal ridge; umbones incurved:; lunule somewhat excavated.” In addition to the foregoing, I may add the following as common in the North-Carolina shell marl beds: Crassatella alta, C. Marylandica, C. Protexta, C. Melina. FAMILY CYCLASIDAE.—CORBICULA DENSATA. con.—(Ifig. 215.) Shell orbicular striated concen- trically, polished, lateral teeth: elongated. This shell is very abundant at the miocene marl bed of Mr. Flower, on the Cape Fear. CYRENA DENSATA. FAMILY CORBULIDAE.—CORBULA CU- NEATA.—(I"ig. 215s.) Shell small, thick, ovate, con- . 215u. centrically striate; anterior margin rounded : posterior elongated, or somewhat rostrate. Common in the shell marl. FAMILY LUCENIDAE. This family have orbicular shells, both free and closed with hinge tecth, somewhat varia ble as one or two laterals, or one and one. aud the other obsolete; pallial line simple, muscular im- pressions two, elongated and rugose. The family is princi- paliy composed of tropical and temperate species, and live 200 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 291 upon sandy or muddy bottoms, and exist from the sea shore or shallow water to the greatest habitable depths. LUCINA BRUGIERE. The shell is orbicular, white, with depressed umbones, and the margins are either smooth or only finely crenulated; hinge teeth 2—2, laterals 1—1, muscular impressions rugose ; anterior, elongated and within the pallial line; umbanal area with an oblique furrow. LUCINA PENNSYLVANIA.—LINN. (Fig. 216.) Shell orbicular, thick, solid, and concentrically ribbed, or posteriorly it has a strong fold or groove. The fold ex- tends across the shell, and produces a notch in the pal- lial margin. Common in the miocene upon Neuse and Cape Fear rivers. LUCINA CONTRACTA. Shell orbicular, somewhat inflated ; ribs concentric, un- equal, marked in the intevals with striae; posteriorly the margin is channeled. It is larger than the preceding, and has no fold, and its ribs are unequal. L. CRENULATA.—(Fig. 217.) Fig, 217. Shellsmall, thin, orbicular, somewhat inflated, concentrically lamellated, lunule excavated. Common. In addition to the foregoing, the following species have beep observed in the miocene: Lucina anadonta, L. radians, L. divaricata, L. multihineata, and L. squamosa. NortH Caro.ina GEov. Sur.: Emmons 201 292 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. FAMILY VENERIDA. This important family is represented by many existing species in our.seas at the present time. It is too well known to require a minute description. It is, however, known from other forms by its regular oblong thick shell, though it is sometimes nearly round ; by its strong external ligament, and its three diverging prominent teeth in each valve. Its palliai line is sinuated. The venerida are elegant and beautiful shells, often highly colored, though some of the best known are externally dull. This family appeared first in the Oolitie period, and they have increased in number and importance down to the present time, when they have acquired their maximum develope- ment. VENUS MERCENARIA. Shell solid, surface marked by numerous concentric lines of growth, obliquely cordate; posterior margin produced; anterior short; umbones recurved, lunule cordate; pallial line sinuated ; margin crenulated. VENUS TRIDAENOIDES.—CON. VENUS DIFFORMIS.—SAY. Shell very thick and heavy; globose, wrinkles upon the surtace undulating ; plaits wide, extending from the umbo to the margin. This species may be distinguished by its thickness and wide external plaits, which are usually strongly marked, though sometimes they are feebly developed. It is one of the most common fossils of the miocene beds of North-Carolina. VENUS RILEYI. Shell large, thick, oblong, posterior margin prolonged, anterior one short; surface concentrically striate, and marked by fine, longitudinal lines, which are distinct after the dermal covering exfoliates. This is one of the largest species, being sometims 6—7 inches wide. Common in the miocene of Cape Fear river. 202 BuLLeTIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 293 V. CRIBRARI—con. (Fig. 218.) Shell thick, medium size, slightly ventricose, furnished upon the outside by about twenty-five sharp lamelliform concentric and recurved ribs, erenulated upon the umbonal side ; ribbed or ridged trans- versely on the ventral side, the ridges extending across to the adjacent rib; lunule crenulated. Recent upon the coast of Fig. 218. North-Carolina. V. LATILIRATA CON.—VENUS PAPHIA.—LAM. (Fig. 219.) Shell sub-trigonal, thick and pon- derous for its size; ribs fine, con- centric, and very thick; irregularly stirate, crenulate upon the lower margin; umbo slightly flattened. This shell is readily known by its thick ribs, and deep subci between them. Common in the miocene of North-Carolina. VENUS MELTASTRIATA.—(Hig. 220.) Shell small, sub-orbicular, striated concentri- eally, rather irregular, interruptedly radiated. Venus pramagna, cancellata and subnasuta are also rather common fossils of the miocene. Nortu Caro.iina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 203 994 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. CYTHERCA SAYANA.—(Fig. 221.) Shell inflated, concentrically striate, anterior side angulat- ed; umbones prominent, incurved; margin smooth; lumule cordate. c. REPOsTA.—(Fig. 222.) Shell smooth, moderately inflated, thick, beaks prominent, dorsal margin depressed; anterior margin rounded, lunule lanceolate. Fig. 222. C. REPORTA.—(Fig. 223.) This fossil, which the annexed figures represent, is very common in a sandy marl bed in Brunswick county. It pre- serves its original polish, and closely resembles the foregoing. It is, however, proportionally wider than the repostia. It is highly polished and smooth, but has concentric striae. Um- 204 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 295 bones flattened, the flattened part extending across the shell, being bounded anteriorily with an obscure rounded ridge. Fie. 223. Fig. 228a. Nortu Caro.ina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 205 296 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Shell sub-orbicular, depressed, sub-equilateral, concentrical- ly striate; broader than long; lumule small, lines of growth or concentric striae regular, simple, and somewhat coarse and distant. Fig. 224 shows the hinge. Fig. 224, This fossil appears to differ from the Artimus concentric of the coast; its linus of growth are about half as numerous and are also continuous from one margin to the other, except- ing a few on the anterior margin. In the living coast species the lines of growth are less regular, and coalescent near both margins; it is orbicular also, being as long as wide. The fossil, however, closely re- sembles the living one of the coast, thongh it differs as much from it as Artemis acetalubum of Conrard. Species which belong to the miocene and which remain undescribed: A. acetabulum, A. concentrica. ¥AMILY TELLIMIDAE.—TELLINA BIPLICATA.—con. (Fig. 225.) Shell rather large, thin, sub-oyval, inequivalve, sub-ventri- cose, marked with rather obscure radiating lines, and impress- ed with an oblique fold in each valve. The remaining spe- cies of Tellina belonging to the miocene are T. Aiternata, T. Polita, and T. Flexuosa. 206 BULLETIN 249 bo ide) -I NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. TELLINA LUSORIA.—(Tig. 225.) Snell cblong, narrowed posteriorly, slightly gaping or re- flected; pallial sinus deep: concentrically striate; pos- terior margin marked with one or two folds; surface still brown ; concentric striae are in the form of raised sharp lines, not impressed lines of growth. The Tipho- nal inflection is in contact with the pallial line, in which re- spect it agrees with P.Sammobia, but its hinge teeth are 2—2 in both valves. GENUS DONAX. “The general form is trigonal, or wedge form, valves closed, front produced, posterior short ; margins usually erenulated ; hinge teeth 2—2; laterals 1—1 in each valve; pallial sinus deep.” NortH Caro.ina Geo. Sur.: Emmons 207 298 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. poNAX.—(Tig. 226.) Bing. 226. Shell triangular, rather abruptly truncate be- hind, and traversed by a ridge from the umbo to the base; surface marked by obscure radiating lines; base crenulated. This small shell differs from the variabilis in its proportion; it is more triangular, and is not produced so much in front. Donax Variabilis probably occurs in the marl of North- Carolina, but has hitherto been overlooked. FAMILY MACTRIDAE.—GENUS MACTRA. “The shell is equivalve, and nearly equilateral; the ante- rior hinge tooth is in the form of an inverted A; lateral teeth doubled in the right valve.” MACTRA CONGESTA. Shell rather small, but thick at the umbo; triangular, rath- er inflated; inequilateral; rounded anteriorly, and posterior- ly it is produced. Very common in the marl of Wayne and Edgecombe. MACTRA LATERALIS.—say. (Mig. 227.) Fic. 297. Shell small, rather thin, smooth, sub-tri- angular; lines of growth fine; posterior side elongated, or margins sub-equal, rounded before; umbo rather prominent. A very common fossil of the miocene. MACTRA SIMILIS.—SAY. Shell thin, of a medium size, margins sub-equal, concentric, striae very fine, at intervals deep, beaks nearly central. The living ones of the coast have a longitudinal rounded ridge running from the beaks to the base and obscure radiating lines, though only visible in a favorable position. GNATHODON GRAYI.—(Fig. 226a.) Shell rather thick, sub-triangular, inflated, inequilateral, 208 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 999 anterior margin rounded ; posterior elongated or wedge form. Rather common in the shell marl beds of Cape Fear. Fie. 27a. Fig. 226a. af\ IX | AY . {\\ ANS il Pe AN ~ HH RQ VASO, Wi FAMILY SOLENIDAE.—SOLEN ENSIS. (Fig. 227a.) This common shell of the coast is sword = shaped, with the anterior and posterior margins truncate. ANAL Al ( / : SOLECURTIS SUBTERES.—oon. (I"ig. 228.) Shell rather small, thin, somewhat sword shaped; anterior and posterior margins rounded, ventral margin concave, or arched. AQ if ( = Fie. 228, MCS. ~~ \ \ Ne » ee yy y/ P. CARIBOEUS.—(Fig. 228a.) Is common in the miocene, but the valves are rarely en- tire. I should, how- ever, express some doubt respecting the identity of the speci- men figured with this species. NortH Caroiina Geox. Sur.: Emmons 209 300 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. FAMILY ANATINIDAE.—PANOPEA REFLEXA. (Fig. 229.) Shell large, thin, oblong, ovate; wrinkled and margin gap- ing widely and reflected. Common in the shell marl of Edgecombe county. Fig. 229. Z } WHI YH hI) Yy YY) y 44; PHOLADOMYA ABRUPTA.—(Tig. 231.) Shell oblong, oval, substance nacreous; surface ornament- ed with from three to five radiating ridges. This beautiful bivalve is quite common in a marl bed in Edgecombe county but rarely entire. Fie. 231. 210 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 301 FAMILY PHOLADIDAE. These species of Pholas have been found in the miocene ot this, viz: P. Costata, P. Oblongata, and P. Memmingeri. They are rarely if ever entire, but their fragments are not uncommon. FAMILY CARDIDAB.*—CARDIUM MAGNUM.—CARDIUM VENTRICOSUM, Shell large, inflated, obliquely cordate, radiately ribbed. ribs flattened, anterior ones crenulated. This magnificent fossil is found occasionally in the miocene. it is quite common in the pliocene, and is now very abun- dant upon the coast, near Beaufort. CARDIUM MuURICATUM.—(Fig. 232-3.) The specimen given in the figure resembles the muricatun., Ni Aion : Wy it mys We a WV * The families cardidae and carditidae should have preceded veneridae. Nortu Caro.ina GEou. Sur.: Emmons 211 302 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. but it is more elongated, and its crenulations appear to differ. I have obtained only one specimen; and hence, cannot speak of the permanence of its characters. It occurs in Walker’s Bluff, on the Cape Fear. Cardium sublineatum is a common fossil of the Cape Fear and Neuse marl beds. FAMILY CARDITIDAE.—CARDITA ARATA.—(Fig. 234.) MES Zoe Shell rather thick, oblong, and ornamented with fifteen or sixteen elevated scaly ribs ; an- terior side very short; poste- rior margin oblique; inner margin crenate. C. PERPLANA.—(Fig. 235.) Shell small, rather thick, triangular, inequilateral, radiately ribbed, striated: posterior side produced, anterior short. Common. Fig. 2386. a. c. ABBREVIATA.—(Fig. 236.) Shell small, thick, triangular, oblique; ribs strong and crenate ; umbones acute. Common. CARDITA TRIDENTATA.—(Fig. 236. a.) Shell round, triangular, thick; ribs strong and crenulate ; beaks turned forward; valves with two teeth in the left, and one in the right valve. CARDITA CARINATA. Shell small, thick, wide on the abdominal side; ribs strong and radiating ; muricated; anterior side short. 212 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 303 CHAPTER XIX. RADIATA. Considerations relative to animals belonging to this type.—Aberant forms of the Echinodermata.—Species described.—Bryozoa, Polyparia, ete. Echinodermata comprehends a class in the Kingdom, Ra- diata, whose organization belongs to the stellate type. This sub-class derives its name from the character of the integu- ment, and its appendages, which remotely resemble that of the hedge-hoy. Some are called sea-urchins, others star-fishes. In most of the families of this great class, the integument is protected by calcareous spines. The integument itself is co- riaceous, but it takes into its composition a large quantity of lime which imparts to it firmness and durability. The skin is complicated in its structure. It is made up of an immense number of plates of a polygonal form. They amount to 600 pieces in all. These are dove-tailed together in the most per- fect manner, and yet they are so invested in living membrane, that additions of carbonate of lime are constantly made to each. By this arrangement, the animal within grows without inconvenience to itself, which it could not do, if the integn- ment or dwelling was composed of one piece. The forms of the Echinoderms differ much among them- selves, and yet it is apparent that they all belong to one type. and are constructed upon one plan. One of the most aber- rant of this type is the sea cucumber, (Holothuria,) which is a firm fleshy bag, destitute of plates, composed of carbonate of lime. In another upon our coast, we find the star-jfishes with five arms extending from a common center; and in an- other, the globular sea-urchin, in which the five arms are folded and soldered together so as to form a ball. Another interesting form has the stellate type, but differs considerably from the star-fish, and most strikingly in the fact that the stel- NortH Caroiina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 213 3804 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. late head is supported on a jointed foot-stalk. These are called Encrinites. These different families have a special geological interest. The last for example, the Encrinite, lived in the earliest pe- riods of the planet, and are known principally in the oldest palaeozoic rocks. In the lower silurian system, beds are of- ten composed mainly of their disarticulated remains. In mod- ern rocks and seas, they are unknown. On the contrary, the star-fishes without pedicels or jointed supports, are known mostly in modern rocks, only two or three species being known in the earlier formations. Now, the sea-urchins, or the globular forms of this class, lived in great numbers in the Mesozoic or Jurassic period. This type or form has come to us, though none of the species of the Mesozoic period live in our present seas. I have spoken of the complicated structure of the star-fishes and the provision which has been made for their growth, both of which are worthy of our highest admiration. But nature had not exhausted all her resources when she had provided for their growth and made them the most beautiful objects in the seas. She has in this elaborate structure made their or- namental work subordinate to their instruments of locomotion and reproduction. The flowers which are sculptured upon their integuments form a part of their organs for moving from place to place. These flowers which represent the five petals of arose, are formed by punctures through the outer envel- ope. Through them the urchin protrudes fleshy suckers or tubes. If, for example, a sea-urchin is placed in a glass filled with sea-water, it is soon seen to protrude a multitude of slen- der fleshy threads, each of which is tipped with a little knob. These soon come in contact with the glass to which the knob adheres, on the principle of an exhausted receiver. By means of this adhering apparatus, it moves itself forward or back- ward. In technical language, the surface from which these fleshy threads protrude, are called ambulacral areas, and the spaces between, znterambulacral areas. Nothing can beseen of these threads when the animal is dead. All its soft parts are strictly encased in a box of hard shell substance, which 214 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 303 has received the name of Test, orShell. The patterns of these different areas vary in form and proportion, and hence are used as characteristics of genera and species. The test is also eovered with spines of different forms and sizes. These, too, are formed after different patterns, their shafts being sculp- tured differently in every species. Their spines, and the mode they are attached to the shell, the charaeter of their surfaces, the position of their oral and excretory orifices, fur- nish the characters upon which the families, and lesser sub- divisions of this class are founded. FAMILY CIDARIDAE.—CIDARIS MITCHELLIL—N. s. (ig. 237.) Test thick, circular or turban shaped; flattened above and below; ambulacral areas narrow, and provided only with minute tubercles, in double rows, Fig. 287. and three in each; interambulacral areas nearly four times as wide as the former, and furnished with two distinct rows of large primary tu- bercles, with about eight in a row, including the smaller ones upon the disks; tubercles perforated; inner rim surrounding the tubercle, smooth ; outer, bearing small sub- ordinate spines, giving it a crenulated appearance; miliary zones wide, and covered with small close set unequal granules ; poriferous zones, unigeminal, and separated by nearly plane ridges; spines unknown; apical disk unknown; mouth open- ing, appears to be large, but too much broken to determine its characters. Belongs to the eocene, and accompanies the remains of the Zeuglodon. Dedicated to the lamented Prof. Mitchell of the University of Chapel Hill. CIDARIS OAROLINENSIS.—N. 8. (Fig. 238.) Test rather thick, circular and somewhat oval. Ambulacral areas narrow; somewhat undulating, supporting two rows of 21 NortH Caro.ina Geo. Sur.: EMMoNsS 25 306 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. small tubercles with two in a row, and interspersed with minute ones, which appear in Fic. 238. some places to be arrayed in sub- ordinate rows; interambulacral areas wide, covered with small subequal and rather prominent tubercles, among which minute granules are scattered; area about four times as wide as the former - plates pentagonal, supporting two rows of large perforated primary tubercles, surrounded by plain circular zones; miliary zone concave or depressed. Poriferous zones narrow ; pores uni- yveminal; outer oblong; the inner circular; margin of the small plates between them marked with an elongated depres- sion. The upper and lower sides crushed. Belongs to the eocene, and accompanies the former. Migure 105 represents the jaws of an Echinoderm, p. 246. The separate pieces of the test and jaws are quite common im an eocene bed in Craven county. They belong to the upper part of the bed, and seem to be contined to a space about two feet thick. #AMILY CIDARITAS.—ECHINUS RUFFINI.—ED. ForBEs. (Fig. 239.) Body sub-depressed; ambulacral and interlambulacral ; plates with several primary tu- bercles on each closely ranged, having circles of secondary tu- bercles surrounding their bases; rows of pores very oblique, with three pair of pores in each row, the uppermost distant from the other two. Beneath con- eave; mouth broad; widely notched opposite each avenue.” Ed. Forbes.* © Journal Geological Society, vol. 1, p. 426, 216 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 307 Found in the miocene beds. Four views, a, Echinus Ruf- finii, viewed from above; 6, mouth; ¢, spinegerous tubercles ; d, ambulacral plates, and arrangement of pores: a, 6, natural size, c, d, enlarged. FAMILY CLYPEASTARIDAE.—ECHINOLAMPAS APPENDICULATUS.—N. S. (Fig. 240-71.) Fig. 240-’1. Test thin; body oval, depressed ; margin thick or rounded; somewhat elongated, wider anteriorly than pos- teriorly ; ambulacra narrow, open at their extremities ; sub-petaloid ; pores connected by furrows; mouth trans- verse; excretory orifice horizontal, marginal; madriporiform plate ex- centric ; apical disk occupied by a sub-cordate sculptured plate, furnish- ed with a pentangula opening, in the centre of which there is a pore; are- ola more numerous below than above; area around the mouth inflected. ECHINOCYAMUS PARVUS.—N. 8. (I*ig. 244.) Test small, oval, with rounded sides; avenues dorsal; mouth sub-central, rounded, large, with a crenulated margin; vent between the mouth and hinder margin; genital pores apparently four. igure natural size. The (=> mouth is large in proportion to the size of the body and the vent is situated half way between the mouth and margin. Eocene of Craven. Fig. 244, NorTH CAROLINA GEOL. SuR.: EMMONS 217 308 NORTH-CAROBINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. SCUTELLA LYELLU.—(Fig. 246.) Bra. 246. Shield small, sub-circular, flat, scarcely convex above; below slightly concave ; ambulacra open towards the margin and terminating in four pores; in that direc- tion mouth small; vent near the margin. Eocene, Wilmington. SCUTELLA.—(Fig. 247-8. Figures 247-’8 represent a common fossil of the eocene of Craven county. 247 inferior face, showing the relative Fic. 247-78. position of the mouth and excretory orifice. Figure 248 1s profile view of the same. The apical summit is before the genital. Since its discovery no opportunity has been furnish- ed by which I could obtain a comparison with the forms al- ready known and described by the palaeonlologists of this country. Wadsworth’s eocene marl, Craven county. 218 BULLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 802 FAMILY 8PATANGIDAE—GONIOCLYPEUS SUBANGULATUS.—N. G. (Fig. 242.) Test thick, sub-conical, covered with small spines, anterior and posterior areas somewhat unequal; margin and base somewhat pentangular; posterior or anal orifice lateral, or upon the superior face; interambulacral area grooved, with the continued area beneath projecting ; interambulacral areas sub-angulated; mouth rather narrow or small, central; peris- tome angular, and surrounded by five angular prominences, which terminate in the interambulacral areas, between which is a rosette, perforated by seven pairs of pores, with three odd ones at the end of each petal; ambulacra petaloid and closed; the prolonged zone provided with alternating pores as far as the base; pores connected by oblique grooves; interambu- lacrai wide; plates large, and nine or ten in a column. Figure 243, rosette enlarged. Oxsservations.—The ambulacral areas are narrow, but the poriferous zones are rather wide; and the interambulacral areas are about four times as wide as the ambulacral. The genital plates are indeterminate, but the pores are large and the occular small, and appear to be mere indentations; buc- cal area ornamented with a rosette; petals transversely wrinkled; pores elongated; the anterior lateral plates appear to have eleven pairs of pores instead of seven. The genus is closely related to Cassidulus of Lamark, but the pores are united by grooves. Eocene, Wardswerth marl, Craven co. NortTH CAROLINA GEOL. Sur.: EMMONS 219 310 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. AMPHIDETUS VIRGINIANUS.*—FoRBES. (Fig. 245.), “Body broadly ovate, elevated and truncate posteriorly ; back oblique; dorsal impression lanceolate; scutab area very slightly excavated; ambulacral spaces broad, triangular, de- pressed ; interambulacral spaces slightly convex; anteal fur- row broad and shallow, sides slightly gibbous; sub-anal im- pressions broadly ob-cordate ; post-oral spinous space broadly lanceolate.—Edw. Forbes.” Fig. 245. a, lower area; 6, upper area; c, posterior area, showing the relation of the sub-anal impression. Usually found in fragments in the miocene of North-Carolina. * Journal of the Geological Society, Vol, 1, p. 425. 220 BuLLETIN 249 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Sit ORDER CRINOIDEA.—MICROCRINUS CONOIDEUS.—N. G. (Figs. 246 & 247.) Body conical; sub-pentangular at base ; areas five, oblique; pores six or seven to 77) each, alternating and arranged in rows, separated by a ridge; apical pores five, base wide; beneath concave; concavity intersected by five bars, which descend and meet in the center; spaces between, triangular, terminating above in the apical pores. Figure 247 shows the base with the intersecting bars and triangular spaces between. I am unable to determine whether the head is supported on a foot-stalik; the joints of a crinoid, however, are numerous in the marl in which this curious species is found. Fig. 246. Fic. 247. Eocene of Craven county, and associated with Echimocya- mus Parvus. BRYOZOA.—LUNULITES DENTICULATA.—(Tigs. 248 & 249.) * Conical; cells inalternate, obloug externally, interior coni- cal, nearly vertical to the two surfaces of the polypidom ; margin of the cell in its immature ‘rq. 248. ;. 249. : mem iit : : pa ee Bie 28 state open and denticulated ; when \\ G72) gy vil } mature, covered; mouth near the distal extremity; semicircular when imperfect, circular when perfect; gemmuliferous chamber at the dis- tal end of the cell, opening round, concave surface furrowed, irregular and minutely granulated.” * Miocene, and common to most of the beds upon the Neuse and Cape Fear. Fig, 249, enlarged view of the fossil, showing the arrange- ment of the cells, and the small Figure its natural size. (oy LUNULITES contTicuA.—Tigs. 250 & 251. The figures exhibit casts of the concave surface of the * Lonsdale, miocene corals from N. America, Journal Geol. Society, vol. 1, p 508. NortH CaroLina GEOL. Sur.: Emmons 221 812 NORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGIOAL SURVEY. coral. Fig. 251, cast of the concave surface natural size; Fig. 250, magnified view of a portion of the surface. Eocene ‘Wilmington. Fia. 250. Fie. 251. HM Mi i LUNULITES OBLONGUS.—N. s. (Figs. 252 & 253.) Polypidom small, conical; cells arranged along a straight line, from the base to the margin: open cells show that they are near- 5588 ly quadrangular; the closed cells WHO) do not show an orifice; there is a be sce simple film spread over the cell, 088s ® and the margins are simple and unlike denticulata. Fig. 253, great- ly enlarged view of the cells; small figure shows the natural size of the fossil. Fie. 252. Fig. 253. DISCOPORELLA UMBELLATA.—(Figs. 254 & 255.) It is impossible to discover any difference between our Discoporella and that of the miocene of France; the cells have two orifices at op- posite acute angles, and the same arrangement of cells. Fig. 255 great- ly enlarged. This figure, however, fails to give a clear and correct view of the fossil. A reference therefore, to Pietet’s Pl. XC, page 15, is necessary. The small lunulites begin to form at the apex, and for this Fig. 255. 222 BULLETIN 249 WORTH-CAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 313 purpose they attach themselves to a grain of sand, which will generally be still found at the point of growth; some of the miocene ones are nearly half an inch in diameter. POLYPAIRA,—ASTRAEA BELLA.—(Fig. 256.) The stars aré polygonal, variable, rather deep, lamellar lamellae twelve, with alternating ones, denti- = culated, contiguous, or separated by their par- Ease titions. oF WS Common in the miocene incrusting shells, b7/|\SSHIN 5 6 6 ae and various bodies found in a mar! bed. Fie. 256. ASTRAFA.—(Fig. 256a.) Irregularly branched ; stars deep and rather distant, though in some places contiguous as in the Bella; intermediate spaces without pores, but bordered by lines to which the lamellae extends; lamellae denticulated, as in A. Bella, and provided also with the same number, and similarly arranged. Miocene. Fic. 256a. NortH CaArRoLinA GEOL. SuR.: EmMMoNsS 223 314 NORTH-OAROLINA GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. The foregoing sketch of the fossils of the marl beds of the eastern counties, is far from being complete. Numerous spe- cies still remain unnoticed and undescribed. It seemed to be desirable, however, on many accounts, to illustrate some of the interesting contents of these beds, which are truly the only historical mementoes which now remain to us of the ages during which they lived. It will appear, on examination, that I have placed by far the largest number of species in the mi- ocene. I have thus placed them because the shell marl beds contain so large a number of the acknowledged miocene fos- sils of Virginia; and besides, there are many which replace miocene fossils of Europe. In conclusion, it is due to myself to remark, that the cir- cumstance under which many of the determinations have been made, rendered it impossible to consult authorities, and hence it may turn out that many species which have been marked as new, will prove to be old ones already described. The course [ have pursued may have been injudicious, and hence may open the way for censure; still, under the circumstances. | deemed it the best I could pursue. 224 BULLETIN 249 ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. i.—Ficurrs anp NAMES OF SPECIES:— Page 205, for otololite read otolite. “ “ 242, fig. 90, read Galeocerdo Egartoni. 241, fig. 84a is Sphyrna denticulata. “«“ « 89a and 83a, Galeocerdo coniortus. 243. It is possible Zrygon, fig. 94, should be referred to Myliobatis. 245,—Fig. 105 is the valve of the genus Scalpellum of the class Cir- ripedes. 261, fig, 139.—This is not Erato laevis, but is closely allied to E. Maugerie, of the coralline crag. 268.—Fig. 159 resembles Cerithium adversum of the English crag. 290.—F or Lucenidae read Lucinidae. 291.—Place a period befure Brugiere. “ _ For Pennsylvania read Pennsylvanica. “ — sencond line from bottom, for multihineata read multilineata. 292.—For Venvrida read Veneridae. “ — Bor J ridacnoides read 7ridacnoides. 293.—For Cribrari read Cribraria. “ second line from bottom, for pramayna read permagna ; for melta- striata read metastriata. 294.—For Cytberca read Cytherea. «For reporta read. reposta. 295.—For Artemes read Artemis. 296 —Fig. 224 shows the hinge of Artemis tranversus; and read Ar- temis for Artemus. “ sixth line from bottom, for TeLLimmagz read TELLINIDAE; and ninth line, for Tiphonal reid Sipbonal. 297.—-For P. Sammobia read Psammobia. 306.—For Cidaritas read Cidai ites. 807, second line from top, for Spinigerom read Spinigerous. $11.—Bryozoa should have been placed under an independant head, as a subdivision of Molusca and not under Radiata. Certain figs. have been placed wrong side up, particularly Scutella. fig. 247—’8. In the Eocene of Craven county, I have found the palatine teeth of the Saurodon, or Saurocapalhus, and also fragments of a Xiphioid fish, as the prolonged premaxi- lary of a sword fish. Retinasphalt occurs in the marl of Duplin county. INDEX The pagination of this Index refers to that of the original work and not to the pages of the Bulietin. Numbers in italic refer to the page of illustration. A BlackRock == 80-81 (section), 83, 84, 85, 91, abbreviata, Cardita ................--- 302 92, 93, 95, 96, abrupta, Pholadomya ............--.- 300 99, 246, 278 acetabulum, Artemis” -.:2.222.-... 206" Bladen’ Co: ---. 96, 197, 219, 2238, Heutas eHasciolania ers. -->----- 254 258, 255, 263, 285, BElvcdumeee eke res ce 287 287 PNGEOEDISt Meee e teens eecweie -Brachiopoda, 22.8 0 eee 274 aduncus, Galeocerdo: ........-:..------ 237 ~Bridger’s plantation ................ sla adversarius, Conus -...1--...22022. 263" * AD Tid Ses ee, VEC eee oe ete 98 adversum, Cerithium Browns danding” =... 80, 84-85 add. & corr. page (section), 86, 109 Paintba, IBEW) soeeeeeeeeercee 206, 207 IRIAN MOK COs seeeeecerneceee rece 294 PAUL 235 0 Tenens sae eee nese canes ZIP IBrVOZ0A te 311-312 altayeGrassatella ......2:24uitis 200 = SBuccinuni ee ee 25522571 alternata, Fasciolaria ...............- 253 burdenii, Terebellum ................ 270 peeve lanes 24 2. oes aio See 290" SSusicone(ste)) eee. 248-249 americana, Belemnitella _..... 83, 246 PNerri pn GUS pees ee ne cease 310 emodomba (UCINA, -..--<2..222-c00s8e- 291 Cc ancillariaeformis, Oliva ............ 259 angustidens, Carcharodon 231-232 caballus, Equus. ............-.-....- 196 annolatum,, Caecum. 22.2. 2..1-: 27h CACCUM nn nent 274 Gerithium 002. ose 9691 aGalyptracid acne -—. ee 274-276 RO ee ani TS. giesibaen tok 277 + canaliculata, Fulgur ................ 249 antiqua, Ischyrhiza ....................225 _» Oliva ..... sosoeceacines BEES, 259 antiquus, Crocodilus ..............-.-- 215 canaliculatum, Busicon (sic) ....249 Mipigseter ee eset 72) 9 Cancellaria) are ees 254-255 appendiculatus, Echinolampas 307 cancellata, Venus |... 293 @toduc. (tahkotenelt DA Qua mCamLenla, se Nic iCa ee ee eee ee 267 EAS Caviditas dics) S.-+ creme ne 302 Cape Fear R. ........ 80, 86, 87, 89, 96, abatus, ectunculus’ 2222208 287 99, 101, 199, 200, LNGRGEL gta ea ee oe 284-286 2138, 219, 223, 224, UTC UITE || an © NeVINN eee een ne 287 244, 247, 248, 249, arcticus, Galeocerdo .................- 226 250, 251, 252, Zoe arenosa, Pyramidellay (22... 268 255, 256, 257, 259, armillatus, Trochus .............-.. 272 262, 263, 264, 266, ctemisme tees 295-296 273, 278, 280, 286, INGE E Ci PA ie ES pel ellen PA SER od 289 287, 288, 290, 291, aac eee See sibel 292, 299, 302, 311 : orn JUCHaArOU ON) We -234, 24% attenuatum, Dentalium ............ 274 Ge ae 302 Candin see ee 301 B cariboeus, P. (sammosolen) 299 Carica, sSUuSICONs (SiC) pees 248 Balen dieses ees: See te 202-2 0 Sie carin aban © acim eeeeeaeee eee 302 Beautort) ee 249,250,301 carolinensis, Cancellaria .......... 254 BeaunrortaCon LOZ ALISE 253 5 GIGI ces 305-306 Belenmitelll ieee eee eee eee 246 5. \CROIRRY es 260 De lila ANS Gree ae eee eee nee Silke sii VINE ac at eeee heh ee een 260 DICAriNatus yee anor bisi ees QUE Bon) SiC1C ellaeeenea oat dee aa PACTS picostatasCerithium: se Boo Gayeclennsy, lee see 255 Biddle plantation, Cenitenariasy AN: Cae eS S15) Benyamine = 106,100” “centralis! “Wrochitas +... 276 PO AIN UC lees sees eee O06e= Cephalopoday 245-246 bidentatum, Buccinum _......... Ooi /geue CLAS OMe se es eee eee eee 247 piplicatare kellina,..28 32s QE (CTBT, Se eeeerronesteecoesne ....269-270 225 INDEX (Gye ah ib ia eh gp ot nan a 200 Cetacear ee ee eer 201-212 cetoides, Zeuglodon ..............-.---- 201 Cham age eee ee 287-288 C@henmnt Za ene 268-269 (GhiclkeW els = - pee ee ow wee es eee eee 305 Cirripedes ___... add. & corr. page Clark’s marl bed, Coleen a: 83, 98-99, 110 clathnusts 5 Call anlaaese ee ees ied Clypeastaridach 307 Collier’s plantation, Maj. ............ Oil communis, Pleurotoma ............ 264 Companrilis.a hecten eee 209 comhressa (s?c), Belemnetella 246 GAINING) aera ee 240 compressus, Elliptonodon ........222 COncentrICca-weAM tems) ye 296 WAS tANCG a eee Sees se we 289 congestas Mactra =) = 298 conerecatas, @hamages es 288 conoideus, Microcrinus ............ Sie constricta, Marginella .............. 261 constrictum, Terebellum ............ 270 contigua, Lunulites ............ Slee gr2 contortidens, Carcharodon 233-234 spa ueinaiyas = Sere ae 239 contortus, Galeocerdo __............ 241, add. & corr. page contracta, Wucinal oe es 291 @onus!\ es ee RAY 263-264 Corax’. 2. ee Mee 241 Corbicula p48 oe ek ees 290 Conbulate ieee ee ae 290 Core Creek eo. ee, ....103-105 cornutidens, Orycterocetus ........211 conticosa Chama, se 288 COSTATA EM EUXO ON ram =e ene 27 EN Olasy eae ee ae 301 costatum, Crucibulum ............... 275 Cravent© ome 87, 97, 102, 105 208, 212, 230, 241, 246, 306, 307, 308, 309, 311, add. & corr. page crasidens, Carcharodon ............ 233 Ar) GEN Ga OLN wipes ama let 240 Crassatella:.) =e Ss iat 289-290 Grenella te oat os ONG ae 283 erenulata, Lucina 2)" 997 crenulatus, Hemipristes 235 Crepidula:-ciu. Bim 276 Cretaceous see Green sand marl; Se A ea 78-100 eribraria,, Venus =. =. 999 add. & corr. page Crinoidea) qe ee 311 Crocodil iis ie eee 25 Cromarty’s marl bed _..........2 109 Crucible ee 275-276 Cucullacaty =. oes ee ee en 278 cuneata. Corbula 290 Curnlays Scalariag eens 271 Cy cloideaye ee eee 2hh cylindrica, Lormatina, 2 272 Gy pracay Ni. pe ee eee 260 GY ROTIE pee Lvs es sec pee ee 290 Cytherea 22 eee 294 D detinita,, Balaena === 206-207 Delphinula, = =.= tee eee 272 densatass Corbiculas == 290 Dentalium:, »..)re eee eee 274 denticulata, Lunulites __............. Si jos p yang ee 241, add. & corr. page desorils, (Oxyrhinagee 236-237 Gitormiss.Vienust.:-- eee 292 diluvianus;, Conus; 22: 263-264 DiScoponelllay peeteeees ewe ase ne ee 312 dislocatum; ‘Terebra = 2510 distans: Masciolarias=. seam 252 divaricata, sliucinay = ese 291 Dolium 72-2 2a eee 258 Dona ce 2S eee 298 Drepanadon) =e ee ee 224 dumosum, Crucibulum ............ 276 duplicatasyNaticas. == ana 266 E eS eboreuss Pectens. een o79 IB; ChsnOcyaniu Sie eee en 307 Echinolampasi = eee 307 Kchinus® Seas eee 306 Edgecombe Co. ....244, 270, 298, 300 egartoni, Galeocerdo ........ 238, 242, add. & corr. page elaborata, Pyramidella _.......... 268 elegans, Masciolaria ==. 2-0 252 jamie eee ee 239 eeleunotomas see 265 elephant? .. -2...-2--e tare rool oars 199 elevata, Marginella 2.525 262 Elizabethtown ............ 86 (section), 109, 197, 200, 219; 224, 229, 285, 287 Elliptonodon q--=.s=ss. ae 221-222 emarginata, Balaena ensis, Solen 226 INDEX Eocene see White raMeyel seed 78, 85, 87, 88, 101- 107, 195 ephippium, Anomia ..............-...-- PAU Tl STON DNS see eee ee 250 TAO (CH OIS eee oe eae eee 196-197-198 ACO: 222-2 =e, 262, add. & corr. page etiwanensis, Terebellum ............ 270 By alnyi eee ieee eee ee roc 269 Seas My UISUIS 8 <2 coo ae eee od JES p Ta a pe a eta ame 278 F hell cartammO SER ee eceeee see eeeee eee 83 Peysenolleieig), en eee aes 251-254 inyanvie ubewyillll@ gamete eee eee es 81-86 ferox, Carcharodon ............229-230 BSISMN OME TECK eseccccee he act haces lelali pisses, eens os eee en PAE Hlexuosay Ieleurovoma eee. 265 Peele irises Beebe ea re 296 Flowers’ marl bed, IMR eae sane 96, 255, 268, 290 FOPMicatas; (repidula, 2=..7.2.2--.- 276 ineeyeniligg, INCE, Ea eee 267 To ules woe cas See 248, 249, 250 RUS US MEmeee ats wee cee a ers 250-251 G Caleocerdommee =e 226, 2387-239 (ale oie see tet Sens tae at eee oe 257 ERE WOVOICG |e ape nee. ree niet eee ea Q4h Casteropoday == 247-273, 274-277 AbHeSieGrassatellliay mess seO0) fibbosas Balaena 206, 207 SISAMceUS el VAStOGOM: seses ee 198 ello OXON, IMODN AES Seater 247-248 (Girmenelvochonn a A 298 GoldsSboromee ea 109, 199, 216 Gomioclypeusiee sae 309 gracilis, Mossasaurus [sic] ........ 218 OrAVilGnathod on. 298-299 Greensplantations=Coly 22 97 Green sand marl ....78-100, 195, 235 H Ete its axeon (© 0 pee se 2 yo ee Me ek oa 198 INneaSienllig, OSAP MINE, ees ee FOE Haughton plantation, J. He 22.105 Sil Li ee PO eee. ee 105 Biel bee "5 oat ee aay. ee De leleroouhorensynesy Ge 235 IN@TROS, INGNAICE, cae eee cemcccece 265 heterodon, Carcharodon ............ 232, hod “Galeodian 2). ae hoffmani, Mossassaurus [sic] ....218 TEI@GAER, IPTRORES sesccones-ascececed 88, 196 | HCLOMG Any AUC A eens ea ee ee 285 impar, Drepanodon -2.--2-2 2224 imcile:, =Amcayee ase -+ ces eee 284 ATE ASS AUS ee Vicyj bl US enema 283 miaillescy, Wleweemoelle, ee 261 Use layy aii cpa eee eee 225 J JebLersonis. becCteM) = =. 281 OME SC Ons eee eee ee 102, 105 K Kon Stony hit ee ee 96, 97 L labyxinthiea, Helixe esse od: laevigata, Hulima ~ 25 269 NWGYANTIS) LBAPENWO) soece cosmnnowoctneoeeeeeee SOY Lamelibranchiata (sic) ...... 277-302 lleraavelllosiiSs IWS: see 251 AYU ae Soe oe ee ine 239-240 lanceolatus, Carcharodon ........ eye llnereeabis, IWC, 5 nee ose a caeosce: 298 latidens, Galeocerdo =2 22-239 llewiilbiresneay, WGTONDIS) os eens 293 Weday c= Soy oes Oe Ree 2 ee 287 Menon: Coe ee ee 96, 269, 271 lentiformis, Pectunculus ............ 286 Ine@inose@, JATROD 2255 ose rete esee 284 brane gull, ANTHCR, 25 ee ner 286 mae Vila. one lll eee 261 5 TRE WURONONINE) nsec 264 Icinmneid aes are 2 eee ee PALE) Diora cay tee Lents (0 enna ea eee 271 ihqeenrenee, OUNEY ~ aoe_e poeenne: 259, 264 GTO TUNA ESC) | eee eee 5 RIL GUC ee Fea 291 Weems, NTT OTE oe cecesercecseaaccce: 215 luieotmlonens. (Oseloni@mil, ince Q7h lunatumis Rleuxotoma, —22 264 [eumiullites ys: eee eee ee Slee: lhngsorenia, NWI, oe ccc 297 Ikiallin, Sewneley oo aseccss Be ceeeeete 308 227 INDEX M MDa aaaehell 109 WWIRVermoRBi liebe ee ee 213-214 Mia Ctra gate er oe ee ee 298 madisonius, Pecten) 22222. 2--2o2 Mia or Oe gtetee cee ee Se 268 MAS MUTI CACM ee ese 301 marecinata,, Plicatula) 2 a= 283 Wiaresnmelll yee 261-262 TaN Spats fo, PPE Se! 78-111 marylandica, Crassatella ..........290 IWearstod ore eee ie esse 198-200 maugeriae, Erato ........... 1260, add. and corr. “page maximiliani, Mossasaurus [RS2CU este ete ease es 218; 219 megalodon, Carcharodon ....227-228 megalotis, Carcharodon ............ 232 Mieheriiniy Re ss 87, 202, 279, 280 melinarCrassacellayees ee 290 membranacea, Pecten ...........-...- 283 memimineeriy Pinolas secs 301 mercenaria, WVienus) 222-2. 292 metastriata., WV eCNUSie 293 add. & corr. page WM iergoyeribagbis Ss 311 Miocene shell rae ea 78, 88, 107-111, 195 Mr. Flowers’ marl bedi. saat 96,255, 263, 290 Mrs. Purdy’s marl bed ........ 86, 253 mitchell: (Cidariss 2 305 WY Ist fs Neg ene etc e hy REED et eee fe 260 IW UOIUL CISC” ee ee 245-302 moniliferum, Cerithium @Rriphoris)iee 269 moniliformis, Buccinum ............ 256 4p HUISUS) (eee 25 Roe Be 251 MONtOMINeCTCN see eee 281 Mossasaurus [sie] ................ 217-218, PAS) A. Pa multilimestas. Mucinay eases 291 multilineatum, Buccinum ........ 256 SJ Crucibulvimny eee 276 multirugatum, Buccinum .......... 255 MUtIStrIAavasss Calancia sense il IMG eo 22 2 eee 247-248 Murfreesborough _._............. 202, 280 murnicatum, Cardiumiye ee 301 MeuiCid en pease ene ee 247-255 miutabiliss Wolutaye ese eee 262 WIAGO) OF WES ake Ue ee 243, add. & corr. page mysticetoides, Balaena ...... 205, 206 mysticetus, Balaena ___.204, 207, 208 Miy:tiltts; 3.4 a Beene ES 283 N Nishi Cove ese coos ee ess 109, 199 INGGNWICEW (Ieee N ewes ar oey ae ped 265-267 me clectanalenebiame === aa 258 INGUIRS IRS ate: 86, 87, 89, 96, 102 106, 216, 219, 249, 263, 279, 281, 291, 302, 311 Newbern _ ........ 90, 102, 106, 233, 250 New Hanover Co. ........101-102, 283 nobilis) Blhosonodony ee 22a) nodulosa, Fasciolaria ........ 253-254 Northy Hampton Cos see 279 INCullay ee eae 287 oO oblongata eholast 301 oblongus;” Lunulites, Gl obsoletum, Buccinum, —- cow ObtuUSa solutes) = ee 263 octocostatum, Dolim 2-2-2 258 Odontaspis, 241 COUR ele Baa A Ee hoe Pas ONG, olivaeformis, Marginella .......... 261 Onslows€o; passe. ee 102, 283 Orbiculay 222 AL Sesser eee 274 @Oryctenocetus) = 2AO=2 1a OStredin jase ee PHT OtOdUSs sete See re 240-241 ovata. Varo inelliay es eee ees 261 Oyster, Jlance. As 22 ae 105 Oxyrhinal tes 2 es 235 P Raludina.” <...05 sae eee 273 Pano pea: yrs. See see Li 300 paphias Viens, eae eee 293 parvus, HEchinocyamus -............ 307 IPasitheaitrits..2-.- 2.2 ote eee 269 Rectene 25 es ee 278-2838 Rectunculisy ee ae 286-287 pediculus, Cypraca = 260 peedeensis, Pecten .................... 281 pennsylvanica, Wucinayss = 291 permaecna., VienuSi ee 293 add. & corr. page perplaniayaCGarditay == 302 perversum, Busicon [sic] ............ 249 iInetalocon chs eee 271 philantropus, Crochus’ 22-272 Rholadomiyanes == ee 300 IPOlaS + Pe ee els Ee es 301 Physeter Sole. oa ee re 212 Pascese Se. Re he 225-244 228 INDEX ] ibe (Choe eee see fe eee error 198, 210 plana, Crepidula ..........-.--..--.--- 276 TEU TO GIS OSS ee ts se pa 273 PVETOS AUTUG ee ee PHD. ay Rleunotonice ee 264-265 licence ull ieee eee eee 283 PtOCeNe wee ee eee 88, 195 Pliogonodon ...... ....219, 221, 223, 224 Rihyamro mth: 22S eee es: 197 OEMs AS) Ag Ug ee ee ee eee 296 TPO llkovel ke. Meee SS ee 105 Rollocksvilllew reese eee 102 Bolyeonodon> fez .2.-225-2--csee-ie2 218 T2-CoY N57 5.2 ae ee eee al3 Polyptychodon _ ............ 219, 222, 224 or cellleim aaaeeeee eee ere 261 porcmum,.= Buceinuml ©..2:-2-2-2----- 256 POR DOUSC hes et ke entre a te 8? 201 MOSt-EMOCENE. 52.22. --<-22<-c-s 88, 195 princepoides, Pecten ............-.-.-- 280 eS GIS preseason lel ANd) 242-243 pristodontus, Galeocerdo .........- 238 PRODOSCIGEANS fee224. 8st nce 198-200 protexta, Crassatella ................ 290 Proxima, INiuculas 22.2... 2 ec. -ssee 287 Baa (Saiminosolen))aee 299 Runcdyastemanclaoed ee a 86, 253 TON CIC CIOING: ee eee eee 24h Sy, CMO CUS pee renee nenecee, ieee 244 PVAOTICUE ees cecosseeeecbeee ese 268 Ray gee ee ee eee 248, 249-250 pyLulomdess Mule ure 250 TONAL, LOWE oe reece 250 Q quadricostata, Delphinula ........ Be a, LOU WISUIS eek eee EI Eee 250 quadratidens, Orycterocetus ....210 R ACIUT Somme er Cl cee eens 291 PEO) SiC ayer tee sae ene PAGE RENOWN Zh i eet ee ee eee ee 303 Ve eile: latent cee creat ent Sere ec: 81 ramosus, Crucibulum ................ QS Rane a amperes saree kere ee ee 255 rectidens, Sphenodus ................ 935 FecuuS Lolyeonodon = 218 redimicula, Fissurella __.............. 277 reese), IERIE), ee 300 Ren tiliawey-s in acs eee Papel reticulata, Cancellaria __........_. 255 5 CINGTNONNIVAIY, Socccpecee eee 269 , Pyne, ee 268 ye yrllaie eee eee ees 250 reposta, Cytherea see 294, add. & corr. page Tl eye eV CMS peer eee eee eee 292 ODN OK Can hy seen eee 87, 89 EVO G satel Slam O12 eka eee 86 TROGIAY) NOUN eeece cer necscacecsccomeascece 201 ROC Keyae Onn eee 80, 246, 278 reuuermaNt, IOKCLWTOS) oer 306 rugosus, Polyptychodon ...... 219-222 S Sarponiy, Hulls) 2 ese) 86 SEUSS ne te ce ne ace Dee 96, 216 Saurocapalhus ....add. & corr. page SAUnOC Olean add. & corr. page Sayama Ovithereae enna 294 Scalariay 6 2-0. Saat eee 271 sven meng, JNTROD, sree esos aecenessecee: 284 SCANS sa eeetes ono eS sccneenanoaccecases 246, add. & corr. page SCHO fA SUS yeas eee teen 198 sculpturatus, Petaloconchus ....271 Seutella ....308, add. and corr. page Sellaerormiss OStreamess =e 277 semiserratus, Carcharodon ...... 232 Serran sem pGIStisie een 235 SExCOSUat eel V NUIT exe eee enn 248 SNe TMA eee 88, 107-111 Sram, WW EVORD, saccteeteceeceeenetreee 298 Solecurtus === == ee 299 SOLETI eee eit Ri eaea e e a 299 SP ALLO WA hom a's| eee ee 253 sparrowl, Hasciolaria =. 2538 Spavanlcud aes eee 309-310 SOM eNO CIS ieee ee 235 Syoliyasn'aeeeee add. and corr. page Spinosay@repid ula 276 SPONGE Se V0 eee ee 250 Souda eee eee 225-242 SCM ANOS eel eCiN) een 291 stellienclipainl, ANRC eps seeeeeee 286 SLOMe pein ail tar ee eee ems 90 SSB) 0) OUONDC I = acey oe te pee ye oa 259 SUE, (CUMING, accscecncaecaeoccsasoosecee 288 subangulatus, Gonioclypeus ...... 309 subcrenatus, Galeocerdo ........... 238 subelobosas sealudinay a= Dy SHlonaswie,, Weis 293 subovatus, Pectuneulus __........ 286 subteres, Solecurtus ..................299 Solooleyea, Iolbhoney RY) suleidens, Carchorodon ____ 230-231 SUIS See ee ai Re UE Se a 198 SNVCOIE 7101S eee 250 jis) INDEX T Best Otel oe ee, eee eS 83, 84 (section), 86, 87, 96, 98, 102, 109, 110, 208, 212, 279 Raw O10 sae eee 83, 96, 98, 110 WReliniaige Bee ee eee 296-297 Menebellum 2s eee es 270 Nerebra. 2. ee 257-258 thaliuss “Dentaliummiy See --- Qh toliapicus, Carcharodon ............ Dee, Rommice lala eye eee eee eee 272 ROU MAC IIN As ena es eee eee ee PA Gramsversay Anca) - 2 ee eee 285 transversus, Artemis ..........---... 295 trenholmi, Woluta 2 262-263 triangularis, Carcharodon ........ 282 tridacnoides, Wenus! 222 292, tridentata, .Cardita, —--- = 302 ripe Le ees eee ees REE 705 4 Bevo} AVON EIS Rati mene 269 ET@ CHU Gees see eee pes le ee ae 276 ARTO CITUIS pean esesce es cee ee EO UT. Ole te ee ae Re tt eee 243 tuberculata, Pleurotoma .......... 265 Tuomey and Holmes .................... 88 Moma onbonichGy een ate eee ee ee 272 Turritella see Terebellum ........ 270 UES Gee oe 264 U umbellata, Discoporella ............ Bue umbriter: “Mmumrex! 027-2... 247 undulata sAtstarte: see 289 mG rassatelllia ea 289 unilineataswlerebral 258 230 Vv \PENCNE ONIN IDYOP NEI. oe oe seeseeceencee 298 Wien eric lemme ee eee 292-296 ventricosum, Cardium .............-.. 301 WAC TRUUS Stee ee eres eee eee eee 292-293 WET GICOTCAy eee ete ere 286 virginiana, Amphidetus ............ 310 aK (COEV US tee ae tee eee 200 wiOstred. 2 eee ee 277 Wolutbas cate oe ae ae ee 262-263 vulgaris, Cucullaea 22. 278 WwW Waccamaw Lakes ===: 281 Wadsworth’s marl ....87 (section), 1OZ=105 se 241242. 243, 308, 309 Walkers: (Bluth: 2a 86, 302 Wis'slniimeyCO reg eses-et ee ee 198, 201 Wiawamles (COy ee ee 90, 274-298 TWIGS) Sees). freee atoe eet ....201-209 Ailaerey some ee 87, 101-107 Wallmine:toni S22 eee 80, 102, 238, 234, 278, 308, 312 x xiphioid fish ... add. & corr. page xyphodon, Oxyrhina Zeuglodon MUS COMP ZOOL. _IBRARY BULLETINS SEP 4 1960 oH _HARVARI AMERICAN NIVERSITY PALEONTOLOGY Vol. 56 No. 250 REVISION OF R. P. WHITFIELD’S TYPES OF RUGOSE AND TABULATE CORALS IN THE MUSEUM OF PALEONTOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, AND IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM By Erwin C. StumMM 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1968 - 1969 PRESIDENT? 2-fe25 hohe: oo gs esc e eaeee el Ae lae ere KENNETH E. CASTER VICE-PRESIDENT jase tect ete cece sk ae ee ae Fo ee WILLIAM B. HERoYy SECRETARY) (ccescuf octets tase B ie M17 Seah ewe Meee Mee ne | ent eo tees eager REBECCA S. HArRIs DIRECTOR, “EREASURER® 2... eee ee gee ae KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUN SEIi oh RR Ee ay eee Ae Re Re ARMAND L. ADAMs REPRESENTATIVE AAA Oi COUNCIigE cee cececntercetr enero eee ee Davw NIcor Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) DoNALD W. FISHER (1967-1973) WILLIAM B. HERoy (1968-1974) REBECCA S. Harris (Life) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) DANIEL B. Sass (1965-1971) Hans G. KucLer (1963-1969) W. Storrs CoLe (1964-1970) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER HANS KUGLER A. Myra KEEN Jay GLENN MArks AXEL A. OLSSON Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St.. New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor- poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10003 U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri- Cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de- ductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, New York 14850 U.SvA: BVIEIEE INS OF AMERICAN PeEON TOLOGY. Vol. 56 No. 250 REVISION OF R. P. WHITFIELD’S TYPES OF RUGOSE AND TABULATE CORALS IN THE MUSEUM OF PALEONTOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, AND IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM By Erwin C. STUMM Museum of Paleontology The University of Michigan July 18, 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 70-87271 ERWIN C. STUMM 1908 - 1969 Printed in the United States of America CONTENTS Page oS GLE EOI gre ei Rc SU eee ene ee eae Penance pee 235 Introduction and acknowledgments .................. eee ere one scron ark ee a 235 Systematic descriptions ....... BN RT aces oe en eo efiasar Sa Oe es STN a ee eae 236 RUGOSA Genus Asthenophyllum Grubbs, 1939 ................. Saeco CE cee Oe e se 236 Genus Dalmanophyllum Lang and Smith, 1939 ASN: See 237 Genus Amplexizaphrentis Vaughan, 1906 ....00000...0.0...-. Se as ah ae 238 (emusyNCOcystipinyllini, WedeKiMGs 3 tae ge enseensesncecenneteng tanec aeten stash are atte 239 CGenuspoexaconantas Gurich, S96 te eee re ert Rae aT See oe 240 Genus Microplasma Dybowski. ....................... Lien pent, See eee roma acheree 240 TABULATA COMUISMEAUOSTLCS mlb arm ANC eu S I Oi ee tee sees eee esse ae pe eae enter eee reser enna 241 Genus Cystihalysites Tchernychev 1941 ..... LIM Pree rect ante 242 CeMUS A CAMERORGIYSULES: WNatWVAG A eo. es test omer Parone caran ef enpat eee eae 243 COmUs (Gaia TOs WETITE WAS <5 INSHG) Soe ck a oor ccs 0c ocecb a cbenyagetonctcos cats cnegoe30 sons oneseoce 243 GSRwS. SMSO OUM MOTs SU IASI, ap onct nascedb se soeee ob ceasps oso, ascbeucbue, Rea eeeeHiaacl xe Sengccase 244 OURO MEAS LNimy esosre e BC AARE,n enact etek cn ate RN ation ga coh sae et atonstgs sient e ee 245 | PISS: sat ian eee eee seria sobs echt £ Lt encase 249 HEAL ONG eS OM en SHG RRs PENG es Ce LOR Ree Set ey noo Seuss tes tas seaeee eto naes ener 254 REVISION OF R. P. WHITFIELD’S TYPES OF RUGOSE AND TABULATE CORALS IN THE MUSEUM OF PALEONTOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AND IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM ERWIN C. STUMM Museum of Paleontology The University of Michigan ABSTRACT Thirteen species of Paleozoic corals were described by R. P. Whitfield between 1878 and 1903. Eleven of these are revised and all but one placed in other genera. Three new species, Amplexizaphrentis ohioensis, Acanthohalysites wisconsinensts, and Cystihalysites microporus are proposed and one new genus, Syringocolumna infundibula (Whitfield) is proposed. INTRODUCTION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Between 1878 and 1903 R. P. Whifield described 13 species of corals from the Paleozoic rocks of Wisconsin, Ohio, and Iowa. The majority of these were from the Silurian dolomites of Wisconsin. One species was from the Devonian of Ohio, one from the Mississippian of Ohio, and one was a float specimen from the Silurian of Iowa. The specimens are listed under their original designations as follows: Silurian of Wisconsin: Rugosa: Amplexus annulatus Whitfield, 1878 Amplexus fenestratus Whitheld, 1878 Cyathaxonia wisconsinensis Whitfield, 1878 Cystostylus typicus Whitfield, 1880 Zaphrentis racinensis Whitfield, 1882 Tabulata: Favosites occidens Whitfield, 1888 Halysites catenulatus var. microporus Whitfield, 1882 Halysites catenulatus Linnaeus Halysites catenulatus labyrinthicus (Goldfuss ) Syringopora infundibula Whitfield, 1878 Devonian of Ohio: Rugosa: Stylastrea anna Whitfield, 1882 Mississippian of Ohio: Rugosa: Zaphrentis cliffordana Edwards and Haime Silurian of Iowa: Tabulata: Halysites radiatus Whitfield, 1903 The syntypes of Amplexus annulatus from the Guelph Dolomite of Wisconsin have not been found. The species Halysites radiatus Whitfield has been adequately redescribed by Buehler (1955) and will not be described herein. It is a species of Acanthohalysites. The remainder of the corals are redescribed and reillustrated in this paper. Part of Whit- 236 BuLuetTin 250 field’s collection was purchased by the University of California (Peck and McFarland, 1954). The remainder was located at the University of Wis- consin until 1960, when it was transferred to the United States National Museum (Batten, 1960). Two of the syntypes of Stylastrea anna are in the Geological Museum, Ohio State University. The holotype of Alveolites irregularis Whitfield from the Upper Ordovician of Wisconsin is a trepostomate bryozoan. The repositories of the types are indicated as follows: U.S.N.M., United States National Museum; U.C.M.P., Museum of Paleontology, University of California; O.S.U., Geological Museum, Ohio State Uni- versity. I wish to thank Dr. J. W. Durham and Dr. Joseph H. Peck, Jr. of the Museum of Paleontology, University of California, for the loan of those of Whitfield’s types located there. My thanks are also due to Dr. R. A. Cifelli and Mr. Jesse E. Merida for the loan of the types located in the U. S. National Museum. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS Order RUGOSA Family METRIOPHYLLIDAE Genus ASTHENOPHYLLUM Grubbs, 1939 1939. Asthenophyllum Grubbs, Jour. Paleont., vol. 13, No. 6, p. 546. eer Asthenophyllum Hill, Treatise on Invert. Paleont., vol. F., p. F 257, fig. Type species—Asthenophyllum orthoseptatum Grubbs, 1939 (p. 547), by original designation. Discussion.—The type species is a small ceratoid to trochoid coral in which the calyx extends almost to the base. Protosepta prominent. Meta- septa divided into major and minor series. All septa short. Asthenophyllum? racinensis (Whitfield) Pl. 12, figs. 4-6 1882a. Zaphrentis racinensis Whitfield, Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, pt. 3, p. 277, pl. 14, figs. 1-2. Description.—Holotype composed of a dolomitic mold of the interior of the calyx of a simple trochoid rugose coral. A latex cast of this mold reveals the original appearance of the interior of the calyx. Maximum diameter at top of calyx, 30 mm; at base, 7 mm; maximum depth, 22 mm. Septa 70 in number. Protosepta prominent, short; cardinal septa termina- WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM DENT ting in a small narrow fossula only visible across base of calyx. Metasepta divided into major and minor series both as short peripheral ridges. Major septa extending maximum distance of 1 mm from the periphery and extending across the small base of the calyx to form a low, relatively incon- spicuous axial base. Minor septa extending about 0.5 mm from the peri- phery terminating before reaching base of calyx. All septa thin, smooth, noncarinate. Remarks.—lIt is impossible to determine if the original corallum had tabulae or dissepiments, but judging from the shape of the calyx I believe neither was present. A.? racinensis 1s much larger and has many more septa than the type species and, therefore, is tentatively assigned to Asthenophyllum. Occurrence—Middle Silurian, Racine Dolomite, Racine, Wisconsin. Type.—Holotype U.S.N.M., No. 136786. Family STREPTELASMATIDAE Genus DALMANOPHYLLUM Lang and Smith, 1939 1939. Dalmanophyllum Lang and Smith, Some new Generic names for Paleozoic corals, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. 3, p. 153. Type species —Cyathaxonia dalmani (Edwards and Haime, 1851, p. 322, plate 1, figure 6). Diagnosis—Solitary ceratoid rugose corals in which the major septa join a bladelike columella produced upward by joined cardinal and counter septa. Dalmanophyllum wisconsinensis (Whitfield) Pl. 12, figs. 1-3 1878. Cyathaxonia wisconsinensis Whitfield, Wisconsin Geol. Sur., Ann. Rept. for1877, p: 79: 1882a. Cyathaxonia wisconsinensis Whitfield, Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, p. 277, pl. 14, figs. 3-5. Description.—Holotype consisting of a dolomitic cast of the interior of the original calyx. A latex mold reproduces the calyx walls and base. Maximum diameter of calyx 39 mm, maximum depth 23 mm. Calyx walls steeply sloping to a narrow base, most of which being occupied by a blade- like columella 10 mm tall, 6 mm wide in cardinal-counter direction and a maximum of 2 mm wide at right angles to this direction. Septa 76, short, thin, and smooth, the major extending 2-3 mm from periphery, continuing across calyx base to terminate in columella. Minor septa extending about 1 mm from calyx walls, disappearing just before reaching base of calyx. 238 BuLLeTIN 250 Cardinal septum forming a prominent fossula 7 mm long, 4 mm wide, and 7 mm deep, almost completely confined to the base of the calyx. No dissepiments visible. Presence or absence of tabulae unknown. Remarks.—The species resembles D. herzeri (Hall), 1882-1884, from the Louisville Limestone of Kentucky but has a much more prominent columella. Occurrence.—Middle Silurian, Racine Dolomite, Racine, Wisconsin. Type.—Holotype U.S.N.M., No. 136804. Family HAPSIPHYLLIDAE Genus AMPLEXIZAPHRENTIS Vaughan 1906. Amplexizaphrentis Vaughan, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 62, pp. 275-323. 1944. Triplophyllites Easton, \linois State Geol. Sur., Rept. Inv. 97., p. 35. Type species.—Zaphrentis bowerbanki Thomson, 1883, by subsequent designation of Lang, Smith, and Thomas, 1940, pp. 16-17. Amplexizaphrentis ohioensis, n. sp. Pll dil tigs 95-8 Zaphrentis cliffordana Whitfield, 1891, p. 576, pl. 13, figs. 1-3; non Z. cliffordana Edwards & Haime, 1851. Description.—Corallum ceratoid, holotype with a maximum length of 39 mm and a maximum diameter of 17 mm. Exterior with weakly de- veloped, faintly wrinkled epitheca through which the interseptal ridges are barely visible. Calyx 10 mm deep with erect walls and a wide, flat base formed on the uppermost tabula. Major septa 1 to 2 mm long on calyx walls, extending across base about one-half distance to axis. Minor septa as weakly developed peripheral ridges. Fossula moderately developed, on concave side of corallum. In transverse section septa 60, major extending about one-half distance to axis, minor as short peripheral ridges. Cardinal septum short producing an indistinct fossula. Major septa thickened peripherally, attenuate axially. Tabulae steeply inclined toward concave side of corallum, complete or incomplete, irregularly spaced from less than 0.5 mm to over 2 mm apart. No dissepiments present. Remarks.—The species differs from “Zaphrentis” cliffordana Edwards and Haime, 1851, in having much shorter major septa. Occurrence.—Middle Mississippian, Maxville Limestone, Maxville, Ohio. Types.—Holotype, No. 34220, paratypes, Nos. 34219 and 34221 UW CMeP: WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM 239 Family HALLIIDAE Genus NEOCYSTIPHYLLUM Wedekind 1927. Neocystiphyllum Wedekind, Sveriges Geologiska Underséknung, ser. Ca, No. 19, pp. 77, 78. Type spectes—By original designation, N. mccoy: Wedekind, 1927, parc, pl. 19, figs. 7,8. Diagnosis.—Simple rugose corals with a well-developed dissepimen- tarium and pinnate or radially arranged septa which may be thin or dilated axially. Neocystiphyllum? fenestratum (Whitfield) Plei2 tie. Ss eRe 3. fesy 5.4 1878. Amplexus fenestratus Whitfield, Ann. Rept. Geol. Sur. Wisconsin, p. 80. 1882a. Amplexus fenestratus Whitfield, Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, pp. 278- 279s ple 15, figs, 1-3. Description —The only syntype located is a large simple ceratoid coral that has been completely silicified. Maximum length 11 cm, maxi- mum diameter 5.5 cm. Calyx not preserved. Epitheca worn in most places so pheripheral edges of septa and dissepiments visib!e on external surface. Exterior with widely spaced, periodic swellings. In transverse section septa 107, thin, smooth, and long. Major septa extending at least three-fourths distance to axis; minor septa almost as long. Dissepiments numerous, closely set; dissepimentarium occupying peripheral half of corallum. No fossulae or other modification of the protosepta present in the internal structures. In longitudinal section, dissepimentarium compos- ed of numerous rows of small to medium-sized, axially convex dissepiments. Tabularium partly destroyed by silicification but where tabulae are present they are typically complete, closely set, and distally convex. Remarks.—The species is placed tentatively in Neocystiphylluam. Hill, 1956, placed Neocystiphyllum as a junior subjective synonym of Phaulactis Ryder (1926), but the genus does not show the characteristic septal thick- ening and complete lack of pinnate septal development of typical phaulac- tids. It appears to be a valid genus and possibly should not be included in the family Halliidae. Whitfield’s figures of the other syntype (1882a, pl. 15, figs. 1-2) show a relatively deep, bell-shaped calyx with a distinct cardinal fossula. Occurrence —Middle Silurian, Niagaran, Waukesha or Racine Dolo- mite, Cato, Wisconsin. T ype.—Syntype U.S.N.M., No. 136803. 240 BULLETIN 250 Family PHILLIPSASTRAEIDAE Genus HEXAGONARIA Giirich 1896. Hexagonaria Gurich, Verh. Russ.-Kais. Min. Gesell. St. Petersburg, ser. PS SIOIS SV, joy Jil 1900. Prismatophyllum Simpson, Bull. New York State Mus., vol. 8, No. 39, p. 218. 1909. Hexagoniophyllum Girich, Leitfossilien, vol. 2, p. 102. Type species.—By subsequent designation of Lang, Smith, and Thomas (1940, p. 69) Cyathophyllum hexagonum Goldfuss, 1826 partim, p. 61, pl. 20, figs. 1a-b. Diagnosis.—Cerioid, typically hexagonal rugose coralla having coral- lites with carinate septa small, globose dissepiments and relatively flat, complete or incomplete tabulae. Hexagonaria anna (Whitfield) Pl. 10, figs. 5, 6 1882. Stylastrea anna Whitfield, Annals New York Acad. Sci., vol. 2, pp. 199- 200. 1893. Stylastrea anna Whitfield, Geol. Sur. Ohio, vol. 7, p. 420, pl. 2, figs. 1-5. 1938. Prismatophyllum annum Stewart, Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper No. 8, Pesos ple Oeeties: lee 2: 1948. Hexagonaria anna Stumm, Contr. Mus. Paleont., Univ. Michigan, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 25, 26, pl. 5, fig: 3; pl. 9, figs. 1-3; pl. 13, figs. 1, 2; pl. 14, figs. 3-6: Remarks.—This_ species has been described in detail by Stewart (1938) and Stumm (1948). In addition, Stumm (1967) wrote a paper on the blastogeny of the species. H. anna is a widespread species, occurring in the Dundee Limestone and the Silica Formation of northwestern Ohio and in the Bell Shale, Rockport Quarry Limestone, and Ferron Point Formation in the Traverse Group of north-central Michigan. The type specimens apparently are from the “blue” limestone member at the base of the Silica Formation. Types.—Lectotype (chosen by Stumm, 1948, p. 26), O.S.U. No. 15347, paratype No. 15349; other paratypes U-C.M.P., Nos. 34216, 34217, 34218. Family CYSTIPHYLLIDAE Genus MICROPLASMA Dybowski 1873. Microplasma Dybowski, Mon. der Zoantharia sclerodermata rugosa aus der Silurformation Estlands, Nord-Livlands und der Insel Gotland, p. 340. 1880. Cystostylus Whitfield, Wisconsin Geol. Sur., Ann. Rept. for 1879, pp. 63-64. 1882a. Cystostylus Whitfield, [as a new genus} Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, pt. 3, pp. 273, 274. Type species—By subsequent designation of Wedekind, 1927, p. 64, WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM 241 Microplasma gotlandicum Dybowski, 1874, p. 508, pl. 5, figs. 5a-d. Silur- ian, Gotland. Diagnosis.—Coralla with the internal structures of Cyst7phyllum but being phaceloid instead of simple in growth form. Microplasma typica (Whitfield) Als IO, wes, 14 D2 1880. Cystostylus typicus Whitfield, Wisconsin Geol. Sur., Ann. Rept. for 1879, pp. 64, 65. 1882a. Cystostylus typicus Whitfield [as a new species], Geol. Wisconsin, vol. 4, pte 54 ps 2745 ple 145 figs: 8, 9) Description.—Corallum phaceloid, composed of parallel or subparallel cylindrical corallites ranging from 7 mm to 9 mm in diameter. External features not preserved. Some corallites in lateral contact; others separated by distances as great as their diameters. Interiors or corallites filled with dissepiments and tabellae from 0.5 to 1.5 mm across and with a maximum length of 1.5 mm. Peripheral zone of dissepiments steeply inclined, convex axially and distally, merging into an axial zone of distally convex tabellae. Border between dissepimentarium and tabularium obscure or lacking. Peripheral spinules, if originally present, obscured by recrystalliza- tion of small calcite crysta!s along walls of dissepiments and tabulae. Remarks.—The species shows a distinct resemblance to M. lovenianum Dybowski from the Wenlock Limestone of England as illustrated by White (1966, pp. 149, 150, pl. 22) but differs in having a smaller, less distinct tabularium. Occurrence —Middle Silurian, Niagaran Series, upper coral beds, Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin. T ype.—Holotype U.C.M.P., No. 34213. Order TABULATA Family FAVOSITIDAE Genus FAVOSITES Lamarck 1816. Favosites Lamarck, Hist. Nat. des Animaux sans Vertébres, vol. 2, p. 204. Type species.—By subsequent designation of Edwards and Haime, 1850 (p. 1x), F. gothlandicus Lamarck, 1816, p. 205. Diagnosis—Compound coralla having pentagonal or hexagonal coral- lites resembling a honeycomb. Favosites occidens Whitfield Pl 12 figs, 9; 10.Piisenesaie. 2 1888. Favosites occidens Whitfield, Ann Rept. Geol. Sur. Wisconsin, for 1887, p. 78. 242 Bu.LieTin 250 1892. Favosites occidens Whitfield, Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, pp. 313, 314, pli235 fies: Osa. Description. Corallum irregularly hemispherical, composed of penta- gonal or hexagonal, slightly subrounded corallites. Most corallites aver- aging a little less than 1.5 mm in diameter and ranging from less than 1 mm in immature corallites to a maximum of 2 mm in irregularly scattered ones, giving the surface of the corallum a diploid appearance. Tabulae relatively thick, horizontal, relatively evenly spaced at about 0.5 mm to 1 mm apart. No true septal spines or ridges present. The apparent presence of septal spines in some corallites due to recrystallization by small calcite crystals. Mural pores almost completely obliterated by dolomitization but appear to have been originally in one or two rows. Remarks.—The syntypes have been severely altered by dolomitization, but all structures except the mural pores are visible. Occurrence.—Middle Silurian, Guelph Dolomite, Saukville, Ozaukee County, Wisconsin. Types.—Lectotype (here chosen) U.S.N.M., No. 136757; paratype U.S.N.M., No. 135945. Family HALYSITIDAE Genus CYSTIHALYSITES Tchernychev 1941. Cystihalysites Tchernychev, Vsesoyuznyy arkticheskyi institut, Trudy, vol. 158, pp. 65-74. Type species.—By original designation Cystzhalysites mirabilis Tcher- nychev, 1941, pp. 70, 71, pl. 2, figs. 5-7; pl. 3, figs. 1-6. Diagnosis.—Halysitinae with cystose structures in the mesocorallites instead of tabulae and with no septal spinules in the macrocorallites. Cystihalysites microporus, n. sp. Pi tresses 1882a. Halysites catenulatus Whitfield, Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, p. 271, pl. 13, fig. 5, non H. catenulatus Linnaeus. Description —Corallum with ranks of small corallites of two sizes. Macrocorallites ranging from 1.1 mm to 1.5 mm in maximum diameter with an average of 1.31 mm. Mesocorallites ranging from 0.4 mm to 0.7 mm in maximum diameter. Macrocorallites lacking septal spinules and having flat, complete tabulae spaced at an average distance of 0.43 mm apart. Mesocorallites filled with small, closely crowded, distally convex cysts in two to five horizontal rows. WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM 243 Remarks.—This species has much smaller macrocorallites and meso- corallites than any other species of Cystzhalysites known to me. Occurrence.—Middle Silurian, Niagaran Group, Sturgeon Bay, Wis- consin. Type.—Holotype U.C.M.P., No. 34214. Genus ACANTHOHALYSITES Hamada 1957. Acanthohalysites Hamada, Jour. Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo, sec. 2, vol. 10, pt. 3, p. 404. Type species.—By original designation, Halysites australis Etheridge (1898) Rec. Australian Mus., vol. 3, pt. 4, p. 78, pl. 17. Diagnosis.—Halysitidae with macrocorallites and mesocorallites. Macrocorallites with septal spinules. Acanthohalysites wisconsinensis, n. sp. PISMO! iiese.3-045) Plesidh fige4 1882. Halysites catenulatus var. labyrinthicus Whitheld, Geology of Wisconsin, p. 272, pl. 13, fig. 7, non Catenipora labyrinthica Goldfuss, 1826. Description —Corallum with ranks of relatively large macrocorallites and mesocorallites. Macrocorallites ranging from 1.9 mm to 2.3 mm in maximum diameter, with an average of 2.13 mm. Mesocorallites ranging from 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm in maximum diameter with an average of 0.57 mm. Macrocorallites with 12 septal spinules in well-preserved corallites. Spinules extending an average of about one-third distance to axis. Tabulae of macrocorallites horizontal, spaced from 0.5 mm to 1.0 mm apart. Tabulae of mesocorallites closely set less than 0.5 mm apart and distinctly distally convex. Remarks.—The distally convex tabulae in the mesocorallites are the distinctive feature of this species. The only other species of Acantho- halysites with convex mesocorallite tabulae is A. encrustans (Buehler) (1955, pp. 66, 67), and this species has larger macrocorallites and an en- tirely different growth form. Acanthohalysites louisvillensis (Stumm) (1965, p. 79, pl. 80, figs. 8-10) has horizontal tabulae in the meso- corallites. Occurrence —Middle Silurian, Niagaran Group, Sturgeon Bay, Wis- consin. Type.—Holotype U.C.M.P., No. 34215. Genus CATENIPORA Lamarck, 1816 1816. Catenipora Lamarck, Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans vertébres, p. BOWE 244 BuL_eTin 250 Type spectes—By monotypy, C. escharoides Lamarck (1816). For detailed synonymy see Thomas and Smith (1954) ; Buehler (1955) ; and Hamada (1957). Diagnosis.—Corallum composed of ranks of macrocorallites lacking mesocorallites but provided with 12 rows of septal spinules in each corallite. Tabulae complete and horizontal. Catenipora microporus (Whitfield) Pl 12; fig" 7; Pl. 13, fies oma 1882a. Halysites catenulatus var. microporus Whitfield, Geology of Wisconsin, WO Zh joey 18h DA» sells leh sates, Oy 1955. Catenipora microporus Buehler, Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist., Yale Univ., Bull. 8, p. 44, figs. 1-5. 1957. Catenipora microporus Hamada, Jour. Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo, vol. 10, pt. 3, p. 400. Remarks.—Buehler’s description was taken from specimens from Michigan and Kentucky, and there are a few differences between his specimens and the holotype. In the holotype the macrocorallites range from 0.3 to 1.2 mm in larger dimension. The septal spines are short, never extending more than one- half the way to the axis. Both Buehler and Hamada indicate that the longer septa meet to form a pseudocolumella. This feature is not shown on the holotype. The walls are greatly thickened at the junction of the corallites and in some of the thickened walls a small circular pore is present. The tabulae are complete, horizontal, and closely set. Occurrence—Middle Silurian, Niagaran Series, upper coral beds, Bailey's Harbor, Wisconsin. Type.—Holotype U.S.N.M., No. 136760. Family SYRINGOPORIDAE Genus SYRINGOCOLUMNA, new genus Type species—(Here chosen), Syringopora infundibula Whitfield, 1878, Geol. Sur. Wisconsin, Ann. Rept. for 1877, p. 79. Diagnosis—Phaceloid coralla with internal structures composed of funnel-shaped tabulae, groups of which coalesce axially to form an inter- mittent columella; no dissepiments, cystose structures, or septal spinules present. Syringocolumna infundibula (Whitfield) Pl. 11, figs. 9-11 1878. Syringopora infundibula Whitheld, Geol. Sur. Wisconsin, Ann. Rept. for 1877, p. 79. 1882a. Cystostylus infundibulus Whitfield, Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, pp. 274, 275, pl. 14, fig. 7. WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM 245 Description —Corallum known only from holotype. Growth habit phaceloid with subparallel cylindrical corallites ranging from 3 mm to 6 mm in diameter. Increase of corallites by lateral gemmation not by transverse stolons as in Syringopora. External features not preserved. Outer walls of corallites thin. Tabulae relatively evenly spaced, funnel- shaped. Groups of adjacent tabulae coalescing to make an axial columella, intermittently developed along each corallite. No other structures present. Remarks.—Whutfield placed this species in his genus Cystostylus in which the type species is a rugose coral. Occurrence—Middle Silurian, Niagaran Group, Racine Dolomite, Howley’s Quarry, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Type.—Holotype U.C.M.P., No. 34350. BIBLIOGRAPHY Batten, R. L. 1960. A transfer of types and figured specimens. Jour. Paleont., vol. 34, INO=S3.) Pp. GOD: Buehler, E. J. 1955. The morphology and taxonomy of the Halysitidae. Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist. Yale Univ., Bull. 8, 79 pp., 12 pls. Dybowski, W. N. 1873-4. Monographie der Zoantharia sclerodermata rugosa aus der Silur- formation Estlands, Nord-Livlands und der Insel Gotland. Arch. Naturkunde Liv-, Ehst- und Kurlands, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 257-532, 5 pls. (pp. 257-414 issued in 1873; pp. 414-532 issued in 1874). Easton, W. H. 1944. Corals from the Chouteau and related formations of the Mississippi Valley region. Illinois State Geol. Sur., Rept. Inv. 97, 93 pp. Edwards, H. M., and Haime, Jules 1850. A monograph of the British fossil corals. Part 1. Introduction. Monog. Paleont. Soc, London, pp. i-Ixxxv, 1-71, pls. 1-11. 1851. Monographie des Polypiers fossiles des Terrains palaeozoiques, Arch. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, vol. 5, pp. 1-502, pls. 1-20. Etheridge, R. 1898. Halysites in New South Wales. Rec. Australian Mus., vol. 3, pt. 4, js wey fle 7 Goidfuss, G. A. 1826. Petrefacta Germaniae,... Bd. 1, lief. 1, pp. 1-76, pls. I-XXV. Grubbs, D. M. 1939. Fauna of the Niagaran nodules of the Chicago area. Jour. Paleont., vol. 13, No. 6, pp. 543-560, pls. 61-62. Girich, G. 1896. Das Palaeozoicum des Polnischen Mittelgebirges. Verh. Russ.-Kais. Min. Gesellsch. St. Petersburg, ser. 2, vol. 32, pp. 1-539, 15 pls. 1909. Leitfossilien, vol. 2, p. 102. Hall, James 1882. Fossil corals of the Niagara and Upper Helderberg Groups. Advance sheets, New York State Mus. Nat. Hist., 35th Ann. Rept., pp. 1-59. 1883. Paleontology. Indiana Dept. Geology Nat. History, 12th Ann. Rept. for 1882, pp. 239-375. 246 BULLETIN 250 1884. Fossil corals of the Niagara and Upper Helderberg Groups. New York State Mus. Nat. Hist., 35th Ann. Rept., pp. 409-464, 482, pls. 23-30. In 1882 Hall published the short descriptions of the corals without illustrations in the advance sheets. In 1883 the descriptions appeared exactly as previously written but with illustrations in the Indiana report and a different title. In 1884 he republished the 1882 advance sheets as part of the regular 35th Ann. Rept. with the same wording on species descriptions. He illustrated some of them, but not Dalmanophyllum. Hamada, T. 1957. On the classification of the Halysitidae. Jour. Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo, vol. 10, pt. 3, pp. 393-430. Hill, Dorothy 1956. Rugosa in Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, pp. F233-324, 55 figs. , and Stumm, E. C. 1956. Tabulata in Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, pp. F444-F477, 18 figs. Lamarck, J. B. P. A. de M. de. 1816. Histoire naturelle des Animaux sans Vertébres. Vol. 2, pp. 1-568. Paris. Lang, W. D., and Smith, Stanley 1939. Some new generic names for Paleozoic corals. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sen 25 VOlsiSsepp-t 12-1 5G. plas. _ ———_, and Thomas, H. D. 1940. Index of Palaeozoic coral genera. British Museum (Natural History), London, pp. 1-231. Peck, J. H. Jr., and McFarland, H. D. 1954. Whitfield collection types at the University of California. Jour. Paleont., vol. 28, No. 3, pp. 297-309, pl. 29. Ryder, T. A. 1926. Pycnactis, Mesactis, and Phaulactis, gen. nov., and Dinophyllum Lind. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. 18, pp. 385-401, pls. 9-12. Simpson, G. B. 1900. Preliminary descriptions of new genera of Paleozoic rugose corals. Bull. New York State Mus., vol. 8, No. 39, pp. 199-222. Stewart, G. A. 1938. Middle Devonian corals of Ohio. Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper No. 8, pp. 1-120, 20 pls. Stumm, E. C. 1948. The Lower Middle Devonian species of the tetracoral genus Hexa- gonaria of east-central North America. Contr. Mus. Paleont., Univ. Michigan, vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 7-49, 14 pls. 1962. Silurian corals from the Moose River Synclinorium, Maine. U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper No. 430, pp. 1-10, pls. 1-4. 1965. Silurian and Devonian corals of the Falls of the Ohio. Geol. Soc. America, Mem. 93, pp. 1-184, 80 pls. 1967. Growth stages in the Middle Devonian rugose coral species Hexa- gonaria anna (Whitfield) from the Traverse Group of Michigan. Contr. Mus. Paleont., Univ. Michigan, vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 105-108, 1 pl. Tchernychev, B. B. 1941. Paleontology of the Soviet Arctic, pt. 5. Trudy Arctic Inst., vol. 158, 159 pp., 28 figs., 29 pls. WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM 247 Thomas, H. D., and Smith, Stanley 1954. The coral genus Halysites Fischer von Waldheim. Ann. Mag. Nat. iste sem 12, vol. 7, pp» 765-774, pls: 20-22. Thomson, J. 1883. On the development and gencric relations of the corals of the Carboni- ferous System of Scotland. Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow, vol. 14, pp. 296-502, pls. 1-14. Vaughan, A. 1906. The Carboniferous rocks of Rush (County Dublin) with an account of the faunal succession and correlation, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 62, pp. 274-323, pls. 29-30. Wedekind, R. 1927. Die Zoantharia Rugosa von Gotland (bes. Nord gotland). Sver. Geol. Undersoék., ser. Ca, vol. 19, pp. 1-94, 30 pls. White, D. E. 1966. The Silurian rugose coral Microplasma lovenianum Dybowski from Monmouthshire. Palaeontology, vol. 9, pt. 1, pp. 148-151, pl. 22. Whitfield, R. P. 1878. Preliminary descriptions of new species of fossils from the lower geological formations of Wisconsin. Ann Rept. Wisconsin Geol. Sur., for 1877, pp. 50-89. 1880. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Paleozoic formations of Wisconsin. Ann. Rept. Wisconsin Geol. Sur. for 1879, pp. 44-71. 1882. Descriptions of new species of fossils from Ohio, with remarks on the geological formations in which they occur. New York Acad, Sci., vol. 2, pp. 193-244. 1882a. Paleontology, in Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, pt. 3, pp. 161-363, pls. 1-27. 1888. Ann. Rept. Geol. Sur. Wisconsin, for 1887, p. 78. 1891. Contributions to Invertebrate Paleontology {of Ohio}. New York Acad. Sci., Ann. 5, pp. 505-620, pls. 5-16. 1892. Geology of Wisconsin, vol. 4, pp. 313, 314, pl. 23, figs. 6, 7. 1893. Contributions to the Paleontology of Ohio. Geol. Sur, Ohio, vol. 7, pp. 407-494, pls. 1-13. 1903. Observations on a remarkable specimen of Halysites and description of a new species of the genus. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 19. art. 16, pp. 489-490, pls. 41-42. PLATES 250 BULLETIN 250 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 10 All figures x 2 Figure Page LZ. Microplasma) typica: (Whitfield) o0..o i cs tee eee 241 1. ‘Transverse section of holotype. Upper coral beds. Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian) , Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin. U.C.M.P., No. 34215. 2. Longitudinal section of the same specimen. 3,4. Acanthohalysites wisconsinensis, N. Sp. ....0020....000cce 243 3. Transverse section of holotype showing septal spinules. Nia- garan Series (Middle Silurian), Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin. U.C.M.P., No. 34215. 4. Longitudinal section of same speci- men showing horizontal tabulae in macrocorallites and con- vex tabulae in mesocorallites. 3;6;, Hexagonaria’ anna (Whitfield)! .%.0..0.222.-2c- tn ce 240 5. Transverse section of paratype. Silica Formation (Middle Devonian), Antwerp, Paulding County, Ohio. U.C.M.P., No. 34218. 6. Longitudinal section of same specimen. PLATE 10 Butt. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 ‘we. PEO hip ‘tat F... . mh) PLATE 11 BuLu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 - Ss 1 PCL ama. Figure 1-3. 9-11. WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM EXPLANATION OF PLATE II Exteriors X 1; sections x 2 Cystihalysites microporus, 1. SP. ..............665-....0cceeeceeeeeeee tenses 1. Transverse section of holotype, “Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian), Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin. U.C.M.P., No. 34214. 2. Longitudinal section of same specimen showing cysts in mesocorallites. 3. Distal exterior of same specimen. Acanthohalysites wisconsinensis, N. Sp... Distal exterior of holotype. Upper coral beds, Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian) , Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin. U.C.M.P., No. 34215. Amplexizaphrentis ohioensis, n. sp. 5. Transverse section of paratype. Maxville Limestone. ‘(Middle Mississippian) , Maxville, Ohio. U.C.M.P., No. 34219. 6. Longitudinal section of paratype. Same occurrence as orig- inal of fig..5. U.C.M.P., No. 34221. 7,8. Transverse and longitudinal views of holotype. Same occurrence as orig- inal of fig. 5. U.C.M.P., No. 34220. Syringocolumna infundibula (Whitfield) 0.0... Side view of holotype. Racine Dolomite, Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian) , Howley’s Quarry, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. U.C.M.P., No. 34350. 10. Transverse section of same _ speci- men. 11. Longitudinal section of same specimen showing in- termittent columella. 25H 243 238 alta Figure 1-3. 4-6. 9,10. BPAULLE LAIN fe UU EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12 All figures < 1 Dalmanophyllum wisconsinensis (Whitfield) ........0.0.0..0000...... 1-2. Base and side views of cast of calyx of holotype. Racine Dolomite, Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian), Racine, Wis- consin. U.S.N.M., No. 136804. 3. Stereogram of latex mold of calyx of same specimen, showing bladelike columella and fossula. Asthenophyllum? racinensis (Whitfield) 9.000000, 4-5. Base and side views of cast of calyx of holotype. Racine Dolomite, Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian), Racine, Wis- consin. U.S.N.M., No. 136786. 6. Stereogram of latex mold of same specimen showing cardinal fossula and weak axial boss. Catenipora microporus (Whitfield) 0.0.0.0... Distal view of holotype. Upper coral beds, Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian), Bailey’s Harbor, Wisconsin. U.S.N.M., No. 136760. Neocystiphyllum? fenestratum (Whitfield) 0000000000000. Side view of holotype. Waukesha or Racine Dolomite, Nia- garan Series (Middle Silurian), Cato, Wisconsin. U.S.N.M., No. 136803. Favosites occidens; Whitfield ....2.55.2-t...sees eee eee Distal and proximal views of lectotype (here chosen). Guelph Dolomite, Niagaran Series (Middle Silurian) , Saukville, Oz- aukee County, Wisconsin. U.S.N.M., No. 136757. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 1 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 ANT — Je pow a || i "pe Rants /ABtonrnae | so" ™ ? atten A SPT I) 1G ae | poe We oe =m? —— ga 1 OUR, Ld wee’ * hy AeE: ore a a Fh bed >. beets | | wenn Oagita gnrerss,, Oe ~~) WHITFIELD CORAL TYPES: STUMM 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 13 Figs. 1-4 X 2; figs. 5, 6 x 4 Figure Page He 2h aAVOSITES TOCCIGENS WIEIGEIC] Cine re crc eee ee cea eee ae ese eesencace 241 Longitudinal and transverse sections of lectotype (see Pl. 12, figs. 9, 10). 3,4. Neocystiphyllum? fenestratum (Whitfield) 0.000000... 239 Transverse and longitudinal sections of holotype (see Pl. 12, fig. 8). 5,6. Catenipora microporus (Whitfield) (0.00.0... cn. 244 Transverse and longitudinal sections of holotype (see PI. 12 ae fig. 7), showing short spinules and moniliform macrocoral- lites. INDEX — NO. 250 Index of genera and species Note: Light face figures refer to page number. Bold face figures re- fer to plate number. A Acanthohalysites 243 Amplexizaphrentis . 238 anna, Hexagonaria 10 240 Asthenophyllum' = 3..0--- ee. 236 C Gateniporay 243 Cystihalysites 242 D Dalmanophyllum Dil F HavOSiteS! 2-0. 2. 241 fenestratum, Neocystiphyllum? ........12, 13 23S H HexadZonanidwe eee eee: 240 I infundibula, Syringocolumna au. elle 244 M Microplasma 240 microporus, Cateniponay eee eee al microporus, Cystilhalysites” = 11 N Neocystiphyllumi ee ie) occidens, HaviOSitCSmess ee ee 12, 13 ohioensis, Amplexizaphrentis ............ 11 R racinensis, Asthenophyllum? ........... 12 S Syringocolumnar T typica, Microplasma .............. 10 Ww wisconsinensis, Acanthohalysites _........ 10, 11 wisconsinensis, Dalmanophyllum .............. 12 244 242 239 241 238 236 244 241 243 237 BULLETINS eats P. i OF SEP 4 1969 PE RGAIN BAe PON TOLOG Ys" Vol. 56 No. 251 CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS OF THE BELANSKI COLLECTION By HARRELL L. STRIMPLE and CALVIN O. LEVORSON 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York USA: PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1968 - 1969 PRESIDENT oectexcsece tet eter oneee ieee ctacatt ee tah cu saci secant cee eee eee KENNETH E. CASTER IVICESP RESIDENT 20s atic Re, Foe na ena eee eee WILLIAM B. HERoY SECRETARY ¢ soe op seh oes 2 eek tte cee, Seed Saks aes 2 EE ae one nee REBECCA S. HArRIs IDIRECTORS UO REASURER foes eee Pte eee LN ee ee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (GOUIN SET: presets ee te Ee OU a a) Ba ee a Se ARMAND L. ADAMS REPRESEN DATIVE sao es COUNCIL | csceceesssvetsoccescosatecseurecttstessseccreercacestenserete Davw NICOL Trustees KENNETH E. Caster (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PaLMeEr (Life) DoNALD W. FISHER (1967-1973) WILLIAM B. HERoY (1968-1974) REBECCA S. Harris (Life) AXEL A. Otsson (Life) DANIEL B. SAss (1965-1971) Hans G. KuGLER (1963-1969) W. Storrs CoLe (1964-1970) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor Mrs. FAy Bricocs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER HANS KUGLER A. Myra KEEN Jay GLENN Marks AXEL A. OLSSON Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor- poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10003 U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri- cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de- ductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. Peles INS OF AMERICAN YY eee TOLOay (Founded 1895) Vol. 56 No. 251 CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS OF THE BELANSKI COLLECTION By HarRRELL L. STRIMPLE and CALVIN O. LEVORSON August 20, 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York Wats At Library of Congress Card Number: 75-94436 Printed in the United States of America CONTENTS Page i] PUNAGNG UENO SARs Oe: Se clamor ed aon wea he me Roa WAS See NEE NIC 259 @altallo pu eppwer tem rmerben tesa a 0.7 eee rele ee te ae Nad aOR 260 JAN DIPETI NES” RES Se RS aT enh ae eee ee ee See RRS AL 268 Dataetromppelans kiss localityane 21Ster se eee ee ee 268 IRGTE@ TESS + “heal ka le A ore gE pe EM ee rs eS 270 a e460 t iy _ hae _ _ 7 » : 4° ' wat = 7 7 BP _ - f the hiss ih i > = wi 7 - “ } - al fi i} H if Dy 7 i ” el ’ § - 7 i iy 7 i a ws - ae | - - e iv... i - % oe ‘ oath 7 } ’ - S a ‘ fi t se 7 7 ee “co j - ao 7 i oO . ’ 4 ; 7 t iP; a ’ a . . = = ‘ : ar _) 6 — s : : J as ® * n es ns : 7 a 2 an r) fa : a i ¢ : - ‘ S 5 ~ s Le ss | 5 , 9 .! , ST >, - - ib a a 7 if ' Y 7, : » a 4 i, a i 7 : - - t : | = , i - ' t o = tr ' ’ rs ’ Vv n om oad - : | i 7 " 7 i ? < _ _ ¢ i SO on Vv cc - wg a e p4 ae J al , a ae) ee RO Steen, » Reseed cE Geer ee 7 , - to Se a tong . & = ae ( a baie a CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS OF THE BELANSKI COLLECTION HARRELL L. STRIMPLE AND CALVIN O. LEVORSON The University of Iowa and Riceville, lowa INTRODUCTION The purpose of the present study is to list all specimens of the Belanski collections which have been described or published and are in the Repository, Department of Geology, The Univer- sity of Iowa, Iowa City. The prefix B indicates numbers entered in the Belanski catalogue and the prefix SUI (=UIC) those en- tered in The University of Iowa catalogue. Due to the untimely demise of Belanski, many species names have remained in the literature as “zonule’”’ designations, yet in fact are nomina nuda. These are clarified herein. Most previously published information did not give clear locality data and an effort is made to provide as precise data as available. Much interest in the past, and the present for that matter, for this collection is due to comparison with other Devonian faunas from other areas. Most of the material involved was reported by C. H. Belanski, M. A. Fenton, C. L. Fenton, A. O. Thomas, and M. A. Stainbrook and was from Lime Creek Formation and Shell- rock Formation of the Upper Devonian and the Cedar Valley For- mation of the Middle Devonian. L. R. Laudon described two crin- oids, A. K. Miller commented on the cephalopods, and C. C. Branson reported on the Conocardium. Unfortunately much of the Belanski data are missing, but the Station numbers shown on specimen labels are listed and the data, when available, are listed in the Appendix. In some instances the locality is given in the catalogue proper. There is a total of 82 species listed but one is a junior objective synonym and 16 are nomina nuda. The forms are divid- ed as follows: edrioasteroid — 1; crinoids — 8; cystoid — 1; echin- oids — 5; corals— 14; brachiopods — 49; pelecypod — 1; sponge — I. Some notations have been made of current usage but most of the identifications are the original. C. H. Belanski was an avid fossil collector and naturalist with- out formal training. He was Research Assistant and Curator in the Department of Geology, The University of Iowa, under Prof. A. O. Thomas during the years 1927 to 1929. 260 BULLETIN 251 We are grateful to W. M. Furnish and B. F. Glenister, De- partment of Geology, The University of Iowa, and D. L. Koch, Iowa Geological Survey, for assistance in the preparation of this catalogue. CATALOGUE Agelacrinites hanoveri Thomas Type specimens (=syntypes) SUI (UIC) 3521, SUI (UIC) 3522, SUI (UIC) 3523a, SUI (UIC) 3523b, all missing. Thomas, 1924, pp. 419-421, pl. 46, figs. 1-5. Stromatopora reef, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Near Mason City, Iowa. Ambocoelia gibberosa Belanski (Nomen nudum). Specimens labeled as “holotype” B 3368, “paratypes” B 3865, B 3867, B 3389. Belanski, iz Fenton, C. L., 1931. p. 6. Leiorhynhus Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 4-7. Aulopora belanksii Fenton and Fenton Junior objective synonym of Aulopora elongata Fenton, 1927. Holotype B 848, Fenton and Fenton, 1937, p. 114, pl. 6, fig. 11. Aulopora confluens Fenton Holotype B 3892, paratype B 3670. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 380, pl. 1, figs. 1-7. Pugnoides Zonule near the top of the Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 20. Remarks: Listed and specimen illustrated (probably holotype) by Fenton, M. A. in Fenton and Fenton, 1937, p. 112, pl. 2, fig. 2, 3. Aulopora elongata Fenton Senior objective synonym of Aulopora belanskii Fenton and Fenton, 1937. Holo- type B 848, Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 380, pl. 1, fig. 11. Camarophoria Zonule, Mason City Member, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 2. Aulopora irregularis Fenton Paratypes B 708, B 950 (2 specimens), and B 1128. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 376, pl. 2, figs. 11, 12. dulopora Zone, Mason City Member, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 38-2. Aulopora jugalis Fenton Holotype B 270, paratype B 286. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 378, pl. 2, fig. 16. Aulopora Zone, Mason City Member, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 80-2. Aulopora linearis Fenton Holotype B 1943 (in 3 parts), paratype B 2065 (all missing). Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 379, pl. 1, fig. 10. Lepidocentrus Zone, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Near Nora Springs, Iowa. Remarks: Referred by Fenton, M. A. in Fenton and Fenton, 1937, p. 120, pl. 6, fig. 10, to Aulocaulis linearis (Fenton). Aulopora modulata Fenton Holotype B 1045; B 175, B 1904, B 2060, B 2061, B 2063. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 375, pl. 1, figs. 5-9. Crania Zone, Rock Grove Substage and Schuchertella Zonule, Nora Member, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. NE 4% NW % sec. 9, T.95N., R.17W. and SW 4% NE % sec. 15, T.95N., R.18W. Floyd County, Iowa. Remarks: Listed and types (B 1045, B 1904 and B 2060) illustrated by Fenton, M. A. im Fenton and Fenton, 1937, p. 114, pl. 6, figs. 5-9. Auvlopora multiramosa Fenton Holotype B 870. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 374, pl. 1, fig. 1. Alweolites faunule, Mason City Member, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 80-2. CATALOGUE BELANSKI COLLECTION: STRIMPLE & LEVORSON 261 Remarks: Listed and holotype figured by Fenton, M. A., iz Fenton and Fenton, V7. Joy TS jolly (5 sate ale Aulopora munda Fenton Figured paratype (=allotype) B 244. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 377, pl. 2, figs. 12-14. Aulopora Zone, Mason City Member, Sheilrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 38. Aulopora norensis Fenton Paratype B 115. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 375, pl. 2, figs. 8-10. Aulopora Zone, Mason City Member, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 38-2. Aulopora stainbrooki Fenton Holotype B 6016. Fenton, M. A., 1927, p. 374, pl. 1, fig. 12. Acervularia davidsoni beds. Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian, vicinity of Brandon, Iowa. Remarks: Listed and figured by Fenton, M. A. iz Fenton and Fenton, 1937, p. 114, pl. 6, fig. 12. Bactrocrinus westoni Belanski Holotype B 1675, paratype (=allotype) B 1980, paratypes B 1982, B 1861. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 177-179, pl. 13, figs. 35-37. Trigonotreta Zone, Bactrocrinus Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 159-9, 38-3, 38-3, 23-2. Remarks: Bactrocrinites westoni (Belanski), Bassler and Moodey, 1943, p. 315. Camarophoria nora Belanski Holotype B 17, paratype B 101 (missing). Belanski, 1928a, pp. 28, 29, pl. 4, figs. 15-19. Prismatophyllum Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 93-9. Camarophoria paupera Belanksi Holotype B 10, paratypes B 15, B 16, B 18, B 20. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 193-195, pl. 14, figs. 18-26, text-fig. 2-A; 1928a, p. 27, pl. 4, figs. 6-14, text-fig. 13. Camarophoria Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 2-7. Remarks: Camarophoria paupera Belanski (nomen nudum), 1927, p. 334. Camarophoria perplexa Belanski Holotype B 4041, paratypes B 3152, B 4014. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 31, 32, pl. 4, figs. 31-34, text-fig. 14. Douwvillina Zone, NXenoctdaris Zonule and Lioclema Zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 1, 1, 4-5. Camarophoria planodorsata Belanski Holotype B 369, paratypes B 290, B 293. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 30, 31, pl. 4, figs. 27-30. Upper Actinostroma Zone, Pseudotectus Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 78-6, 157-9, 157-9. Camarcphoria prolifica Belanski Holotype B 4283, paratypes B 3925, B 3960, *B 4085. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 32-34, pl. 4, figs. 35-40, text-fig. 15. Owen Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 105-1. Remarks: *Illustration shows 4084, which is correct. Camarophoria retziaformis Belanski Holotype B 104, paratype B 105. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 29, 30, pl. 4, figs. 20-26. Prismatophyllum Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 93-9. Camarophoria swallovi (Branson) Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 6030, B 6411. SUI 6671. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 25-27, pl. 4, figs. 1-5, text-fig. 12. Acervularia profunda beds, Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian. Near Brandon, Iowa. Chonetes schucherti Cleland Hypotypes B 6618; B 6442 (all missing). Stainbrook, 1943, pp. 48, 49. Bellula Zone, Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian. 262 BULLETIN 251 Conocardium ventricosum Hall Hypotypes B 6528 (52 specimens). B 6829, B 6707 (2 specimens), B 6832, B 6864, B 6722 (4 specimens), B 6496 (24 specimens) and B 6713 (4 speci- mens). Branson, 1942, pp. 390, 391, pl. 59, figs. 9, 10, 12-15. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. Sta. 185-5, 179-3, 185-5, 179-4, 147-2, 185-8, 145, 185-4. Cranaena brevilamella Belanski Holotype B 1591, paratypes B 238, B 400, B 712. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 16, 17, pl. 2, figs. 23-27, text-fig. 7. Upper dctinostroma Zone, Shellrock, Upper Dev- onian. Sta. 78-6, 78-6, 93-9, 115-1. Remarks: Labels show Cranaena rhomboidalis. Cranaena brevisyrinx Belanski Holotype B 1179, paratypes B 52, B 1177, B 1178. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 14-16, pla 2y figs, 19-22, text-figs (6. Cranaena calvini (Hall and Whitfield) Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 3159, B 3176, B 3561, B 3920, B 4286, B 4475. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 17-19, pl. 3, figs. 1-7, text-fig. 8. Nortonechinus Zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 4-18, 1, 1, 4-18, 1. Cranaena infrequens Belanski Holotype B 7041, paratypes B 7042, B 7044, B 7045. Belanski, 1928, pp. 9, 10, pl. 1, figs. 18-21, text-fig. 3. Atrypa lineata Zonule, Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian. Sta. 123-16, 123-16, 60-5. Cranaena iowensis (Calvin) Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 6133, B 6134, B 6136. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 7, 8, pl. 1, figs. 1-8, text-fig. 2, Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian. All Sta. 200. Cranaena maculata Belanski Holotype B 1813, paratypes B 265, B 1182, B 1183, B 1184, SUI 6898. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 10, 11, pl. 1, figs. 22-28, text-fig. 4. Eatonia Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 32-3, 89-5, 64-5, 89-5, 64-5. Cranaena micuia Belanski Holotype B 3173, paratypes B 4010, B 4279. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 21, 22, pl. 3, figs. 21-25, text-fig. 10. Stuartella Zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 105-1. Cranaena navicella (Hall) Hypotypes (=plesiotypes), B 3144, B 3145, B 3174, B 3177. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 19-21, pl. 3, figs. 8-16, text-fig. 9. Pugnoides Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 19-18. Cranaena parvirostra Belanski Holotype B 847, paratypes B 196, B 438, B 1001, B 1708, SUI 6897. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 11-13, pl. 2, figs. 1-5, text-fig. 5. Camarophoria Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 2-7, 25-5, 26-4, 26-4, 25-5. Cranaena rockwellensis Belanski Holotype B 4330, paratypes B 4042, B 4731. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 22, 23, pl. 3, figs. 17-20, text-fig. 11. Stuwartella Zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 105-1. Cranaena romingeri (Hall) Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 6316, B 6317, B 10123, B 10125, B 10126. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 5-7, pl. 1, figs. 9-17, text-fig. 1. Middle Cedar Valley, Devonian. Sta. 180-15, 145, (specimens 6316 and 6317). Transverse Group, Devonian, Rose Quarry, Petoskey, Mich. (specimens 10123, 10125, 10126). CATALOGUE BELANSKI COLLECTION: STRIMPLE& LEVORSON 263 Cranaena sarcophaga Belanski Holotype B 1135. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 13, 14, pl. 2, figs. 6-9. Alveolites Zonule Shellrock Middle Devonian, Sta. 80-2. Cranaena seminule Belanski Holotype B 563, paratypes B 1332, B 1333, B 1334. Belanski, 1928, p. 14, pl. 2, figs. 10-18. Strobilocystites Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 158-17. Cranaena subcylindrica Cooper and Cloud Hypotypes B 6790, B 6810, SUI 6216, all missing. Stainbrook, 1941, p. 54, pl. 7, figs. 21-24. Profunda Zone, Cedar Valley, Johnson County and near Troy Mills and Shellburg, Iowa. Crania millepunctata Belanski Holotype B 60, paratypes B 61, B 62, B 64. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 186, 187, pl. 12, figs. 4-6. Crania Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 112-3. Cyathophyllum floydense Belanski (=Cyathophyllum floydensis Belanski, 1927), Holotype B 2001, paratype (=allotype) B 1361, paratypes, B 364, B 753, B 2003. Belanski, 1928c, pp. 176, 177, pl. 12, fig. 1. Lepidocentrus Zone, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 2-7, 38-6, 2-7, 2-7, 2-7. Remarks: Listed as Cyathophyllum floydensis by Belanski, 1927, p. 334 but changed to a neuter ending by Belanski, 1928. Dactylocrinus stellatimbasalis Thomas Holotype SUI (UIC) 3709. Thomas, 1922, pp. 469-471, pl. 44, figs. 1-5. Lime Creek, Upper Devonian; SE % sec. 13, T. 95 N., R. 19 W., near top of beds near Bird Hill, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Decadocrinus crassidactylus Laudon Holotype SUI 1998a, Laudon, 1936, p. 64, figs. 7, 8. Rapid Creek Member (=Littleton Member), Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian, Rapid Creek, north of Iowa City, Johnson County, Iowa. Decadocrinus pachydactylus Laudon Holotype SUI 1997A. Laudon, 1936, p. 64, fig. 9. Rapid Creek Member (=Littleton Member), Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian, Brandon, Iowa. Devonocidaris primaevus Belanski (=Devonocidaris phimaevus Belanski, 1927). Syntypes B 1738 (25 specimens). Belanski, 1928d, pp. 184-186, pl. 13, figs. 29-34. Lepidocentrus Zone, Mason City Member (=substage), Upper Devonian. Sta. 43-16. Remarks: Listed as Devonocidaris phimaevus by Belanski, 1927, p. 335, ap- parently as a printing error. The name is not available. Dielasmella praecursor Belanski Holotype B 3171, paratypes B 3131, B 3169, B 3172, B 4415. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 28, 29, pl. 4, figs. 13-20, text-fig. 15. Nortonechinus Zonule and Devono- cidaris Zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 4-18, 4-18, 19-3, 4-18, 19-13. Douvillina planumbona Belanski Nomen nudum. Specimens labeled “paratypes” B 3395, B 3489, B4137, B 4404. Belanski, im Fenton, C. L., 1931, p. 6. Atrypa hackberryensis Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 4-10. Eatonia gregaria Belanski Nomen nudum. Belanski, 1927, p. 335. Eatonia gregaria Belanski. Holotype B1323, paratypes B 1193, B 1322. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 196-198, pl. 15, figs. 7-17, text-fig. 3-A. Eatonia Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 89-4, 89-4, 155-5. BULLETIN 251 no Dp IS Gypidula comis (Owen) Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 8176, B 8177, B 8180, B 8181. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 9-11, pl. 1, figs. 1-11, text-fig. 3. Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian. Sta. 168-3. Gypidula cornuta Fenton and Fenton Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 3153, B 3685, B 3897. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 14-16, pl. 1, figs. 12-24, pl. 2, fig. 14, text-fig. 6. Xenocidaris Zone, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 4-6. Gypidula nucleolata Belanski Holotype B 5005, paratypes B 5006, 5009. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 19, 20, pl. 3, figs. 12-19, text-fig. 8. Goldius Zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 9-3. Gypidula occidentalis Hall Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 8076, B 8077, B 8085, SUI 6418. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 8, 9, figs. 1-8, text-fig. 2. Davenport substage, Cedar Valley, Middle Devon- ian. All Sta. 149-2. Gypidula papyracea Belanski Holotype B 1445, paratypes B 511, B 644, B 1316, *B 2059. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 12, 13, pl. 2, figs. 9-13; pl. 3, figs. 20-24, text-fig. 4. Camarophoria Zonule Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 2-7, 25-5, 15-10, 2-7, 2-7. Remarks: *B 2059 designated as the holotype on plate explanation in error. Gypidula parva Fenton and Fenton Hypotypes (=plesiotypes) B 3417, B3425, B 3764. Belanski 1928a, pp. 16-18, pl. 3, figs. 1-11, text-fig. 7. Devonocidaris zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 19-13: Gypidula rostrata Belanski Holotype B 1317, paratypes B 164, B 288, B 339, *B 301. Belanski 1928a, pp. 13, 14, pl. 2, figs. 15-19, text-fig. 5. Loxonema Zonule, Shellrock, Upper De- vonian. All Sta. 93-5. Remarks: *B 301 designated as the holotype on plate explanation in error. Hexacrinus iowensis Thomas “the type’ SUI (UIC) 3708, “the cotype’ SUI (UIC) 3707. Thomas, 1922, pp. 462, 463, pl. 42, figs. 10-13. Shellrock, Upper Devonian. SW 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 28, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., in gutter along wagon road on the east side of Shellrock River, Floyd County, Iowa. Remarks: Hexacrinites iowensis (Thomas), Bassler and Moodey, 1943, p. 509. Hexacrinus springeri Thomas Holotype SUI (UIC) 3631 paratypes SUI (UIC) 3722, SUI (UIC) 3723, SUI (UIC) 3724, SUI (UIC) 3725. Thomas, 1922, pp. 461, 462, pl. 42, figs. 2-9; pl. 43, figs. 1-9. Shellrock, Upper Devonian. NW % NE Y sec. 4, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., in left bank of Shellrock River, Floyd County, Iowa. Remarks: Hexacrinites springeri (Thomas), Bassler and Moodey 1943, p. 510. Hypothyridina magister Belanski Nomen nudum, Belanski, 1927, p. 334. Hypothyridina magister Belanski. Holo- type B 935, paratypes B 1711, B 1255 (missing), paratype B 462 (missing). Belanski, 1928d, pp. 198-200, pl. 15, figs. 1-6, text-fig. 4. Lepidocentrus Zone, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 26-4, 25-5. lowaspongia annulata Thomas Syntype SUI 2801. Thomas, 1922, p. 88, pl. 1, fig. 2. Plastic blue shale Lime Creek, upper Devonian. Pit of the Rockford Brick & Tile Co., Rockford, Iowa. CATALOGUE BELANSKI COLLECTION: STRIMPLE & LEVORSON 265 Lepidocentrus thomasi Belanski Nomen nudum, Belanski, 1927, p. 334. Lepidocentrus? thomasi Belanski. Syn- types B 1808 (19 specimens). Belanski, 1928d, pp. 181-183, pl. 13, figs. 1-16. Lepidocentrus Zone, Camarophoria Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 2-7. Lingula milwaukeensis Cleland? Hypotypes B 6400, B 6460 (all missing). Stainbrook, 1942, p. 606. Bellula Zone, Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian, Buffalo, Iowa. Manticoceras regulare? Fenton and Fenton Figured specimen (=hypotype) B 3850. Miller, 1936, p. 234, pl. 1, figs. 11, 12, Ptyctodus Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 1. Melocrinus belanskii Thomas Holotype SUI (UIC) 3602, paratype SUI (UIC) 3751. Thomas, 1924, pp. 440-442, pl. 37, figs. 11-12. Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. SE 1/4 sec. 13, T. 95 N., R. 19 E., near Bird Hill, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Remarks: Melocrinites belanskii (Thomas), Bassler and Moodey, 1943, p. 554. Nassoviocrinus goldringae Belanski Holotype B 1981, paratype B 1983. Belanski, 192Z8d, pp. 179-181, pl. 13, figs. 38- 39. Trigonotreta Zone, Nassoviocrinus zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 38-3. Nortonechinus owensis Thomas Type specimens (=syntypes), SUI (UIC) 3063, SUI (UIC) 3064a-e, SUI (UIC) 3065a-b, SUI (UIC) 3066a-f. Thomas, 1924, pp. 493-495, pl. 50, figs. 26-35. Owen Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. In gutters along roadside between secs. 36 Mason Township and 31 Portland ‘Township about 75 yards north of Owen Creek, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Nortonechinus welleri Thomas “the type specimen” (holotype) SUI (UIC) 3044, other specimens SUI (UIC) 3051a-d, SUI (UIC) 3046a, c, SUI (UIC) 3045a, SUI (UIC) 3048a-b, SUI (UIC) 3051 a-d, SUI (UIC) 3047, SUI (UIC) 3052a-d, SUI (UIC) 3053a-c, SUI (UIC) 3055a-d, SUI (UIC) 3059a,b. Thomas, 1924, pp. 483-492, pl. 47, figs. 1-7; pl. 48, figs. 1-49; pl. 49, figs. 1-6, 8-23. Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. In marly shales 10-15 feet above the pastic blue shales near the Rockford Brick & Tile pit, Rockford, Iowa. Remarks: This species has been restudied by Kier (1968, pp. 1163-70, pl. 151, fig. 1-4). Orbiculoidea telleri Cleland Hypotypes B 6395, B 6572 (all missing), Stainbrook, 1942, p. 608. Bellula Zone, Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian, Buffalo, Iowa. Pachyphyllum websteri Belanski Holotype B 2176, paratypes B 529, B 646, B 626 (missing). Belanski, 1928d, pl. 12, fig. 3, text-fig. 1. Aulopora Zone, Pachyphyllum Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 38-2. Petrocrania sp. : B 6734 (missing). Stainbrook, 1942, p. 610, pl. 88, fig. 44. Cranaena Zone, Cedar Valley, Middle Devonian. Platyrachella ballardi Belanski ; Holotype B 277, paratypes B 702, B 1042 (missing). Belanski, 1928d, pp. 204- 206, pl. 16, figs. 1-10. Platyrachella Zone, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 78-3. 266 BULLETIN 251 Remarks: Platyrachella ballardi Belanski (nomen nudum). Belanski, 1927, p. 325. Platyrachella ulsterensis Belanski Holotype B 1905, paratype B 647. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 206, 207, pl. 17, fig. 1-8. Crania Zonule, Shell Rock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 112-3. Remarks: Listed as Spirifer ulsterensis Belanski, 1927 (nomen nudum). Prismatophyllum oweni Belanski Holotype B 471, paratypes B 134, B 1522 (missing). Belanski, 1928, pp. 174-176, pl. 12, fig. 2. Prismatophyllum Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 93-9. Remarks: Prismatophyllum oweni Belanski (nomen nudum). Belanski, 1927, p. 32 Productella fragilis Belanski eg Holotype B 130, paratypes B 390, B 299, B 232 (missing). Belanski, 1928d, pp. 192, 193, pl. 14, figs. 15-17. Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 112-2, 112-3, 112-2. Schizophoria floydensis Belanski Holotype B 500, paratypes B 61, B 62, B 64. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 187-189, pl. 14, figs. 1-7. Schizophoria Zone, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 112-3. Remarks: Schizophoria floydensis Belanski (nomen nudum). Belanski, 1927, pa 3295 Sieberella emarginata Belanski Holotype B 1440, paratypes B 128, B 940. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 21, 22, pl. 3, figs. 25-31, text-fig. 9. Camarophoria Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 2-7, 2-7, 26-4. Sieberella insolita Belanski Holotype B 1200, paratypes B 273, B 420. Belanski, 1928a, pp. 22-24, pl. 3, figs. 32-36, text-fig. 10. Upper Actinostroma Zone, Pseudotectus Zonule, Shell- rock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 115-1, 36, 36. Spirifer cardinalis Belanski Holotype B 969, paratypes B 315, B 370. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 201, 202, pl. 16, figs. 23-30. Eatonia Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 64-5, 89-4, 126-5. Spirifer ulsterensis Belanski (Nomen nudum), Belanski, 1927, p. 329. Remarks: See Platyrachella ulsterensis Belanski, 1928. Strobilocystites schucherti Thomas “the types” (syntypes) SUI (UIC) 3505, 3506, figured specimen SUI (UIC) 3507, Thomas, 1924, pp. 418, 419, pl. 35, figs. 12, 19. Shellrock, Upper De- vonian. Belanski quarry a Nora Springs, Iowa, Middle Cedar Valley, 1-1/2 Mi. west of Solon, Iowa. Strephalosia iowa Belanski (Nomen nudum), Belanski im Fenton, C. L., 1931, p. 3. Devonocidaris Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 19-13. Remarks: Specimens jabeled as Productella iowa Belanski (nomen nudum), “holotype” B 3719, “paratypes” B 3474, B 4012. Strophalosia multispinosa Belanski (Nomen nudum). Specimens labeled as “holotype” B 3441, “paratypes” B 3266, B 3312, B 3505, B 4104. Belanski, in Fenton, C. L., 1931, p. 4. Stropholosia Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 108, 19-9, 19-9, 19-9, 19-13. CATALOGUE BELANSKI COLLECTION: STRIMPLE& LEVORSON 267 Stropheodonta cicatricosa Belanski Holotype B 242, paratypes B 349, B 356, B 409, B 176. Belanski 1928d, pp. 189, 190, pl. 14, figs. 11-14. Camarophoria Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Remarks: Stropheodonta cicatricosa Belanski (nomen nudum). Belanski, 1927, p. 334. Stropheodonta nortoni Belanski (Nomen nudum). Specimens labeled as “Holotype” B 3755, “paratypes” B 3454, B 3475, B 4104, B 4105. Belanski, 7x Fenton, C. L., 1931, p. 6. Nortoni Zonule, Owen Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. Sta. 9-11. Stropheodonta scottensis Belanski Holotype B 300, paratypes B 1088, B 174, B 542. Belanski, 1928d, pp. 190, 191, pl. 14, figs. 8-10. Trigonotreta Zone, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 159-9, 159-9, 56-5, 159-9. Remarks: Stropheodonta scottensis Belanski (nomen nudum). Belanski, 1927 nea i Stuartella devoniana Belanski Holotype B 1181, paratypes B 533, B 1180, B 1439, B 2150. Belanski, 1928b, pp. 26, 27, pl. 4, figs. 10-12, text-fig. 12. Camarophoria Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Sta. 25-5, 25-5, 25-5, 2-7, 2-7. Stuartella vera Belanski Holotype B 4290, paratypes B 4370, B 4511. Belanski, 1928, pp. 26, 27, pl. 4, figs. 10-12, text-fig. 13. Stuartella Zonule, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 105-1. Tornoceras (Tornoceras) uniangulare? (Conrad) Figured specimen (=hypotype) SUI 33407. Miller, 1936, p. 231, pl. 1, fig. 16. Amana beds, (?Lime Creek), Upper Devonian. Near Amana, Iowa. Trigonotreta shellrockensis Belanski Holotype B 720, paratype (=allotype) B 728, paratypes B 2242, B 1799. Belanski 1928d, pp. 202-204, pl. 16, figs. 11-18. Trigonotreta Zone, Bactrocrinus Zonule, Shellrock, Upper Devonian. All Sta. 159-9, Remarks: Trigonotreta shellrockensis Belanski (nomen nudum). Belanski, 1927, p-s27- Xenocidaris americana Thomas Type specimens (=syntypes), SUI (UIC) 3073. Thomas, 1924, pp. 497-499, pl. 50, fig. 1. Xenocidaris Zone, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. In the marly shale just above the contact with the blue plastic shale of the Lime Creek beds, near east end of Rockford Brick & Tile Co., pit, Rockford, Iowa. Remarks: A total of 15 specimens were studied but the others were apparently collected by Thomas and Belanski jointly. The contour of the pit has changed considerably through the years. 268 Station 1-0 2-7 4-0 BULLETIN 251 APPENDIX Data from Belanski’s Locality Register No. (including zones) NW 1/4, NE 1/4, sec. 34, T. 96 N., R. 19 W., about 4 miles SW of Nora Springs, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Juniper Hill stage. Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. SW 1/4 NE 1/4 sec. 7, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., Belanski’s quarry, Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Camarophoria Zonule, Mason City Mem- ber (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. SE 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 16, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., 3 miles West of Rock- ford, Floyd Conunty, Iowa, Upper Devonian. Juniper Hill stage, Lime Creek. Xenocidaris Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member (=substage), Lime Creek. Leiorhynchus Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek. Atrypa hackberryensis Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek. Nortonechinus Zonule, Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek. NW 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 31, T. 96 N., R. 19 W., about 3 miles SE of Mason City, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Goldius Zonule, Idiostroma Zone, Owen Member (=substage) Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. NE 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 22, T. 95 N., R. 19 W., about 6 miles west of Rockford, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Owen Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. SW 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 19, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., about 3-1/2 miles west of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. NW 1/4 NE 1/4 sec. 24, T. 95 N., R. 19 W., Bird Hill about 4 miles west of Rockford, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. NE 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 10, T. 95 N., R. 18 W. abandoned quarries in northern edge of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Synbathocrinus Zonule, Trigonatreta Zone, Mason City Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. NW 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 7, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., mill dam at Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Camarophoria Zonule, Lepidocentrus Zone, Mason City Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. SE 1/4 NE 1/4 sec. 7, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., abandoned quarry on the North bank of Kidney Creek in northwest part of Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Athyris Zonule, Lepidocentrus Zone, Mason City Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. NE 1/4 SE 1/4 sec. 7, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., abandoned quarry in east bank of Shellrock River, about 1/4 mile north of Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Expansum? zonule, Lower Actinostroma Zone, Nora Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. NW 1/4 NE 1/4 sec. 18, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., south part of Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Shellrock, Upper Devonian. NW 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 17, T. 96 N., R. 18 W. Abandoned quarry in southern part of Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Pachyphyllum Zonule, Aulopora Zone, Mason City Member (=sub- stage). Decadocrinus Zonule, Trigonatreta Zone, Mason City Member (=sub- stage). Athyris Zonule, Lepidocentrus Zone, Mason City Member (=substage). SW 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 28, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., about 2-1/2 miles SE of Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Lepidocentrus Zone, Mason City Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. 126-5 145-0 147-2 149-2 CATALOGUE BELANSKI COLLECTION: STRIMPLE & LEVORSON 269 SW 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 7, T. 94 N., R. 17 W., road gutter two miles due west of Marble Rock, Iowa. Stereocrinus Zonule, Trigonotreta Zone, Mason City Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. SE 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 7, T. 95 N., R. 15 W., dry run entering Cedar River from north in eastern part of Charles City, Floyd County, Iowa. Cedar Valley Formation (=substage), Middle Devonian. SE 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 33, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., Cooper’s bend, Shellrock River, about 2 miles NW of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Eatonia Zonule, Mason City Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. SW 1/4 NE 1/4 sec. 15, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., southern bank of Lime Creek, about 1/4 mile south of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Schuchertella Zonule, Platyrachella Zone, Nora Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Pseudotectus Zonule, Upper Actinostroma Zone, Nora Member (=sub- stage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. SE 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 10, T. 96 N., R. 20 W., cliff in east bank of Willow Creek just south of State Street Bridge, Mason City, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Alveolites Zonule, Lepidocentrus Zone, Mason City Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. NW 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 28, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., north bank of Baum- gardners Creek, about 2 miles SE of Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Eatonia Zonule, Mason City Member (=substage). Cladopora Zonule, Mason City Member (=substage). NW 1/4 SE 1/4 sec. 13, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., eastern bank of Flood Creek, west edge of Rudd, Floyd County, Iowa. Shellrock, Upper De- vonian. Loxonema Zonule, Schizophoria Zone, Rock Grove Member (=sub- stage). Prismatophyllum Zonule, Lower Actinostrema Zone, Nora Member (=substage). SW 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 22, T. 94 N., R. 20 W., road cut three miles directly south of Rockwell, Cerro Gordo County, Iowa. Stuartella Zonule, Floydia Zone, Owen Member (=substage), Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. No data as to locality. Cerro Gordo Member, Lime Creek, Upper Devonian. NE 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 9, T. 95 N., R. 17 W., road cut about 4 miles east of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Rock Grove Member (=sub- stage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. Productella Zonule, Paracyclas Zone. Crania Zonule, Schizophoria Zone. SE 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 30, T. 96 N., R. 18 W., road gutter between secs. 30 and 31, about 2-1/2 miles south of Nora Springs, Floyd County, Iowa. Nora Member (=substage). Shellrock, Upper Devonian. SE 1/4 SE 1/4 sec. 20, T. 95 N., R. 15 W., two small abandoned quarries on the northern bank of Bloody Run Creek about three miles southeast of Charles City, Iowa. Atrypa lineata Zonule, Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. NW 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 13, T. 93 N., R. 17 W., road cut just north of Coldwater Creek, 1 mile south of Greene, Butler County, Iowa. Eatonia? Zonule, Lepidocentrus Zone, Mason City Member (=sub- stage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. No locality data. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. No locality data. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. No locality data, other than Davenport substage which is now called Solon. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. 270 BULLETIN 251 155-5 NE 1/4 NE 1/4 sec. 4, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., cliffs along south bank of the Shellrock River, about 1-1/2 miles north of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Eatonia Zonule, Hexacrinus Zone, Mason City Member (=sub- stage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. 157-9 SE 1/4 SE 1/4 sec. 9, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., eastern bank of Lime Creek, west edge of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Platyrachella Zone, Nora Member (=substage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. 158-17 SE 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 14, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., east bank of Shellrock River southeast about 1/4 mile south of Rockford, Floyd County, Iowa. Strobilocystites Zonule, Schizophoria Zone, Rock Grove Member (=sub- stage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. 159-9 NE 1/4 SW 1/4 sec. 14, T. 95 N., R. 18 W., about 1/4 mile south of 158-17, cliff opposite mouth of Lime Creek, Floyd County, Iowa. Poteriocrinus Zonule, Trigonatreta Zone, Mason City Member (=sub- stage), Shellrock, Upper Devonian. 168-3 SW 1/4 NW 1/4 sec. 24, T. 81 N., R. 5 W., south bank of Cedar River about 5 miles east of Solon, Johnson County, Iowa. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. 179-0 No further data available. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle De- vonian. 180-0 No further data available. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle De- vonian. 185-0 No further data available. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. 200-0 No further data available. Cedar Valley Formation, Middle Devonian. REFERENCES Bassler, R. S., and Moodey, M. W. 1943. Bibliographic and faunal index of Paleozoic pelmatozoan echinoderms. Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper 45, 730 pp. Belanski, C. H. 1927. The Shellrock Stage of the Devonian of Iowa. American Midland Natu- ralist, vol. 10, (10), pp. 317-370. 1928a. Pentameracea of the Devonian of northern Iowa. University of Iowa, Studies Nat. Hist., vol. 12, (7), 34 p., 4 pl. 1928b. Terebratulacea of the Devonian of northern Iowa. University of Iowa, Studies Nat. Hist., vol. 12, (8), 29 p., 4 pl. 1928c. The Shellrock Stage of the Devonian of Iowa. American Midland Natu- ralist, vol. 11, (5), pp. 165-170. 1928d. Description of some typical fossils of the Shellrock Stage. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 11, (5), pp. 171-212, pl. 12-17. 1931. In Fenton, C. L. The Stratigraphy of the Hackberry Stage. Wagner Free Institute of Science, vol. 2, pp. 1-7. Branson, C. C. 1942. Correction of homonyms in the lamellibranch genus Conocardium,. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, (3), pp. 387-392, pl. 59. Fenton, M. A. | 1927. New Species of Aulopora from the Devonian of Iowa. American Mid- land Naturalist, vol. 10 (11-12), pp. 373-384, pl. 1, 2. Fenton, C. L., and Fenton, M. A. 1937. American Midland Naturalist, vol. 18, (10), pp. 109-115. CATALOGUE BELANSKI COLLECTION: STRIMPLE & LEVORSON 271 Kier, P. M. 1968. Nortonechinus and the ancestry of the cidarid echinoids. Jour. Paleont., vol. 42, pp. 1163-70, pl. 151, 153. Laudon, L. R. 1936. Notes on the Devonian crinoid fauna of Cedar Valley Formation of Iowa. Jour. Paleont., vol. 10, pp. 60-66, pl. 63. Miller, A. K. 1936. Iowa Devonian ammonoids. lowa Academy Science, vol. 43, pp. 231-234, ak i Stainbrook, M. A. 1941. Terebratulacea of the Cedar Valley beds of Iowa. Jour. Paleont., vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 42-55, pls. 7, 8. 1942. Brachiopoda of the Cedar Valley beds of Iowa. Inarticulata, Ryhnchon- ellacea and Rostrospiracea. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 604-619, pls. 88, 89. 1943. Strophomenacea of the Cedar Valley Limestone of Iowa. Jour. Paleont., vol. 17, No. 1, p. 39-59, pls. 6, 7. 1943. Spiriferacea of the Cedar Valley Limestone of Iowa. Jour. Paleont., vol. 17, No. 5, pp. 417-450, pls. 65-70. Thomas, A. O. 1922. Some new Paleozoic glass-sponges from Iowa. Iowa Academy Science, vol. 29, pp. 85-90, pl. 1. 1924. Echinoderms of the Iowa Devonian. Iowa Geol. Sur., vol. 29, pp. 387-505, pls. 35-54. one em dh ee el LIBRARY BULLETINS ne abe OF UNIVERSITY AMERICAN PAE EONTOLOGY Vol. 56 No. 252 SOME LATE CENOZOIC ECHINOIDEA FROM CABO BLANCO, VENEZUELA By Norman E. WEISBoRD 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York src. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1968 - 1969 PRESIDEN U0 oo ee ase ip CBN oe, See ee ae ee eee KENNETH E. CASTER VICE-PRESIDENT (22202-0845 oe ee ee Ee ee ee WILLIAM B. HERoY SECRETARY, pcos. 2 Seer eat oo Re ea eee ce Ana ol ny Be ee REBECCA S. Harris Director, TREASURER .............--.. Hes AEE cl seis ches eel aR ed KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUINSE Tee vere tree er Rane eee ee see RUNS ED eee eee ae ARMAND L, ADAMS IREPRESEN DATIVE AAAS GO CIN CLL ere ose ae ee cee Davip NICOL Trustees KENNETH E. CASTER (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) DoNALD W. FISHER (1967-1973) WiLiiaAm B. HERoy (1968-1974) ResBecca S. Harris (Life) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) DANIEL B. Sass (1965-1971) Hans G. KuGLer (1963-1969) W. Storrs CoLe (1964-1970) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER HANS KUGLER A. Myra KEEN JAY GLENN Marks AXEL A. OLSSON Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor- poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10003 U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri- cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de- ductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. BOVE EINS OF AMERICAN PAEbONTORCGY (Founded 1895) Vol. 56 No. 252 SOME LATE CENOZOIC ECHINOIDEA FROM CABO BLANCO, VENEZUELA By NorMAN E. WEISBoRD October 16, 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 14850, U.S.A. Library of Congress Card Number: 75-97900. Printed in the United States of America Arnold Printing Company CONTENTS Page JAN SSN ORO GS «= Ae Be oe ee RS NN Sek EOE ae SAIL OER PESO ie 7 Be, 277 PN Tot, OCRUICET OM We oaks 5 sec cee hs so eee eh he AS ee i 277 PNG KM OW LE CLE TI CNUs cuenta es cen ge Sees OY RRS Cr, ek ee I a 278 BOG allie eS pert eres een nN ee. ee ne She a Ee ee Se 278 The Cabo Blanco Group Stratigraphic Table ................. RAR C8 ieee BOR Dae ae 280 Histvolmthemr chinoidea icollected(me 1 ke ote ee od aN Tot ee a 281 Age determination of the fossils from the Cabo Blanco Group and PLOMMethes Gualcua za © lays sess ee ee ee 282 Percentage of Recent species, by class and formation 222... 282 SVStemlatlCmGeSCriptlOnsis =. sees ss Le: Nene Ae oe Le ee ee 287 INE LEdeTI CES MCLEE Cig eee Starr See re ten tees ore 8 Be AS kets eee ee 336 Ve UV tale ROP Re PP eee ROO ey nee nes AN eS 355 : ' , mT tae! Besa} ae: BE v4) hth, an Santee =" ad ae =a Oa AS ayes ‘ey. a) oat Vega t ing Sts Oe, ah ee tis A rn as : es Wee prs ie S as ee, a “ _ pros re @ #0 ; SOME LATE CENOZOIC ECHINOIDEA FROM CABO BLANCO, VENEZUELA Norman E. WEIsBorp ABSTRACT Eight species of echinoids plus a number of isolated echinoid spines are described and illustrated. Six of the species are fossil, occurring in the Playa Grande, Mare, or Abisinia Formations of the Cabo Blanco Group, two are Recent, and one is both fossil and Recent. All but one (and possibly even that) of the fossil species are known to be living, and at least six of the eight species are allopatric, having evolved into valid geographic forms by virtue of their restriction to Atlantic waters between eastern America and western Africa within the 30 degree parallels. Three of the fossils are recorded for the first time from the Pliocene, and one from the Pleistocene, of Venezuela. Tables are presented showing the percentage of Recent species by class and formation, in which is given a) the total number of fossil marine inverte- brates collected from a particular formation, and b) the number and per cent of fossil species therein which are known also in the Recent. The tables dis- close that although there is considerable variation in the survival rate to the Recent among different classes of Venezuelan Neogene invertebrates, each group has its particular life span, and the thesis is developed that once the Recent percentage is established everywhere for all groups of Tertiary fossils in all sedimentary units of established stratigraphic position, the percentage of one biologic entity should be as indicative of a particular interval of Ceno- zoic time as any other biologic entity. INTRODUCTION With the completion of the present work on the Echinoidea, the writer will have described, compared, and illustrated in the Bulletins of American Paleontology 539 species of Pliocene to Re- cent invertebrates collected during 1955 and 1956 in northern Vene- zuela at three coastal localities: La Salina de Guaiguaza, Estado Carabobo; Cabo Blanco, Distrito Federal; and Higuerote, Estado Miranda. Among the classes represented were the Gastropoda (1962, 285 species); Pelecypoda [Bivalvia] (1964a, 173 species); Scaphopoda (1964b, 15 species); Polychaetia (1964b, 7 species); Cirripedia (1966a, 9 species); Gymnolaemata [Bryozoa] (1967, 28 species); Anthozoa and Hydrozoa (1968a, 14 species); and Ech- inoidea (1969, 8 species). This particular paper deals with eight species of echinoids from the Cabo Blanco area. Six of the species are fossil and occur in the Playa Grande, Mare, or Abisinia Formations of the Cabo Blanco Group; two of the species are Recent and were collected on the beach facing the Caribbean Sea and lying immediately north of the Cabo Blanco hills; and one, Eucidaris tribulotdes (Lamarck), is both fossil and Recent. All but one (and possibly even that) of the fossil species have survived to Recent time, and are known to be living in the Caribbean Sea, the Gulf of Mexico, or the Atlantic Ocean generally between the 30 degree parallels. Three of the fos- sils are recorded for the first time from the Pliocene, and one from 278 BuLuetTin 252 the Pleistocene, of Venezuela. At least six of the eight species are allopatric in the sense that although they are closely related to species elsewhere, they have evolved into valid geographic species by virtue of their isolation or restriction to “Atlantic” waters be- tween eastern America and western Africa. Under the synonymy of each species dealt with in this work there are listed all of the references to that species I have been able to find. Each citation, however, rests on the authority of the taxonomist responsible for its usage. The specimens illustrated herein have been deposited with the Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, New York. The re- maining material is available in the Department of Geology, Flor- ida State University, Tallahassee, Florida. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS For the courtesies extended to me in the preparation of this paper, I am indebted to Dr. C. Wythe Cooke of the U.S. Geological Survey, Mrs. Bertha M. Cutress of the University of Puerto Rico, Dr. J. Wyatt Durham of the University of California, Dr. Leo G. Hertlein of the California Academy of Sciences, Dr. Porter M. Kier of the U.S. National Museum, Dr. Luiz Roberto Tommasi of the Instituto Oceanografico, Universidade de Sao Paulo, and Dr. Kath- erine V. W. Palmer of the Paleontological Research Institution. I am also grateful to the National Science Foundation for supporting this study through its Research Grant GB-1676. Most of the photographs were taken and processed by Werner Vagt of Florida State University and Gerritt Mulders of Tallahassee. A number of echinoid spines were loaned to Bertha Cutress who kindly sent to me the excellent photographic enlargements repro- duced in this work. Katherine Palmer supervised the editing and publication, and for this I am particularly appreciative since con- currently she was directing the renovation and occupancy of the newly acquired facility of the Paleontological Research Institution. LOCALITIES The localities at which the echinoids were collected are listed below and are shown on the geologic map of the writer’s 1957 paper. The letter preceding each locality is also used as a prefix for each species number. For each locality the formation and lithology are noted. M. VENEZUELAN CENOozoIc EcuINoIDsS: WEISBORD 279 Beach at Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. Moderately coarse and mostly noncalcareous beach sand, and patches of calcareous beach rock. Recent. Eastern edge of Playa Grande village at W-30. Elevation approximately 61 meters. Granule to pebble gravel. Abisinia Formation. Absolute age, determined by the ionium disequili- brium method, is in excess of 300,000 years. (See Weisbord, L9GGanpsll) On hillside above west bank of Quebrada Mare Abajo near W-14. Soft, tan, fine-grained sandstone. Mare Formation. Fifteen meters south of axis of Punta Gorda anticline near W-25, on face of scarp fronting the shoreline. Highly fossili- ferous wedge of loosely coherent calcareous sandstone. Mare Formation. (See Fig. 5 in Weisbord, 1964a.) On hillside above west bank of Quebrada Mare Abajo at W-13. Uniform coarse sand. Lower Mare Formation. In small stream 100 meters west of Quebrada Mare Abajo. Uniform coarse sand at about the same stratigraphic posi- tion as locality I. Lower Mare Formation. Bluff 125 meters west of the intersection of the Playa Grande Yachting Club road and coast road, and about 95 meters due south of shoreline. Tan, fine-grained calcareous sandstone, Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). South side of Playa Grande road about 220 meters west of W-15. Brown, fine-grained calcareous sandstone. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). South side of Playa Grande road at W-15, 40 meters south- east of the intersection with the Playa Grande road. Yellow- ish sandy limestone. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Mem- ber). Near W-21 and to the south of that station, in stream flow- ing along the north flank of the Litoral anticline. Tan silt- stones and sandstones with knobs of hard sandstone. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Dip slope 100 meters west of Costa fault and 130 meters south of shoreline at W-22. Dull gray pebbly sandstone. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). 280 BuLuetin 252 S. On and near the “Lithothamniwm” reef at W-23, north flank of Punta Gorda anticline. Reef of calcareous algae with layer of cobbles at base. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member). T. In stream 250 meters south-southwest of the mouth of Que- brada Las Pailas and 255 meters east-northeast of wireless station. Soft silty sandstone. Mare Formation. THE CABO BLANCO GROUP STRATIGRAPHIC TABLE As indicated in the list of localities, the fossil echinoids de- scribed in this paper were collected from the Playa Grande, the Mare, and the Abisinia Formations of the Cabo Blanco Group. The Playa Grande Formation is lower Pliocene, the Mare, lower to middle Pliocene, and the Abisinia, lower Pleistocene. The strati- graphic succession within the Cabo Blanco Group is the following: Subrecent Bench-forming beach rock, and reworked clays, sands, and gravels. Thickness 3 meters max. Disconformity ABISINIA FORMATION (Lower Pleistocene ) Clays, silts, sands, and gravels, the latter locally with marine fossils. Thickness 13 meters max. Disconformity Mare ForRMATION (Middle-lower Pliocene ) Uniformly coarse friable sandstone at base grading upward to soft siltstones. Highly fossiliferous. Thickness 19 meters max. Angular unconformity to disconformity PLayA GRANDE FORMATION (MAIQUETIA MEMBER) (Lower Pliocene ) Shales, siltstones, calcareous sandstones, and conglomerates. Bioherms of coralline algae. Fossils moderately abundant. Thick- ness 68 meters +. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINoIDS: WEISBORD 281 Fault PLAYA GRANDE FoRMATION (CatiA MEMBER) (Lower Pliocene) Calcareous siltstones and sandstones, conglomerates, some shales and impure limestones, and local occurrences of barnacle co- quinas. Fossils moderately abundant, in places as molds and casts. Thickness 156-233 meters, Angular unconformity Las PatLas FORMATION (Middle Tertiary ) Nonfossiliferous mudstones, siltstones, sandstones, and con- glomerates. Thickness 375 meters +-. LIST OF THE ECHINOIDEA COLLECTED The echinoids collected in the Cabo Blanco area are listed be- low. Under Formation, the abbreviation Re refers to Recent; Ab = Abisinia Formation; Ma — Mare Formation; PGm = Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member); PGe = Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Previously recorded range of Species Formation known species Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck) Re;Ab;PGm;PGc Oligocene ? - Recent Tripneustes cf. T. ventricosus (Lamarck) PGe Recent Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus) Re Upper Mio. - Recent Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz Re Recent Encope emarginata (Leske) Ma Upper Mio. - Recent ? Echinolampas sp. indet. PGm ? Moira atropos (Lamarck) PGe Pliocene - Recent Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica Mortensen PGc Pliocene - Recent All of the recognized fossil species have survived to Recent time and all of the Recent species save Echinometra viridis are known to occur in both the Western and Eastern Atlantic between the latitudes of 30° North and 30° South. Thus they are wide- spread geographically and long-lived (up to 25 million years) geologically. The forms, though indicative of different bottom en- vironments (Encope emarginata, coarse sand, Moira atropos, silt) are shallow-water and tropical in habitus. The range of Tripneustes cf. T. ventricosus, formerly known only from the Recent is extended back to the early Pliocene of 282 BuLLETIN 252 Venezuela. Eucidaris tribuloides is reported for the first time from the Pleistocene and Pliocene of Venezuela, as are Eucope emargin- ata and Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica from the Pliocene. AGE DETERMINATION OF THE FOSSILS FROM THE CABO BLANCO GROUP AND FROM THE GUAIGUAZA CLAY In the tabulation below there is listed under the hierarchy of Class the number of fossil species collected in each formation of the Cabo Blanco Group, and the percentage of the species that have survived to Recent time. Included in the tabulation are the Echino- idea described in the present work, as well as, for the sake of com- pleteness, the fossils collected by the writer (Weisbord, 1962, 1964 a,b and 1968a) in the Guaiguaza Clay some 115 kilometers or so west of Cabo Blanco, The age determinations are based fundamentally on Lyell’s subdivision of the Tertiary by the per cent of the fossil Mollusca that have survived to Recent time. Complementing the Mollusca as age indicators are 1) the percentages in the Recent of other classes of organisms, 2) the local stratigraphy and succession of beds, and 3)the dating of the Abisinia Formation by the ionium disequilibrium method. PERCENTAGE OF RECENT SRECINS BYaCE ASS AND FORMATION Abisinia Formation (Lower Pleistocene) Number of Per cent Total number fossil species of species Class or Order of species in Recent in Recent Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 2 2 100 Echinoidea 1 1 100 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata) 1 1 100 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) 1 1 100 Cirripedia 1 1 100 Gastropoda f{ } 34 26-31 76-91 4MOLLUSCA} Pelecypoda J 18 15-16 83-90 TLOTAL 58 47-53 81-91 MOLLUSCA ONLY 52 41-47 80-90 VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC EcCHINOIDS: WEISBORD 283 Guaiguaza Clay (Upper Pliocene) Number of Per cent Total number fossil species of species Class or Order of species in Recent in Recent Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 2 2 100 Scaphopoda_ { } 2 1 50 Gastropoda 4/MOLLUSCA} 25 9 36 Pelecypoda_ | J 14 11 79 OmweAly 43 23 53 MOLLUSCA ONLY 41 21 51 Mare Formation (Middle-Lower Pliocene) Number of Per cent Total number fossil species of species Class or Order of species in Recent in Recent Foraminiferida’ 72 60 83 Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 3 3 100 Echinoidea 1 100 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata) 10 6 60 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) 2 1 50 Cirripedia 5 1-2 20-40 Scaphopoda [ } 8 4-5 50-63 Gastropoda 4/MOLLUSCA} 140 23-52 16-37 Pelecypoda | J 82 32-58 39-46 OmwAIS 323 131-168 40-52 MOLLUSCA ONLY 230 59-95 26-41 Playa Grande Formation Undifferentiated (Lower Pliocene) Number of Per cent Total number fossil species of species Class or Order of species in Recent in Recent Chlorophyceae (Dasycladales) 1 0 0 Foraminiferida’ 140 106 76 Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 5 7 80 Echinoidea 5 5 100 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata) 7] 4 57 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) 4 0 0 Cirripedia 8 2 25 Scaphopoda [ } 9 3-5 33-55 Gastropoda 4{MOLLUSCA} 84 9-20 11-24 Pelecypoda_ | | 72 30-37 42-52 TOTAL 335 163-183 49-54 MOLLUSCA ONLY 165 42-62 25-37 1Data obtained from BermUdez (1966), and Bermudez and Fuenmayor (1966). 284 BULLETIN 252 Playa Grande Formation [| Maiquetia Member] (Lower Pliocene) Number of Per cent Total number fossil species of species Class or Order of species in Recent in Recent Chlorophyceae (Dasycladales) 1 0 0 Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 4 3 75 Echinoidea 2 2 100 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata) 2 5 4 80 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) 1 0 0 Cirripedia 3 0-1 0-33 Scaphopoda_ [ ] 6 3 50 Gastropoda 4/MOLLUSCA} 79 7-25 9-32 Pelecypoda_ | J 53 23-29 43-55 TOWAT 154 42-67 27-43 MOLLUSCA ONLY 138 33-57 25-41 Playa Grande Formation [Catia Member] (Lower Pliocene) Number of Per cent Total number fossil species of species Class or Order of species in Recent in Recent Anthozoa (Scleractinia) 1 1 100 Echinoidea 4 4 100 Gymnolaemata (Cheilostomata) 2 0 0 Polychaetia (Sedentarida) 3 0-1 0-33 Cirripedia 6 1 16 Scaphopoda_ [ ] 2 1 50 Gastropoda 4MOLLUSCA,; 5 0-2 0-40 Pelecypoda_ | J 26 8-10 31-40 MOWAT 49 15-20 30-40 MOLLUSCA ONLY 33 9-13 27-40 2Includes one species, Reteporellina marsupiata (Smitt), described in Weisbord (1968b). The foregoing tabulation confirms a number of basic premises. The first is that in a normal successien of Tertiary strata there are more Recent species in younger beds than in older beds. An ex- ample of this is shown by the pelecypods: in the Catia Member, or the lowest fossiliferous division of the Cabo Blanco Group, the number of species that have survived to Recent time amounts to 31-40 percent; in the Mare Formation it is 39-46 per cent; and in the Abisinia Formation, or highest division of the Cabo Blanco Group, it is 83-90 per cent. For the phylum Mollusca the ratios are 25-37 per cent in the Catia, 26-41 per cent in the Mare, and 80-90 per cent in the Abisinia. These Lyellian percentages, taking VENEZUELAN CENozoic Ecurinorps: WEISBORD 285 into consideration the local stratigraphy and comparison with the survival index of Mollusca elsewhere, suggest that the Playa Grande and Mare Formations were deposited early in the Pliocene, and the Abisinia Formation early in the Pleistocene. The stratigraphic posi- tion of the Guaiguaza Clay is not known, but as it contains 51 per cent of Recent Mollusca, it is faunally younger than the Mare Formation and faunally older than the Abisinia, and is, therefore, thought to have been deposited during late Pliocene time. The tabulation also reveals that the longevity or survival capability of Cenozoic invertebrates differs greatly among the classes of organisms. In the Playa Grande Formation, which is the oldest of the fossiliferous formations comprising the Cabo Blanco Group, the survivorship of species to the Recent amounts to 25-37 per cent for the Mollusca, 25 per cent for the Cirripedia, or barn- acles, 57 per cent for the cheilostomatous Bryozoa, 76 per cent for the Foraminiferida, 80 per cent for the Anthozoa, or stony corals, and 100 per cent for the Echinoidea. In the Mare Formation, which lies above the Maiquetfa Member of the Playa Grande Formation, the survivorship of species to the Recent is 26-41 per cent for the mollusks, 20-40 per cent for the Cirripedia, 50 per cent for the Poly- chaetia, or tubiculous annelids, 60 per cent for the Bryozoa, 83 per cent for the Foraminiferida, and 100 per cent for the Anthozoa and Echinoidea. In the Abisinia Formation, or youngest division of the Cabo Blanco Group, the survivorship of species is 80-90 per cent for the Mollusca and 100 per cent for the Cirripedia, Poly- chaetia, Bryozoa, Anthozoa and Echinoidea. Except for the Mollusca in the Abisinia Formation there are too few species present in all of the other hierarchies in that formation, but were more numbers available it is nearly certain that their surviving species would be a little less than 100 per cent. The Abisinia Formation comprises the higher terraces of the Cabo Blanco area and is judged to be Pleistocene in age by virtue of 1) the high content of Recent species, 2) its high stratigraphic position, and 3) its high elevation. An early rather than late Pleistocene age is indicated for the following reasons: a—The formation occupies a high Quaternary terrace (61 meters) and is, therefore, older than the lower Quaternary terraces in the same area. 286 Bu.LvetTin 252 b—A few of the mollusks have not survived to the present. If the age were late Plerstocene nearly all of the fossils would also be living. c—The ionium disequilibrium determination, by Dr. J. K. Os- mond, of the gastropod Mazatlania aciculata (Lamarck) (see Weisbord, 1966a, pp. 11, 12) suggests an absolute age in excess of 300,000 years. Through the study of the fossils of the Cabo Blanco Group of Venezuela and of the Recent invertebrates in the Caribbean Sea immediately adjacent, the writer is more than ever persuaded that the biologic chronometer devised by Sir Charles Lyell for dating the epochs of the Tertiary period by the per cent of Recent mol- lusks, is not only a good general chronometer but can be refined significantly by applying the percentage method to all classes of organisms. Thanks to Lyell, it has been shown that the Mollusca with their relatively short life span and great abundance are ideally suited for dating the past by using the living (Recent) fauna as a datum. However, all other invertebrates have their life span, and what can be done with the Mollusca surely can be done with the Foraminiferida, or corals, or barnacles, or Bryozoa, or fossils of any other group that are available in sufficient numbers. By estab- lishing percentage standards throughout the world for all classes of Tertiary fossils, Lyell’s chronometer can be adjusted to register shorter and shorter time divisions of the Tertiary. As an example of what needs to be done for all phyla in all epochs everywhere is what F. E. Eames and W. J. Clarke (1967) have done with the Mollusca of the Aquitanian Stage of southwest France. In their paper, which deals with the molluscan fauna of Mayer’s type section of the Aquitanian, Eames and Clarke list 397 species, of which, ac- cording to a letter written to me by Eames, 27 to 31 (or seven to eight per cent) are found in the Recent fauna. These species, tied in as they are to a type section, represent one of the most complete faunal assemblages of a single phylum for the Aquitanian that is known, and it is to be hoped that many more such studies will be made of various phyla of the Tertiary period. It is safe to predict that the per cent of Recent species in the Aquitanian for other phyla will differ from the eight per cent for the Mollusca, but once a standard has been established for one biologic hierarchy, in this VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINoIDS: WEISBORD 287 case the Mollusca, the (statistically valid) percentage for each of the other biologic hierarchies becomes a standard. Thus if the per cent of Recent species in the Aquitanian is X, let us say, for the Foraminiferida, or Y for the Anthozoa, each of these represent the same survival factor as eight per cent for the Mollusca. Once the Recent percentage is established for all groups of Tertiary in- vertebrates in all sedimentary units of established position, the per- centage of one biologic entity should be as indicative of geologic time as any other biologic entity, and by comparing the percentage survival of one or more biologic entities with the same entities in a standard section, biogeologic time, as determined by fossils can be more finely adjusted to sidereal time, as determined by absolute dating with radioactive isotopes. SYSEPEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS ECHINOIDEA Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck) Pl. 48, figs. 1-9; Pl. 49, figs. 1-5 1707-25. [Cidaris tribuloides] Sloane, A Voyage to the Islands of Madera, Barbados. . . Jamaica, pl. 244, figs. 4-7. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 99.] 1771. [Cidaris tribuloides] Knorr, Deliciae Naturae Selectae ..., pl. DIII, fig. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 99.] 1778. Cidaris papillata Leske (partim), Additamenta ad Kleinii Echinodermata, PaelZ5: 1816. Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 3, p. 56. 1816-30. Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 9, p. 200. 1824. Cidaris tribuloides Lamarck, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Meéthodique, Zoophytes, Livr. 95, p. 195. 1834. Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel de Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 232. 1835. Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck, L. Agassiz, Soc. Sci. Neuchatel, Mém., WO 3h jos WEE 1835-37. Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck, Desmoulins, Etudes sur les Echinides, p. 322. 1840. Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 3, ed. 2, p. 380. 1846. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), L. Agassiz and Desor, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, vol. 6, p. 326. 1854. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Miller, K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Math.-Naturwiss. KI., Abhandl. 1853, pl. 2, fig. 7. 1855. Gidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Michelin, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. Devo 12s ps 1S: 1860. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, vol. 1, No. 2, pl. 39, fig. 1. 1862. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Dujardin and Hupé, Histoire naturelle des Zoophytes Echinodermes, p. 470. 1863. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., WOls eNO -22. 1p. Liz 288 1863. 1864. 1865. 1866. 1871. BuLLetTin 252 Cidaris annulata Gray, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1 No.2; p: 17, [Fide A. Agassiz) 1872), p. 99:| Cidaris metularia Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjdben- havn 1863, p. 79. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Stewart, Linnean Soc. London, Trans., violi25;) pla47.tiese Si6> ple 48, ties) Stolle Cidartis tribuloides (Lamarck), Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., vol. 32, p. 143. Cidaris annulata Gray, Stewart, Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci., vol. 11, pl. 4. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 99.] y’ 1872-74. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., 1878. 1878. 1879. 1880. 1881. 1882. 1883. 1885. 1887. 1888. 1888. 1890. 1892. 1895. 1895. 1898. 1898. 1899. 1899. 1901. 1902. vol. 3, pts. 1,2, pp. 99,253-254,367,368,372,375,377, pl. 1d; pl. 2, figs. 1-3; ple 2c, figs 13" (1872) pts 3:4 .pps 386.617. pl. lle: figs. 18-22)" ple 6s tie. 21; pl. 28, figs. 3-4; pl. 35, fig. 1; pl. 38 (figs. 2a-2c (1873-74). Cidaris tribuloides (Blainville), Rathbun, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3 1'5\ (11'S), No. 86, art. 9; p. 84. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. Se NOwonnped sos Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Rathbun, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Scine Eiranss vols 5 ante 3) py 143: Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Studer, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Mon- atsber., p. 862. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 3, pt. 9, pp. 36,37,208,223,234,252, pl. 1, figs. 2,3,5,6. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Greeff, Zool. Anzeig., vol. 5, No. 106, p: 137 No» 107, pe 15i7- Cidaris tribuloides (Blainville), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 10, No. 1, p. 9. Cidaris tribuloides (Blainvillle), Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 8 (1886), No. 6, p. 84; No. 37, pp. 609,610,617,618,619,620. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Déderlein, Die Japanischen Seeigel. Theil I. Familien Cidaridae und Salenidae, pp. 42,51, pl. 9, fig. 2. Cidaris tribuloides (Blainville), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, p. 317. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Ridley, Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 20, p. 559. [Determination by J. Bell.] Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Forstrand, Biol. Foren., Foérhandl., vol. 2. Nios 8s ps Lit: Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Field, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 11, No. 7, p. 83. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Sluiter, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, Aflev. 17, p. 67. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Bernard, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vols, I py 207: Cidaris tribuloides Blainville, H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 11, p; 412: Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Koehler, Résultats Campagnes Scien- tifiques du Prince de Monaco, No. 12, pp. 8,9. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, New York Acad Sci., Ann. volh 12> 3p. 131 Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, pp. 618,620. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Duerden, West Indian Bull., vol. 2, No. 1, Appendix B, p. 155. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol.,.20) tor 1900) spt. 25 pa-2o2- vol. ’ 1903. 1904. 1907. 1907. 1907. 1907. 1908. 1909. 1910. 1910. 1910. eh Tile UO: 1914. 1918. 1919. iS) 1921. 1922. 1922. 1924. 1925. U92Z5; 1926. 1927s 1927. 1928. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 289 Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, Pt. 1, pp. 14,16,18,27. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Meissner, iz Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, vol. 2, pt. 3, No. 4, p. 1347. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., VOLO INOSE/Mipael oor Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), A. Agassiz and H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 34, p. 3, pl. 2, figs. 1-4. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 184, 185, 186, 188, 189, 192. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and ace osetia VO pas 2ese5quply S4anetioan lina plees4 bao een am si6r gee IVAN Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Koehler, Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Trans., vol. 46, pt. 3, pp. 638-640. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Koehler, Résultats Campagnes Scien- tifiques du Prince de Monaco, No. 34, p. 214. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Mortensen, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 74, pp. 23,25. Eucidaris tribuleides (Lamarck), Doderlein and Hartmeyer, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. 11, p. 146. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Cunningham, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., p. 124. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Koehler, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 12, No: 5, pp: 2322. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Jackson, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,. Mem., vol. 7, pp. 35,45,54,61,62,70,75,81,82,92,96,97,98,99,100,102,146,152,153,167, 171,182,184,191,192,248,249,445, text-figs. 4,61-71,185,210,216,222. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Jackson, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 182, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 141,142. Eucidaris tribulotides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 7, No. 5, p. 17. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Carnegie Inst. Washing- ton, Publ. No. 281, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 60,61,72. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Nutting, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 84,190. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 103,104,105. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Jackson, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 306, pp. 23,115,116,119,121, pl. 1, figs. 18-20. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Vaughan, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 306, pp. 115,116,119, 121. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Sanchez Roig, Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey”, Mem., vol. 6, Nos. 1-2, pp. 20,40. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Boone, Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., Bull., vol. 1, pt. 4, pp. 20,21. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, A Catalogue of the Recent Sea-urchins (Echinoidea) in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History), pp. 2,3,21,22. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Sanchez Roig, Bol. Minas (Cuba), Ano 10-No- 105 pp31525332 Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Engel Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, Aflev. 25. p. 163: Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Jackson, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 475,538,561. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Mortensen, Monograph of the Echino- idea, vol. 1, pp. 400-408, pl. 41, figs. 9-16; pl. 48, fig. 1; pl. 73, fig. 1; pl. 86, fig. 16. 290 1932. 1933. 1933. 1933. 1934, 1936. 193%/. 193i75 1938. 1938. 1939. 1939. 1940. 1941. 1941. 1942. 1948. 1948. 1949. 1949. 1953. 1954. 1954. 1955: 19515. 1956. 1958. 1959. BuLuetTiIn 252 Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Mortensen, K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk., Skr., ser. 9, vol. 4, pp. 176-177. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Boone, Vanderbilt Marine Mus., vol. 4, pp. 127-129, pl. 82. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Yortonese, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, Boll., ser. 3, vol. 43, No. 34, pp. 94,105. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 16, pt. 1, pp. 75,76-78. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Hawkins, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 223B, No. 14, p. 624, fig. 7. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Mortensen, Discovery Repts., vol. 12, pp. 213-214, pl. 1, figs. 13-15. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Jackson, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 84, No. 3015, p. 229. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Nutting, Barbados Mus. and Histor. Soc., Jour., vol. 4, p. 71. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Boone, Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., ViOlso/,upe alee Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Grant and Hertlein, Univ. California Los Angeles Publ. Math. Phys. Sci., vol. 2, pp. 7, 8. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 86, No. 3056, p. 453. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Engel, Capita Zoologica, vol. 3, pt. 4/4, No. 27, pp. 5, 9. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Paes de Oliveira, Minist. Agric. Brasil, Bol., vol. 26, pp. 13,14. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Cooke, Jour. Paleont., vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 1325: Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey,” Mem., vol. 15, No. 1, p. 109. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 89, No. 8, p. 380 Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Caso, Inst. Biol. México, An., vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 206-210, figs. 14, 15. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), F. G. W. Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, p. 48. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck) Sanchez Roig, Paleontologia Cubana, Vol- ws p25. Cidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Brodermann, Paleontologia Cubana, Tema No. 19, p. 318. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Fontaine, Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, Nat. Hist. Notes, No. 61, pp. 3, 4. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Mayr, Evolution, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. Bayada. Eucidarts tribuloides (Lamarck), A. H. Clark, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fishery Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 374. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Hyman, The Invertebrates: Echino- dermata, vol. 4, p. 451, figs. 1730, 189A. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Bernasconi, Inst. Oceonogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Bol., vol. 6, Nos. 1-2, pp. 52-54, pl. 1, figs. 1, 5. Eucidaris (Cidaris) tribuloides (Lamarck), Harvey, The American Arbacia and other sea urchins, p. 63. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Tommasi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Contrib. Avulsas, sér. Ocean. Biol., No. 2, pp. 4, 5, pl. 1, fig. 2. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck), Tommasi, Acad. Brasil. Ciéne., pl. 1, fie. 2saple2. fag: The following description is based on four fragments, all from the same locality and all presumed to represent the same species: L60Ga is the ambital part of an ambulcarum; L600b is a slightly convex abactinal segment consisting of part of an ambulacrum joined to part of an interambulacrum; L600c is half an epiphysis; and L600al is a spine found adhering to the inner surface of L600a. The original shape of the test can only be conjectured, but judging from the curvature of the ambitus and the appearance of the abactinl segment, it is inferred that the test was subhemi- spheric. Interpolating from the measurements of L600b, the ambulacra are roughly four-fifths the width of the interambulacra on the abac- tinal aspect near the ambitus. The tubercles on the test are of many different sizes, and all of them, however large or small, are mamilliform, imperforate, and noncrenulate. In addition to the true tubercles there are minute granules scattered throughout, and the surface of the test itself where unweathered is finely shagreened on the plates near the interradial suture. In their respective hierarchy of size the tubercles of the interambulacra seem to be larger than those of the ambulacra. The pore-pairs are trigeminate, those of the same pair disposed a little obliquely. The pairs are arrayed in three vertical columns and are staggered horizontally across each plate. The pore-pair adjacent to the marginal primary tubercles of the interporiferous zone is VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 299 located at the adoral (?) suture; the pore-pair at the opposite (interambulacral) margin is more or less in the middle of the plate; and the pore-pairs of the medial series, which are not superposed as regularly as those in the other two columns, are situated near the adapical suture of the plate. The wall separating each pore-pair is nodulous, and in the poriferous zone there are two or three small tubercles of slightly different diameter on each plate, with a single tubercle above or below a pore-pair, and so disposed that they fall in more or less regular columns. On the convex ambital region of specimen L600a the interpori- ferous zone of the ambulacrum consists of two columns of primary tubercles on each side of the perradial suture. The tubercles in the column adjacent to the margin of the poriferous zone of each side are regularly disposed one above the other, and there is one pri- mary tubercle to each plate; the inner columns of primary tubercles are not quite as regularly aligned as the outer, and here and there a primary tubercle is missing on a plate or two. Farther in toward the perradial suture there is a staggered column of secondary tu- bercles, and here too they are missing on an occasional plate or rarely on two consecutive plates. Miliary tubercles are scattered be- tween the secondaries and primaries and are more abundant on the plates lacking the latter two. On specimen L600b which is thought to represent the abactinal aspect, the tubercles of the poriferous zone are smaller than in the ambital region of specimen L600a. On both specimens there is a single regular column of primary tubercles adjoining the poriferous zone, with one primary tubercle to each plate; however, inward from this column, and unlike the tuberculation at the ambitus of specimen L600a, primarly tubercles are rare on the interporiferous zone, although secondary, and especially tertiary and miliary tu- bercles are numerous and haphazardly distributed on the plates near the perradial suture. Part of an interambulacrum pertaining to the abactinal (?) aspect of the test is preserved on specimen L600b, and on this frag- ment the interambulacrum is a little wider than the ambulacrum. Immediately adjacent to the poriferous zone there is a somewhat irregular column of secondary and tertiary tubercles, rarely with 300 BuLLeTIN 252 one secondary tubercle or generally two tertiary tubercles to a plate; the next column in consists of primary tubercles with gener- ally one to a plate and in regular succession except locally where there are two primaries of slightly different diameter side by side; farther in from this column of primaries, the plate is covered hap- hazardly by tertiary and miliary tubercles (about 22 per plate) and still smaller granules; and, at the interradial suture the plates are devoid of mamilliform tubercles though the surface is finely sha- greened. Around the tubercles of the two columns near the porifer- ous zone there is a scrobicular ring. The single spine (L600a1) is broken at the apex, and as the sides of the shaft are nearly parallel there is virtually no taper. The solid shaft is sculptured by 24 longtiudinal riblets crossed by numer- ous microscopic transverse striae, and the riblets thicken at the annulus to form a milled ring. The base of the spine is smooth, and there is a narrow gently constricted area between the milled ring and the top of the base. The half-epiphysis (L600c) is relatively thin and united to the other half by a suture. The complete epiphysis is “U” shaped, with a narrow tapering process extending in nearly a right angle from the ends of the connecting arch. The arch is gently convex-concave and is deeply furrowed on one face, the furrow widening toward the suture; on the obverse face the counterpart of the furrow is a prom- inent ridge rounded at the crest. The glenoid cavity is triangular. The crest of the arch is partly broken away. Measurements. —Specimen L600a (ambulacrum): height of fragment 13.2 mm, width 20 mm; width of interporiferous zone 12 mm, of poriferous zones 7 mm. Specimen L600b (part of ambula- crum and interambulacrum connected): height of fragment 24.5 mm, maximum width 20 mm; width of poriferous zone 3.7 mm (X2=7.4 mm). Specimen L600al (spine): length 5.1 mm, width of shaft above neck 1.2 mm, diameter of acetabulum 0.93 mm, dia- meter of cavity 0.57 mm. Specimen L600c (half-epiphysis): height 10 mm, breadth of arch (broken near suture) 7.5 mm (X2=15 mm), width of arch 3.6 mm. Locality. — South side of Playa Grande road about 220 meters west of W-15. Four fragments. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINoIDS: WEISBORD 301 Comparisons. — According to Mortensen (1943) and Mayr (1954) the three Recent allopatric species of Tripneustes are the Atlantic 7. ventricosus (Lamarck), the West American 7. depressus A. Agassiz, and the Pacific 7. gratila (Linnaeus). Comparing the width of the poriferous and interporiferous zones, the Venezuelan fossil is closest to 7. ventricosus, but in the disposition of the tubercles it resembles the West American T. depressus as on that species they are less regularly arranged than on TJ. ventricosus. In the character of the pore-pairs on the abactinal aspect, the Vene- zuelan Pliocene fossil 1s much like the upper Miocene 7. tobleri Jeannet, also from Venezuela; however, on the ambitus the tubercu- lation of the two species is dissimilar, and the poriferous zone of Jeannet’s 7. tobleri is nearly twice as wide as the interporiferous zone whereas on the Playa Grande form it is only three-fifths as wide. On the Pliocene Trtpneustes californicus (Kew) from Carrizo Creek, California, the interambulacral area is twice as wide as the ambulacral area and the poriferous zone equal in width to the inter- poriferous zone, whereas on the Pliocene Venezuelan form under dis- cussion the interambulacra are only slightly wider than the am- bulacra, and the poriferous zone only three-fifths the width of the interporiferous zone. Although the fossil here described can not be identified defini- tively without more material, it seems to be the same as the poly- typic Tripneustes ventricosus (Lamarck) and its alias T. esculentus (Leske). T. ventricosus is itself a variable species, and one example of this can be seen in the epiphysis of 7. esculentus (Leske) from the Bahamas illustrated by Bell (1879, pl. 49, fig. 2a) and of that from Florida illustrated by Jackson (1912, p. 184, fig. 213A). The epiphysis of the Venezuelan form is nearly identical with Bell’s but only remotely similar to Jackson’s which lacks the pronounced oblique furrow in the arch. Range and distribution. — Fragments of a Tripneustes from the Ponce Limestone (lower Miocene ?) of Puerto Rico seem fairly similar to the living Tripneustes ventricosus (Lamarck), ac- cording to Gordon (1963), and if the determination is confirmed the range of 7. ventricosus will be extended back to the middle Tertiary. Should the Venezuelan form described above be authentic- 302 BuLueTiIn 252 ally identified as T. ventricosus, this will be the first report of its occurrence in the Pliocene of northern South America. Aside from the foregoing possible fossil occurrences, 7. ventri- cosus 1s reported only as a living species inhabiting subtropical to tropical waters of the Western Atlantic from Bermuda to mid-Brazil, and of the Eastern Atlantic along the coast of West Africa and outlying islands. It is found generally in the littoral to depths of 14 fathoms between the 30-degree parallels, though Mortensen (1907, p. 193) recorded a maximum depth of 450 fathoms. Western Atlantic and Caribbean localities where T. ventricosus and the synonymous 7. esculentus have been reported are the fol- lowing: Bermuda (North Rock); Bahamas (Great Bahama Bank, New Providence, Eleuthera Island, Harbor Island, Spanish Wells, Turks Island); Florida (Tortugas, Key West, Virginia Key, Key Largo 2-35 ft., Boca Raton); Mexico (Cozumel Island); Yucatan Bank (14 fathoms); Cuba (Puerto Padre, Cabo Cruz 11.5-13 fath- oms); Jamaica (Port Henderson, Montego Bay); Haiti; Puerto Rico (Arroyo, Ponce, Guanica, Aguadilla); Virgin Islands (St. John, St. Thomas, St. Croix); Anguilla; Antiqua; Dominica (Massacre, Rodney’s Rock, Woodford Hill Bay 2-60 ft.); Martinique; Bar- bados; Grenada; Vobago; Trinidad; French Guiana (Cayenne); Surinam; Venezuela (Cumana, La Guaira); Colombia (Sabanilla); Aruba ( Boekoeti 0.5 meters); Curacao (Caracasbaai, Spaansche Wa- ter, Boca Grandi, Savonet); Bonaire (Kralendijk 1 meter, Pasang- grahan 5 meters, Boca Washikomba, Lagoen); Klein Bonaire (east coast); Brazil (Ilha Fernando Noronha, Ilha Trindade, Rio For- mosa, Baia Guanabara, Ilha Sao Sebastiao). Eastern Atlantic localities are along the west coast of Africa from the Gulf of Guinea (Annobon, Islet La Piramide, Ilha Sao Thomé) to Swakopmund (southwest Africa). Remarks. — A list of the diatoms obtained from the stomachs of T. esculentus in Barbados is given by Robinson (1935). Echinometra Iucunter (Linnaeus) Pl. 50, figs. 1-7; Pl. 51, figs. 1-5 1707-25. [Echinometra subangularis] Sloane, A Voyage to the Islands of Ma- dera, Barbados .. . Jamaica, pl. 244, figs. 1-3. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 116.] 1758. Echinus lucunter Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 665. 1758. [Echinometra subangularis| Seba, Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium Thesauri ..., vol. 3, pl. 10) figs: 11) 16, 18s) pl. 1 Stic ie [ede Ae Agassiz, 1872, p. 116.] 1791. 1825. 1825. 1825. 1825. 1825. 1826. 1827. 1834. 1835. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINOIDS: WEISBORD 303 2 [Echinometra subangularis| Knorr, Deliciae Naturae Selectae, pl. D1, fies se) ple Dil, fis. 65 [Fide AN Agassiz, 1872, p: 11165] Cidaris subangularis Leske, Additamenta ad Kleinii Echinodermata, p. 106. Echinus lucunter Linnaeu var. a, b, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, p. 3176. 2 Echinus Maugei Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 37 py 93. Echinus acufer Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 37, p. 94. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 116.] Echinus lucunter Linnaeus, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Natu- relles, vol. 37, p. 95. Echinus lobatus Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. S75 Joa. SS Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Gray, Ann. Philos., ser. 2, vol. 10, art. 4, p. 427. Echinus lucunter Linnaeus, Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. feavoll 5; pi 226: Echinus lucunter Linnaeus, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Meéth- odique, Zoophytes, Livr. 98, p. 592. Echinometra lucunter (Linneaus), E. maugei, E. acufera, and E. lobata, Blainville, Manuel de Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 225. Echinometra lucunter (Linneaus), L. Agassiz, Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, Méem., vol. 1, p. 189. 1835-37. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Desmoulins, Etudes sur les Echini- des, p. 260. Also E. maugei and FE. acufera, p. 260, and E. lobata, p. 262. 1835-37. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Desmoulins, Etudes sur les Echini- 1840. 1846. 1846. 1846. 1847. 1850. 1855. 1859. 1862. 1863. 1863. 1864. 1865. des, p. 266 (partim). Echinus lucunter Linnaeus, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vol. 3, pp. 368, 369. Heliocidaris mexicana L. Agassiz and Desor, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 6, p. 372 (partim). [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 116, and Mortensen, 1943, p. 358.) Echinometra lucunter (Lamarck), L. Agassiz and Desor, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 6, p. 372. Also E. maugei, E. acufera, and E. lobata, ob ose Echinometra Michelini L. Agassiz and Desor, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 6, p. 373. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 116.] Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), L. Agassiz, Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 8, p. 356. Echinometra nigrina Girard, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 3, p. 367. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 116.] Echinometra lucunter (Lamarck), Michelin, Soc. Géol. France, Bull., Sel 2, ViOl: 12, ps 758: Heliocidaris Castelnaudi WHupé, in Castelnau, Expedition dans Amérique dus Sud Pr 7, vole 3, p97, pl. 1 fie 1: Echinometra Maugei Blainville, Dujardin and Hupé, Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes Echinodermes, p. 528. Also Heliocidaris castelnaudi and H. mexicana, p. 537, Echinometra lucunter, E. acufera, p. 538, and E. lobata, p. 539. Echinometra Michelini L. Agassiz and Desor, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., VOL leINOsos peal: Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., voles Nos 2s ps2: Echnometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Litken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjgbenhavyn, ser. 2, vol. 5, p. 86. Echinometra lucunter (Agassiz), Cailliaud, Catalogue des Radiaires, Di23: 304 1865. 1866. 1867. 1867. 1869. 1870. BuLLeTiIn 252 Toxocidaris mexicana (L. Agassiz and Desor), von Martens, Gesell. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, Abhandl., p. 14. Echinometra acufera (Blainville) von Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., vol. 32, pe 1166: Echinometra Michelini L. Agassiz and Desor, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Ants and! Sci, “Drans:, vol! il Pt, 2, Nos 3) p. 345% Non 45) @868)) ip: 369. Echinometra michelin Desor, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Mrans:, volkl, Pt. 2; Nos 3) px 345.5 No. 4-(1868) = ps 369! Echinometra Michelini L. Agassiz and Desor, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull. vol. 1, No. 9; p. 259. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 5, Zoologie, vol. 13, No. 1, p. 57. r 1872-74. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 3, pts. 1, 2, pp. 116, 117, 214, 283-284, 367, 368, 372, 373, 377, 434, pl. 10a, figs. 2-4 (1872); pts. 3, 4, pp. 434, 618, pl. 26, figs. 11-13 (1873-74). Echinometra lucunter (L.) Luttken, Lovén, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handle voll iiliNos 7p). ls ete I5i/- Echinometra acufera (Blainville), Mellis, St. Helena, p. 219. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Cotteau, K. Svenska Vetensk-Akad., Handl., vol. 13, No. 6, p. 413. Echinometra lucunter A. Agassiz, van Ankum, Nederland. Dierk. Ver- eenig., Tijdschr., vol. 1, pp. 188-196, pls. 9, 10. Echinometra subangularis Desmoulins, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bulls vol 5) No. 9; spt= 2) p. 1188: Echinometra subangularis, Desmoulins, Rathbun, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 35 ViOle 15s (11S!) ants 9) sppass,: 84. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Rathbun, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 5, art. 3, pp. 143, 144. Echinometra subangularis (ULeske), Studer, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Monatsber., p. 182. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), A. Agassiz, Voyage H.M.S. Chal- lenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 3, pt. 9, pp. 106, 224, 234, 253. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Bell, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 415, 421, 423. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Rochebrune, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Nouv. Arch., sér. 2, vol. 4, p. 326. Echinometra subangularis Desmoulins, Greeff, Zool. Anzeig., vol. 5, No. 106, p. 136; No. 107, p. 158. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Mackintosh, Roy. Irish Acad., Trans., vol. 28, pl. 6, fig. 13. Echinometra subangularis Desmoulins, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 8 (1885), pp. 86, 620. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Lovén, Bihang till . . . K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 13, pt. 4, No. 5, pp. 153-157. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Heilprin, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, Proc., vol. 40, p. 317. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Ives, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 42, pp. 318, 328, 334, 335. Echinometra subangulariy (WLeske), Forstrand, Biol. Foren., Forhandl., vols 2) Noss; p. 1115 Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Field, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire., volley No: 97, pe l8Sr Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Sluiter, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, Aleve. 173 ps 69: 1897. 1898. 1898. 1899. 1899. 1901. 1902. 1903. 1904. 1905, UXO 1908. 1910. 1910. 1910. 19M 1912. 1912. 1912. 1914. 1914. 1914. 1918. 1919. 1919. 1920. 1921. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC EcCHINOIDS: WEISBORD 305 Echinometra subangularis A. Agassiz, Ihering, Mus. Paulista, Rev., vol. Zpeloos Echinometra subangularis (Leske), H. L. Clark, Johns Hopkins Univ. Cire violhls Now 137 sp. 4: Echinometra subangularis (Leske), H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., ANG, WoO Wil; jos ZHI Echinometra subangularis (Leske), H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., Anne viol 2aapemiaiz2: Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Duerden, Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. Zep o20: Echinomtra subangularis (Leske), Duerden, West Indian Bull., vol. 2, No. 1, Appendix C, pp. 157, 159. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), H. L. Clark, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull. vol. 20, for 1900, Pt. 2, p. 253. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, Pt. 1, p. 128 (English version). Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Meissner, iz Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, vol. 2, pt. 3, No. 4, p. 1377. 1907. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts Ande Scie brans Vols 20 ps1 519 0'5)))spe 3245) ple S4Abetigns 2s (Gl9.0/7))e Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 184, 185, 186, 188, 189, 193. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Koehler, Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Trans., vol. 46, p. 640. = Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus). Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 74, pp. 24, 25. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Déderlein and Hartmeyer, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl., vol. 11, p. 148. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Cunningham, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pa l25: Echinometra subangularis Desmoulins, Koehler, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Amnraviola 2. NOs 5) Ppa. Ze Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus) (?), Mortensen, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. vol. 15, Pt. 2, pp. 257-288, pls. 19, 20, text-figs. A-D. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 34, No. 4, p. 372. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Jackson, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., voly, pp: 359.39, 91, 1415447, 159) 152, 153) 164, 192" 217, “text-tins: 158-161, 230. Ellipsechinus lobatus (Blainville), Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de Nom- enclature raisonnée des Echinides, p. 257. [Fide Mortensen, 1943, p. 359. Also E. subangularis, p. 359.] Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Jackson, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 182, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 154-157. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaus), Koehler, iz Michaelsen, Meeresfauna Westafrikas, p. 249, pl. 15, figs. 83, 84. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 7, No. 5, pp. 34, 35. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Nutting, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 8, No. 3, p. 83. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, Carnegie Inst. Washing- ton, Publ. No. 281, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 60, 61, 67. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Hawkins, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. B209, No. 10, p. 393, pl. 63, fig. 3. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Tennent, Gardiner and Smith, Car- 306 1921. 1921. 1921. 1922. 1924. 1924. 1925: 1925. 1926. 19277. 1927. 1193/3). 11933. 1:9'3;3); 193'32 1934. 1934. 1936. 1937. 1938. 1939, 11939: 11939: 1940. 1941. BuLueTIn 252 negie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 413, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 27, pp. 1-46, 7 pls. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Miller and Smith, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 413, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 27, pp. 47-52, 6 pls. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, Studies on the Develop- ment and Larval Forms of Echinoderms, p. 71, pl. 12, fig. 1. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 104, 118, 119. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Jackson, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 306, p. 26. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Koehler, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., VOly deep 4 S5e) plo dllOM ftiesy SON Lise Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Koehler and Bonnet, Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, Bull., No. 446, pp. 1-12, fig. 1. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Boone, Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., Bully voli sart. 4, ps 22: Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, Catalogue of the Recent Sea-Urchins (Echinoidea) in the Collection of the British Museum (Natu- ral History), p. 143. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Bonnet, Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 3, pp. 246, 267, fig. 37. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Jackson, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 502, 547, 561. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Engel. Bijdr. Dierkunde Amsterdam, Aflev. 25, p. 163. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Tortonese, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Unive Dorino; Boll. ‘ser: 3, vol: 43, No:-28) pp: 5.14.9 15s ople. 3, sfigs: 11-14; No. 34, pp. 5, 134. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 16, pt. 1, Dpa 75 Sonn tS4: Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Boone, Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 139-141, pls. 90, 91. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk Naturhist. Foren., vol. 66, No. 93, p. 468. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Hawkins, Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. B223, No. 14, pp. 619, 622, pl. 68, figs. 27, 28, text-figs. Waly 18. Ss Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Arnold and Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 54, No. 2, p. 140. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, Discovery Repts., vol. 12, p. 224. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Nutting, Barbados Mus. and Hist. Soc:, Jour, vol. 4, p. 71: Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Grant and Hertlein, Univ. California Publ. Math. Phys. Sci., vol. 2, pp. 31, 39. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Engel, Capita Zoologica, vol. 8, pt. 4/4; pp. 5, 20: Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), A. H. Clark, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 98, No. 11, p. 16. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), A. H. Clark, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 86, p. 453. Echinometra subangularis (Leske), Paes de Oliveira, Minist. Agric. Brasil, Bol., vol. 29, pp. 13, 17. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey,” Mem., vol. 15, No. 1, p. 118. 1941. 1942. 1943. 1948. 1948. 1950. i Jeyile is}ey) be 1953. 1953. 1954. 11954. 1955. 11955: 1955. 1956. 19577 - 1958. 1959. 1959. 1959. 1959. 1960. 1960. 1961. 1963. 1965. VENEZUELAN CENOozoIcC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 307 Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Cooke, Jour. Paleont., vol. 15, No. 1, joy ae ale Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., Vole 895 NiO 8, Ds Sol: Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, Monograph of the Ech- inoidea, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 357-368, pl. 41, figs. 1-5; pl. 42, figs. 12-14; pl. 43, figs. 1-13; pl. 44, figs. 9, 17-20, 24. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), F. G. W. Smith, Atlantic Reef Corals, p. 48. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Caso, Inst. Biol. México, An., vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 183, 199-202, figs. 10, 11. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Oliveira, Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Mem., vol. 48, p. 370. Ellipsechinus lucunter (Linnaeus), Sanchez Roig, Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey,” Mem., vol. 20, No. 2, p. 64, pl. 40, fig. 5. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mortensen, Atlantide Rept., No. 2, pp2 94 298. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Fontaine, Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, Nat. Hist. Notes, No. 61, p. 3. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Darteville, Mus. Congo Belge, Ann., vol. 38, p. 38, pl. A, fig. 5; pl. 1, figs. 4-6; text-figs. 7, 8. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Mayr, Evolution, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. Fee et2 13, 14. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), A. H. Clark, U.S. Fish Comm., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 374. Echinomtra lucunter (Linnaeus), Rattenbury, Barbados Mus. and Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 22, No. 4, p. 88. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), A. M. Clark, West African Sci. As- SOGs OUT violewler py oe. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Bernasconi, Inst. Oceanogr. Uniy. Sao Paulo, Bol., vol. 6, Nos. 1-2, pp. 62, 63, pl. 2, figs. 1-5. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Harvey, The Amercan Arbacia and other sea urchins, pp. 38, 66. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Tommasi, Depart. Zool. Secretaria Agric. Sao Paulo, Papéis Avulsas, vol. 13, art. 2, pp. 29-30, pl. 1, figs. 4, 6; text-figs. 16, 20. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Moore, Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Puble voles) ps 155. Echnometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Rodriguez, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 268, 278. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Newell, Imbrie, Purdy, and Thurber, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 4, pp. 209, 211. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Cooke, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper WAL. on Sy BS, jolle Gy ime, I A Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Tommasi, Acad. Brasil, Ciénc., An., vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 602, 603. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Lewis, Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 1135-1136. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Vannucci and _ Bernasconi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Cat. Marine Larvae, No. 45. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Nonato and Pérés, Cahiers Biol. Marine, vol. 2, p. 265. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Kier, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 145, No. 5, p. 19, pl. 3, fig. 2; pl. 4, figs. 1-3. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Kier and Grant, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. vols 149: No. 6, pp: 1,15), 6-7, 8 9, 11, 18-20, 57, 59) pl 16, fesse 308 BuLLETIN 252 1965?. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Tommasi, Histoéria Natural Organis- mos Aquaticos Brasil, pp. 271, 272, 273. 1965. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Lavallard, Schlenz and Balas, Fac. Filos., Ciéne e Letras Univ. Sao Paulo, Zool., No. 25, pp. 133-163, 4 pls. 1966. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Fell and Pawson, [in] Moore, Treatise on Invertebrate Palontology, Part U, Echinodermata 3, p. U433, fig. 324, 6 1966. ie heny aaetac lucunter (Linnaeus), Tommasi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Contrib, Avulsas, sér. Ocean. Biol., No. 11, pp. 16, 17, pl. 3b, text- figs. 28, 34. 1966. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Chesher, Studies Tropical Oceanogr., No. 4 (pt. 1), pp. 209, 210, 212, 213, 217. 1966. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus), Kier, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 121, No. 3577 pps 2,3. 5916-7, 9. The Recent specimens are inflated and oval to oblong-elliptical in outline, with the long axis passing through genital 3 and ocular I. The test is thin, the ambitus broadly rounded, the adoral face gently concave, and the aboral face gently convex. The ambulacra widen regularly from the apex to the ambitus where they are two- thirds the width of the ambulacra; both the ambulacra and inter- ambulacra decrease in width from the ambitus to the peristome where the width of each is then about the same. There are generally six rarely five, and often seven pore-pairs in the arcs composing the poriferous areas; the pores are large, distant, and separated by a wall with a thickness nearly equal to the diameter of the pores. There are two columns of staggered primary tubercles on the ambulacra and interambulacra, with a column of small tubercles on the side of each; a single medial column of staggered secondary tubercles is present between the primaries, and miliary tubercles are interspersed between the secondaries; also a row of miliaries sep- arates each primary tubercle of the interambulacra. The apical system with its large, somewhat swollen madrepor- ite, is typical of the species. On specimen A606f, ocular V is insert and all of the others exsert. The genital pores are large and circular. The periproct is oval, slightly eccentric. The peristome is oval- decagonal with gently indented gill slits. The perignathic girdle is sturdy, bearing a broad, paddle-shaped auricle extending about halfway into the body cavity. The teeth of the lantern are white, vitreous, and marked by several longitudinal grooves. The primary tubercles are imperforate, pale olive in color. The primary spines are stout, fairly straight, and moderately at- tenuated; the shaft is sculptured by closely spaced longitudinal VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINoIps: WEISBORD 309 striations which are minutely crenulated by numerous transverse lineations; the tip of the shaft is deep violet, the rest black or gray- black; the milled ring of the collar is marked by strong, evenly spaced riblets which are thickened extensions of the longitudinal striations, and there are about 50 such riblets on a spine 17 mm in length; the base is smooth and whitish. The minor spines on the peristome are fine, pinlike, white. The test is blackish brown above, with the ambulacra darker than the interambulacra, and chocolate brown below. Measurements. — Specimen A606a: length 45 mm, width 39 mm, height 21 mm; per:proct 7.5 mm x 6 mm; peristome 19 mm x 17 mm. Specimen A606b: length 45 mm, with 34 mm, height 23 mm; periproct 7 mm x 5 mm; peristome 21 mm x 18 mm. Speci- men A606c: lantern, length 25 mm, diameter at apex 16mm. Speci- men A606d: spine, length (broken at tip) 18 mm, diameter at neck 2.5 mm. Specimen A606e: pyramid and tooth of lantern, length 19.5 mm, width at apex 8 mm. Locality. — Beach at Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. Recent. Four specimens. Range and distribution. —The range of Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus) is stated to be middle Tertiary to Recent. A single specimen provisionally identified as #. lucunter by Gordon (1963) occurs in the San Sebastian Formation (early Miocene ?) of Puerto Rico. In the late Miocene F. lucunter is reported from Bowden, Jamaica; in the Pliocene, from the Caloosahatchee Formation of Florida; and in the Pleistocene of Cuba (Cantera Toledo, Marianao; hospital “Nona Machado”, Matanzas; Santiago de Cuba) and of Angola. The living £. lucunter inhabits the Western Atlantic from South Carolina, U.S.A. south to Argentina, and in the Eastern At- lantic from the Cape Verde Islands south to Angola on the west coast of Africa. The species clings to surf-beaten rocks, and prefers reef flats covered by a few inches of water at low tide. It is found generally at depths from the littoral to 14 fathoms, though A. Agassiz (188la, p. 224), in the Challenger Report, noted it from a depth of 250 fathoms. The form occupies depressions in limestones and other hard rocks such as granites, and is, therefore, thought to be a rock borer. This, however, has been questioned by Boone (1933, p. 139) who examined more than a hundred museum speci- 310 Bu tvetTin 252 mens and noted that not one of them possessed the worn spines that might be expected were they used in excavating the rock. Western Atlantic and Caribbean localities are the following: South Carolina; Florida (Tortugas, Key West, Key Largo 2-15 ft.); Bahamas (Great Bahama Bank, Little Cat Island, Eleuthera Island, Harbor Island); Bermuda (North Rock); Mexico (Blanquilla Reef, Vera Cruz, Yucatan); Panama (Colon); Isla de Providencia; Cuba (Bahia Honda, Habana, Matanzas Bay, Cayo La Vela); Jamaica (Port Henderson); Haiti; Puerto Rico (San Juan, Fajardo, Arroyo, Isla Caja de Muertos, Ponce, Talleboa, Guayanilla, Mon- talvo Bay, Guanica, Ensenada, Parguera, Boquerén, Aguadilla); Virgin Islands (St. Croix, St. Thomas, St. John); Anguilla; Bar- buda; Dominica (Massacre, NW of Grande Savane, Woodford Hill Bay 2-8 ft.); St. Vincent; Barbados (east and west coasts); Tobago; Curacao (Caracasbaai, Spaansche Baai); Bonaire (Kralendijk, Pasanggrahan, Boka Washikomba, Plaja Grandi); Klein Bonaire (south coast); Aruba (Punta Braboe, Lagoen Boekoeti); Venezuela (Puerto Cabello, Playa Grande, La Guaira, Cumana, Isla Margarita, Isla Cubagua); Colombia (Sabanilla); Brazil (Ilha Queimada Grande, Fernando Noronha, Natal 7, Pernambuco, Bahia, Porto Seguro, Victoria, Guarapary, Campos, Ilhas Maricas, Arquipélago dos Abrolhos, Ilha Trinidade, Rio de Janeirc, Bafa Guanabara, Ilha Sao Sebastiao, Ilha dos Acatrazes, Ubatuba, Caraguatatuba, Santos, Ilha das Palmas, Itanhaem, Cananéia, Florianopolos); Ar- gentina (Ensenada). Eastern Atlantic and west African localities are the following: Cape Verde Islands (Praia, Sao Tiago, Sao Vicente 9 meters); Dakar; Iles de Los; coast of Liberia; Gulf of Guinea (Sao Thomé, Fernando Pé, Islotes de Enrique, Annobon, Islet La Piramide, Rolas); Gold Coast (Takoradi); Ascension Island (Clarence Bay ); St. Helena (St. James); coast of Angola (Elephant Bay). Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz Pl. 51, figs. 6-12 1863. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, naZe 1863. EO nometE plana A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, p. 22. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 117 and Mortensen, 1943, p. 368.] 1864. Echinomerta Michelini Desor, Litken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist Foren. Kjdbenhavn, ser. 2, vol. 5, p. 91. [fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 117 and He Clark1925 sp i45al VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD Salal: 1867. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci) rans: vols ie pt) 2. Now4, p. 345: 1869. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 9, pp. 261,296,298,301,303. 1872-74. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 3, pt. 2, Pell (18 72) pts) sh4 6 pps 455.0184 pls 10aystie 1) pls 26. tigss s=10 (1873-74). 1881. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Bell, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., p. 424. 1881. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 3, pt. 9, pp. 224,253,260. 1883. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mackintosh, Roy. Irish Acad., Trans., VO lea S ebty 2 eep lm Ow ehl onal 4s 1886. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 8 (1885), pp. 86,620. 1887. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 9 (1886), p. 270. 1895. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Sluiter, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, Aflev. I7eips69: 1898. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, H. L. Clark, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., WO lee SsINOsd Sia: 1902. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, H. L. Clark, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20, for 1900, Pt. 2, p. 253. 1903. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. BAP ies 132, 1904. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Meissner, im Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, vol. 12, pt. 3, No. 4, p. 1377. 1907. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 185,186,193. 1910. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mortensen, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 74, p. 24. 1910. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Doderlein and Hartmeyer, Zool., Jahrb., Suppl., vol. 11, p. 148. 1912. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 34, No. 4, p. 372. 1914. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Jackson, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 182, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 5, No. 9, p. 157. 1914. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de Nomen- clature raisonnée des Echinides, p. 257. 1918. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, H. L. Clark, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 7, No. 5, p. 35. 1919. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Nutting, Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 8, No. 3, p. 83. 1919. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, H. L. Clark, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Publ. No. 281, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 60,61,73. 1925. Echinometra viridis A. Agasssiz, H. L. Clark, Catalogue of the Recent Sea-Urchins (Echinoidea) in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History), p. 145. 1927. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Engel, Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, Aflev. 255 p. 163: 1933. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 16, pt. 1 pp. 75,84,85. 1933. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Tortonese, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, Boll., ser. 3, vol. 43, No: 34, pp. 95,135. 1937. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Nutting, Barbados Mus. and Hist. Soc., Jour., vol. 4, p. 71. ’ 312 BuLLeTIN 252 1939. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Engel, Capita Zoologica, vol. 8, pt. 4/4, pp. 6,10. 1943. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mortensen, Monograph of the Echi- noidea, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 368-373, pl. 44, figs. 1-8; pl. 45, fig. 6; pl. 64, figs. 6,7,13; pl. 65, fig. 15, text-figs. 368-369. 1953. Echinometra viridis A, Agassiz, Fontaine Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, Nat. Hist. Notes, No. 61, p. 3. 1954. Echnometra viridis A. Agassiz, Mayr, Evolution, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 7,8,12. 1954. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, A. H. Clark, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 374. 1956. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Menzel, Oceanogr. Inst. Florida State Univ., Contrib., No. 61, p. 33. 1956. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Harvey, The American Arbacia and other sea urchins, p. 66. 1965. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz, Kier and Grant, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, No. 6, pp. 1,5,6-7,9,12,20-21,59,60, pl. 10, fig. 6. The two Recent specimens referred to Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz are bleached white and lack the apex, peristome, and spines. Both specimens are oval-orbicular, with the long axis passing through interambulacrum 3 and ambulacrum I, The test is thin and slightly appressed, the ambitus rounded, the adoral face a little con- cave, the aboral face hardly convex. The ambulacra, interambulacra, and tubercles are much the same as in /chinometra lucunter (Lin- naeus ). The pore-pairs are arranged generally in arcs of five, but in places there are four, and rarely there are six. The apical system is suboval, the peristome subcircular. The primary tubercles are pale green, the small ones around the periproct dark green. Measurements. — Specimen A6lla: length 18 mm, width 16.5 mm, height, 7.5 mm. Specimen A611b: length 17.5 mm, width 15 mm, height 8 mm. Locahty.— Beach at Playa Grande Yachting Club, Distrito Federal. Recent. Two specimens. Remarks. — The specimens are assigned to EF. viridis rather than FE. lucunter because the pore-pairs are arranged generally in ares of five, occasionally four, and rarely six, whereas the pore- pairs of F. lucunter are disposed generally in arcs of six, occasionally seven, and rarely five. My specimens of £. lucunter are considerably larger than the two specimens of £. viridis, and inasmuch as they are all from the same beach one might consider the fewer pore-pairs to be correlated with smaller size. However, H. L. Clark (1933, p. 85) stated that “in lucunter, even when small, the abactinal arcs have six pore-pairs”, and this criterion for differentiation has been accepted by a number of authors. VENEZUELAN CENOozoIC EcutNorps: WEISBORD 313 Range and distribution. — Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz is a shallow-water species living in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea west of longitude 60 degrees. It is often found on reef flats, and occurs from near shore to a depth of seven fathoms. Following are the localities reported: Florida (Key Largo 4-35 ft., Key Biscayne, Tortugas, Apalachee Bay); Cuba; Jamaica (Port Henderson); Haiti; Puerto Rico (Ponce); Colon [‘“Aspinwall”]; Virgin Islands (sea thomas, st) John); st Martin; (Curacao: (Caracasbaai, Spaansche Water, St. Kruis Baal, Boca Grandi, Savonet); Bonaire (Kralendijk, Pasanggrahan); Venezuela (Puerto Cabello, Playa Grande, Isla Tortuga); Barbados. Encope emarginata (Leske) Pl. 52, figs. 1-4 1754. Grand Oursin de mer étoile, Klein, Ordre naturel des Oursina, pp. 231, 232, pl. 25, fig. A; pl. 26, fig. B. [Fide L. Agassiz, 1841, p. 47.] 1758. [Encope emarginata] Seba, Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium Thesauri :, vol. 3, pl. 15, figs. 5,6 [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 126.] 1774. Echinoglycus frondosus van Phelsum, Zee-Egelen, p. 34. [Fide Gray, 1851, p. 34.] 1778. Echinodiscus emarginatus Leske, Klein’s Naturalis dispositio Echinoder- matum, p. 136, pl. 50, figs. 5,6. 1778. Echinodiscus quaterperforatus Leske, Klein’s Naturalis dispositio Echino- dermatum, p. 140. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 126.] 1791. Echinus emarginatus (Leske), Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, p. 3189. 1791. Echinus tetraporus Gmelin, Systema Naturae, ed. 13, p. 3189. [Fide A. Moassiz S72 pel ZOrl 1816. Scutella emarginata (Leske), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert. WO, 3, 15 Sh 1816. Scutella quadrifora Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 3, p. 9. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 126.] 1827. Scutella quadrifora WUamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des _ Sciences Naturelles, vol. 48, p. 224. 1827. Scutella emarginata (WLeske), Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Méthodique, Zoophytes, Livr. 98, p. 675. 1829. Scutella quinqueloba Eschscholtz, Zoologische Atlas, pl. 20, fig. 1. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 216.] 1830. Scutella emarginata (Leske), Blainvillle, Dictionnare des _ Sciences Naturelles, vol. 60, p. 201. Also S. tetrapora, p. 200. 1834. Scutella emarginata (Leske), Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 219, pl. 18, fig. 4. 1835. Scutella emarginata (Leske), L. Agassiz, Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, Mém., vol. 1, p. 188. 1837. Scutella emarginata (Leske), Desmoulins, Etudes sur les Echinides, vol. 3, pp. 68,70. 1837. Scutella cassidulina Desmoulins, Etudes sur les Echinides, vol. 3, p. 78. [Fide Mortensen, 1948, p. 438.] 1840. Scutella emarginata (Leske), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 3, ed. 2, p. 279, Also S. guadrifora, p. 280. 1841. Mellita lobata L. Agassiz, Monographies d’Echinodermes, Mon. 2, p. 44, pl. 4a, fig. 13. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 127.] 1841. Moulinia cassidulina L. Agassiz, Monographies d’Echinodermes, Mon. 2, pp. 139,140, pl. 22, figs. 1-6. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 126.] 314 BuLuetTin 252 1841. Encope emarginata (Leske), L. Agassiz, Monographies d’Echinodermes, Mon. 2, pp. 47-49, pl. 10. 1841. Encope oblonga L. Agassiz, Monographies d’Echinodermes, Mon. 2, pp. 53,54, pl. 9. [Fide Gray, 1851, p. 37.] 1841. Encope Valenciennesii L. Agassiz, Monographies d’Echinodermes, Mon. 2, pp. 54-56, pls. 7,8. [Fide Gray, 1851, p. 37; Bernasconi, 1953, p. 28, pl. 32, fig. 3.] 1841. Encope subclausa L. Agassiz, Monographies d’Echinodermes, Mon. 2, Pp 56557, ple 5) tie. 5.) (Lhide Gray 185ik py 376i 1847. Encope Valenciennesit, E, subclausa, E. oblonga L. Agassiz, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 7, p. 137. 1847. Encope emarginata (Leske) L. Agassiz, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 7, p. 137; vol. 8, p. 356. 1847. Encope nummularia, Moulinsia cassidulina, and Mellita lobata, L. Agassiz, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 7, p. 139. 1851. Encope emarginata (Leske), Echinoglyphus frondosus van Phelsum, Encope Valenciennesii L. Agassiz, Scutella quinqucloba Eschscholtz, En- cope oblonga L. Agassiz, Encope subclausa L. Agassiz, Gray, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., p. 37. 1855. Echinoglycus frondosus van Phelsum, Gray, Catalogue of the Recent Echinida or Sea Eggs in the collection of the British Museum, Pt. I, p. 24. Also Mellita nummularia, p. 24, and Moulinsia cassidulina, p. 27. 1857. Encope quinqueloba Eschscholtz, Grube, Acad. Caesar. Leopold.-Carol., Nova Acta, vol. 27, p. 46. 1857. Moulinsia cassidulina Desmoulins, Desor, Synopsis des Echinides fos- silésy ps 2225 (pls 27, tags, 14-16. 1862. Encope emarginata (Leske), Dujardin and Hupé, Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes, p. 567. Also Mellita lobata, p. 567, and Encope oblonga, E. valenciennesti, and E. subclausa, p. 569; Moulinsia cassidulina, p. 558. 1863. Encope Ghiesbrechtit Belval, Acad. Roy Sci., Lettres et Beaux-Arts Belgique, Bull., vol. 15, p. 419. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 127.] 1863. Encope Valenciennesii L. Agassiz, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., ViOlwe ll INOss2. ups 26: 1864. Encope emarginata (Leske), Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjébenhayn, ser. 2, vol. 5, pl. 2, figs. 4-5. Also Moulinsia cassidulina, p. 118. 1867-71. Encope emarginata (Leske), Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci, Drans.,. vol i Pt. 2, pp: 310,345) (1867s ps 3:70) (868) i pass (1871). 1869. Encope emarginata (Leske), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 9, pp. 267,280,296,299,301,303. 1870. Encope emarginata (Leske), Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 5, Zoo- logie, vol. 13, No. 1, p. 64. Also Moulinsia cassidulina, p. 63. 1872-74. Encope emarginata (Leske), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 3) pts. 1,2) pp: 126:127,325-329) 367,369:3 72,3 13,376,377, pl. 12, ass: 14-24: pl. 12b, figs. 1-3; pl. 12d, figs. 2,3 (1872); pts. 3,4, pp. 545,621 (1873). 1874. Encope Valenciennesi L. Agassiz, Lovén, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 2, No. 7, pp. 66,80, pl. 8, fig. 68; pl. 46, fig. 237; text-figs. 8,15. 1878. Encope emarginata L. Agassiz, Rathbun, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 15 (AS) e art. 9) ip 842 1879. Encope emarginata (Leske), L. Agassiz, Rathbun, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 5, art. 3, p. 145. 1881. Encope emarginata (Leske), A. Agassiz, Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 3, pt. 9, pp. 122,127,254. 1886. 1886. 1892. 1896. 1897. 1898. 1900. 1904. 1904. 1904. 1907. 1910. 1911. 1914. 1914. 1915: 1919. 1921. 1925. 1933. 1933. 1938. 11939" IE), 1940. 1941. 1942. 1947. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 315 Encope emarginata L. Agassiz, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 8 (1885), pp. 88,620. Encope emarginata (Leske), Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 9, p. 285. Encope emarginata (Leske), Lovén, Bihang til... K. Svenska Vetensk.- Akad., Handl., vol. 18, pt. 4, No. 1, p. 65, pl. 8, figs. 80-85; pl. 11, fig. 148. Encope emarginata (Leske), Lahille, Mus. La Plata, Rev., vol. 7, pp. 427, 436. Encope emarginata (Leske), A. Agassiz, Ihering, Mus. Paulista, Rev., WO A yas ISS Encope emarginata (Leske), Buisseret, Soc. Scient. Bruxelles, Ann., vol. 10, pt. 1, pp. 58-60. Encope emarginata (Leske), Hesse, N. Jahrb. Min., Geol., Palaont., Beil-Bd. 13, p. 255. Encope emarginata (Leske), Meissner, iz Bronn, Klassen un Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs, vol. 2, pt. 3, No. 4, p. 1384. Encope emarginata (Leske), de Loriol, Notes pour servir a l'étude des Echinodermes, sér. 2, No. 2, p. 21. Encope emarginata (Leske), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 31, pp. 23,238. Encope emarginata (Leske), Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 185,186,193. Encope emarginata (Leske), Mortensen, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 74, p. 24. Encope emarginatus (Leske), H. L. Clark, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 7, No. 42, art. XLIX, pp. 599,605. Desmoulinaster cassidulinus (Desmoulins), Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de nomenclature raisonnée des Echinides, p. 294. Encope emarginata (Leske), H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 46, No. 1, p. 74, pl. 125, fig. 25. Encope emarginata (Leske), Clark and Twitchell, U.S. Geol. Sur., Mon. 54, p. 208. Encope emarginata (Leske), H. L. Clark, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 281, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 60,73. Encope emarginata, E. oblonga, and E. valenciennsii, Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de nomenclature raisonnée des Echinides, p. 325. Encope emarginata (Leske), H. L. Clark, Catalogue of the Recent Sea- Urchins in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History), p. W/Z: Encope emarginata (Leske), Tortonese, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, Boll., ser. 3, vol. 43, No. 34, pp. 96,152-153. Encope emarginata (Leske), H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., Scien- tific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 16, pt. 1, pp. 78,86-87. Encope emarginata (Leske), Grant and Hertlein, Univ. California Los Anegles, Publ. Math. Phys. Sci., vol. 2, pp. 98-99. Encope emarginata (Leske), Engel, Capita Zoologica, vol. 8, pt. 4/4, p. 6. Encope emarginata (Leske), Ikeda, Dept. Agric. Kyusu Imp. Univ., Jour., vol. 6, pl. 2, figs.) 1-3; pl. 12, figs. 1-4. Encope emarginata (Leske), Paes de Oliveira, Minist. Agric. Rio de Janeiro, Bol., vol. 29, p. 13. Encope emarginata (Leske), Bernasconi, Physis, vol. 19, p. 45, pl. 6, figs. 1-2. Encope emarginata (Leske), Cooke, Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 220) pl. 3, figs: 14,15¢ Encope emarginata (Leske), Bernasconi, Gaea, vol. 8 pp. 98,103,110,112, pl. 4, fig. 1. 316 BuLuetTin 252 1947. Encope emarginata (Leske), Dansereau, Rev. Canadienne Biol., vol. 6, No. 3, p. 472. 1948. Encope emarginata (Leske), Mortensen, Monograph of the Echinoidea, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 438-440, pl. 62, fig. 2. 1948. Encope emarginata (Leske), H. L. Clark, Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., Rept, vol-/8) No; 5; ps 319: 1949. Encope emarginata (Leske), Oliveira, Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Mem., vol. 47, joe OD. 1950. Encope emarginata (Leske), Oliveira, Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Mem., vol. 48, p. 384. 1953. Encope valenciennesit L. Agassiz, Bernasconi, Mus. Hist. Nat. Monte- video, An., ser. 2, vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 27,28. 1953. Encope emarginata (Leske), Bernasconi, Mus. Hist. Nat. Montevideo, An, ser 25 vol. 6, No: 2; pp: 27-28, ple 133 ph 17, figs.) 8-1 splln32; tiga 3. 1954. Encope emarginata (Leske), Mayr, Evolution, vol. 8, pp. 10,14. 1955. Encope emarginata (Leske), Bernasconi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Bol® ‘vol: 6; Nosh 152) pp. 64;65,-pl. 3, figs. 152: 1956. Encope emarginata (Leske), Harvey, The American Arbacia and other sea urchins, p. 67. 1957[1959a]. Encope emarginata (Leske), Tommasi, Depart. Zoologia, Sec. Agric. Sao Paulo, Papéis Avulsos, vol. 13, art. 2, p. 34, pl. 3, figs. 3,4. 1959. Encope emarginata (Leske), Cherbonnier, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 31, No. 4, p. 372. 1959. Encope emarginata (Leske), Cooke, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 321, pp. 49,50, pl. 17, fig. 5, pl. 1959. Encope emarginata, (Leske), Durham, Univ. California, Publ. Geol. Sci., vol. 31, No. 4, p. 174. 1959. Encope emarginata (Leske), Tommasi, Acad. Brasil. Ciénc., An., vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 602,603. 1959. Encope emarginata (Leske), Tommasi, Dept. Zool. Univ. Sao Paulo, Papéis, vol. 13, p. 603. 1964. Encope emarginata (Leske), Tommasi, Rev. Brasil. Biol., vol. 24, No. 1, PD 1293" 1965?. Encope emarginata (Leske), Tommasi, Histéria Natural Organismos Aquaticos Brasil, pp. 271,272,273. 1966. Encope emarginata (Leske), Tommasi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Contrib. Avulsas, sér. Ocean. Biol., No. 11, pp. 1,26,38, pl. 7a, text-figs. 54.55. 1966. Encope emarginata (Leske), Durham, iz Moore, Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. U, Echinodermata 3, p. U485. 1966. Encope emarginata (Leske), Cerame-Vivas and Gray, Ecology, vol. 47, INos 25up: 263. The identification of this species is based on a number of frag- ments and one nearly complete specimen which has been so com- pressed that it is much thinner than normal and slightly distorted. The outline of this specimen (PI. 52, fig. 1) as reconstructed is sub- orbicular, a little wider than long, and truncated at the posterior margin in such fashion that the margin is concave downward. Other fragments indicate that the test is moderately thick, that the upper surface is gently convex and higher in front than behind, that the lower surface is flat, and that the margin is thin but not sharp and is more or less indented at the lunules when those are closed. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcuHINoIps: WEISBORD SHL¢/ The apical system is pentagonally stellate, subcentral, situated a few millimeters nearer the anterior margin, Details of the system cannot be made out but it is inferred that there are five genital pores and five smaller ocular pores. The petals are lanceolate, moderately broad, and open at the extremities which are near, but do not touch, the lunules. The three anterior petals seem to be nearly the same in length, and are shorter than the paired posterior ambulacral ones. The latter extend around the interambulacral lunule so that at their extremities about half of the lunule is enclosed. The poriferous zones are relatively wide and curved together but not quite meeting at their distal ends. The pore zone of the anterior ambulacra is a little wider than the interporiferous zone. On ambulacrum IV of specimen 1596a there are about 80 ambulacral plates over a length of 24.4 mm. There are six lunules, all of them swollen around the border on the aboral surface; on the adoral surface, however, the borders are hardly raised and merge with the flattened test. The posterior interambulacral lunule is by far the largest; the posterior ambul- acral pair is smaller than that, the anterior ambulacral pair still smaller, and the anterior ambulacral lunule the smallest. On speci- men 1596a all of the lunules are probably closed, and only the anterior one is ovate, the five others elongate-elliptical. On other fragments the ambulacral lunules may be ovate or oval, and on one specimen (J596a) the anterior lunule seems not closed to judge from the presence of tubercles on the unbroken inner rim at the marginal tip. The peristome is small, directly below the apex, and vaguely pentagonal in outline. The periproct is situated on the infra-anterior wall of the posterior lunule, its size and configuration obscured by adhering sandstone. The food grooves diverge from near the peri- stome, the main ones curving nearly together around the lunules, a few lesser ones bifurcating away from the primaries near the margin, and some still smaller ones branching off laterally into the area below the lunule. Internally the test is made up of numerous supporting pillars imparting the porous structure typical of the genus. Specimen [596a and one other fragment from the same locality are composed of a dense tan limestone; all of the other fragments, wherever col- lected, are white and chalky. 318 Bu.ieTin 252 Measurements. — Specimen 1596a: Length 94 mm, estimated width 103 mm; ambulacra IV and II, length about 24.4 mm max., width about 12.8 mm; ambulacra V and I, length about 33 mm, max. width about 13 mm; posterior lunule 23 mm X 11 mm; paired posterior lunules 19.5 mm X 8.5 mm; anterior lunule (closed?) 9 mm 6 mm; diameter of peristome 3 mm. Specimen J596a (frag- ment), 47 mm X 35 mm; thickness of test below anterior ? lunule 11 mm; anterior lunule (inferred to be slightly open at the margin) 20 mm X 7 mm. Localities. — Hillside above west bank of Quebrada Mare Abajo at W-13; eight large and numerous small fragments — Lower Mare Formation. Small stream 100 meters west of Quebrada Mare Abajo in same bed as above; six fragments — Lower Mare Forma- tion. Hillside above west bank of Quebrada Mare Abajo near W-14; one large fragment — Mare Formation. In stream 250 meters south- southwest of mouth of Quebrada Las Pailas; five fragments — Mare Formation. Remarks. — The Venezuelan fossil readily fits within the range of variation of Encope emarginata (Leske), and is strikingly similar to certain Recent forms with elliptical lunules found in Brazil (Tommasi, 1957 [1959a], 1966b) and in Argentina (Bernasconi, 1953,). Range and distribution. — Upper Miocene to Recent. The upper Miocene or lower Pliocene form is reported from the Duplin and Waccamaw Formations of North Carolina and Duplin and Waccamaw Formations of South Carolina, and the same from Florida. The Pliocene form occurs in the Mare Formation of Venezuela (this report). The Pleistocene form is recorded from South Carolina. And the living Encope emarginata extends from South Carolina, U.S.A., to Argentina in the Western Atlantic at depths ranging from the littoral to 70 fathoms. The localities are the following: North Carolina; South Carolina; Florida; Yucatan; Nica- ragua; Martinique; Colombia (Cartagena, Sabanilla); Venezuela (Cumana); French Guiana (42 meters); Trinidad; Brazil (Ilhas Santa Anna, coast of Maranhao, Pernambuco, Maria Farinha, Bahia, Ilha do Francés, Rio de Janeiro, Ilha das Cabras, Baia Guanabara, Cabo Frio, Angra dos Reis, Ilha Sao Sebastiao, Sao Vicente, Cananeia, Ensenada de Ubatuba, Sao Francisco, Ibicu1, Florianopolis); Uruguay; Argentina (Cabo San Antonio). VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINoIDS: WEISBORD 319 Species of Encope in the eastern Americas The fossil and Recent species of Encope that have been reported from the Atlantic or Caribbean side of the Americas are the follow- ing: annectans Jackson, 1917, pp. 491-494, pl. 65, figs. 1,2; pl. 66, fig. 1. Gatun Formation, Panama Canal Zone. Middle-upper Miocene. sp. A Jeannet, 1928, pp. 28-30, pl. 3, fig. 9; text-fig. 9. Capadare Limestone, Venezuela. Middle Miocene. sp. B Jeannet, 1928, p. 30. Capadare Limestone, Venezuela. Middle Miocene. sp. C Jeannet, 1928, pp. 30,31, pl. 3, fig. 10. Capadare Lime- stone, Venezuela. Middle Miocene. casstdulina (Desmoulins), 1837, p. 78 [As Scutella, Moulinsia, Desmoulinaster.] Martinique. Recent. [= £. emarginata (Leske ).] ciae de Cortazar, 1880, pp. 227-232, pls. G-H. Canteras de Cala- bazar, near Habana, Cuba. Upper Miocene. sp. D Jeannet, 1928, p. 31, pl. 3, fig. 11. Ojo de Agua Forma- tion, Venezuela. Upper Miocene. desmoulinsu (Duchassaing), 1850, p. 1. [As Scutella.] Guade- oupe (Duchassaing 1855, p. 756) and Trinidad (Guppy 1867, p. 165). Recent. [= E. emarginata (Leske).] sp. E Jeannet, 1928, pp. 31,32, pl. 3, fig. 12. Capadare Limestone and Ojo de Formation, Venezuela. Middle and upper Mio- cene. emarginata (Leske), 1778, p. 200, pl. 50, figs. 5,6. Upper Mio- cene — Recent. falconensis Cooke, 1961, pp. 19,20, pl. 8, figs. 2-4. [As E. Mel tella).| Chiguaje Formation and Gregorio Formation, Vene- zuela. Upper Miocene and Pliocene. gatunensis Toula, 1911, pp. 489-491, pl. 30, fig. 2. Gatun For- mation, Panama Canal Zone. Middle-upper Miocene. ghiesbrechtii Belval, 1863, p. 419. [= E. emarginata (Leske), fide Mortensen, 1948, p. 438.] kugleri Jeannet, 1928, pp. 23-26, pl. 3, figs. 5,6, text-figs. 4-6. Capadare Limestone and Chiguaje Formation, Venezuela. Middle and upper Miocene. 320 BuLLETIN 252 latus Jackson, 1922, p. 51, pl. 7, fig. 7; text-fig. 5. Arecibo For- mation, Puerto Rico. Miocene. lobata (L. Agassiz), 1841, pl. 4a, fig. 13 [= EF. emarginata Leske). | macrophora (Ravenel), 1842, p. 334, text-fig. South Caro- lina, upper Miocene or lower Pliocene. Caloosahatchee For- mation, Florida. Pliocene. megatrema Jackson, 1917, pp. 496-498, pl. 68, fig. 1; text-fig. 3. Gatun Formation, Panama Canal Zone. Middle-upper Mhiocene. michelint L. Agassiz, 1841, p. 58, pl. 6a, figs. 9-10. Middle-upper Miocene, Venezuela. Pliocene — Venezuela, Florida, South Carolina, North Carolina. Pleistocene, Florida. Recent, Gulf of Mexico from off Alabama to Yucatan. michelin imperforata Kier, 1963, pp. 33-36, pl. 5, fig. 1; pl. 6, figs. 3,4; text-figs. 25-30, table 2. Florida. Tamiami and Caloosahatchee Formations. Upper Miocene and lower Plio- cene. oblonga L. Agassiz, 1841, pp. 53,54. [= EF. emarginata (Leske), fide Gray, 1851, p. 37.] Rio de Janeiro. Recent. platytata Jackson, 1917, pp. 494,495, pl. 67, figs. 1,2; text-fig. 2. [= ? E. michelim L. Agassiz, fide Cooke, 1961, p. 17.] quadrifora (Lamarck), 1816, p. 9. [= E. emarginata (Leske).] quaterperforatus (Leske), 1778, p. 140. [= £. emarginata (Leske).] quinqueloba (Eschscholtz, 1829, pl. 20, fig. 1. [= E. emargin- ata (Leske), fide Gray, 1851, p. 37.] Florida to Brazil. Re- cent. raveneli (Conrad), 1865a, p. 74, as Macrophora. [= E. emar- ginata (Ravenel), fide Clark and Twitchell, 1915, pp. 206, 207. ] secoensis Cooke, 1961, pp. 18,19, pl. 8, fig. 1; pl. 9, figs. 1,2. Chiguaje and Cadore Formations, Venezuela. Upper Mio- cene, San Gregorio Formation, Venezuela. Pliocene. subclausa L. Agassiz, 1841, pp. 56,57, pl. 5. [= E. emarginata (Leske), fide Gray, 1851, p. 37.] Brazil and eastern Mexico (Duchassaing, 1855, p. 759). Recent. VENEZUELAN CENOozoIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD S21 tamiamiensis Mansfield, 1932, pp. 48,49, pl. 17, fig. 8. Tami- ami and Caloosahatchee Formations, Florida. Upper Mio- cene and Pliocene. [As Encope macrophora tamiamiensis. | tatetlaensis Bése, 1906, pp. 71,72; pl. 6, figs. 1,2; pl. 7, figs. 1,2. Barranca de Santa Maria Tatetla, Estado Veracruz, México. Lower Pliocene. tetrapora (Gmelin), 1791, p. 3190. [= E. emarginata Leske), fide H. L. Clark in Grant and Hertlein, 1938, p. 99.] valenciennesti L. Agassiz, 1841, p. 54, pls. 7,8. [=E. emarginata (Leske), fide Bernasconi 1953, p. 28, pl. 32, fig. 3.] Mar- tinique and Rio de Janeiro. Recent. vonderschmitti Jeannet, 1928, pp. 26-28, pl. 3, fig. 7; text-figs. 7,8. Ojo de Agua Beds, Venezuela, Middle Miocene. wiedenmayert Jeannet, 1928, pp. 20-23, pl. 3, figs. 1-4; text-figs. 3. [= E. michelini L. Agassiz, fide Cooke, 1961, p. 17.] Ojo de Agua Beds, Venezuela. Middle Miocene. Species of Mellita in the eastern Americas aclinensis Kier, 1963, pp. 41-44, pl. 15, figs. 1-3; text-figs. 36-41; tables 3,4. Tamiami Formation, Florida. Upper Miocene. ampla Ravenel, 1848, p. 4. [= M. quinquiesperforata (Leske), fide Mortensen, 1948, p. 423.] caroliniana (Ravenel), 1842, p. 333, text-fig. [= Leodta caro- liniana (Ravenel).] hexapora (Gmelin), 1791, p. 3189. [= Leodia sexiesperforata (Leske).] lata H. L. Clark, 1940, pp. 437-439, pl. 60, fig. 1; pl. 61, fig. 1; pl. 62, figs. 1,2. Mexico (Vera Cruz) and Costa Rica (near Limon). Recent. latiambulacra H. L. Clark, 1940, pp. 439-442, pl. 62, figs. 3-6. Recent. Venezuela (Cumana); Trinidad (Manzanillo beach and Mayaro Bay); Barbados (100 fathoms); Brazil ( Bahia, Itabapoana, Ilha Nova, Cantos, Cananéia, Santos, Itajai). nummularia L. Agassiz and Desor, 1847, p. 139. [= M. quin- quiesperforata (Leske), fide Mortensen, 1948, p. 423.] pentapora (Gmelin), 1791, p. 3189. [= M. quinqutesperforata (Leske).] a22 BuLLeTIN 252 platensis Bernasconi, 1941, pp. 106-108; 1953, pp. 31,32, pl. 16, figs. 1-7; pl. 17, figs. 1-7. [= Leodia sextesperforata (Leske), fide Bernasconi, 1966, p. 25.] Recent. Argentina (Estuary of Rio de La Plata, 9 fathoms). quinquefora (Lamarck), 1816, pp. 3,9. [= M. quinqutesperfor- ata (Leske).] quinquefora ampla Holmes, 1858, p. 3, pl. 1, figs. 6-6b. [= M. quinquies perforata (Leske).] quinquiesperforata (Leske), 1778, p. 197, pl. 21, figs. C-D. Pleistocene to Recent. Pleistocene: Pimlico Formation, South Carolina, U.S.A. Recent: Massachusetts (Nantucket); Georgia; South Carolina; Florida; Texas; Bermuda; Mexico (Vera Cruz; Nicaragua; Puerto Rico; Venezuela (Isla de Margarita and Cumana); Surinam; Trinidad; Barbados; Brazil (coast of Maranhao, Bahia, Ubatuba, Ilha das Palmas, Caraguatatuba, Espirito Santo, Itanhaem, Guaruja, Sao Sebastiao, Santos, Cananéia, Itaja1). quinquiesperforata tenuis H. L. Clark, 1940, p. 442, pl. 60, fig. 2; pl. 61, fig. 2. Recent. West Florida (Sanibel Island, Tarpon Springs, Charlotte Harbor). sexforis (Lamarck), 1816, p. 9. [= Leodta sexiesperforata (Leske).] similis (L. Agassiz), 1841, p. 43, pl. 4, figs. 1-3. [= Leodia sexiesperforata (Leske).] sp. Jackson, 1922, p. 52, text-fig. 6. Mayo village quarry, Trini- dad. Miocene. sp. Sanchez Roig, 1926, pp. 64-65. Cuba. Miocene. sp. Weber and Raup, 1968, p. 41. Melbourne, Florida. Pleisto- cene. testudinata Klein, 1734, p. 25, pl. 21, figs. C-D. [= M. quin- quiesperforata (Leske).] testudinea Gray 1855b, p. 22. [= ? M. quinquiesperforata (Leske), fide Mortensen, 1948, p. 423.] Recent. South Caro- lina, Florida, Texas. texana Meek, 1864, p. 2. [= M. pentapora (Gmelin), fide Clark and Twitchell, 1915, p. 225, = ? M. quinquiesperforata (Leske).] Pleistocene ?. Texas. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 323 Species of Leodia in the eastern Americas carolintiana (Ravenel), 1841, p. 33, fig. Upper Miocene to Pleistocene ? Upper Miocene: Yorktown Formation, Vir- ginia. Upper Miocene — Pliocene: Duplin and Waccamaw Formations, South Carolina. Pleistocene: Miami Oolite ?, Florida. sextesperforata (Leske), 1778, p. 199, pl. 50, figs. 3,4. Pleisto- cene to Recent. Pleistocene: Pimlico Formation, South Caro- lina and Miami Oolite, Florida. Recent (littoral to 25 fath- oms): South Carolina; Bahamas; Bermuda; Jamaica; Puerto Rico (Arroyo); St. Thomas; Brazil (Rio de Janeiro) Uru- guay (Rio de La Plata). ? Echinolampas sp. indet. Pin 53 feseles The single specimen is poorly preserved and so devoid of de- finable characters that even the identity of the genus is question- able. The test is small, subangularly ovate, narrowed posteriorly, and depressed, with the anterior part behind the apical system a little higher than the posterior end. The abactinal surface is nearly plane, and slopes gently forward from the higher area; the actinal surface is concave and deeply invaginated at the peristome. The peristome lies a little nearer the anterior end and is jaggedly semi- circular with a subtruncate posterior rim. The periproct is com- pletely hidden beneath an overlay of carbonate near the ambitus, and its exact position is not known. There are two deep excavations of unequal size below and to one side of the peristome, and in the larger of these there is imbedded a small white shell. Diverging away from the peristome are vague, gentle depressions possibly repre- senting the positions of ambulacra IV and II, and even vaguer ones at ambulacra V and J. Neither the petals nor the apical sys- tem can be seen, and the surface of the test is nearly wholly veneered by a growth of Bryozoa. Measurements. — Specimen S605a: length 18 mm, width 13.7 mm, maximum height 6.7 mm. Locahty.— North flank of Punta Gorda anticline at W-23. Playa Grande Formation (Maiquetia Member). One specimen. Remarks. — As all of the other fossil echinoids from the Cabo Blanco Group described in this paper are found in the Recent 324 BuLueTiIn 252 Caribbean fauna, it is possible that this form may also be living. I have, therefore, compared in the literature the Cabo Blanco fossil with a number of Recent species having a superficial resemblance, and find that in horizontal outline and certain general characters it is reminiscent of Echinolampas depressa Gray. References to that species (which occurs from Florida to Barbados at depths of 65 meters to 320 fathoms) are the following: 1851. Echinolampas depressus Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 10, p 448: Zool. Soc. London, Proc., p. 38. 1855. Echinolampas depressus Gray, Catalogue of the Recent Echinida or Sea- Eggs in the British Museum, Part 1, p. 36, pl. 2, fig. 4. 1868. Echinolampas caratomoides A, Agassiz, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 349 foonote. [Fide, A. Agassiz, 1872, pela 1869. Echinolampas caratomoides A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 9, pp. 269-270. [Fide Mortensen, 1948, p. 287.] 1872-74. Echinolampas depressa Gray, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 3, pts. 1,2, pp. 114,181,335-339,367,369,372,551, pl. 16, figs. 6,7,17-22 (1872); pts. 3,4, pp. 551,626 (1873). 1878. Echinolampas depressa Gray, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 5, No. 9, p. 190. 1881. Echinolampas depressa Gray, A. Agassiz, Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 3, pt. 9, pp. 217,228,235,255. 1883. Echinolampas depressa Gray, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 46-47, pl. 16; pl. 24, figs. 1-5. 1886. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 9, p. 286. 1889. 2? Echinolampas depressa Gray, Cotteau, Soc. Zool. France, Bull., vol. 14, p. 341. 1895. Echinolampas depressus Gray, Mazzetti, Reg. Accad. Sci. Lettere ed Arti Modena, ser. 2, vol. 11, pp. 415,437,445,460. 1904. Echinolampas depressa Gray, A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 315 ps a9 fig. 155)" ply 64,-tigs, 2-56 pli 654 fios 1-4" 1904. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Meissner, in Bronn, Klassen und Ord- nungen des Thier-Reichs, vol. 2, pt. 3, No. 4, p. 1387. 1907. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Mortensen, Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 183,185,186,189,190,193. 1910. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Mortensen, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 74, p. 24. 1911. Echinolampas depressus Gray, Hawkins, Geol. Mag., decade 5, vol. 8 No. 6, pp. 257-258, pl. 13, fig. 1. 1917. Echinolampas depressa Gray, H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 111,112,113,115,116,117, pl. 144, figs. 18,19; pl. 153, fig. 8. 1921. Echinolampas (Miolampas) depressa Gray, Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de nomenclature raisonnée des Echinides, p. 381. 1921. ? Echinolampas (Progonolampas) Blanchardi Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de pe a raisonnée des Echinides, p. 387. [Fide Mortensen, 1948 p: 287: ; : 1925. Echinolampas depressa Gray, H. L. Clark, A Catalogue of the Recent Sea-Urchins (Echinoidea) in the Collection of the British Museum (Natu- ral History), p. 183. 1948. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Mortensen, A Monograph of the Echinoi- dea, vol. IV, pt. 1, pp. 287-289, pl. 11, fig. 4cepl 3h tie 7 wpe 14, fig. 3. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC EcCHINOIDS: WEISBORD 325 1954. Echinolampas depressa Gray, A. H. Clark, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Ser., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 375. 1962. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Kier, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 144, No. Sept 2 plese chic 2 text=1 lo. Olle 1966. Echinolampas depressus Gray, Chesher, Studies Tropical Oceanography, Non an ((ptapl)) pe per2 lute 1966. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Cerame-Vivas and Gray, Ecology, vol. 47, Noy 2: p. 263. 1966. Echinolampas depressa Gray, Kier, in Moore, R. C., Treatise on In- vertebrate Paleontology, Pt. U, Echinodermata 3, p. 506. Localities given for the living FE. depressa are North Carolina, Tortugas (35, 68 fathoms), the Straits of Florida (40-320 fathoms), Florida Gulf Stream, and Yucatan Bank (35-160 fathoms); Gren- ada (92 fathoms); and Barbados. The species has also been report- ed from the Miocene of Italy by Mazzetti (1895). In discussing the similarity of Recent species of Echinoidea on both sides of the Atlantic, Chesher (1966) wrote as follows: “In many cases, it seems that the African species were erected mainly on the basis of their supposed geographic isolation from the West Indian species. Lack of either African or American specimens has prevented settling the question of whether the species are really distinct as, for example, is the case with Echinolampas depressus (West Indies) and Echinclampas blanchardi (Gulf of Guinea). When material is available, the differences between the ‘species’ are found to be slight and often within the range of variation of a single population.” Moira atropos (Lamarck) Pl. 53, figs. 4-10 1771. [Moira atropos| Knorr, Deliciae Naturae Selectae ..., pl. DIII, fig. 3. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 146.] 1816. Spatangus atropos Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 3, p. 32. 1825. Echinocardium atropos (Lamarck), Gray, Ann. Philos., ser. 2, vol. 10, art. 4, p. 430. 1827. Spatangus atropos Lamarck, Eudes-Deslongchamps, Encyclopédie Méth- odique, Zoophytes, Livr. 98, p. 688, pl. 155, figs. 9-11. 1830. Spatangus atropos Lamarck, Blainville, Dictionnaire des Sciences Natu- relles, vol. 60, Zoophytes, p. 183. 1834. Spatangus atropos Lamarck, Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie, p. 202. 1837. Schizaster atropos (Lamarck), L. Agassiz, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 2, Zoologie, vol. 7, p. 278. 1837. Spatangus atropos Lamarck, Desmoulins, Etudes sur les Echinides, vol. 3, p. 230. 1840. Spatangus atropos Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 3, ed. 2, p. 327. 1847. Schizaster atropos (Lamarck), L. Agassiz, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 8, p. 22, pl. 16 of vol. 6, fig. 10. 1848. Schizaster atropos (Lamarck), Ravenel, Echinidae, Recent and Fossil, of South Carolina, p. 4. BuLueTIn 252 Schizaster lachesis Girard, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 3, p. 368. [Fide A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 146.] Schizaster atropos (Lamarck), Girard, Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 3; Pp. 368. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Michelin, Soc. Géol. France, sér. 2, vol. 12, p. USS). Schizaster atropos (Lamarck), Gray, Catalogue of the Recent Echinida or Sea Eggs of the British Museum, Part I, pp. 61,62. Moera atropos (Lamarck), Michelin, Rev. Mag. Zool., vol. 7, p. 246. Also M. lachesis (Girard), p. 247. Moera lachesis (Girard), Desor, Synopsis des Echinides fossiles, p. 394. Moera atropos (Lamarck) and M. lachesis (Girard), Desor, Synopsis des Echinides fossiles, p.394, pl. 43, fig. 3. Schizaster atropos (Lamarck), Holmes, Post-Pleiocene Fossils of South Carolinatipps 5:6— pl’ 2, tien 3% Moera atropos (Lamarck) and M. lachesis (Girard), Dujardin and Hupé, Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes, p. 603. Moera atropos (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No; 2, p: 28. Moera atropos (Lamarck), Litken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjgbenhavn, ser. 2, vol. 5, p. 55 (123). Moera atropos Michelin, Verrill, Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., Viole ape. 2 antenon INO Sy 1pa 405 Moera atropos (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool.. Bull., vol. 1, No. 9, pp. 278,279,296,299,302,303. Moera atropos (Lamarck), Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 5, Zoologie, ViOlevI Sips ws. Moera atropos (Lamarck), Bolau, Die Spatangiden des Hamburger Mn- seums, p. 22. 1872-74. Moira atropos (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 1874. 1878. 1881. 1883. 1883. 1887. 1900. 1902. 1902. 1904. 1906. 1907. 1910. 3, pts. 1,2, pp. 146,365,366,367,373,376,751, pl. 23 (1873); pts. 3,4, pp. 615,627 (1873). Moira atropos (Lamarck), Lovén, K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 11, No. 7, pl. 4, fig. 42. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Coues and Yarrow, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc., vol. 30, p. 306. Moira atropos (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Voyage H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Results, Zoology, vol. 3, pt. 9, pp. 221,229,256. Moira atropos (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 10, Now iipse94: Moira atropos (Lamarck), Lovén, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 19, No. 7, pl. 10, figs. 94,95,110. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Rathbun, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 9 (1886), ps 292. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Wilson, Amer. Naturalist, vol. 34, p. 351. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Grave, Science, n. s., vol. 15, p. 579. Moira atropos (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900) Pt. 2) py 255: Moira atropos (Lamarck), A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem, vol 31, pp 217,238 Moera atropus (Lamarck), Cary, Gulf Biol. Sta. Cameron, La., Bull., VOL 6s Den a2- Moira atropos (Lamarck), Mortensen. Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 122,176,186,194. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Déderlein and Hartmeyer, Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. 11, p. 150. 1910. 1 Ele 19 EES). WENN 7a 1919. 1925. 1930. IG)s33}- 1933. 1933" L933" 1938. 11939" 1942. 1942. 19512 1953. 11953" 1954. 1954. 1955. 1956. 1956. 1958. 1959. 1961. 1962. VENEZUELAN CENOZzOIC EcHINOIDS: WEISBORD S27 Moira atropos (Lamarck), Mortensen, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 74, pp. 24,25. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Tennent, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 132, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 3, No. 12, pp. 119,121, pl. 1, figs. 5-7. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Pinney, Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 179-183, figs. 25-31b. Schizaster atropos (Lamarck), Clark and Twitchell, U.S. Geol. Sur.. Mon. 54, p. 227. Moira atropos (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 46, No. 2, p. 196. Moira atropos (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 281, Papers Inst. Marine Biol., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 60,61,73. Moira atropos (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Catalogue of the Recent Sea- Urchins (Echinoida) in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History), p. 211. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Mortensen, Annot. Zool. Japon., vol. 12, p. 392) fies 2b: Moira atropos (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 16, pt. 1, pp. 89,90. Moira atropus (Lamarck), Boone, Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 147-149, pl. 94. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Tortonese, Mus. Zocl. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, Boll., ser. 3, vol. 43, No. 34, pp. 92, 161,162, pl. 11, fig. 49. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Pijpers, Geogr. en Geol. Meded., Physiogr.- Geolog. Reeks, No. 8, p. 95. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Grant and Hertlein, Univ. California Los Angeles, Publ. Math. Phys. Sci., vol. 2, p. 125. Moira atropos (Lamarck), A. H. Clark, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 86, No. 3056, p. 434 Moira atropos (Lamarck), Cooke, Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 1, p. 43. Moira atropos (Lamarck), H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 89, No. 8, p. 383. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Mortensen, A Monograph of the Echin- oidea, vol. 2, Spatangoidea IJ, pp. 329-331, pl. 19, figs. 15,20; pl. 55, figs. 11,16,19-23. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Fontaine, Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, Nat. Hist. Notes, No. 61, pp. 4,8. 2? Moira atropos (Lamarck), Blake, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 121, No. 12, pp. 20,23. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Mayr, Evolution, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 5,6,14. Moira atropos (Lamarck), A. H. Clark, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 375. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Bernasconi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Bol., vol. 6, Nos. 1-2, pp. 65-67, pl. 4, figs. 1-2. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Menzel, Oceanogr. Inst. Florida State Univ., Contrib., No. 61, p. 33. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Harvey, The American Arbacia and other sea urchins, p. 67. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Tommasi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Contrib. Avulsas, ser. Ocean. Biol., No. 2, pp. 2,5-6, pl. 1, fig. 3. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Cooke, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 321, pp. 73,74, pl. 30, figs. 1-4. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Cooke, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 142, No. 4, pp. 22,23, pl. 6, figs. 1-4. Moira atropos (Lamarck), McNulty, Work, and Moore, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 206,208,213,215,217,218,221, 223:229' No. 3; p. 323: 328 BuLueTIn 252 1963. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Chesher, Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Carib- bean, vol. 13, No. 4, pp. 549-573, figs. 1-11. 1966. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Moore and Lopez, Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 648-667, figs. 1-14. 1966. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Tommasi, Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Contrib. Avulsas, sér. Ocean. Biol., No. 11, pp. 19,31, pl. Va, text-fig. 40. 1966. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Fischer, [iz] Moore, R. C., Treatise on In- seas Paleontology, Part U, Echinodermata 3, p. U576, figs. 456, 1966. Moira atropos (Lamarck), Cerame-Vivas and Gray, Ecology, vol. 47, No. 2, p. 263. The following description is based on two incomplete and somewhat shattered specimens, with many of the diagnostic charac- ters broken away or worn. The test is inflated, angularly ovoid in horizontal outline, trun- cated behind. The apical system, though not revealed in detail, seems to lie a little nearer the posterior end. The test is highest at the apex, and from it the upper surface slopes forward. The lower surface is nearly flat at the sternum, the sides diverging up- ward. The sternum is elongate-ovate, its width two-thirds the length, and not markedly widening posteriorly. Along the length there is a gentle medial keel which, however, is more angular and a little higher at the posterior end. Crossing the sternum transversely are obliquely sinuous, regularly spaced rows of tubercles, with approxi- mately 30 rows of tubercles over a length of 27 mm. The labrum at the head of the sternum is sturdy, projecting, and arcuate. The dorsal surface is characterized by its deeply sunken am- bulacra, and on both specimens the depressions of the anterior lateral petals are roofed over through the expansion of the am- bulacra. The anterior petal is the largest, and the anterior laterals are longer than the posterior pair. There is both a peripetalous and lateral fasciole. The former is immediately adjacent to the petal, lying on an elevated shelf or ramp which slopes toward the petaliferous depression. The lateral fasciole cannot be traced in its entirely but on specimen K598e it joins the peripetalous fasciole at nearly a right angle about one- third down from the distal end of the left anterior ambulacrum. Adherent here and there on the test are occasional spines. These are slender, hardly tapering, and recrystallized, and appear to be sculptured by longitudinal striae. VENEZUELAN CENozoic EcHINoIDS: WEISBORD 329 Details of the apical system, peristome, and periproct have not been discerned. Measurements. — Specimen K598a (incomplete): length 41 mm, height near anterior end 20 mm; length of left anterior petal 18 mm. Specimen K598e (somewhat crushed): length 45 mm, width 32 mm, height at apex 31 mm; sternum, length from labrum to posterior end 31 mm, width 17 mm. Locality. — Bluff 125 meters west of the intersection of the Playa Grande Yachting Club road and coast road. The two in- complete specimens are embedded in tan, fine-grained calcareous sandstone. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Remarks. — There are a number of important morphologic characters that are indeterminable but the unique configuration of the test, the outline and tuberculation of the sternum, the deeply sunken petals, and the nature of the fascioles all suggest that the species 1s Moira atropos (Lamarck). Range and distribution. — Pliocene to Recent. M. atropos has been recorded from two Pliocene localities in Venezuela, one in the Playa Grande Formation at Cabo Blanco (this report), the other some 300 kilometers or so to the northwest in the San Gregorio Formation of north-central Falcon. Pleistocene localities are Lang- leys Bluff, Maryland(?), Johns Island, South Carolina, and Ber- muda. The living form inhabits the Western Atlantic, Gulf of Mex- ico, and Caribbean Sea, from North Carolina, U.S.A., to Santos Bay, Brazil at depths ranging from the littoral to 80 fathoms: North Carolina (Beaufort); South Carolina (Charleston); Florida (Biscayne Bay, less than three meters, salinity 30-40 parts per thousand; Apalachee Bay, inshore to 40 ft., salinity 25-37 parts per thousand; Panama City beach); Louisiana (Chandeleur Islands); Texas; Bermuda; Straits of Florida; Cuba (Puerto Padre); Jamaica; Puerto Rico (Guanica); Virgin Islands (St. Thomas, St. John); Guadeloupe; and Brazil (Ribeiro de Almeida, Clarimundo de Jesus, Ilha Nova, Ilha Sao Sebastiao, Santos Can- anéia, Ilha do Cardosa). Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica Mortensen Pl. 54, figs. 1-5; Pl. 55, figs. 1-9 1883. Brissopsis lyrifera A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 10, No. 1, pl. 26, figs. 7,8. [Not 38. lyrifera (Forbes), fide Mortensen, 1951, p. 415.] 330 BuLuetin 252 Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Danish Ingolf.-Exped., Echinoidea, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 160-163,164,165,168,174,175,189,194, pl. 3, figs. 6,10,17; pl. 18, figs. 5,9,10,13,19,20,24: pl. 19 figs. 1,4,5,11,25,28,32,33. Not Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Koehler, Résultats Campagnes Scien- tifiques du Prince de Monaco, No. 34, p. 238. [Fide Chesher, 1968, p. 43] Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen,, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., 74, p. 24. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Zool. Stat. Neapel, Mitt., No. 21, p. 29. Not Brissopsis atlantica var. mediterranea Mortensen, Zool. Stat. Neapel, Muitt=eNonZiesps sills Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Lambert, Soc. Acad. Agric., Sci., Artes et Bellies Lettres Dept. l’Aube, Mém., vol. 79, p. 22. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, H. L. Clark, Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 200,203,204. Not Brissopsis altantica Grieg, “Michael Sars’? North Atlantic Deep Sea Exped., vol. 3, No. 2, p. 44 [Fide Chesher, 1968, p. 43.] Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Lambert, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser 9, Vile Dep 595: Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Jackson, Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 306, p. 81,82. Brisopsis atlantica Mortensen, H. L. Clark, A Catalogue of the Recent Sea-Urchins in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History), p- 213. Kleinia atlantica (Mortensen), Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de nomen- clature raisonnée des Echinides, p. 490. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British Isles, p. 338. Not Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Arch., sér. 6, vol. 2, p. 32. [Fide Chesher, 1968, p. 43.] Brisopsis atlantica Mortensen, Grieg, Rept. Sci. Results “Michael Sars’”’ North Atlantic Exped. 1910, vol. 3, No. 2, p. 44. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Tortonese, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, Boll., ser. 3, vol. 43, No. 34, p. 163. Not Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Kolosvary, Festschrift Embrik Strand, vol. 2, p. 461. [Fide Chesher, 1968, p. 43.] Brissopsts atlantica Mortensen, Grant and Hertlein, Amer. Midland Naturalist, vol. 19, No. 2, p. 486. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, H. L. Clark, Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey,” -Mem., vol. 15, pp. 126,127. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Cooke, Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 3,49. Not Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Mortensen, Atlantide Rept., No. 2, pp. 301,302, pl. 1, fig. 4; pl. 2, figs. 1-2. [Fide Chesher, 1968, p. 43.] Not Brissopsis atlantica var. mediterranea Mortensen, A Monograph of The Echinoidea, vol II, Spatangoida 2. Amphisterna 2, p. 415, fig. 199a. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, A. H. Clark, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, p. 375. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Hoffstetter, Lexique Stratigraphique In- ternational, vol. 5, Amérique Latine, fasc. 2b, Antilles, p. 290. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Cooke, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 321, p85) ples38. figs.o19=22: Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Tommasi, Inst. Océanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, ser. Océan. Biol., Contrib. Avulsas, No. 11, pp. 3, 19,20, pl. 9a. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Cerame-Vivas and Gray, Ecology, vol. 47, No. 2, p. 263. Not Brissopsis atlantica mediterranea Mortensen, Chesher, Studies Tropical Oceanogr., No. 4, (pt. 1), pp. 211,212,213,220,221. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC EcHINOIDS: WEISBORD 331 1968. Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen, Chesher, Studies Tropical Oceanogr. Miami, No. 7, pp. 43-63, pls. 6-12, text-figs. 11-15, table 4. The following description is based on two badly worn and incomplete specimens, and on a number of small fragments be- lieved to represent the same species. The test is subdiscoidal, suborbicular in horizontal outline, a little longer than wide, the margins well rounded, the ambitus gently indented at the ambulacra and interambulacra; the height is greatest well forward of the apical system and is about half the length of the test, with the aboral surface sloping gently therefrom toward the posterior; the posterior end is subtruncate, concave in- ward; the adoral surface is gently rounded posteriorly, nearly flat anteriorly. The apical system is eccentric, lying nearer the anterior end. The petals are moderately deep, with III the longest, and II and IV a little longer than the posterior pair I and V; the latter are curved outward distally and are confluent proximally. On speci- men N597a the posterior petals consist of a narrow interporiferous zone and much wider poriferous zones on either side. The latter are pierced by relatively large oval pore-pairs of which there are some 28 pairs in the petal length of 16 mm. The plates of the petals, as represented on fragment K597c, are regular and rectangular, and on the upper surface of each plate there is a single, somewhat irregu- lar horizontal row of minute tubercles passing below the pore-pairs near the lower suture; between the sutures of each plate, in the interporiferous zone, there are generally six to nine minute tubercles, with a row of two or three at each suture, and a row between. The tubercles of the interambulacra are relatively small, mam- milliform, perforate, and crenulate. The primary spines are long and slender, the shafts tapering but slightly for much of their length, the milled ring of the collar sharp. Some of the spines are curved, indicating flexibility, and all of them are sculptured by microscopic longitudinal striae of which there are 28 or so around the shaft with a diameter of 0.26 mm. The peripetalous fasciole as exhibited on fragment K597b veers angulately where it changes its course. The characters of the apical system, peristome, sternum, and periproct are not known. 332 BULLETIN 252 Measurements. — Specimen N597a: Length 80 mm, width (reconstructed) 72 mm, height at apex 42 mm. Specimen N597b: length of anterior? petal 16 mm, width 4.43 mm, with of inter- poriferous zone 0.7 mm. Localities. — K: Bluff 125 meters west of the intersection of the Playa Grande Yachting Club road and coast road. Tan cal- careous sandstone. Ten fragments. L: South side of Playa Grande road about 220 meters west of station W-15. Brown fine-grained sandstone. Two fragments. N: Near station W-21 on north flank of Litoral anticline. Tan siltstones and sandstones with knobs of hard sandstone. Two incomplete specimens. O: Dip slope 100 meters west of Costa fault at station W-22. Dull gray pebbly sand- stone. One fragment. All of the above are from the Catia Member of the Playa Grande Formation. Remarks. —It is not possible to identify this Venezuelan fos- sil definitively, but insofar as it can be compared it seems to be close to Brissopsis atlantica Mortensen. The two other Recent Carib- bean species of Brissopsis are B. alta Mortensen (1907, pp. 107,159- 16ON61,162 168 N74 189194. ple 3) figss 51839513716; pl Saas. 11,22,27,29; pl. 19, figs. 7,24,26,27) and B. elongata Mortensen (1907, pp. 44,159,162,163 ,-165,167,168,175,186,194, pl. 3, figs. 4,14, 15,19.) pled ties: AAS 518: spl 18 figs 25-1 7/.2ola NOS tigcuelZelife)e B. atlantica is subdiscoidal, B. alta subglobose, and thus are readily differentiated. B. atlantica attains a much larger size than B. elon- gata, and as my specimens are large and more orbicular than elon- gated they are referred to B. atlantica. Range and distribution. — The geologic range of Brissopsis at- lantica is Pliocene to Recent. If correctly identified, it is reported here for the first time from the Pliocene of Venezuela. It was recorded also from the Pliocene of Anguilla Island by Lambert (1915), though Hoffstetter suggested (1956, p. 290) that the for- mation in which the species was found may be Quaternary. The living B. atlantica is reported in Western Atlantic waters off North Carolina, southeast Florida, west Florida, and the Tor- tugas, U.S.A.; in Cuban waters (Old Bahama Channel, Bahia de Matanzas, Puerto de Tanamo, Bahia de Cochinos, Cienfugos, and Banco Paz) at depths of 190 to 1440 fathoms; off Panama; off VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINoIDsS: WEISBORD 333 northwest Colombia; and off Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Further details of distribution in Florida, Panama, and Colombia are given by Chesher (p. 44, 1968). Mortensen (1951) pointed out that the well-known Brissopsis lyrifera (Forbes) is a North Atlantic species and that some southern forms referred by authors to that species might well be Brissopsis atlantica or Brissopsis elongata. Mortensen identified B. elongata from Puerto Rico (7 fathoms), the northwest coast of Panama (25 fathoms), and Puerto Cabello, Venezuela (12-15 fathoms. Recent forms in the Western Atlantic between the 30° parallels identified as B. lyrifera by authors but which may prove to be B. atlantica or B. elongata, have been reported in the Gulf of Mexico between the Mississippi River delta and Cedar Keys, Florida (21-1330 fathoms); between Cuba and Florida in deep water; off Habana, Cuba (122- 279 fathoms); and the Antilles. For the latest and best work on the B. atlantica complex the reader is referred to Chesher’s 1968 monograph. Unfortunately this was not available to me until sev- eral months after I had submitted the typescript of the present paper. Observations. — Specimens K597b (23.2 X 16 mm), K597c (24 16:5" mm) K597d (15.3, X12 mm), K597e. (7X6 3-5 mm); and L60la X 6.2 mm) were collected as discrete fragments unasso- ciated with a whole test. As these components resemble, and occur in the same formations as specimens N597a and N597b, they are also referred to Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica Mortensen. This identi- fication, however, must be considered highly tentative. Species of Brissopsis in the eastern Americas The genus Brissopsis ranges from Eocene to Recent. The fossil and Recent species that have been reported from the Atlantic side of the Americas are the following: aguayoi Sanchez Roig, 1952, pp. 15,16, pl. 6, figs. 1,2. Finca Las Cuevos de Pedro Pozo, Morén, Prov. Camagiiey, Cuba. Up- per Oligocene. alta Mortensen, 1951, pp. 390-392, pl. 57, fig. 21 Gulf of Mex- ico, Dry Tortugas, and southeast Florida. Recent. antillarum Cotteau, 1875, p. 37, pl. 6, figs. 19-25. Anguilla For- 334 BuLvetTin 252 mation, Anguilla, lower Miocene. Cevicos Limestone, Dom- inican Republic, Upper Oligocene-lower Miocene. La Vela Formation, Venezuela, Upper Miocene. atlantica Mortensen, 1907, p. 160, pl. 3, figs. 6,10,17; pl. 18, figs: 5,9 1OMS 92024. ple 19) fiese 1,455.10. 25 2852: 33eblio= cene to Recent. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member), Venezuela, Lower Pliocene. Island of Anguilla, probably Pleistocene. Recent from North Carolina, U.S.A. to Brazil. biarritzensis Cotteau, 1884, p. 30; 1886, p. 193, pls. 56,57,58, figs. 1-3. Alabama, U.S.A., Ocala Limestone, upper Eocene. Also Lou Cout near Biarritz, France, fide Cooke, 1959, p. 85. blanpedi Grant and Hertlein, 1938b, pp. 482-486, figs. 5,6,8-10. Mississippi U.S.A., Byram Formation, middle Oligocene. elongata Mortensen, 1951 pp. 424-427, pl. 57, fig. 1; text-figs. 202a,203a. Recent in Eastern Atlantic off Ghana and Fer- nando Poo; in Western Atlantic off Puerto Rico, Colombia, and Venezuela (Puerto Cabello). jumenoi Cotteau, 1875, p. 6; 1881, p. 33, pl. 3, figs. 5-9. “Muo- cene” of Cienfuegos, Cuba. Forest Clay, Trinidad, lower- middle Miocene. lyrifera (Forbes), 1841, p. 187. Recent, North Atlantic and Eastern Atlantic. poriferus Ravenel, 1848, p. 4, figs. 5,6. [= Agasstzia porifera (Ravenel). ] rimulatus Ravenel, 1848, p. 4, figs. 3,4. [= Agassizta porifera (Ravenel). ] steinhatchee Cooke, 1942, p. 49, pl. 5, figs. 29-32. Ocala Lime- stone, Florida, upper Eocene. ECHINOID SPINES The few loose and broken echinoid spines collected from the Cabo Blanco Group are illustrated on Plate 56. As these particular spines were not associated with the test or other recognizable ele- ments their identity is not known. Nevertheless they are listed below for the sake of completeness and for possible identification in the event more material becomes available in the future. The photographs with the black background were taken by Bertha M. Cutress to whom the spines were sent some years ago for study. VENEZUELAN CENOzOIC EcHtINoips: WEISBORD 335 Specimen M602a, Pl. 56, figs. 1,2: length 4.9 mm, diameter 1.07 mm. There are 24 longitudinal riblets crossed by micro- scopic revolving striae. The spine is densely calcified within. Another specimen of the same species has a fairly prominent milled ring. Locality: south side of Playa Grande road at W-15, 40 meters southeast of the intersection with the Playa Grande Yachting Club road. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Specimen H603a, Plate 56, figs. 3-5: length 4.7 mm, diameter above milled ring 1.6 mm. There are 28 longitudinal riblets on which the sculpture has been obliterated. The interior of the spine is wholly calcified, the material of the wall and of the small annulus crystalline, that between the annulus and the wall minutely cellular. Separating the annulus and the intermediate thickness of carbonate is a ring of regular quad- rangular cells equal in number to the longitudinal riblets of the outer surface of the spine. Locality: south of the Punta Gorda anticline near W-25, Mare Formation. Specimen H603b, Plate 56, fig. 6: length 11.1 mm, diameter at larger end 1.5 mm. Slender, with 30 longitudinal riblets crenu- lated by microscopic revolving striae. Interior calcified and porous in texture. Locality: south of the Punta Gorda anti- cline near W-25. Mare Formation. Specimen T603a, Plate 56, figs. 7,8: length 3.5 mm, diameter above milled ring 1.3 mm, diameter of milled ring 2.07 mm. There are 28 longitudinal, finely crenulated riblets, The in- terior is wholly calcified, the texture porous. Locality: in stream 250 meters south-southwest of the mouth of Quebrada Las Pailas. Mare Formation. Specimen K604a, Plate 56, fig. 9: spine subvitreous and slightly bent. Length 4.0 mm, diameter 1.4 mm. Crenulated longi- tudinal riblets on outer surface. Interior recrystallized. Lo- cality: bluff 125 meters west of the intersection of the Playa Grande Yachting Club road and coast road. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Specimen S610a, Plate 56, fig. 10: length 3.5 mm, diameter 1.0 mm, Outer surface sculptured by 28 longitudinal riblets, the 336 BuLveTin 252 crests finely crenated. The interior is completely calcified the material finely porous. Locality: north flank of Punta Gorda anticline at W-23. Playa Grande Formation (Mai- quetia Member). REPERENCES CIE D Agassiz, Alexander 1863. List of the echinoderms sent to different institutions in exchange for other specimens, with annotations. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 17-27. 1869. Preliminary report on the Echini and star-fishes dredged in decp water between Cuba and the Florida Reef, by L. F. de Pourtales, Assist. U. §. Coast Survey. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 1, No. 9, pp. 253-308. 1872-74. Revision of the Echini. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 3, 762 pp., 94 pls., 69 text-figs. Parts I-II, 1872, pp. i-xii, 1-378, 49 pls; Part III, 1873, pp. 379-628 + 1, 28 pls.; Part IV’, 1874, pp. 629-762, 17 pls. 1878. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, by the United States Coast Survey steamer “Blake”, Lieutenant-Commander C.D. Sigsbee, U. S. N., Commanding. Report on the Echint. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. G. No. 9, pp. 181-195, pls. 1-5. 188la. Report on the Behinoidca dredged by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Rept. Sci. Re- sults, Zoology, vol. 3, pt. 9, pp. i-vili, 1-321, pls. 1-45. 1881b. Reports on the pesulis of areging in the Caribbean Sea in 1878- 79, and along the Atlantic coast of the United States during the summer of 1880, by the U.S. Coast Survey steamer Blake. 9. Pre- liminary report on the Echini. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 69-84. 1883. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), in the Carib- bean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic Coast of the United States (1880), by the U.S. Coast Survey steamer “Blake,” Lieut.- Com. C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N., Commanding. XXIV. Part I. Report on the Echini. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vel. 10, No. 1, pp. i-viii, 9-94, pls. 1-28. 1904. Reports on an exploration off the west coasts of Mexico, Central and South America, and off the Galapagos Islands, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U. §. Fish Commission steamer “Al- batross”’ during 1891, Lieut-Commander Z. L. Tanner, U.S.N., Commanding. XXXII. The Panamic deep sea Echini. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 31, pp. i-x, 1-243, 112 pls., 319 text-figs. Agassiz, [Jean] Louis [Rodolphe | 1835-38. Prodrome d’une monographie des Radiaires ou Echinodermes. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, Mém., vol. 1 (1835), pp. 1-32 (168-199). Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 2, Zoologie, vol. 7 (1837), pp. 257-296. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. 1 (1838), pp. 440-449. 1838. Monographies d’Echinodermes. I. Echinites. Famille des Cidarides. Monographie des Salénes. Neuchatel, pp. i-viii, 1-32 +2 + 2, pls. 1-5. 1841. Monographies d’Echinodermes. Observations sur les progres réciens de ’historie des Echinodermes. Neuchatel. pp. 1-20. II. Echinites. Famille des Clypéastroides. Monographie des Scutelles, pp. i-vi, 1-151, 32 pls. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHiINorps: WEISBORD Sieh 1846. [Ju] Agassiz, L. and Desor, E., Catalogue raisonné des familles, des genres et des especes de la classe des Echinodermes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 6, pp. 305-374, pls. 15,16 [in vol. 8, 1847]. 1847. Catalogue raisonné des espéeces, des genres et des familles d’échi- nides. Suite (4). Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 7, pp. 129-168; vol. 8, pp. 1-36. Suite et fin (1), pp. 355-380, pls. 15,16 [for vol. 6, 1846]. Agassiz, Louis, and Desor, Edouard 1846. Catalogue raisonné des familles, des genres et des especes de la classe des Echinodermes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 6, pp. 305-374, pls. 15,16 [in vol. 8, 1847]. 1847. Catalogue raisonné des espéces, des genres et des familles d’échini- des. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, sér. 3, Zoologie, vol. 7, pp. 129-168; vol. 8, pp. 5-35, 355-380. Ankum, Hendrik Jan van 1876. Kalklichaampjes bij Echinometra lucunter Ag. Nederland. Dierk. Vereenig., Tijdschr., vol. 1, pp. 188-96, pls. 8,9. Arnold, Benjamin Walworth, and Clark, Hubert Lyman 1934. Some additional fossil Echini from Jamaica. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 54, No. 2, pp. 139-156, pls. 1-5. Bell, F. Jeffry 1879. Observations on the characters of the Echinoidea — II. On the species of the genus Tripneustes, Agassiz. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 655-662, pl. 49. 1881. Obesrvations on the characters of the Echinoidea — IV. The Echinometridae: their affinities and systematic position. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., No. 27, pp. 410-433, fig. 1,2. 1888. Echinodermata. In Ridley. H. N., Notes on the zoology of Fernando Noronha. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 20 (1890), pp. 559,560. Belval, Th. 1863. Description d'une espéece nouvelle d’échinide, appartenant au genre Encope. Ag. Acad. Roy. Sci., Lettres et Beaux-Arts Belgique, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 15, pp. 419-424. Bermudez, Pedro J. 1966. Consideraciones sobre los sedimentos del Miocene Medio al Re- ciente de las costas central y oriental de Venezuela. Primera parte. Bol. Geol. [Venezuela], vol. 7, No. 14, pp. 333-411, 4 tables, correlation chart. Bermudez, Pedro J., and Fuenmayor, Angel N. 1966. Consideraciones sobre los sedimentos del Miocene Medio al Re- ciente de las costas central y oriental de Venezuela. Segunda parte. Bol. Geol. [Venezuela], vol. 7, No. 14, pp. 412-611, pls. 1-4. Bernard, Félix 1895. Liste des Echinides recueillis pendant les croistéres du “Talisman” et du “Travailleur.’ Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bull., vol. 1, pp. 207-209. Bernasconi, Irene 1941. Los equinodermos de la expedicion del buque oceanografico “Como- doro Rivadavia” A. R. A. Physis, vol. 19, pp. 37-49, pls. 1-8. 1947. Distribucién geografica de los equinoideos Argentinos. Gaea (Soc. Argentina Estudios Geograficos), vol. 8, pp. 97-114, 4 pls. (20 figs.). 1953. Monografia de los equinoideos Argentinos. Mus. Hist. Nat. Mon- tevideo, An., ser. 2, vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 1-58, pls. 1-32. 1955. Equinoideos y asteroideos de la coleccién del Instituto Oceano- 338 BuLueTin 252 grafico de la Universidad de San Pablo. Primera contribucion. Inst. Oceanogr. Uniy. Sao Paulo, Bol., vol. 6, Nos. 1,2, pp. 51-77, pls. 1-7, text-figs. 1-9. 1956. Equinoideos y asteroideos de la coleccién del Instituto Oceano- grafico —U. S. P. (Segunda contribucion). Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Bol., vol. 7, Nos. 1,2, pp. 119-148, pls. 1-4. 1966. Los Equinoideos y Asteroideos colectados por el buque oceano- grafico R. V. “Vema’ frente a las costas Argentinas, Uruguayas y sur de Chile. Mus. Argentino Cienc. Nat. Bernardino Rivadavia, Inst. Nac. Investig. Cienc. Nat., Rev., vol. 9, pp. 147-175, 2 pls. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1825-1830. Article Oursin. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. 37 (1825). Article Scutelle, vol. 48 (1827). Article Spatangue, vol. 50 (1827). Article Zoophytes, vol. 60 (1830). 1834. Manuel d’Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie. Paris, viii + 694 pp., 103 pls. [2 vols.]. Blake, Sidney Fay 1953. The Pleistocene fauna of Wailes Bluff and Langleys Bluff, Mary- land. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 121, No. 12, pp. 1-32, pl. 1, text-fig. 1. Bose, Emilio 1906. Sobre algunas faunas Terciarias de Mexico. Inst. Geol. Mexico, Bol., vol. 22, 98 pp., 12 pls. Bolau, [Cornelius Carl] Heinrich 1873. Die Spatangiden des Hamburger Museums. Hamburg, 23 pp., 1 pl. Bonnet, A. 1926. Recherches sur la constitution des plaques, la disposition des pores et Vobliquité des canaux ambulacraires chez les Echinides Regu- liers. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., n. s., vol. 3, pp. 245-279, figs. 1-55. Boone, Lee 1928. Scientific results of the First Oceanographic Expedition of the “Pawnee” 1925. Echinodermata from tropical east American seas. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., Bull., vol. 1, art. 4, pp. 1-22, pls. 1-8, text-figs. 1-8c, chart. 1933. Scientific results of cruises of the yachts “Eagle” and “Ara,” 1921- 1928, William K. Vanderbilt, Commanding. Coelenterata, Echino- dermata and Mollusca. Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., vol. 4, pp. 1-217, pls. 1-133. [Echinoidea, pp. 124-150, pls. 77-96. ] 1938. Scientific results of the world cruises of the yachts “Ara’, 1928- 1929, and “Alva’’, 1931-1932, “Alva” Mediterranean cruise, 1933, and “Alva” South American Cruise, 1935, William K. Vanderbilt, Commanding. Vanderbilt Marine Mus., Bull., vol. 7, pp. 1-372, pls. 1-152, text-figs. 1-22. [Echinoidea, pp. 166-176, pls. 62-67. ] Brodermann, Jorge 1949. Paleontologia Cubana. Tema No. 19. Significacion estratigrafica de los equinodermos fésiles Cubanos. Habana, pp. 305-330, geol. column. Bronn, Heinrich Georg 1860. Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs wissenschaftlich dargestelt in Wort und Bild. Aktinozoen. Leipzig and Heidel- berg, vol. 1, No. 2, 434 pp., 48 pls. Buisseret, A. 1898. Un pore génital supplementaire sur un individu d’Encope emargi- nata, Soc. Scient. Bruxelles, Ann., vol. 10, pt. 1, pp. 58-60. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 339 Cailliaud, Frédéric 1865. Catalogue des Radiaires, des Annélids, des Cirrhipédes et des Mollusques marins, terrestres et fluviatiles recuellis dans le Département de la Loire-Inférieure. Nantes, pp. 1-323, pls. 1-4. Radiaires Echinodermes. Deuxiéme section. Les Echinides Fibu- laires, Spatangues et Oursins, pp. 17-26, pl. 1, figs. 1-6; pl. 1 bis, figs. 3,4. Cary, L. R. 1906. A contribution to the fauna of the coast of Louisiana. Gulf Biol. Stat. Cameron, La., Bull., vol. 6, pp. 50-59. Caso, Maria Elena 1947. Contribucién al conocimiento de los equinoideos de Mexico. I. Distribucién y morfologia de Mellita quinquiesperforata (Leske), M. lata Clark y M. longifissa Michelin. Inst. Biol. México, An., vol. 17, pp. 247-259, figs. 1-10. 1948. Contribucién al conocimiento de los equinoideas de Mexico. II. Algunas especies de equinoideos litorales. Inst. Biol. México, An., vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 183-231, figs. 1-24. 1949. Contribucién al conocimiento de los equinodermos litorales de Mexico. Inst. Biol. México, An., vol. 20, pp. 341-355, figs. 1-6. Castelnau, Francis L. de Laporte de 1850-59. Expédition dans les parties centrales de Amérique du Sud, de Rio de Janeiro a Lima, et de Lima a Para; executée : pendant . . . 1843 a 1847, suis la direction de F. de Castelnau. Paris, 14 vols., Pts. 1-7, vols. 1-6. Ceramie-Vivas, M. J., and Gray, I. E. 1966. The distributional pattern of benthic invertebrates on the con- tinental shelf off North Carolina. Ecology, vol. 47, No. 2, pp. 260- 270, 6 figs. Cherbonnier, Gustave 1959a. Echinodermes de la Guyane Francaise. (Crinoides, Astérides, Ophiurides, Echinides, Holothurides.) Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Bulle ser 2s pvola silly eNon ye pps LOS=aveticsss1h2 = Nox e2ssapp: 168-172, figs. 3,4; No. 3, pp. 261-265, figs. 5-7; No. 4, pp. 367-372, figs. 8,9; No. 5, pp. 440-447, figs. 10,11. 1959b. Echinides. Expédition Océanographique Belge dans les Eaux Cétiéres Africaines de Atlantique Sud (1948-1949), Résultats. Scient., vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 37-59, 10 pls. Chesher, Richard H. 1963. The morphology and function of the frontal ambulacrum of Moira atropos (Echinoidea: Spatangoida). Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 4, pp. 549-573, figs. 1-11. 1966. The R. V. Pillsbury deep-sea biological expedition to the Gulf of Guinea. 10. Report on the Echinoidea collected by R. V. Pillsbury in the Gulf of Guinea. Univ. Miami Inst. Marine Sci., Studies Tropical Oceanogr., No. 4 (pt. 1), pp. 209-223. 1968. The systematics of sympatric species in West Indian spatangoids: A revision of the genera Brissopsis, Plethotaenia, Paleopneustes, and Saviniaster. Univ. Miami Inst. Marine Sci., Studies Tropical Oceanogr., No. 7, pp. i-vii, 1-168, pls. 1-35, text-figs. 1-25, tables 1-13. Clark, A. M. 1955. Echinodermata of the Gold Coast. West African Sci. Assoc., Jour., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 16-56, pl. 2, 23 text-figs. 340 BuLuetTin 252 Clark, A. M., and Owen, H. G. 1965. Eucidaris Pomel, 1883, Papula Bayle, 1878, Cidaris papillata conoidea Parkinson, 1811, and Cidaris savignyi Audouin, 1826, proposed suppression; coupled with valdation of Eucidaris Doder- lein, 1887, Stereocidaris Pomel, 1883, and Diadema_ savignyi Misehelen 1845 (Class Echinoidea). Z. N. (S.) 1705. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., vol. 22, pp. 237-242. Clark, Austin Hobart 1939a. Echinoderms of the Smithsonian-Hartford Expedition, 1937, with other West Indian records. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 86, No. 3056, pp. 441-456, pls. 53,54. 1939b. Echinoderms (other than holothurians) collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 98, No. 11, pp. 1-18, pls. 1-5. 1954. Echinoderms (other than holothurians) of the Gulf of Mexico. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fishery Bull., vol. 55, No. 89, pp. 373-379. Clark, Hubert Lyman 1898a. Notes on Bermuda echinoderms. New York Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 11, pp. 407-413. 189&8b. The echinoids and asteroids of Jamaica. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 18, No. 137, pp. 4-6. 1899. Further notes on the echinoderms of Bermuda. New York Acad. Sci., Ann., vol. 12, pp. 117-138, pl. 4. 1902. The echinoderms of Porto Rico. U.S. Fish Comm., Bull., vol. 20 for 1900, Pt. 2, pp. 231-263, pls. 14-17. 1907. The Cidaridae. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 51, No. 7, pp. 163-230, 11 pls. 1907b. [Im] Agassiz, A., and Clark, H. L., Hawaiian and other Pacific Echini. The Cidaridae. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 34, pp. i-vii, 1-42, 44 pls. 1911. The genera of Recent clypeastroids. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 7, pp. 593-605. 1912. Hawatian and other Pacific Echini. The Pedinidae, Phymosoma- tidae, Stomopneustidae, Echinidac, Temnopleuridae, Strongylo- centrotidae, and Echinometridae. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 205-383, pls. 90-121. 1914. Hawaiian and other Pacific Echint. The Clypeastridae, Arachnoi- didae, Laganidae, Fibularidae, and Scutellidae Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 1-78, pls. 122-143. 1917. Hawaiian Bed other Pacific Echini. The Echinoneidac, Nucleo- litidae, Urechinidae, Echinocorythidae, Calymnidae, Pourtalesiidace, Palacostomatidae, Acropsidae, Palacopneustidae, Hemiastridae, and Spatangidae. Mus. Comp. Zool., Mem., vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 84- 283, pls. 144-161. 1918. Report on the Crinoidea and Echinoidea of the Bahama Expedition from the University of Iowa in 1893. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 7, No. 5, pp. 1-37, pls. 1-5. 1919. The distribution of the littoral echinoderms of the West Indies. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 281, Papers Dept. Marine Biol., vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 49-74, pls. 1-3. 1921. Report on the Echinoidea collected by the Barbados-Antigua Ex- pedition from the University of Towa in 1918. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 103-121, pls. 1,2. 1925. A catalogue of the Recent Sea-Urchins (Echinoidea) in the col- lection of the British Museum (Natural History). London, pp. i-xxvill, 1-250, pls. 1-12. VENEZUELAN CENOzoIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 341 1933. A handbook of the littoral echinoderms of Porto Rico and other West Indian islands. New York Acad. Sci., Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 1-60, pls. 1-7. 1940. A revision of the keyhole urchins (Mellita). U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 85, No. 3099, pp. 435-444, pls. 60-62. 1941. Reports on the scientific results of the Atlantis Expeditions to the West Indies, under the joint auspices of the University of Havana and Harvard University. The echinoderms (other than holothurians). Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ‘Felipe Poey”, Mem., vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 1-154, pls. 1-10. 1942. The echinoderm fauna of Bermuda. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. 89, No. 8, pp. 367-391, 1 pl. 1948. A report on the echini of the warmer Eastern Pacific, based on the collections of the Velero Ill, Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., Rept., vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 225-352, pls. 35-71, text-figs. 1-3. Clark, William Bullock, and Twitchell, Mayville W. 1915. The Mesozoic and Cenozoic Echinodermata of the United States. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mon., vol. 54, pp. 1-341, pls. 1-108. Cooke, C. Wythe 1941. Cenozoic regular echinoids of Eastern United States. Jour. Paleont., vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 1-20, pls. 1-4. 1942. Cenozoic irregular echinoids of Eastern United States. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 1-62, pls. 1-8. 1959. Cenozoic echinoids of Eastern United States. U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 321, pp. i-iii, 1-106, pls. 1-43. 1961. Cenozoic and Cretaceous echinoids from Trinidad and Venezuela. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 142, No. 4, pp. 1-35, pls. 1-14. Conrad, Timothy Abbott 1865a. Catalogue of the Eocene Annulata, Foraminfera, Echinodermata, and Cirripedia of the United States. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 17, pp. 73-75. 1865b. Descriptions of new species of Echinidae. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, Proc., vol. 17, p. 75. Cortazar, Daniel de 1880. Descripcién de un nuevo equinodermo de la Isla de Cuba, Encope clae n. sp. Comision Mapa Geol. Espana, Bol., vol. 7, pp. 227-232, pls. G,H. Cotteau, Gustave Honoré 1874. Sur les Oursins des Antilles Suédoise. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., Sei 35 vol. 2, pps 125,126. 1875. Description des Echinides Tertiaires des Iles St. Barthélemy ct Anguilla. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Handl., vol. 13, No. 6, pp. 1-47, pls. 1-8. 1889. Echinides recueillis par M. Jullien sur les cotes de Guinée. Soc. Zool., France, Bull., vol. 14, No. 8, pp. 340-342. Coues, Elliot, and Yarrow, H. C. 1878. Notes on the nautral history of Fort Macon, N.C., and vicinity. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 30, pp. 21-28,297-315. [Echinoidea p. 306.] Cunningham, J. T. 1910. On the marine fishes and invertebrates of St. Helena. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 86-131, pls. 4-7, text-figs. 3-6. 342 BuLLeTIN 252 Cutress, Bertha M. 1965. Observations on growth in Eucidarts tribuloides (Lamarck), with special reference to the origin of the oral primary spines. Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 797-834, figs. 1-5, tables 1-4. Dansereau, Pierre 1947. Zonation et succession sur la restinga do Rio de Janeiro. I. Halo- sere. Revue Canadienne Biol., vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 448-477. Darteville, E. 1953. Echinides fossiles du Congo et de l Angola. 2e partie. Description systématique des Echinides fossils du Congo et de Angola. Mus. Congo Belge, Ann., vol. 13, pp. 1-240, pls. 1-9, pls. A-C, text-figs. 1-56. Desmoulins, Charles 1835-37. Etudes sur les Echinides. Bordeaux, 520 pp., 3 pls., 2 tables. Desor, [Pierre Jean] Edouard 1842. Monographies d’Echinodermes. II. Monographie des Galerites. Neuchatel, pp. i-vi, 1-94, 13 pls. Monographie des Dysaster. Neuchatel, 29 pp., 4 pls. 1855-58. Synopsis des Echinides fossiles. Paris and Weisbaden, 490 pp.., 43 pls. Doderlein, Ludwig Heinrich Philipp 1887. Die japanischen Seeigel. I. Familien Cidaridae und Salenidac. Stuttgart, 59 pp., 11 pls. Doderlein, L., and Hartmeyer, R. 1910. Westindische Secigel und Scesterne. Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. 11 (1916), pp. 145-156. Duchassaing de Fonbressin, Placide 1850. Animaux Radiaires des Antilles. Paris, 33 pp., 2 pls. 1855. Observations sur les formations modernes de Vile de la Guade- loupe. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, pp. 753-756. Duerden, James Edwin 1899a. Jamaica fisheries. The operations in Jamaica of the Caribbean Sea Fisheries Development, Ltd. Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, pp. 608-614. 1899b. Zoophyte collecting in Bluefields Bay. Inst. Jamaica, Jour., vol. 2, No. 6, pp. 619-624. 1901. The marine resources of the British West Indies. West Indian Bull., vol. 2, pp. 121-142. Appendix A. The fisheries of Barbados, pp. 142-145. Appendix B. Jamaica fisheries, pp. 145-155. Appendix C. Report on the sea-egg industry of Barbados, pp. 156-62. Dujardin, Félix, and Hupé, Louis Hippolyte 1862. Histoire naturelle des Zoophytes Echinodermes. Echinodermes, comprenant la description des Crinoides, des Ophiurides, des Astérides, des Echinides, et des Holothurides. Paris, 627 + 7 pp., 10 pls. Duncan, Peter Martin 1885. On the perignathic girdle of the Echinoidea, Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 19, pp. 179-212, pls. 30,31. Dupetit-Thouars, Abel Aubert 1849-55. Voyage autor du monde sur la frégate La Venus, pendant les années 1836-1839. Zoologie. Pp. 1-355, 79 pls. Durham, J. Wyatt 1959. Classification of clypeasteroid echinoids. Univ. California Publ. Geol. Sci., vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 73-192, pls. 3,4, text-figs. 1-38. 1966. Clypeastroides. {In| Moore, Raymond C., Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part U. Echinodermata 3, vol. 2. Univ. Kansas Press, pp. U450-U491, figs. 335-377. VENEZUELAN CENOozoIC EcHINoIDS: WEISBORD 343 Eames, F. E., and Clarke, W. J. 1967. Mayer’s stratotype area Aquitanian faunas. Eclogae Geol. Helve- tiae, vol. 60, No. 2, pp. 553-566. Engel, H. 1927. Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Fauna van Curacao. Echinoidea. Bijdr. Dierkunde Amsterdam, vol. 25, pp. 163,164. 1939. Echinoderms from Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire and northern Vene- zuela. Capita Zoologica, vol. 8, pt. 4/4, pp. 1-12. Eschscholtz, Johann Friedrich von 1829-33. Zoologischer Atlas, enthaltend Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer Thiergarten, wahrend des Flottcapitains von Kotzebue zweiter Reise um die Welt ...in ... 1823-26 . . . beobachtet von... F. Eschscholtz. Berlin, Nos. 1-5 in 1 vol., 25 pls. Eudes-Deslongchamps, Jacques Amand 1824, 1827. Im Lamouroux and Eudes-Deslongchamps, Histoire naturelle des Zoophytes ou de Animaux Rayonés. Encyclopedie Méthodique, Livr. 95 (1824), pp. 1-376; Livr. 98 (1827), pp. 377-819. Fell, H. Barraclough, and Pawson, David L. 1966. Echinacea. In Moore, Raymond C., Treatise on Invertebrate Pal- eontology, Part U, Echinodermata 3, vol. 2. Univ. Kansas Press, pp. U367-U440, figs. 272-328. Field, George Wilton 1892. Notes on the echinoderms of Kingston Harbor, Jamaica. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 11, No. 97, pp. 83,84. Fontaine, A. 1953. The shallow-water echinoderms of Jamaica. Part III. The sea- urchins (class Echinoidea). Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, Nat. Hist. Notes, No. 61, pp. 3-9, 14 figs. Forstrand, Carl 1890. Metoder for preparering och konservering af Hafsdjur samt nagra biologiska iakttagelser fram Bermudas Korallfauna. Biol. Foren., Forhandl., vol. 2, No. 8, pp. 108-111. Girard, Charles 1850. Observations upon planarian worms, with descriptions of several new species of echinoderms. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 3, pp. 363-368. Gmelin, Johann Friedrich 1788-93. Caroli a Linné Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae. Editio decima tertia, aucta, reformata, cura J. F. Gmelin. Lipsiae, 3 vols. Vol. 1, Regnum Animale: pt. 1, Mammalia, pp. x + 232 (1788) ; pt. 2, Aves, pp. 233-1032 (1789); pt. 3, Amphibia, Pisces, pp. 1033-1516 (1789); pt. 4, Insecta, pp. 1517-2224 (1790): pt. 5, Insecta, pp. 2225-3020 (1790); pt. 6, Vermes, pp. 3021-3910 (1791) ; pt. 7, Index, pp. 3911-4120 (1792); Vol. 2, Regnum Vegetabile: pt. 1, xl + 884 pp. (1792); pt. 2, pp. 885-1661 (1792). Vol. 3, Regnum Lapideum, 476 pp., 3 pls. (1793). Gordon, W. A. 1963. Middle Tertiary echinoids of Puerto Rico. Jour. Paleont., vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 628-642, pls. 79-81, text-figs. 1-4. Grant, U. S., IV, and Hertlein, Leo George 1938a. The West American Cenozoic Echinoidea. Univ. California Los Angles, Publ. Math. Phys. Sci., vol. 2, pp. i-iv, 1-225, pls. 1-30, text-figs. 1-17. 1938b. Brissopsis blanpiedi, a new species of echinoid from the Medial Tertiary of Mississippi. Amer. Midland Naturalist, vol. 19, pp. 482-487, figs. 1-10. 344 BULLETIN 252 Grave, Caswell 1902. Feeding habits of a spatangoid, Moera atropos; a brittle-star fish, Ophiograma Wurdmannii; and a holothurian, Thyone briareus. Science, n. s., vol. 15; p. 579: Gray, John Edward 1825. An attempt to divide the Echinida, or Sea Eggs, into natural families. Ann. Philos., ser. 2, vol. 10, art. 4, pp. 423-431. 1851. Description of two new genera and some new species of Scutellidae and Echinolampidae in the collection of the British Museum. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. xix, pp. 34-38. 1855. Catalogue of the Recent Echinida or Sea-Eggs in the British Mu- seum, Pt. 1. Echinida Irregularia. London, iv + 64 pp., 6 pls. Greeff, Richard 1881-82. Echinoderm en beobachtet auf einer Reise nach der Guinea- Insel Sao Thome. Zool. Anzeig., vol. 5, No. 105, pp. 114-120; No. 106, pp. 135-139; No. 107, pp. 156-159. Grieg, James [Alexanderson | 1921, 1932. Echinodermata. ‘Michael Sars” North Atlantic Exped. 1910, Rept. Sci. Results, vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 1-47, 5 pls. Grube, Adolph Eduard 1857. Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Seesterne und Seeigel. Acad. Caes. Leopoldino-Carolinae Natura Curiosorum, Nova Acta Phys. Med., vol. 27, pp. 1-50. Guppy, Robert John Lechmere 1867. On the Tertiary fossils of the West Indes with especial reference to the classification of the Kainozoic rocks of Trinidad. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, Proc., pt. 3, pp. 145-176. Reprinted in Bull. Amer. Pale- ont., vol. 8, No. 35, pp. 24 (172) - 55 (203), 1921. Harvey, Ethel Browne 1956. The American Arbacia and other sea urchins. Princeton Univ. Press, pp. xiv + 298, pls. 1-16, text-figs. 1-12. Hawkins, Herbert L. 1911. On the structure and evolution of the phyllodes in some fossil Echinoidea. Geol. Mag., decade 5, vol. 8, No. 6, art. III, pp. 257- 265, pl. 13. 1920. The morphology and evolution of the ambulacrum in the Echinot- dea Holectypoida. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 209B, No. 10, pp. 377-480, pls. 61-69, text-figs. 1-4. 1934. The lantern and girdle of some Recent and fossil Echinoidea. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., vol. 223B, No. 14, pp. 617-649, pls. 68-70, text-figs. 1-26. Heilprin, Angelo 1888. Contributions to the natural history of the Bermuda Islands. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 40, pp. 302-318, 3 pls. Hesse, Erich Karl 1899-1900. Die Mikrostrukture der fossilen Echinoideen-stacheln und deren systematische Bedeutung. N. Jahrb. f. Min., Geol. Palaeont., Beil.-Bd. 13, pp. 185-264, pls. 12,13. Hoffstetter, Robert 1959. Anguilla. Lexique Stratigraphique International, vol. 5, Amérique Latine, fasc. 2b, Antilles, pp. 287-292. Holmes, Francis S. 1858. Post-Pleiocene fossils of South-Carolina. Nos. 1 and 2. Charleston, pp. 1-28, pls. 1-6. Hupé, Louis Hippolyte 1857. [Zoophytes, including Echinoderma, Polyzoa and a sponge, from South America.| In Castelnau, F. L. de L. de, Expédition dans les parties centrales de Amérique Sud, de Rio de Janeiro a Lima, VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 345 et de Lima a Para; executée ... pendant ... 1843 a 1847, sous la direction de F. de Castelnau. Paris, pt. VII, vol. 3, 103 pp., 22 pis. Hyman, Libbie Henrietta 1955. The Invertebrates. Vol. 4. Echinodermata. The coelomate Bila- teria. New York, pp. i-vii, 1-763, 280 figs. Ihering, Hermann von 1897. A Ilha S. Sebastiao. Mus. Paulista, Rev., vol. 2, pp. 129-171. Ikeda, Hayato 1939. Studics on the pseudofasciole of the scutellids (Echinoidea, Scut- ellidae). Kyusu Imp. Univ., Jour. Dept. Agric., vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 41-93, pls. 2-13. Ives, J. E. 1890. Echinoderms from the northern coast of Yucatan and the harbor of Vera Cruz. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 42, pp. 317-340, pls. 6-8. Jackson, Robert Tracy 1912. Phylogeny of the Echini, with a revision of Palaeozoic species. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, Mem., vol. 7, pp. 1-491, pls. 1-76, text- figs. 1-255. 1914. Studies of Jamaica Echini. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 182, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 141-162, figs. 1-21. 1917. Fossil echini of the Panama Canal Zone and Costa Rica. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 53, No. 2218, pp. 489-501, pls. 62-68. 1922. Fossil Echini of the West Indies. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 306, pp. i-iv, 1-103, pls. 1-18. 1927. Studies of Arbacia punctulata and allies, and of nonpentamerous Echini. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 437-565, figs. 1-75 1937. Mexican fossil Echini. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 84, No. 3015, pp. 227-237, pls. 12-15. Jeannet, Alph. 1928. Contribution a |’étude des Echinides tertiaires de la Trinité et du Vénézuela. Soc. Paléont. Suisse, Mém. (Schweiz. Palaeont. Gesell., Abhandl.), vol. 48, pp. 1-49, pls. 1-6, text-figs. 1-12. Kier, Porter M. 1963. Tertiary echinoids from the Caloosahatchee and Tamiami Forma- tions of Florida. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 145, No. 5, pp. 1-63, pis. 1-18, text-figs. 1-58. 1966. Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian biologic survey of Dominica. 1. The echinoids of Dominica. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 121, No. 3577, pp. 1-105 pls. 152), text-tigs.. 1-3: Kier, Porter M., and Grant, Richard E. 1965. Echinoid distribution and habits, Key Largo Coral Reef Preserve, Florida. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 149, No. 6, pp. 1-68, pls. 1-16, text-figs. 1-15. Klein, Jacob T. 1754. Ordre naturel des Oursins de Mer et fossiles, avec .. . quelques remarques sur les Belemnites ... Avec figres, augmentées de six planches d’Oursins qui sont dans le cabinet de M. de Réamur... Ouvrage traduit du Latin [by F.A.A. de la Chesnaye-Desbois | avec le texte de l’auteur. Paris, 233 + 2 pp., 28 pls. Knorr, Georg Wolfgang 1771. Deliciae Naturae Selectae. Dordrecht, 2 vols., 91 pls. 346 BuLuLeTIn 252 Koehler, René 1898. Echinides et Ophiures provenant des campagnes du yacht I’“Hiron- delle’ (Golfe de Gascogne, Acores, Terre-Neuve). Résultats des campagnes scientifiques accomplies sur son yacht par Albert ler, Prince de Monaco, No. 12, 78 pp., 10 pls. 1908. Astéries, Ophiures et Echinides de lExpédition Antarctique Ecossaise (“Scotia”). Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Trans., vol. 46, pp. 529- 649. 1909. Echinodermes provenant des campagnes du yacht Princesse Alice. (Astéries, Ophiures, Echinides et Crinoides. Résultats des camp- agnes scientifiques accomplies sur son yacht par Albert Ier, Prince de Monaco, No. 34, pp. 1-317, pls. 1-32. 1911. Mission Gruvel sur la cote occidentale d'Afrique (1909-1910). Echinodermes. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., vol. 2, No. 5, pp. 1-25, pls. 1-3. 1914. Echinoderma I: Asteroidea, Ophiuroidea ct Echinoidea. In Mich- aelsen, Johann Wilhelm, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna W estafrikas, vol. 1, No. 2. 1924a. Anomalies du test chez les Echinides. Inst. Océanogr. Paris, Ann., n. s., vol. 1, pp. 159-480, pls. 1-32. 1924b. Documents pour servir a l'étude de la variation chez les Echinides. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, Bull., No. 446, pp. 1-24, figs. 1-6. Kolosvary, G. 1937. Die Echinoderm des Adriatischen Meeres. Eine Aufarbeitung der Echinodermen-Sammlung der ungarischen “Najade” Expedi- tion im Jahre 1913-14, Festschrift Embrik Strand, vol. 2, pp. 433- 473, pls. 29-37. Lahille, Fernando 1896. Variabilité et affinités du Monophora Darwint. Mus. La Plata, Rev., vol. 7, pp. 409-444, pls. 1-5. Lavallard, R., Schlenz, R., and Balas, G. 1965. Structures et ultra-structures du muscle protracteur de lappareil masticateur chez Echinometra lucunter. Faculdade Filos., Cienc. e Letras Univ. Sao Paulo, Bol., Zoologia, No. 25, pp. 133-163, 4 pls. Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monte de 1816. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres. Paris, vol. 3, 586 pp. 1840. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres. Revue et aug- mentée de notes présentant les faits nouveaux dont la science s’est enrichie jusqu’a ce jour; par G. P. Deshayes et H. Milne Edwards. Paris, vol. 3, ed. 2, pp. i-iv, 1-770. Lambert, Jules Matthieu 1915. Echinides néogéenes des Antilles anglaises. Soc. Acad. Agric., Sci., Artes et Belles Lettres Dept. | Aube, Mém., vol. 79, pp. 17-33, plese 1922. Nouvelles observations sur quelaues Echinides néogénes de Vile d’ Anguilla. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. 9, pp. 587-596, pl. 9. Lambert, J. M., and Thiéry, P 1909-25. Essai de nomenclature raisonnée des Echinides. Chaumont, 607, pps 15. pls: Lamoroux, Jean Vincent Felix, Bory de Saint Vincent, Jean Baptiste George Marie, and Eudes-Deslongchamps, Jacques Amand 1824,1827. Histoire naturelle des Zoophytes, ou de Animaux Rayonnés. Encyclopédie Méthodique, Livr. 95 (1824), pp. 1-376; Livr. 98 (1827), pp. 377-819. Leske, Nathaniel Gottfried 1778. lacobi Theodori Klein Naturalis disposito Echinodermatum Edita et aucta a N. G. Leske. Lipsiae, 278 pp., 54 pls. VENEZUELAN CENozoIc EcHINOoIDS: WEISBORD 347 Lewis, John B. 1956. The occurrence of the macruran Gnathophylloides minerii Schmitt on the spines of the edible sea-urchin Tripneustes esculentus Leske in Barbados. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 288-291, figs. 1,2. 1958. The biology of the tropical sea urchin Tripneustes esculentus Leske in Barbados, British West Indies. Canadian Jour. Zool., vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 607-621, pl. 1, figs. 8,9, text-figs. 1-7. 1960. The coral reefs and coral communities of Barbados, WI. Can- adian Jour. Zool., vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 1133-1145, pls. 1-7 (figs. 2-15). Linnaeus, Caroli 1758. Systema Naturae per Regna tria Naturae, secundum Classes, Or- dines, Genera, Species, cum characteribus differentes, synonymis, locis. Holmiae, ed. decima reformata, 824 pp. Loriol, Perceval de 1904. Notes pour servir a l'étude des Echinodermes. Bale et Geneve, sér. 2, 68 pp., + pls. (= pp. 51-116, pls. 4-7 of series). Lovén, Sven Ludvig 1874. Etudes sur les echinoides. K. Svenska Vetenck.-Akad., Handl., vol. 2, No. 7, pp. 1-91, pls. 1-53, text-figs. 1883. On Pourtalesia, a genus of Echinoidea. K. Svenska Vetensk.- Akad., Handl., vol. 19, No. 7, pp. 1-95, 21 pls. 1887. On the species of Echinoidea described by Linnaeus in his work Museum Ludovicae Ulcricae. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Bihang till... Handl., vol. 13, pt. 4, No. 5, pp. 1-185, pls. 1-9, text-figs. 1892. Echinologica. K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad., Bihang till Handl., vol. 18, pt. 4, No. 1, pp. 1-74, 12 pls., 54 text-figs. Lutken, Christian Frederik 1864a. Bidrag til Kundskab om Echiniderne. Naturhist. Foren. Kjdében- havn, Vidensk. Meddel. 1863, ser. 2, vol. 5, pp. 69-207, 3 pls. 1864b. To Tillaegsbemaerkninger til mine “Bidrag til Kundskab om Echiniderne”’. Naturhist. Foren. Kjébenhavn, Vidensk. Meddel. 1863, ser. 2, vol. 5, pp. 368-371. Lyell, Charles 1833. Principles of Geology, being an attempt to explain the former changes of the earth’s surface, by reference to causes now in op- eration. London, pp. i-xxxi, 1-398 -+ Appendix I, pp. 2-52, Appendix III, pp. 53-83, Index, pp. 85-109, 93 figs., 4 pls., 1 geol. map. Mackintosh, H. W. 1879,1882. Report on the acanthology of the Desmoticha (Haeckel). Part I—On the acanthological relations of the Desmoticha. Roy. Irish Acad. Dublin, Trans., vol. 26 (1879), pp. 475-490. Part II, vol. 28 (1882), pp. 241-258. Part III Further observations on the acan- thology of the Diadematidae, pp. 259-266, pls. 5-10. McNulty, J. K., Work, M. C., and Moore, H. B. 1962a. Local sea bottom communities in Biscayne Bay and neighboring areas. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 204-233, 14 figs. 1962b. Some relationships between the infauna of the level bottom and the sediment in south Florida. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Carib- bean, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 322-332. McPherson, B. F. 1965. Contributions to the biology of the sea urchin Tripneustes ventricosus. Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 228-244, 8 figs. 1 table. 348 BuLueTiIn 252 Mansfield, Wendell Clay 1932. Pliocene fossils from limestone in Florida. U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 170-D, pp. 42-49, pls. 14-18. [Echinoids pp. 48,49, pl. 17, figs. 7,8; pl. 18, figs. 1-10.] Martens, Eduard von 1865-67. Ueber ostasiatische Echinodermen. Arch. f. Naturg., vol. 31 (1865), pp. 345-360; vol. 32 (1866), pp. 57-88, 133-189; vol. 33 (1867), pp. 106-119. 1865. Uber Toxicidaris mexicana und thre individuelle Verschieden- heiten beztiglich der bilateralen Symmetrie. Gesell. Naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, Abhandl., p. 14. Mayr, Ernst 1954. Geographic speciation in tropical echinoids. Evolution, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 1-18, figs. 1-7, tables 1,2. Mazzetti, Giuseppe 1895. Catalogo degli Echinidi fossile della collezione Mazzetti esistente nelle R. Universita di Modena. Reg. Accad. Sci., Lettere ed Arti Modena, Mem., ser. 2, vol. 11, pp. 409-461, 1 pl. Meek, Fielding Bradford 1864. Check list of invertebrate fossils of North America. Miocene. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 7, No. 183, 32 pp. Meissner, Maximilian 1904. Echinoderma (Stachelhduter). In Bronn, H. G., Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. G. Systematik. Leipzig, vol. 2, pt. 3, pp.1321-1413. Mellis, John Charles 1875. St. Helena: a... description of the island, including its geology, fauna, flora, and meteorology, etc. London, xiv + 426 pp., 62 pls., map. Menzel, R. Winston 1956. Annotated check-list of the marine fauna and flora of the St. George's Sound — Apalachee Bay region, Florida Gulf Coast. Oceanogr. Inst. Florida State Uniy., Contrib., No. 61, pp. i-iv, 1-78, chart. (Mimeographed.) Michaelsen, Johann Wilhelm 1914-25. Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna Westafrikas. Hamburg, 3 vols. Michelin, Hardouin 1855a. Sur les Oursins vivants et fossiles des Antilles et du golfe du Mexique. Soc. Géol. France, Bull., sér. 2, vol. 12, pp. 756-759. 1855b. Notice sur un genre nouveau a etablir dans la famille des Spatan- goides sous le nom de Moera, Rev. Mag. Zool., vol. 7, pp. 245-248. Miller, Ruth A., and Smith, Helen B. 1921. Observations on the formation of the egg of Echinometra lucunter. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 413, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 27, pp. 47-52, 6 pls. Moore, Donald R. 1958. Notes on Blanquilla Reef, the most northerly coral formation in the western Gulf of Mexico. Inst. Marine Sci. Univ. Texas, Publ., vol. 5, pp. 151-155. Moore, H. B., Jutare, Thelma, Jones, J. A., McPherson, B. F., and Roper, C. F. E. 1963. A contribution to the biology of Tripneustes esculentus. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 13, pp. 267-281, 10 figs. Moore, Hilary B., and Lopez, Nelia N. 1966. The ecology and productivity of Moira atropos (Lamarck). Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 648-667, figs. 1-14. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 349 Moore, Hilary B., and McPherson, B. F. 1965. A contribution to the study of the productivity of the urchins Tripneustes esculentus and Lytechinus variegatus. Bull. Marine Sci., vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 855-871, figs. 1-9. Moore, Raymond C. (editor) 1966. Mortensen, 1903. 1907. 1910. 1912" Se 1921. 1927. 1928. 1930. 1932. 11933); 1936. 1943. 1948. 195la. 1951b. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part U. Echinodermata 3. Lawrence, Kansas, pp. i-xxx, U1-U695, figs. 1-534. Theodor Echinoidea (Part I). Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, pt. 1, 193 pp., 21 pls. Echinoidea (Part II). Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, pt. 2, 200 pp., 19 pls. On some West Indian echinoids. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 74, pp. i-iv, 1-31, pls. 1-7. Uber de Larve von Echinometra lucunter (L.) (2). Zool. Jahrb., Suppl., vol. 15, pt. 2, pp. 275-288, pls. 19,20, text-figs. A-D. Die Echiniden des Mittelmeeres. Eine revidierte itibersicht der im Mittelmeere lebenden Echiniden, mit Bemerkungen iiber neue oder weniger bekannte Formen. Zool. Sta. Neapel, Mitt., No. 21, pp. 1-40, pls. 1-5. Studies of the development and larval forms of echinoderms. Copenhagen, 266 pp., 33 pls. Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British Isles. Oxford Univ. Press, pp. 1-471. A Monograph of the Echinoidea. Vol. I. Cidaroidea. Copenhagen, ili + 551 pp., 24 pls., 173 text-figs. Some new Japanese echinoids. Annot. Zool. Japon., vol. 12, pp. 387-404, 4 pls. 2 text-figs. New contributions to the knowledge of the cidarids. K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Kjébenhawn, Skr., ser. 9, vol. 4, pp. 145-174, pls. 1-13, 13 text-figs. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-16. LXVI. Echinoderms of St. Helena (other than crinoids). Naturhist. Foren. Kjébenhavn, Vidensk. Meddel., vol. 93, pp. 401-472, pls. 20-22, 29 text-figs. Echinoidea and Ophiuroidea. Discovery Repts., vol. 12, pp. 199- 348, pls. 1-9, text-figs. 1-53. A Monograph of the Echinoidea. Vol. III. Part 2. Camarodonta I. Copenhagen, 553 pp., 56 pls., 321 text-figs. A Monograph of the Echinoidea. Vol. IV. Part 2. Clypeastroida, Clypeastridae, Arachnoididae, Fibularidae, Laganidae and Scu- tellidae. Copenhagen, 471 pp., 72 pls., 258 text-figs. Report on the Echinodea collected by the “Atlantide”’ Expedition. Atlantide-Rept., No. 2, pp. 293-303, pls. 1,2, text-fig. 1. A Monograph of the Echinoidea. Vol. II. Spatangoida 2. Am- phisterna 2. Spatangidae, Loventidae, Pericosmidae, Schizasteridae, Brissidae. Copenhagen, pp. 1-593, 64 pls., 286 text-figs. Muller, Johannes 1854. Ueber den Bau der Echinodermen. Berlin, 99 pp., 9 pls. Also, K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Abhandl. 1853, pp. 123-219, 9 pls. Newell, Norman D., Imbrie, John, Purdy, Edward G., and Thurber, David L. 1959. Organism communities and bottom facies, Great Bahoma Bank. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 117, art. 3, pp. 181-228, pls. 58-68, text-figs. 1-17. 350 Bu.LveTin 252 Nonato, Edmundo, and Pérés, Jean-Marie 1961. Observations sur quelques peuplements intertidaux de _ substrat dur dans la région d’Ubatuba (Etat de Sao Paulo). Cahiers Biol. Marine, vol. 2, pp. 263-270. Nutting, Charles Cleveland 1919. Barbados-Antigua Expedition. Narrative and preliminary report of a zoological expedition from the University of Iowa to the Lesser Antilles under the auspices of the graduate college. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, Bull., vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 1-274, pls. 1-50. 1937. Some notes on the echinoderms (Starfish, Sea-Eggs) of Barbados. Barbados Mus. and Histor. Soc., Jour., vol. 4, pp. 68-71. Oliveira, Lejeune P. H. de 1949. Relatério sobre as excursoes cientificas feitas a bordo do Navio Hidrografico Rio Branco, sob a orientacao do professor Pierre Drach, da Sorbonne. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Mem., vol. 47, Nos. 1,2, pp. 87-96, map. 1950. Levantamento biografico da Baia de Guanabara. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Mem., vol., 48, pp. 362-391, figs. 1-19. Paes de Oliveira, Helena 1940. Os echinideos da Baia de Guanabara. Minist. Agric. Rio de Janeiro, vol. 29, pp. 13-22, 8 figs. Perrier, Jean Octave Edmond 1869-70. Recherches sur les pédicellaires et les ambulacres des Astéries et des Oursins. Deuxiéme partie. Echinides. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, Zoologie, sér. 5, vol. 12 (1869), pp. 197-304, pls. 17,18; vol. 13 (1870), No. 1, pp. 1-81, pls. 2-6. van Phelsum, Murk 1774. Brief aan ...C. Nozeman ... over de Gewelv-Slekken of Zec- Egeln. Waar achter gevoegd zyn twee beschryvingen, de cene van zekere Soort van Zee-Wier; die andere van Maaden, in eene vuile verzweeringe gevonden. Rotterdam, 145 pp., 5 pls. Pijpers, Petrus Johannus 1933. Geology and paleontology of Bonaire (D.W1.). Geogr. en Geol. Meded., Physiogr.-Geolog. Reeks, No. 8, pp. i-vi, 1-103, 2 pls.. map. [Echinoidea, pp. 82-97.] Pinney, Edith 1911. A study of the chromosomes of Hipponoé esculenta and Moira atropos. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, No. 21, pp. 168-186, figs. 1-31b. Rathbun, Richard 1878. The Geological Commission of Brazil, Additions to the echinoid fauna of Brazil. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 15 (115), No. 86, art. 9, pp. 82-84. 1879. A list of Brazilian echinoderms with notes on their distribution. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 5, art. 3, pp. 139-158. 1885a. Report upon the Echini collected by the United States Fish Com- mission steamer Albatross in the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico, January to May, 1884. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 8 (1886), No. 6, pp. 83-89. 1885b. Report upon the Echini collected by the United States Fish Com- mission steamer Albatross in the Gulf of Mexico from January to March, 1885. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 8 (1886), No. 37, pp. 606-620. 1886. Catalogue of the collection of Recent Echini in the U. S. National Museum (corrected to July 1, 1886). U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 9 (1887), pp. 255-293 VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 3511 Rattenbury, Joan C. 1955. The Society's Marine Zoological Department echinoderm col- lection, summer 1955. Barbados Mus. and Histor. Soc., Jour., vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 187-190. Ravenel, Edmund 1841. Description of two species of Scutella from South Carolina. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 1, pp. 81,82. 1842. Description of two new species of fossil Scutella from South Carolina. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., vol. 8, pp. 333-336, figs. 1848. Echinidae, Recent and fossil, of South Carolina, January, 1848. Charleston, pp. 1-4. Ridley, Henry Nicholas 1888. Notes on the zoology of Fernando Noronha. Linnean Soc. London, Jour., Zoology, vol. 20 (1890), pp. 473-570, pl. 30. Robinson, J. H. 1935. Some Recent marine diatoms from the northeast coast of Barbados. Barbados Mus. and Histor. Soc., Jour., vol. 2, pp. 111-114. Rochebrune, Alphonse Trémeau de (fils) 1881. Materiaux por la faune de larchipel du Cap-Vert. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. Paris, Nouv. Arch., sér. 2, vol. 4, pp. 215-340. Rodriguez, Gilberto 1959. The marine communities of Margarita Island, Venezuela. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 237-280, 26 figs. Sanchez Roig, Mario 1926. Contribucién a la paleontologia Cubana. Los equinoderms fosiles de Cuba. Bol. Minas Habana, No. 10, pp. 1-179, pls. 1-43 (pp. 135-177). 1949. Paleontologia Cubana. I. Los equinodermos fosiles de Cuba. Habana, pp. 1-302, pls. 1-50. 1951. Faunula de equinodermos fosiles del Terciario, del termino mu- nicipal de Moron, Provincia de Camagiiey. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. Nat. “Felipe Poey”, Mem., vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 37-64, pls. 23-40. Say, Thomas 1826. On the species of the Linnaean genus Echinus, inhabtiting the coast of the United States. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour., ser. 1, vol. 5, pp. 225-229. Seba, Albertus 1734-65. Locupletissimi rerum naturalium thesauri accurata descriptio, et iconibus certificiosissimus expressio, per universam physices historiam, etc. Amstelaedami, 4 vols., 449 pls. Sloane, Hans 1707-25. A woyage to the islands of Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Cristofers and Jamaica, with the natural history of the herbs and trees, four-footed beasts, fishes, birds, insects, reptiles, etc., of the last of these islands; to which is prefix'd an introduction wherein is an account of the inhabitants, air, water, diseases, trade, etc. of that place, with some relations concerning the neighbouring con- tinent, and islands of America. Illustrated with figures of the things described, which have not been hitherto engraved; in large copper plates as big as life. London, 2 vols., vol. 1, pp. 1-12, i-cliv, 1-264, pls. 1-156; vol. 2, pp. i-xvili, 1-381, pls. 157-274. Sluiter, Carel Philip 1895. Die Echiniden Sammlung des Museum zu Amsterdam. Bijdr. Dierk. Amsterdam, Af]. 17, pp. 65-74. 352 BuLueTiIn 252 Smith, Frederick G. Waiton 1948. Atlantic Reef Corals. Univ. Miami Press, pp. 1-112, pls. 1-41, text-figs. 1-11. Stewart, Charles 1865. On the spicula of the regular Echinoidea. Linnean Soc. London, Trans., vol. 25, pp. 365-372, pls. 47,48. 1871. On the minute structure of certain hard parts of the genus Cidaris. Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci., vol. 11, pp. 51-55, pl. 11. Studer, Theophil 1880. Ubersicht iiber die wahrend der Reise S. M. Corvette “Gazelle” um die Erde 1874-76 gesammelten Echinoiden. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Monatsber. 1880, pp. 861-865, 2 pls. Tennent, David Hilt 1911. Echinoderm hybridization. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 132, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 3, No. 12, pp. 119-451, pls. 1-6. Tennent, D. H., Gardiner, M. S., and Smith, D.E. 1921. A cytological and biochemical study of the ovaries of the sea- urchin Echinometra lucunter. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 413, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 27, pp. 1-46, 7 pls. Tommasi, Luiz Roberto 1958. Os equinodermas do litorai do Sao Paulo. II. Diadematidae, Schizasteridae, Brissidae, Cidaroidae (Echinoidea) e Asteroidea do bento costeiro. Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Contrib. Avul- sas, ser. Oceanogr. Biol., No. 11, pp. 1-28, pls. 1-6. 1959a. Os equindermas do litoral de Sao Paulo. I. Echinoidea, Crinoidea, e Holothuroidea do bentos costeiro. Depart. Zool. Secretaria Agric. Sao Paulo, Papeis Avulsos, vol. 13, art. 2 (1957), p. 1-144, figs. 1-30. 1959b. Equinodermas do Estado do Rio de Janeiro. I. Crinoidea, As- teroidea, Echinoidea e Holothuroidea da regiao compreendida entre 0 Cabo Dos Buzios e Cabo Frio. Acad. Brasil. Cienc., vol. 31, No. 4, pp. 601-604. 192? Equinodermas (exceto Holoturias). Historia Natural dos Organ- ismos Aquaticos do Brasil, pp. 271-273. 192? Equinodermos (menos Holothuroidea) recogidos por el barco “Emilia” del Instituto Oceanografico de la USP en el litoral de Santa Catarina. [Reprint], pp. 112,113. 1962. Equinodermos del litoral de San Pablo. Sobre al hallazgo de Tripneustes ventricosus (Lam.) Neotropica, vol. 8, No. 26, pp. 59, 60. 1964. Observacoes sobre equinédides do Brasil. Rev. Brasil. Biol., vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 83-93, figs. 1-5, tables 1-5. 1966a. Distribuicao geografica de alguns equinodermas do Brasil. Rev. Brasil. Biol., vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 239-246. 1966b. Lista dos equinédides recentes do Brasil. Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, sér. Oceanogr. Biol., Contrib. Avulsas, No. 11, pp. 1-50, pls. 1-9, text-figs. 1-72. Tortonese, Enrico 1933a. Echinodermi americani raccolti dal Dr. E. Festa (1895-98). Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, Boll., ser. 3, vol. 43, No. 28, pp. 5-18, pls. 1-3. 1933b. Gli Echinodermi del Museo di Torino. Parte I. Echinoidi. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, Boll., ser. 3, vol. 43, No. 34, pp. 91-178, pls. 1-13. Toula, Franz 1911. Die jungteridre Fauna von Gatun am Panamakanal. K. — K. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, Jahrb., vol. 61, pp. 486-530, 2 pls. VENEZUELAN CENOzOoIC EcCHINOIDS: WEISBORD 353 Valienciennes, Achille 1846-55. Ichthyologie. [Ix] Dupetit Thours, A. A., Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate la Venus, pendant 1836-1839. Zoologie, 355 pp., 79 pls. Valentin, Gabriel Gustav 1841. Monographies d’Echinodermes. Anatomie des Echinodermes.I.Mono- graphie de anatomie du genre Echinus. Neuchatel, pp. i-x, 1-126, 19 pls. Vanucci, M. 1960-61. Catalogue of marine larvae. Coordinated by M. Vannucci. Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Sao Paulo, Catalogue of Marine Larvae, Nos. 21-73. Vaughan, Thomas Wayland 1922. Stratigraphic significance of the species of West Indian Echini. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 306, pp. 105-122. Verrill, Addison Emery 1867-71. Notes on the Radiata in the Museum of Yale College, with descriptions of new genera and species. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 1, Part II, art. V, Nos. 1-9, pp. 247-613, pls. 4-10. 1900. Additions to the echinoderms of the Bermudas. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 10, art. XVI, pp. 583-587. 1905-1907. The Bermuda Islands: Part IV, Geology and Paleontology. Part V, An acocunt of the coral reefs. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. 12, art. 2, pp. 45-348, pls. 16-40, text-figs. 1-181. Weber, Jon, N., and Raup, David M. 1968. Comparison of C13/C12 and O18/016 in the skeletal calcite of Recent and fossil echinoids. Jour. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 37- 50, text-figs. 1-5. Weisbord, Norman Edward 1934. Some Cretaceous and Tertiary echinoids from Cuba. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 20, No. 70C, pp. 1-102 (165-266), pls. 1-9 (20-28). 1957. Notes on the geology of the Cabo Blanco area, Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 38, No. 165, pp. 1-25, geol. map. 1962. Late Cenozoic gastropods from northern Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 193, pp. 1-672, pls. 1-48, text-figs. 1,2. 1964a. Late Cenozoic pelecypods form northern Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 45, No. 204, pp. 1-564, pls. 1-59, photos 1-8. 1964b. Late Cenozoic scaphopods and serpulid polychaetes from northern Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleent., vol. 47, pp. 107-203, pls. 16-22. 1966a.Some late Cenozoic cirripeds from Venezuela and Florida. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 50, No. 225, pp. 1-145, pls. 1-12. 1966b. 4 new species of dasycladacean alga from the Playa Grande Formation (Pliocene) of northern Venezuela. Tulane Studies in Geol., vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 49-52, pl. 1. 1967. Some late Cenozoic Bryozoa from Cabo Blanco, Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 53, No. 237, pp. 1-247, pls. 1-12. 1968a. Some late Cenozoic stony corals from northern Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 55, No. 246, pp. 1-288, pls. 1-12. 1968b. The occurrence of the cheilostomatous bryozoan Reteporellina marsupiata (Smitt) in the lower Pliocene of Venezuela. Jour. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 5, pp. 1304-1307, text-figs. 1-3. Wilson, Henry Van Peters 1900. Marine biology at Beaufort. Amer. Naturalist, vol. 34, pp. 339-360, 5 figs. Ae ee aie S Px te ries fh i Bie aes ah i mi on: Sete ENS aE Ua ka: i a ie PT Catal “im Ale e's ih, ike “4 sary hs ee ye i ee ei a : Mi as aig) 7 a D ‘tll ges Nee oS i all ‘S ett vm, Deane sd AAG falls ee : 7 i ane cee eh Vasant ay! Oman ie en ale on A eerie ce hia i ene Nl ae wee bit vy. oo) ie ait aw Lat Le the 7 Mu a 7 a he setae ea i} Tg i Pais ee ros Al 3 jie, Ss F = Chay r F pr ay au ery Bare es ante: een aoe F = a i Ms ry on id 7? War i, aa ony tel rh o De ia ae ane 1 ae ne iaied ne ie A nas ie “Wie yeni oA Ath Leh. ee. = je 5 eee nie var Y gslp Wee an ’ f Mh P an) ae Larre: LA em Shes ios iy ie » in ty a ‘ - ‘sae are | Tr oa eee ae = ; -, - san a ’ Le es is p*. 4 a me aie ‘e iol y = 7 oe As 7 or aah 7 : = hep ® r r pits roms ‘ oS Oey a ered Ph ‘ eal a Ne tig Alia ee, ee, nue oa ee: it: ey oo ae a ey ie 7) * he ae ay -" ni aa { ce * =? 3 r _— ans 7 ule . S = wd : a ty _ wee F 4 eee aa i ey on 7 y : a 7 - a a é Moy cue it Nee ii cs ips ad ben. - et Teepe cea ie a oes ' 7 e ee \ es ry 7y ‘ Pi i , - 1 hw 7 = oe Pg eh Pare A ea ce 3 7D Sen ae a teats t Pan ne Bee Ae Mabe Ate is h oe _ « Paks a ru : : " al} Ty .s8 71) : Fp Py: an, © age Oe et ‘aes - “J yon Tap fe ] a” , a os Pe om ey. a's? ot a a 4 pea % 7 oe i ns ede ee et ot : , pee t 1 hl) # are a 7 PA wat Ale v3 i 4 — i = : ” - Fore? => r 2 ond — * / PLATES 356 BuLLeETIN 252 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14 Figure Page 1-9. Evucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck) .......00.0000.0000...cccccccccccceececeeeeveees 1. Specimen A607a. PRI 27653. Diameter 17 mm, height 9 mm. General view of corona, X 1.8. Recent. 2,3. Specimen A607b. PRI 27654. Diameter 26 mm, height 16 mm. Ambital and apical views showing secondary spines, < 2.3. Recent. 4. Specimen A608a. PRI 27655. Primary spine, length 24 mm, diameter 3.5 mm, X 1.4. Recent. 5,6. Specimen A612a. PRI 27656. Height 13 mm, width 10.5 mm. Denuded coronal plate, X 3.8. Recent. 7. Specimen D608a. PRI 27657. Primary spine, length 20 mm, diameter 3 mm, X 2. Abisinia Forma- tion. 8. Primary spines from the Abisinia Formation (photo- graphed by Bertha M. Cutress). 9. Specimen K599a. PRI 27658. Primary spine, length 21.5 mm, diameter 3.1 mm, 2.4. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). PLATE 14 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 15 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 eee 02 86 RA SE EER. Pe Seb esq ePEL le eee BT ? LP SECIS PEELE O RO PA EL Hot, re see aes tr np CURE SE: vere OO pet es a KE Ze Figure VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15 1-5. Evucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck) .2.................0.0000 ccc. 1,2. Specimen A607a. PRI 27653. Diameter 17 mm, height 9 mm. Two views of same corona, X< 1.8. Recent. See Plate 48, fig. 1 for another view of same specimen. 3. Specimen A607b, PRI 27654. Diameter 26 mm, height 16 mm. Oral aspect, collapsed, X 2.3. Recent. See Plate 48, figs. 2,3 for ambital and apical views of same specimen. 4. Assorted pri- mary spines from the Abisinia Formation photographed by Bertha M. Cutress. 5. Specimen K599a, PRI 27658. Primary spine, length 21.5 mm, diameter 3.1 mm, x 4. Enlargement by Bertha M. Cutress. See Plate 48, fig. 9, for a slightly different view of same specimen. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). 6-13. Tripneustes cf. T. ventricosus (Lamarck) ......................0.000000..- 6,7. Fragment L600a. PRI 27660. Height of fragment 13.2 mm, width 20 mm. Exterior and interior view of ambulacrum at ambitus, X 2.5 and 2.8, respectively. 8,9. Fragment L600b. PRI 27661. Height of fragment 24.5 mm, width 20 mm. Ex- terior and interior views of part of a connected ambulacrum and interambulacrum, Xx 1.7. 10. Specimen L600a1. PRI 27662. Spine recovered from specimen L600a. Length 5.1 mm, diameter above neck 1.2 mm, x 5.4. 11-13. Specimen L600c, PRI 27663. Height 10 mm, breadth of arch 7.5 mm. Views of half-epiphysis, X 3. All of the above specimens are from the Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). 357 358 BULLETIN 252 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 16 Figure Page 1-7. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus) ...............0.00..0.cccceeeeceeeeeee cece 1-4. Specimen A606a. PRI 27664. Length 45 mm, width 39 mm, height 21 mm. 1-3. Abactinal, ambital, and actinal as- pects, X 1.4. 4. View showing tubercles and arrangement of pore-pairs, X 2.5. 5,6. Specimen A606b. PRI 27665. Length 45 mm, width 34 mm, height 23 mm. Actinal and ambital aspects, X 1.5. 7. Specimen A606d. PRI 27666. Length 18 mm, diameter above neck 2.5 mm. Primary spine, broken at tip, X 3. All of the above specimens are Recent. PLATE 16 VOL. 56 ’ BULL. AMER. PALEONT. PLATE 17 6 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 5 VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 359 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 17 Figure Page 1-5. Echinometra lucunter (Linnaeus) 00000cccececeeeeeee 302 1-3. Specimen A606c. PRI 27667. Lantern, length 25 mm, dia- meter at apex 16 mm. 1. General view, X 2. 2. Apical view, x 2.5. 3. View looking down on teeth, X 3. 4,5. Specimen A606e. PRI 27668. Pyramid and tooth of lantern, length 19.5 mm, width at apex 8 mm. 4. Outer view, x 3. 5. Inner view, xX 2.8. Recent. 6-12. Echinometra viridis A. Agassiz 2000.000...000..000000cccccoccoeccecccceecceeee 310 6-9. Specimen A6lla. PRI 27669. Length 18 mm, width 16.5 mm, height 7.5 mm. 6-8. Abactinal, actinal, and ambital aspects, X 2.3. 7. View at ambitus ‘showing disposition of pore-pairs, X 5.3. 10-12. Specimen A611b. PRI 27670. Length 17.5 mm, width 15 mm, height 8 mm. Abactinal, actinal and ambital aspects, < 2.4. Recent. 360 BuLueTin 252 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 18 Figure Page 1-4. Encope emarginata (Leske) .....00...........0000000c0ccc2202. ib ns SA Pha 313 1,2. Specimen 1596a. PRI 27671. Length 94 mm, estimated width 103 mm. 1. Abactinal aspect, reconstructed, X 0.83. 2. Actinal aspect, X 0.81. Lower Mare Formation. 3,4. Speci- men ]596a. PRI 27672. Fragment, 47 mm X 35 mm, show- ing anterior (?) lunule. 3. Abactinal aspect, x 0.78. 4. Actinal aspect, X 0.92. Lower Mare Formation. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 18 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 19 Figure 1-3. 4-10. VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC ECHINOIDS: WEISBORD 361 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19 2Echinolampas: Sp; andet:, 25 ....se.08 ck css eobss cas hanaeteee cee. 323 Specimen S605a. PRI 27673. Length 18 mm, width 13.7 mm, height 6.7 mm. Actinal, abactinal, and lateral aspects, 2.2. Playa Grande Formation. (Maiquetia Member). Moiramatnopose (amanck)) ose eet en eee ee een ee ee 325 4-7. Specimen K598a. PRI 27674. Length 41 mm, height 20 mm. 4. Side view before specimen was cleaned, X 1.5. 5-7. Lat- eral, abactinal, and actinal aspects, slightly enlarged. 8-10. Specimen K598e. PRI 27675. Length 45 mm, width 32 mm, height 31 mm. Lateral, abactinal, and actinal aspects, natu- ral size. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). a a 362 BuLveTin 252 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 20 Figure Page 1-4. Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica Mortensen ..................00.000.0000000000000. 329 Specimen N597a. PRI 27676. Length 80 mm, width (recon- structed) 72 mm, height 42 mm. 1. Abactinal aspect before cleaning. 2-4. Views of upper surface, posterior end, and side, after cleaning. Slightly reduced. Playa Grande Forma- tion (Catia Member). 5. ? Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica Mortensen ...........0.00000000.. i. 329 Specimen K597d. PRI 27677. Fragment of test, length 15.3 mm, width 12 mm. View of outer surface showing character of tubercles, X 2.6. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 20 PLATE 21 BuLu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 Figure iP 2-9. Specimen N597b. PRI 27678. Length of anterior (?) petal 16 mm. Illustration about natural size. Playa Grande Forma- tion (Catia Member). ? Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica Mortensen ..................00....00.......0.... 2,3. Specimen K597e. PRI 27679. Length 7 mm, width 3.5 mm. Fragment of petal, inner and outer surfaces, X 4. 4,5. Speci- men K597b. PRI 27680. Length 23.2 mm, width 16 mm. Fragment of abactinal aspect, inner and outer surfaces, the latter showing fasciole, xX 2. 6,7. Specimen K597c. PRI 27681. Length 24 mm, width 16.3 mm. Fragment showing part of ambulacrum and interambulacrum, inner and outer surfaces, X 2. 8,9. Specimen L601a. PRI 27682. Length 8.5 mm, width 6.2 mm. Fragment of test, inner and outer sur- faces, the latter showing character of tubercles, X 4.4. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). VENEZUELAN CENOZOIC EcHINOIDS: WEISBORD 363 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 21 Page Brissopsis cf. B. atlantica Mortensen |... es. 329 364 Figure L2: 3-5. 7,8. 10. BuLLeTIN 252 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22 Echinoid spine M602a ...... Das chctat Rte e ttan Se ce SONS AO Ca re 335 Specimen M602a. PRI 27683. Length 4.9 mm, diameter of shaft 1.07 mm. Photographed by Bertha M. Cutress, x 20. 2. < 8. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). HMChHinoOldgspInewHGO Same ees ee ee eee ee eee 335 Specimen H603a. PRI 27684. Length 4.7 mm, diameter of shaft above milled ring 1.6 mm, diameter at tip of shaft 1.3 mm. 3. X 8.5. 4. Photographed by Bertha M. Cutress, x 20. 5. View looking down on tip which is beveled on a bias, X 27. Mare Formation. BehinoidyspinesHGOSbisses toy pose tees ee eee ee ee 335 Specimen H603b. PRI 27685. Length 11.1 mm, diameter at larger end 1.5 mm. Photographed by Bertha M. Cutress, < 9. Mare Formation. Hehinoid) spines LOOSae mee eas ee coe as ha ae ee 335 Specimen T603a. PRI 27686. Length 3.5 mm, diameter of shaft above milled ring 1.3 mm. 7. Photographed by Bertha M. Cutress, X 16; fig. 8, X 10. Mare Formation. EChinoidespine WG O4age es ee eee ee eee ee 335 Specimen K604a. PRI 27687. Length 4 mm, diameter 1.4 mm. Portion of shaft, * 10. Playa Grande Formation (Catia Member). Echinoid spine S610a ...... MRE PA Rees ARMM S nk Sr sce Sota 335 Specimen S610a. PRI 27688. Length 3. 5 mm, diameter 1 mm. Portion of shaft, X 12. Playa Grande Formation. (Maiquetia Member). PLATE 22 * 2 . Oe age’ ’ pe ce aiecniemuiatigliiath a telat komad ants ‘ EM Fg moe ™ Sates Siewert , VOL. 56 BuLu. AMER. PALEONT. —— =, Pes eee ee 7 = aes t = ae) > : ; & 8 2 = 2 z es - - - t= ts ' uy: 7 : Kee . : 7 / ae = INDEX Number 252 Note: Light face figures refer to the page numbers. Bold face figures refer to the plate numbers. A Abisinia Formation .. 277, 279, 280, 281, 282, 284 Abrolhos, Arquipélago dos .... 294, 310 aciculata, Mazatlania.. 286 aclinensis, Mellita 321 acufer, Echinus ........... 303 acufera, Echinometra.. 304 Agassiz, Alexander .... 309, 336 Aguadilla (Puerto Rico) .......... 302, 310 aguayoi, Brissopsis .... 333 Alabama (U.S.A.) ...... 320, 334 alta, Brissopsis ............ SOY, OOo: ampla, Mellita ............ 321 IATIE Ol ager rch et sce 309, 310 Angra dos Reis CBA 7 ees ees 318 ANIMERCUUIGY, eee edeaccemtenaseeer S02Fa 108332: 333, 334 annectans, Encope .... 319 Annobon (Gulf of (GUTTER crscocescenaese 294, 302, 310 annulata, Cidaris ........ 288 Anthozoa (Seleractinia) ic 282, 283, 284, 285, 287 AnNtiouar.. ae 294, 302 antillarum, Brissopsis 333 Antilles LSE re 333 Apalachee Bay (Florida) La se 313, 329 Aquitanian Stage ...... 286, 287 Arecibo Formation .... 320 /NTHREVTUAITEY —Sacesonsacoseesceses 309, 310, 318 Arroyo (Puerto Rico).. 302, 310, 323 ATU Aer ee nee oe 294, 302, 310 Ascension Island . 294, 310 atlantica, Brissopsis .....54, 55 281, 282, 329- 333, 334 atlantica mediterranea, Brissopsis = 330 atropos, Echinocardium . 325 atropos, Moira 53 281, 325-329 Schizaster 325, 326 Spatangus ..... 325 ANZ OLECS ig 295 B Bahamas eee 243, 301, 302, 310, 323 Bahia (Brazil) .......2.. 294, 310, 318, SyAlL. Byy? Bahia de Cochinos (Cubalat eee SEY Bahia Honda (Cuba) .. 310 Banco Paz (Cuba) ...... 332 Barbados 7302, 3108313: yall, BP PA SVB} avy IBETAOUICEY casssdesoadesavonesce 310 Barranca de Santa Maria Tatetla .......... Sail Beaufort (North Carolina) eee 329 Bells Hh. Jetiry ...0- 301, 337 Bermudas 293, 302, 322, 323, 329 Bermudez, Pedro J. .. 283, 337 Bermudez, Pedro J., and Fuenmayor, Ang elNGe ee re 283, 337 Bernasconi, Irene ....... 318, 337 biarritzensis, BGISSOPSIS He eee 334 Biscayne Bay (CUOVENGIE)) —. codeseneboseee 329 blanchardi, Echinolampas .......... 325 blanpiedi, Brissopsis .. 334 Blanquilla Reef (MGxdC0) eee eee 310 Boca Grandi (Curaca0)mre ate 302, 313 Boca Raton (Florida)... 302 Boca Washikomba @onaire) ieee 302, 310 Boekoeti (Aruba) ....... 302 Bonairey ee 302, 310 Boone, Lee... 310, 338 Boqueron RuertowRico) ieee 310 Bowden (Jamaica) ...... 309 BGA 7 lees eee ee eee 294, 302, 318, 320, 321, 322, 323, 329, 334 IBTISSODSIS yee eee 333 Byram Formation ...... 334 365 INDEX Cc Cabo Blanco, Distrito Federal 277, 279, 282, 285 Cabo Blanco Group .... 277, 280, 282, 284, 285, 286, 334 Cabo Cruz (Cuba) ...... 293, 302 Cabo San Antonio (Argentina) .............. 318 Cadore Formation .... 320 Caja de Muertos, Isla de (Puerto Rico) .... 310 californicus, Tripneustes _............ 301 Caloosahatchee Mormation: 22.0.0... 309, 320, 321 Cananéia (Brazil) ...... 310,318) 3215 322, 329 Cantera Toledo (Marianao, Cuba) .... 309 Canteras de Calabazar (Cuba) .... 319 Cantos (Brazil) .......... 321 Capadare Limestone .. 319 Cape Verde Islands . 309, 310 Caracasbaai (Curacao) 294, 302, ae 313 Caraguatatuba (Brazil) gas occ 8 ee ee 310, 322 caratomoides, Echinolampas _........ 324 caroliniana, Leodia .... 3215323 IMellitaweettieccece. 321 Cartagena (Colombia) 318 cassidulinus, Desmoulinaster ...... 315, 319 cassidulina, Encope .. 319 Moulinial 2.2.2 314, 319 Moulinsiay eee 319 Scutellinal =.= 313, 319 castelnaudi, Heliocidaris ............ 303 Cayenne (French Guiana) . 302 Cayo La Vela (Cuba) 310 Cabo Catoche (Mexico)l 2. nee 293 Cedar Keys (Florida) 293, 333 Cevicos Limestone ..... 334 Chandeleur Islands (Louisiana) = 329 Charleston (South Carolina) 329 Charlotte Harbor (Hlorida)y 322 Chesher, Richard H. .. 325, 333, 339 Chiguaje Formation .. 319, 320 ciae, Encope .............. 319 Cienfuegos (Cuba) ...... 332, 334 Clarence Bay (Ascension) _............ 310 Clarimundo de Jesus (Brazil) i.e 329 Colombia ess. eee 318, 333, 334 Colon (Panama) .......... 293, 310, 313 Cooke, C. Wythe ........ 278, 341 Condado (Puerto Rico) 294 Costa (Rica, 2s S21esil Cozumel Island (Mexico)! 2-4 302 @ubateewe eee 293, 302, 309, 322, 329, 332 Cubagua (Venezuela).. 294, 310 Cuevos de Pedro Pozo: (Cuba)i.-ccoc. 333 Cumana (Venezuela) .. 302, 310, 318, S222 GurdaCaOi eee 294, 302, 310 Cutress, Bertha M. ... 278, 334, 342 D Dalian age eae. cccsce eee 310 depressus, Echinolampas _........ 323-325 Tripneustes _........ fe 301 desmoulinsii, Encope.. 319 Seutetlaye ores 319 Omni Cae eee eee 294, 302, 310 Dominican Republic .. 334 Duplin Formation ...... 318, 323 Durham, J. Wyatt ...... 278, 342 E Eames, F. J., and Clarkes OW-Je- 286 Echinoidea, list of ...... 281 Echinoid spines .......... 334 Echinoid spine MG602a:e S.45..24 56 335 HGO3a eo ...4 ae 56 350 H6O3b. Seay: 56 335 T60Sa eee 56 335 K604a kee 56 335 S$610a 56 335, 336 INDEX Echinolampas sp. FTA (2 A See ok arene ee 53 281, 323, 324 Egg Island (Bahamas) 293 Elephant Bay (Angola) 310 elongata, Brissopsis .. 332, 333, 334 Eleuthera Island (Bahamas) 302, 310 emarginata, FINGOPe) esse 52 281, 282, 313- 318, 319, 320, 321 Scutellawes ... 294, 302, 310, 313 Virginia (U:S7AS)) ae... 322 Virginia Key (Florida) 293, 302 viridis, Echinometra .....51 281, 310-313 vonderschmitte, Encope 321 WwW Waccamaw Formation 318, 323 Weisbord, Norman E. 282, 284, 286, 353 wiedenmayeri, Encope 321 Woodford Hill Bay (Dominica) 302 \¢ Yorktown Formation. 323 Yucatan (Mexico) ....... 310, 319, 320 Yucatan Bank ..... 302, 325 371 iy Be | YY beets PINS © versie OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY Vol. 56 No. 253 THE NEOSCIADIOCAPSIDAE, A NEW FAMILY OF UPPER CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA By EMILE A. PESSAGNO, JR. 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York U.S. A. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1969 - 1970 PRESIDE Tyce scott: taco. ce ae Sees ea cree ta rae Ae at ee ee Ser WILLIAM B. HEROY VACHS REST E NIT tse a ae 2 es ee eee ee DANIEL B. SAss SECRETARY, 702-32 57 Auch Al Uy ire a SUA 2 ee ers a REBECCA S. Harris DIRECTOR; AU REASURER | coi. ee = eee a eae ee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUN SED (2s 5 Sea a ee 2 SM Aan LI ea Rca Py ARMAND L. ADAMS IREPRESENJEATIVE! “AAU © OUIN Clete eer ence weer an Veen eee Davwp NICOL Trustees Resecca S. Harris (Life) DANIEL B. Sass (1965-1971) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) KENNETH E. CASTER (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) DonaLpD W. FISHER (1967-1973) W. Storrs CoLe (1964-1970) WiiaM B. Heroy (1968-1974) VirciL D. WINKLER (1969-1975) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER HANS KUGLER A. Myra KEEN Jay GLENN Marks AXEL A. OLSSON Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St.. New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor- poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10003 U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri- cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de- ductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, New York 14850 UIS.A. BOELETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY (Founded 1895) Vol. 56 No. 253 THE NEOSCIADIOCAPSIDAE, A NEW FAMILY OF UPPER CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA By EMILE A. PESSAGNO, JR. December 29, 1969 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York Wis Sb 4k Library of Congress Card Number: 70-100585 Printed in the United States of America CONTENTS PAID S Gna C tame es, ey ares eee rains ee ne SO AOE. een te Re Sages peerage eee 377 Introduction ....... REA ES Ae eT A a TOR NE Fg hs Pan nD, EE OE Oe 377 PNGKMO Wie G STM Ct Sy oe ceca Rea iar eat eee ee ee eee eee 379 TeEWAOUS MIMIVEStI a CONS mate st eee ee NL eR ee ee 379 PlRe rin Ol 0 Oey sepa a ee Ee ek ee len int ei a ee a A Pe eee 380 Criteniawoteaclassificatio my cos este tear mice ed re Se er ca Tae eT 383 VTE E Oc fats CU iY ert ee am ret cae cn SSA ars oR Gees ea PRE 385 HE OGallittyzarcl ESC Up tl OMS pee eee are ee ee ae eae es ee 385 Notation on the integration of radiolarian range zones with planktonic foraminiterallezonatl ony sec eee 390 SV SLEW ALI Ce CESCUND CIOL Sse xc. Beare Ba Se sao ean Rr 392 amily se Nieoscia diocap sic ale isescet tat eter se ee eee ee 392 GensyGassia ens) naeren ee ee ee te es ee ee 394 GenussG@ormporzna ems Seis cet eet eon. eee se oe nz rele cncien te oe 397 Genusel win gellaen no CM pet eee oe er ee ee ee 398 Genus Lip mrariiint Seely ee s eeeecs ee ee e es 401 GS EMUISHVICGIOS CLACATO GCP SC sarNie eC 11s eens ret eee nae en ae 403 Genism Vigo’ Gladz0ca: Ps a arise =e 11 eee ee eee ea 409 Genusyheiastfor mia, ynge Cem: hee eat ic - 2k O18 eee eter se ee 411 Genus'Sciaalocapsa *Squinaboly est eee ee 413 Genus, Scyplitjorma, Ns Gens te See a es See eat 416 Genus Squizabolell anwiae oe 1 pee ae ee eee 417 References cited. 5-2 ti nce. Lee es eee ee Re dn heen ree er ee 419 Bilatese 5 Fe fers bot ret Ok aes EN ae SEN Toe ae oe A ee 5 ee eee eA | i a Pty eS ae nore t eo >, ri. +, a? 4 5 | oak =m ome ——. y ic’ _— e 2¥ , . J i a eee | a, ae ad 4 i) 1 A we) ‘ » THE NEOSCIADIOCAPSIDAE, A NEW FAMILY OF UPPER CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA EMILE A. PESSAGNO, JR. ABSTRACT The Neosciadiocapsidae Pessagno, n. fam., include dicyrtid Nassellariina with (1) helmet-shaped tests; (2) nine cephalic skeletal elements (apical, verti- cal, median bar, dorsal, primary right lateral, primary left lateral, secondary right lateral, secondary left lateral, and axial); and (3) a thoracic velum. A tubular structure, termed the cephalopyle, is usually present on the distal portion of the cephalis near the collar stricture (or in its absence, a vertical spine). The Neosciadiocapsidae display rapid faunal change during much of Late Cretaceous time. The family probably originated in the Jurassic and ultimately became extinct by Eocene times. Twenty-one new species and nine new genera are described in this report from the Upper Cretaceous portion of the Great Valley Sequence of the California Coast Ranges. INTRODUCTION In the thick, relatively unfossiliferous, and often highly dis- turbed Mesozoic succession of the California Coast Ranges, Radio- laria are one of the few groups of invertebrate fossils that are con- sistently common. A large number of well-preserved specimens have been extracted from limestones nodules, concretions, mudstones, and occasional radiolarites which occur in the Upper Cretaceous portion of the Great Valley Sequence. Over 1200 samples have been collected from measured sections of strata cropping out in the Coast Ranges from Contra Costa County (near Mt. Diablo) northward to Tehama County (Text-figure 1). A rich, diversified radiolarian assemblage containing well over 250 species (mostly new) is present in strata ranging in age from early Cenomanian to latest Campanian ( dating based on associated planktonic Fora- minifera and Mollusca). The rapid faunal change displayed by Radiolaria at the specific, generic, and family levels indicates that Radiolaria can be affectively used to subdivide the Upper Cre- taceous portion of the Great Valley Sequence into a minimum of 10 zonal units. This report represents the first of a series of studies on the stratigraphic distribution, morphology, and phylogeny of Cali- fornia Upper Cretaceous Radiolaria. The Neosciadiocapsidae, n. fam., is one of the many family groups of Mesozoic Radiolaria that show great potential biostratigraphically. Many of the forms en- countered in this study are short ranging and distinctive (cf. Text- figure 2). Contribution No. 98 Geosciences Division, University of Texas at Dallas, P.O. Box 30365, Dallas, Texas 75230 378 BULLETIN 253 TERTIARY - QUATERNARY Wee ee SEDIMENTS GREAT JURASSIC ~ FRANCISCAN py VALLEY Ee] socks ‘| CRETACEOUS SEQUENCE PLUTONICS CJ- UK) NEVADIAN METAMORPHICS TEXT - FIGURE 1: INDEX MAP. After Ojakangas, 1968, p.975 CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 379 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This work has been supported by grants from the National Science Foundation: GP-4043 to the University of California, Davis and GP-1224 to the Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas, and by the general NASA grant (NGL — 44-004-001) to the Southwest Center for Advanced Studies. The writer wishes to thank Mr. Verne Harlan for his assistance in the field; Mr. Wal- ter Brown for his care in taking the scanning electron micrographs; and Mrs. Sheila Moiola and Miss Maria Bilelo for their aid in preparing the text-figures and numerous prints for the plates. He particularly wishes to thank Dr. Helen P. Foreman (Oberlin Col- lege) and William R. Reidel (Scripps Institution of Oceanogra- phy) for their critical review of the manuscript. Mr. Pat Patterson, California Department of Water Resources, was instrumental in obtaining valuable samples from the Del Valle Dam Site (USGS Tesla Quad.; 15’). Numerous megafossils were generously identi- fied for the writer by Dr. David L. Jones, Paleontology and Strati- graphy Branch, U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California. PREVIOUS INVESTIGATIONS The first nasselariinid probably referable to the Neosciadio- capsidae, n. fam., was described by Riist (1898, p. 51, pl. 15, fig. 8) from the Jurassic (“Lias— Koprolithen von Ilsede”) of Europe. “Clathrocyclas” reginae Rist was regarded by Rist as tricyrtid in nature. The figured specimen shows a massive primary horn and a helmet-shaped test analagous to that of Neosciadiocapsa diablo- ensis Pessagno, n. sp. In 1903, Squinabol (pp. 131, 132, pl. 9, figs. 16, 16a; 20, 20a) described two species from the Upper Cretaceous (Cenomanian?) of Italy which probably are referable to the Neosciadiocapsidae. Both species, “Sethoconus” speciosus Squinabol and “Sethocephalus” haeckeli Squinabol have the typical helmet or sombrero-shaped tests of the Neosciadiocapsidae. However, the somewhat schematic nature of the illustrations prohibits their precise assignment gen- erically. It is interesting to note that Squinabol (ibid.) regarded both species as dicyrtid in character. In 1904 Squinabol (pp. 211, 212, pl. 7, figs. 5, 5a) described a third species, Sciadiocapsa euganea Squinabol from the Upper Cretaceous (‘‘Senonian”) of Italy. S. oo D —_) BULLETIN 253 euganea is the type species of Sciadiocapsa Squinabol. Squinabol's schematic illustrations of S. euganea depict a neosciadiocapsid which (1) lacks an apical horn (2) possesses a thoracic velum (3 is elliptical in shape; and (4) lacks a well-developed collar stric- ture. Squinabol (7bid.) regarded E. euganea as monocyrtid. In 1945 Clark and Campbell (p. 46, pl. 6, fig. 30) figured a form which appears to be a neosciadiocapsid from the Eocene Kreyenhagen Formation of California. This species, “Clathrocyclas (Clathrocycloma)” aurelia Clark and Campbell possesses a single long apical horn, a well-developed collar stricture, and a broad thoracic skirt with an inturned periphery. The authors made no mention of structures referred to herein as the cephalopyle or thoracic velum. Furthermore, they regarded this species as tricrytid in nature. Eocene Neosciadiocapsidae observed by the writer seem to show the same basic cephalic skeletal elements that are present among the Upper Cretaceous forms. Foreman (1968, pp. 43-46) recently described three neosciadio- capsids from the Upper Maestrichtian Moreno Formation of Fresno County, California. ?Scoadiocapsa causia Foreman, ?Sciodiocapsa petasus Foreman, and ?Sciadiocapsa ptesimolecis Foreman. The probable stratigraphic distribution of these species is indicated in Text-figure 2. Foreman regarded her forms as either dicyrtid or tricyrtid in character. TERMINOLOGY (See Text-figure 3) Plane of projection: Imaginary plane parallel to base of thoracic skirt and situated directly above highest point of cephalis. Plane of page in Text-figure 5A is taken as the plane of projection. Point H: Right angle projection of center of apical horn (or point of intersection of apical skeletal bar with cephalic roof) onto plane of projection. Point K: Right angle projection of cephalopyle (or intersection of vertical skeletal bar with cephalic roof) onto plane of projection. Line A — A’: Line drawn through points H and K in plane of pro- jection. Point a: Right angle projection of point on anterior margin of thor- acic skirt to line A — A’ on plane of projection. Point a’: Right angle projection of point on posterior margin of thoracic skirt to line A — A’ on plane of projection. TEXT- FIGURE 2: Foreman sutterensis, n. sp. Lecal range zones of Neo- sciadiocapsidae. Cretaceous portion of Great Valley Se- quence, California Coast Ranges.” Foreman Foreman monticelloensis, n. sp. lipmonae, n. sp. cortinaensis, n, sp radiata, n. sp. petasus rumseyensis, n. sp. foremanae, n. sp. glascockensis, n.sp. sp. (1) sp. (2) sacramentoensis, n. sp. yoloensis, n. sp. jonesi, n.sp Planktonic Foram— iniferal Datum Planes Applicable to Northern Colif- ormia (cf. Pessagno 1967, 1969) EUROPEAN STAGES Microsciadiocapsa_berryessaensis, n. sp. Microsciadiocapsa madisonae, n. sp. Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis, n. sp. Squinabolella putahensis, n. sp, ?Sciadiocapsa baileyi, n.sp- Ewingella guindoensis, n. sp. Scyphiforma cachensis, n. sp. Cassideus riedeli, n. sp. ?Ewingella capayensis, n. sp. ?Sciadiocapsa_ptesimolecis Coniforma antiochensi Microsciadiocapsa ?Sciadiocapsa causia Microsciadiocapsa Microsciadiocapsa Microsciadiocapsa Microsciadiocapsa Petasiforma Petasiforma Petasiforma ?Sciadiocapsa ?Sciadiocapsa Cassideus Lipmanium Petasiforma Ewingella Extinction) Globotruncanidae MAESTRICHT- IAN CAMPANIAN CRETACEOUS cen Ol SANTONIAN [Extinction coniacian | mi TURONIAN Marginotruncanidae with curved sutures umbilically First appearance double- keeled Globigerinacea peel se | tie ou em ad a RRR ee hisses 1AN First_ appearance . ALBIAN See Douglas, 1969, pp.151- 209, pls 1-11 for Upper Cretaceous planktonic for- aminiferal zonation in northern Cal- ifornia L. CRETA. e ‘a oi te =. ria Miwa Dy Me ty cA f fe oN Boy ie oh = he, Aa are Wee eg ¢ a tip var 7 oieeaie ane cy le _ oi eal gaib a ee Lh AP, =e, St i ils haa Mi, el CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO pore posterior anterior thoracic ; skirt TEXT- FIGURE 3: Schematic diagram depicting Neosciado- capsid terminology (See section entitled “Terminology” in text). 382 BULLETIN 253 x: Right angle projection of a point midway between apical horn and cephalopyle to line A—A’ on plane of projection. Line B—B’: Line drawn at right angles to line A—A’ through point x and in the plane of projection. Point b: Right angle projection of a point on left margin of thoracic skirt to line B—B’ on plane of projection. Point b’: Right angle projection of point on right margin of thor- acic skirt to line B—B’ on plane of projection. Line C —C’: Line drawn through point x and normal to plane of projection. Cephalopyle: Opening (usually tubular) on posterior side of ce- phalis at or near juncture of vertical cephalic skeletal bar with roof of cephalis. (GK kephale = head; pyle = gate or entrance) .* Primary horn(s): Horn (s) of variable size and shape connected in- ternally to either apical cephalic skeletal bar or vertical cephalic skeletal bar.* Includes two types: apical horn and vertical horn. Vertical horn: Primary horn connected internally with vertical cephalic skeletal bar. Only observed among the Neosciadiocapsidae on Cassideus Pessagno, n. gen. Apical horn: Primary horn connected internally with apical ce- phalic skeletal bar. Variable in size and shape; single or double; often with apical bridge. Apical bridge: Ridgelike structure usually extending in an anterior direction from the apical horn of Microsciadiocapsa Pessagno, n. gen. (See Pl. 31, figs. 1, 2) ; sometimes terminating anteriorly with short spine.* Secondary horn: Short spines on surface of cephalis not connected with apical or vertical cephalic skeletal bars.* Cephalic skeletal elements: With Neosciadiocapsidae, n. family, consist of apical bar, vertical bar, median bar, dorsal bar, primary right lateral bar, primary left lateral bar, secondary right lateral bar, and secondary left lateral bar. A subsidiary element known as the axial spine is usually present (see Pl. 24, fig. 1). Velum: Cover-plate over mouth of thorax with or without acces- sory aperture (See Pl. 23, fig. 9). Perforate to imperforate. First applied by Riedel and Campbell (1952, pp. 667-669) . Thoracic skirt: Flared portion of thorax. * — new term. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 383 Apical pores(s): Pore or pores situated at base of apical horn (See Pile3D, fig. OQ) Breadth: Measured along line A — A’ from point a to point a’. Width: Measured along line B — B’ from point b to point b’ Length: Measured along C — C’ between top of cephalic and basal portion of thorax. Posterior in direction: Toward point a’ or toward vertical bar. Anterior in direction: Toward point a or toward dorsal var. Distal in direction: ‘Toward base of thorax. Proximal in direction: Toward top of cephalis. Much of the terminology cited above has been proposed as a framework for future detailed biometric studies. No attempt has been made herein to utilize this terminology in its full extent. CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION (See Text-figure 4) Mesozoic Radiolaria are still in need of a great deal of investi- gation before the phylogenetic relationship of various families and superfamilies can be interpreted. It is likely that the classifica- tion used in this paper will be regarded as artificial even by the writer ten years from now. As one can discern from Text-figure 4, multiple criteria for classification are used in defining taxa at the family, generic, and specific levels. The relative importance of most of these criteria is difficult to assess at the present time. At the family level many workers such as Popofsky (1913) , Petrushevskaya (1964, 1965), and Goll (1968) feel that the ar- rangement of the cephalic skeletal elements is of primary impor- tance in the study of Nassellariina. Although the writer is in agree- ment with such a conclusion, he feels that this criterion will be far more useful in future investigations at the superfamily level. It could be used, for example, to correlate the Neosciadiocapsidae with other family groups among the Nassellariina. The presence of a thoracic velum the distinctive geometry of the test, and the pres- ence of a cephalopyle are regarded coequally as second in impor- tance. Whether or not the Neosciadiocapsidae are dicyrtid or tri- cyrtid in character is likely to remain a much debated issue. At the generic level it is felt that the structure of the thoracic velum will eventually become the most important criterion for * = new term. "J4IyS 212B404s FO YIPIM "OAMgrtags ADJJO2 yO 43}; NADY’ *xp4ouy yO 44Dd pup syjpyuda> Buraaao> 432An; jP294usIda uD jo a2UaSa41d ‘Sajpaeau jH4saj;aHs 2pYda> jo jsuawaGbunssD ul Sa2Ud4asjJIP AOUIW *saiod jpxidp jo suawabunsip Ul SadUs4a}sIP AOUIW "ys40y OS PUD joippa ‘saBpis BULLETIN 253 “suipaq 2144U9IU0D YO |IUaSIIg "y4OMYSaW yO 4342D4DY4D "ysa4 yo Aspoawoab Ul sadUuddajsIP sOUlW ‘sa4od jprvidp upYyy 4a44O sippydas ul suolsnsojysad j3O BIuU9SqGD JO BIUIRSIId | sajAdojpydas jo aanyonays pup aouasqn ‘aouasaid ‘(sjlusoy Aapwiad yO 24Nj2N4ys pun 4saq -winu ‘aouasqn ‘aouasaig "WUINI2A 212D4OY, 4YO BANYINAIS *saiod jnrvidp jo yuow -26uniin pup 43a}; n4pDYD ‘usoy |p? =“1449A D 22D}d sy! ul 40 ajAdojpnydad jo a.uasaig ‘saaquiIDy> fo 4aquinN "4593 yo Asajauoag “LUNI DA 21IID4OYL DPD 4O |aIUaSIIg ‘spuaWa]a |P4a]/ as 21jpYda> jo suawabBunsy NOILVIIISSVTID wOd vidalldd <°v JaWNOld -1LXIlL CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 385 the resolution of classification. Unfortunately, this structure does not always occur intact in the writer’s California material. Of the remaining criteria cited in Text-figure 4 (1) the presence, absence, number, and structure of the primary horn(s) and (2) the pres- ence, absence, and structure of the cephalopyle are regarded as the most important. The writer regards the criteria cited in Text- figure 4 for defining species as more or less coequal in importance. METHOD OF STUDY The peculiar shape of the neosciadiocapsid test makes it diffi- cult to illustrate effectively with light optics. In this investigation a JSM-1 scanning electron microscope equipped with a goniometer stage was used as the primary means of illustrating and studying neosciadiocapsid morphology (cf. Honjo and Berggren, 1967, pp. 393-404, pls. 1-4; Hay and Sandberg, 1967, pp- 407-418, pls. 1-2.) Many important morphological attributes of the Neosciadiocapsidae subsequently observed with the scanning electron microscope were overlooked by the writer when he first began his study of this group with light optics. However, once the morphological features of the Neosciadiocapsidae were recognized and mapped through the use of the scanning electron microscope, they could be located with the light microscope. Gold paladium or gold used during shadow casting can be removed in a matter of seconds with a drop of agua regia. Once this is done specimens can be mounted in hyrax or other suitable mounting media for optical analysis with transmitted light. LOCALITY DESCRIPTIONS NSF 55-B. Lower part of the Forbes Formation (upper part of so- called “Dobbins Shale” Member) ; 424 feet above contact between Forbes Formation with underlying Guinda Formation. Gray cal- careous mudstones with sparse limestone nodules. Sample from lime- stone nodules. Tributary to Petroleum Creek, Yolo County, Cali- fornia. USGS Rumsey Quad. (7.5’). T12N; R3W; Section 10. 1.5 miles N35°W of VABM Guinda 1798. Associated planktonic Foraminifera recorded by the writer from this horizon include Globotruncana arca (Cushman), Globotruncana rosetta (Carsey) , Globotruncana loeblichi Pessagno, Rugoglobigerina sp. aff. R. 386 BULLETIN 253 rugosa (Plummer), Globotruncana linneiana s.s. (d’Orbigny) , Globotruncana lapparenti s. s. Brotzen, and Gublerina ornatissima (Cushman and Church) . The lack of Globotruncana hilli Pessagno and Globotruncana churchi Martin in this assemblage suggests an early Campanian (See data presented by Douglas, 1968, p. 154 and Pessagno, 1967, 1969, text-figure 5). “Inoceramus orientalis” (identi- fied by D. L. Jones, U. S. Geol. Survey Menlo Park, California) was collected by the writer at NSF 40-B in the lower Forbes (‘“Dob- bins Shale” Member). According to Jones this species is indicative of an early Campanian age. NSF 40-B is situated 295 feet below NSF 55-B. NSF 291-B. Yolo Formation (upper part of type Yolo at Cache Creek, (north bank) Yolo County). Limestone nodules interbedded with dark gray calcareous mudstones and siltstones; 140 feet below the contact of the Yolo Formation with the overlying Sites Forma- tion. USGS Glascock Mountain Quad. (7.5’); T12N; R4W; Sec- tion 2; 0.15 miles downstream from northwest end of Rt. 16 bridge over Cache Creek. An ammonite collected from this locality by the writer and identified by D. L. Jones (USGS, Menlo Park, Calif.) as “Kossmaticeras aff. K. japonicum” indicates (fide Jones) that NSF 291-B is Coniacian in age. NSF 319-B. Upper part of the Sites Formation at Cache Creek, Yolo County, California. Sample from limestone nodules occurring in gray siliceous mudstones cropping out along Rt. 16. USGS Glascock Mountain Quad. (7.5’); T12N; R4W; Section 2; 0.25 miles due north of Camp Haswell (Boy Scouts of Amer.) ; about 1961.0 feet above the base of the Sites Formation. A Coniacian ammonite, col- lected by the writer and identified by D. L. Jones (USGS) as “Kossmaticeras aff. K. japonicum” has been recovered from the top of the underlying Yolo Formation. Coniacian planktonic Fora- minifera (correlative with the M. renzz Assemblage Zone of Pessag- no, 1967, 1969) have been recovered by the writer from the lower portion of the overlying Funks Formation at nearby Rumsey Canyon. NSF 327-C. Upper part of the Sites Formation at Cache Creek, Yolo County, California. Sample from limestone nodules occurring in gray siliceous mudstones cropping out along Rt. 16. USGS CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 587 Glascock Mountain Quad. (7.5’) ; T12N; R4W; Section 2; 0.22 miles due north of Camp Haswell (Boy Scouts of Amer.) ; about 2675.0 feet above the base of the Sites. See biostratigraphic data presented for NSF 319-B. NSF 350. Limestone nodules from the lower portion of the “Ante- lope Shale” /“Fiske Creek Formation” cropping out along the north bank of Cache Creek, Yolo County, California. USGS Glascock Mountain Quad. (7.5’); T12N; R4W; Section 4; 0.13 miles S35°W of Rayhouse Road crossing of Cache Creek at “Low Water Bridge”. NSF 350 occurs 542 feet above a horizon containing com- mon Praeglobotruncana stephani (Gandolfi) and 658 feet below beds containing Rotalipora greenhornensis (Morrow) and Ro- talipora appenninica (O. Renz). NSF 350 likewise occurs 1,047 feet below beds containing Calycoceras sp. (late Cenomanian form) , Rotalipora cushmani (Morrow), Rotalipora appenninica (O. Renz), and Hedbergellla brittonensis Loeblich and ‘Tappan. (Planktonic foraminiferal identifications are the writer’s; am- monite identification by D. L. Jones, U. S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California.) The planktonic foraminiferal data indi- cate that NSF 350 is definitely of Cenomanian age. In that NSF 350 appears to occur below the R. cushmani (Morrow) datum point (cf. Text-Figure 2), it is most likely correlative with the Rotalipora evoluta Subzone of Pessagno, 1967, 1969. Data present- ed by Renz, Luterbacher, and Schneider (1963, 1073-1116) indicate that R. cushmani makes its first appearance within the upper part of the Mantelliceras mantelli Zone (early Cenomanian) of the Neuenburger Jura. NSF 405. Limestone nodules from the late Cenomanian portion of “Antelope Shale” /“Fiske Creek” Formation; 0.6 miles southwest of Monticello Dam on Route 128; USGS Monticello Dam Quad. (7.5). T8N; R2W;; Section 29. Ammonites identified for the writer from this locality by D. L. Jones (U.S. Geol. Survey, Menlo Park, Calif.) include Acanthoceras sp. and Puzosia sp. A preliminary report by Jones indicates that the ammonites are of late Cenomanian age. NSF 432. Venado Formation. Small limestone nodules occurring in dark fissile shales interbedded with massive sandstones. Route 128 near Monticello Dam about 70 feet east of the Solano — Napa County line. NSF 432 is in close proximity to locality UC B — 2040 388 BULLETIN 253 (cf. Matsumoto, 1960, pp. 37-38) where Turonian ammonites have been recorded (i.e., Romaniceras sp. aff. R. inerme (de Grossouver). Douglas (personal communication and 1968, p. 169) notes “Prae- globotruncana” helvetica (Bolli) from the lower portion of the Venado Formation at Putah Creek. NSF 440. Yolo Formation. Limestone nodules interbedded with dark gray shales. Monticello Dam Quad. (7.5’); T8N; R2W; Sec- tion 28. North side of Putah Creek (Yolo County); mouth of ‘Thompson Canyon; 0.35 miles due east of north end of Monticello Dam. NSF 450 — NSF 451 — Limestone nodules associated with light gray calcareous mudstones. Upper part of Panoche Group (undiffer- entiated). Exploration Adit number 1: 110— 270 feet. California Dept. cf Water Resources, Div. of Design and Construction; Del Valle Dam and Reservoir Damsite Foundation Exploration. U. S. Army Corps. of Engineers, Tesla Quad. (15’). Coordinates E 1,639,000; N 408, 250. Associated planktonic Foraminifera at this horizon include Globotruncana churchi Martin, Globotruncana hilli Pessagno, Globotruncana linneiana (d’Orbigny) , Globotrun- cana arca (Cushman) , Globotruncana bulloides Vogler, Globotrun- cana rosetta (Carsey), and Gublerina ornatissima (Cushman and Church). Data presented by Pessagno (1967, 1969) indicate that Globotruncana hilli Pessagno first appears at the base of the Globo- truncana calcarata Zonule. Douglas (1968, p. 154) indicated that G. churchi is restricted to the late Campanian. NSF 482. Forbes Formation; lower part of “Dobbins Shale” Member near contact with underlying Guinda Formation. Abun- dant limestone nodules associated with dark gray mudstones. USGS Brooks Quad. (7.5); R2W; T10N; Section 30; 0.22 miles N20°E of Big Spring, Yolo County, California. Associated megafossils col- lected at this locality by the writer and identified by D. L. Jones (USGS, Menlo Park, Calif.) include “Jnoceramus orientalis, Bostrychoceras sp. and Anagaudryceras sp.” Jones indicated that the megafossils are of early Campanian age. NSF 483. Yolo Formation. Horizon of small limestone nodules in a sequence of dark gray mudstones, siltstones, and sandstones. Monti- cello Dam Quad. (7.5’) ; T8N; R2W; Section 28. Route 128 (Solano County) at southeast side of horseshoe bend in road; Cold CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 389 Canyon; 0.23 miles southwest of Route 128 highway bridge over Putah Creek. NSF 498-B. “Antelope Shale’’/“Fiske Creek Formation”. Limestone nodules associated with gray siltstones, mudstones, and sandstones. USGS Monticello Dam Quad. (7.5’). T8N; R2W; Section 29, Napa County, California. 0.31 miles southwest of NSF 405 on Rt. 128.; locality occurs along strike with respect to NSF 405. See mega- fossils data presented for NSF 405. NSF 529-B. Forbes Formation: “Dobbins Shale’ Member. Light gray mudstones with abundant limestone nodules occurring in 75 foot exposure at Sand Creek, Colusa County. USGS Rumsey Quad- rangle (7.5’); R3W; T13N; Section 7. 0.25 miles S20°W of BM 584 near Dobbins Ranch. Ammonites from this section collected by the writer were identified by D. L. Jones (USGS, Menlo Park, Calif.) as ”Patagoisites arbucklensis (Anderson) ”’. According to Jones they are Campanian in age. NSF 568-B, 571, 572-B. “Marsh Creek Formation”. Samples from limestone nodules interbedded with dark gray siliceous to calcar- eous mudstones. Antioch South Quad. (7.5’). TIN; R2E; Sect. 32 South bank of Marsh Creek, Deer Valley Road Crossing of Marsh Creek, Contra Costa County, California. NSF 568-B by bridge; NSF 571 and NSF 572-B 0.10 to 0.15 miles downstream from bridge respectively. Associated planktonic Foraminifera present at this horizon include Globotruncana churchi Martin, Globotruncana arca (Cushman), and Gublerina ornatissima (Cushman and Church). Biostratigraphic data from the Putah Creek, Pleasants Valley, and Tesla areas indicate that the radiolarian assemblage present at NSF 658-B, NSF 571, and NSF 572 is assignable to the up- per part of the G. calcarata Zonule of Pessagno (1967, 1969). NSF 584. “Antelope Shale’’/“Fiske Creek Formation”. Limestone nodules occurring in rhythmically bedded sandstones and mud- stones/shales. USGS Sites Quad. (7.5’). T17N; R4W; Section & (northeast corner); Funks Creek, Colusa County. Cenomanian planktonic Foraminifera have been figured from this locality by Kiipper (1956, pp. 40-47, pl. 8) and Douglas (1968, pp. 151-209, pl. 1). The presence of Rotalipora cushmani (Morrow) and Ro: talipora greenhornensis (Morrow) suggests a middle to late Ceno- manian age. Ammonites collected by the writer at this outcrop were 390 BULLETIN 253 identified by D. L. Jones (USGS, Menlo Park, California) as “Calycoeras sp.” Matsumoto (1960, p. 36) recorded middle to late Cenomanian ammonites Calycoceras boulei Collignon and Caly- coceras cf. stolickai Collignon from this same locality and other localities in its vicinity. NSF 641. Yolo Formation — Venado Formation (undifferentiated) . Dark gray mudstones, siltstones, and sandstones with limestone nodules. USGS Sites Quad. (7.5’). T17N; R4W; Section 28 (mid- dle) on Sites, Maxwell Road. 0.41 miles N30°W of BM 200. NSF 644-B. Yolo Formation—Venado Formation (undifferentiated) . Gray calcareous and siliceous mudstones interbedded with massive sandstones. USGS Sites Quad. (7.5’). T17N; R4W; Southeast portion of Section 9. Funks Creek (Colusa County) ; east side of creek; 1.17 miles N4°W of BM 244 in Section 16. NSF 697. Venado Formation. Thick shale interval interbedded with massive sandstones; sample from limestone nodules in shales. USGS Glascock Mountain Quad: ((7.57)'5> MIZN; RAW S sectiony3; south bank of Cache Creek, Yolo County; 0.9 miles due west of BM 527 in southern part of Section 2. Early Turonian megafossils (7.e., Inoceramus labiatus (Schlotheim) and Kanabiceras (?) sp. were collected by the writer from the “Antelope Shale’’/“Fiske Creek Formation” 242 feet below the base of the Venado Formation (megafossils identified by D. L. Jones, USGS, Menlo Park, Calif.) NOTATIONS ON THE INTEGRATION OF RADIOLARIAN RANGE ZONES WITH PLANKTONIC FORAMINIFERAL ZONATION (1) Rotalipora evoluta datum (first appearance). Corresponds to base of R. evoluta Subzone (Pessagno, 1967, 1969) which in turn corresponds approximately to the lower part of the Mantelliceras mantelli Zone of ammonite workers; earliest Cenomanian. (2) Rotalipora cushmani datum (first appearance). Corresponds to base of R. cushmani — greenhornensis Subzone (Pessagno, 1967, 1969) which in turn corresponds to upper part of Mantelliceras mantelli Zone of ammonite workers; late early Cenomanian. See Renz, Luterbacher, and Schneider (1963, pp. 1073 — 1116, pls. 1-9). (3) Planomalina buxtorfi datum (extinction). Corresponds to the lower part of R. cushmani — greenhornensis Subzone (Pessagno, CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 391 ibid.). Data available appear to indicate that this datum point occurs within the Acanthoceras rhotomagense Zone (middle Ceno- manian) of ammonite workers. (4) First appearance of double keeled Globigerinacea. Corresponds to base of M. sigali Subzone (Pessagno, ibid.) and to base of Actino- camax plenus Subzone in the Anglo-Parisian Basin (Jefferies, 1961, p- 618, pl. 79, figs. 30 a-c). Jefferies considered the A. plenus Sub- zone early Turonian. (See discussion of Cenomanian — Turonian boundary problem in Pessagno, 1969) . (5) First appearance of double keeled Marginotruncanidae with curved, raised sutures umbilically. Corresponds to base of W. archaeocretacea Subzone (Pessagno, ibid.). Impossible at present to integrate precisely with ammonite zonation. (6) M. helvetica—M. sigali datum (extinction). Corresponds to top of M. helvetica Assemblage Zone, W. archaeocretacea Subzone (Pessagno, tbid.). Late Turonian ammonites such as Prionocyclus, Prionotropis, and Coilposceras occur in the upper part of the WV. archaeocretacea Subzone. For more detailed discussion see Pessagno (1969) . (7) Marginotruncanidae datum (extinction). Corresponds to top of M. concavata Subzone (Pessagno, ibid.); early Santonian. See Pessagno (1969) for integration of planktonic foraminiferal and megafossil data. (8) Globotruncana arca datum (first appearance). Corresponds to base of G. fornicata — stuartiformis Assemblage Zone (Pessagno, ibid.) ; basal Campanian. See Pessagno (1969) for integration of megafossil and planktonic foraminiferal data and for discussion of Santonian — Campanian boundary problem. (9) Globotruncana hilli datum (first appearance). Corresponds to base of G. calcarata Zonule of Pessagno (ibid.) and to base of Bos- trychoceras polyplocum Zone of ammonite workers latest Cam- panian. See Pessagno (1969) for a more detailed discussion. (10) Globotruncana linneiana — bulloides datum (extinction). Cor- responds to the top of the G. fornicata — stuartiformis Assemblage Zone of Pessagno (ibid.); latest early Maestrichtian. No precise data available for the integration of planktonic foraminiferal and mega- fossil zonation. (11) Globotruncana datum (extinction). Corresponds to top of G. 392 BULLETIN 253 contusa — stuartiformis Assemblage Zone, A. mayaroensis Subzone (Pessagno, ibid.). No precise data available for the integration of planktonic foraminiferal zonation with megafossil zonation. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS Phylum PROTOZOA Subphylum SARCODINA Class ACTINOPODEA Subclass RADIOLARIA Order POLYCYSTIDA Remarks. — Riedel (1967, p. 291) emended the Polycystida Ehrenberg to include only those Radiolaria having a skeleton com- prised of opaline silica lacking admixed organic compounds. Suborder NASSELLARIINA Family NEOSCIADIOCAPSIDAE Pessagno, new family Type genus. — Neosciadiocapsa Pessagno, n. gen. Description. — Test microgranular dicyrtid, umbrella or helmet- shaped in longitudinal view; elliptical to circular transversely (Text-fig. 3). Cephalis hemispherical to conical, imperforate or perforate, with or without primary horn (s), secondary horns. A single large tube or pore, termed here the cephalopyle (GK kep- hale = head; pyle = gate or entrance) usually occurring posteriorly at or near juncture of vertical cephalic needle with inner wall of cephalis; sometimes replaced by a vertical horn as in Cassideus, n. gen. Cephalis with nine cephalic skeletal elements: apical, verti- cal, median bar, primary right lateral, primary left lateral, dorsal, secondary right lateral, secondary left lateral, and axial (see PI. 24, fig. 1); apical, vertical, primary right lateral, primary left lateral, dorsal, secondary left lateral, and secondary right lateral elements tending to trifurcate near their juncture with wall of cephalis. Cephalic skeletal elements dividing base of cephalis into six collar pores. Poorly developed to pronounced collar stricture. Thorax conical to cylindrical in shape proximally; flaring to form a nar- row to broad thoracic skirt distally; thoracic pore frames, variable in size; polygonal to circular to elliptical often arranged in con- CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 393 centric rows. Thoracic mouth usually covered by a convex to planiform to cylindrical plate termed the thoracic velum (See PI. 23, fig. 9): velum perforate to imperforate with or without ac- cessory aperture (s). Cephalis and proximal portion of thorax fre- quently covered by secondary layer of epithecal deposits which tend to obscure primary meshwork (e.g., Pl. 32, figs. 6, 7). Remarks. — The Neosciadiocapsidae, n. fam. are characterized (1) by the type, number, and structure of their cephalic skeletal needles (2) by their helmet-shaped tests (3) by the presence of a thoracic velum and (4) usually by the presence of a cephalopyle. At present, the family includes the following genera: Cassideus Pessagno, n. gen.; Coniforma Pessagno, n. gen.*; Ewingella Pessag- no, n. gen. Lipmanium Pessagno, n. gen., Microsciadiocapsa Pessag- no, n. gen.; Neosciadiocapsa Pessagno, n. gen.; Petasiforma Pessag- no, n. gen.; Sciadiocapsa Squinabol; Scyphiforma Pessagno, n. gen.; and Squinabolella Pessagno, n. gen. It is difficult, if indeed not impossible, to relate the Neo- sciadiocapsidae to Haeckelian classification. Haeckel (1887) em- phasized the number of chambers present in the “Cyrtoid” test (¢.g., monocyrtid vs. dicyrtid vs. tricyrtid) as the underlying criterion in his classification. Utilizing this criterion one would first have to decide whether the forms considered in this report are dicyrtid or tricyrtid — a subjective decision which in itself is difficult to make If one assumes the Neosciadiocapsidae are dicyrtid (and lack radial apophyses), by Haeckelian classification, he is forced to correlate them with Haeckel’s (¢bid., pp. 1288, 1289) “‘Sethocyr- tida”. The Neosciadiocapsidae differ from the “Sethocyrtida” in the detailed structure of their cephalic skeletal elements, by usually possessing a cephalopyle (or where absent a vertical horn), by possessing a distinctive umbrella or hat-shaped test, and by posses- sing a thoracic velum. On the other hand, if one assumes that the Neosciadiocapsidae are tricyrtid by Haeckelian classification, he is forced to correlate them with Haeckel’s (ibid. pp. 1365, 1366) “Phormocyrtida”. Although some “Phormocyrtid” genera such as Clathrocyclas (Clathrocycloma) display similar test shapes to those of the Neosciadiocapsidae, they differ from neosciadiocapsid genera *Note: Coniforma is only tentatively placed in the Neosciadiocapsidae. 394 BULLETIN 253 by lacking a thoracic velum, a cephalopyle, and in the detailed structure of their cephalic skeletal elements (e.g., neosciadiocapsids display cephalic skeletal bars that trifurcate upon infringing on the cephalic wall) . Most recent workers such as Riedel (1958, 1967) ; Petrushev- skaya (1964, 1965); and Goll (1968) have stressed the importance of cephalic structure in the classification of “Cyrtoid’’ Nassellariina. Once the cephalic skeletal elements of ‘“‘Cyrtoid”’ Nassellariina have been more thoroughly studied, it should be possible to place the Neosciadiocapsidae within their proper phylogenetic framework. It is probable that a classification based on cephalic structure will completely transgress Haeckelian classification. Riedel’s (1967 and in press) recent classification, though somewhat abbreviated, forms the nucleus of a more phylogenetic classification. His treatment of the “Cyrtoid” Nassellarina is largely based on cephalic structure. The Artostrobiidae Riedel (1967, p. 296), though dissimilar to the Neosciadiocapsidae, n. fam., in terms of test shape and lacking a thoracic velum, do possess a cephalopyle and analogous cephalic skeletal elements. The presence of a neosciadiocapsid-like species, “Clathrocyclas” reginae Riist, in the Jurassic of Germany suggests that this family has a lengthy geologic history. Furthermore, although no Neoscia- diocapsidae have been found to date in Early Cretaceous deposits, their diversification and abundance during early Cenomanian times suggests that they had undergone a considerable amount of change during the Early Cretaceous (cf. Text-fig. 2). During the Late Cretaceous the Neosciadiocapsidae seem to have enjoyed their greatest development during the Cenomanian, Turonian, and Coniacian times. It would appear that they gradually declined and finally became extinct by Eocene times. Range. — Jurassic?; Lower Cretaceous?; Upper Cretaceous (Cenomanian) to Lower Tertiary (Eocene) . Occurrence.— Upper Cretaceous and Eocene of California Coast Ranges at numerous localities. Cretaceous of Italy. ?Jurassic of Germany. Genus CASSIDEUS Pessagno, n. gen. Type species. — Cassideus riedeli Pessagno, n. sp. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 395 Description. — Test microgranular, dicyrtid, helmet-shaped about half as high as wide. Cephalis hemispherical with two long primary horns: an apical horn and a vertical horn; horns triradiate in cross-section with three longitudinal grooves, three prominent apical pores present at base of each horn in position of grooves. Series of dendritic ridges (see Pl. 25, figs. 3-5, 7, 8) radiate down- wards from horns over most of cephalis. Perforations in cephalis small, circular; dispersed irregularly between dendritic ridges. Ce- phalic skeletal elements rodlike, circular in transverse section; di- vide cephalis into six colar pores (see Pl. 27, fig. 1). Cephalopyle lacking on both the type species and C. yoloensis, n. sp. Thorax proximally quite conical; distally flaring to form broad _ thoracic skirt. Thoracic wall coarsely perforate; pore frames subhexagonal proximally; becoming heagonal distally. Thoracic velum not ob- served though probably present on well-preserved specimens. Remarks. — Cassideus, n. gen., differs from all other Neosciadio- capsidae genera, (1) by possessing two primary horns; an apical horn and a vertical horn and (2) by lacking a cephalopyle. Cassideus (Latin) — helmet-shaped. Range. — Early Cenomanian. Occurrence. — Great Valley Sequence of California. Cassideus riedeli Pessagno, n. sp. Ply 25, figs, 1-87 Pl 27; fice! Description. — Pore frames subhexagonal to circular proximal- ly; become larger and markedly hexagonal distally. Both proximal and distal portions of thorax covered by a series of staggered, prominent, concentric ridges. Thoracic velum not observed on specimens under study. Remarks. — Cassideus riedeli, n. sp., differs from Cassideus yoloensis, n. sp., by the possession of numerous concentric ridges on its thorax. Furthermore, the proximal portion of the thorax (above thoracic skirt) of C. riedeli, n. sp., is more rounded and not so perfectly coniform as that of C. yoloensis. The peculiar staggered nature of the concentric ridges seems to be present only on the proximal portion of the thorax (see Pl. 25, fig. 3). Cassideus riedeli, n. sp., is named for William R. Riedel (Scripps Institution of Oceanography) in honor of his numerous contributions to the study of Cenozoic Radiolaria. 396 BULLETIN 253 Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. —'The holotype of C. riedeli, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U. S. National Museum, Wash- ington, D. C. The paratypes will be deposited at the U. S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, ‘Texas. Holotype = USNM 164218 Paratypes = USNM 164219 - 164221 Range. — Early Cenomanian. ‘There is no evidence to indicate that C. riedeli does not occur in the Albian. The Albian was not extensively studied during this project. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Cassideus yoloensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 25, figs. 9-12; Pl. 26, figs. 1-3 Description. — Cephalis conical. Cephalic skeletal elements rod- like; similar to those of C. riedeli, n. sp. Thorax above thoracic skirt markedly conical; slight change in slope of proximal portion of thorax about in position of single ridge which extends around thorax. Distal portion of thorax flaring to form well-developed, broad thoracic skirt. Pore frames on proximal portion of thorax subhexagonal to circular; becoming rapidly hexagonal distally. ‘Thoracic velum not observed on specimens thus far encountered. Remarks. — Cassideus yoloensis, n. sp., differs from C. riedeli, n. sp., by having a much more conical test and by lacking the numerous concentric ridges characteristic of C. riedeli. Cassideus yoloensis, n. sp., is named for Yolo County, California. Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. — The holotype of C. yoloensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, ‘Texas, and at the U. S. National Museum. Holotype = USNM 164222 Paratype = USNM 164223 Range. — Early Cenomanian. There is no evidence to indicate that C. yoloensis does not occur in Albian strata. The Albian was not extensively sampled during this sutdy. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 397 Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Genus CONIFORMA Pessagno, n. gen. Type species. —Coniforma antiochensis Pessagno, n. sp. Description. —Test microgranular, dicyrtid, cone-shaped. Ce- phalis globular, elliptical transversely with anteriorly placed long, massive apical horn; horn triradiate in transverse section near its junction with the cephalis largely due to presence of three promi- nent apical pores; horn becoming circular in transverse section toward its proximal end. Perforations in cephalis small, irregularly shaped and dispersed. Cephalic skeletal elements massive, some- what bladelike; divide base of cephalis into six collar pores (PI. 38, fig. 1); secondary and primary lateral bars merging with prominent shelflike ridge which tends to frame the cardinal and cervical collar pores along the cephalic wall. Cephalopyle posterior; an elongate moderately, well-developed tube, directed somewhat dis- tally (downwards). Collar stricture well-developed marked differ- ence between finely and sparsely perforate wall of cephalis and coarsely perforate thorax. Thorax conical proximally; distally be- coming cylindrical; eventually flaring to form small thoracic skirt. Thoracic velum not observed on numerous specimens; probably missing. Remarks. — Coniforma, n. gen., is tentatively included with the Neosciadiocapsidae, n. fam. Although its cephalic skeletal elements are similar to those of other neosciadiocapsid genera, Coniforma, n. gen., displays a prominent shelflike cephalic ridge which tends to frame the cardinal and cervical collar pores along the cephalic wall. An examination of numerous well-preserved specimens of the type species of Coniforma appears to indicate that Coniforma lacks a thoracic velum. Furthermore, Coniforma differs from all other neosciadiccapsid genera by possessing a narrow thoracic skirt. It is conceivable that Coniforma is more closely related to species de- scribed by Foreman (1968, pp. 46-48) from the Maestrichtian of California as ?Clathrocyclas diceros Foreman, ?C. lepta Foreman, and ?C. hyronia Foreman. Foreman (ibid.) stated that all three of the forementioned species possess six collar pores and that their jugular pores are extremely small. Coniforma antiochensis, n. sp. (See Pl. 38, fig. 1) likewise possesses extremely small jugular pores; 398 BULLETIN 253 like Coniforma antiochensis all three of Foreman’s species possess what is called herein a cephalopyle. The axial spine of C. antio- chensis like those of Foreman’s species is rudimentary and often difficult to see. All cephalic skeletal bars of C. antiochensis trifur- cate when they join the cephalic wall. Trifurcation of analogous cephalic skeletal bars has not been documented on Foreman’s three species. This, however, is a feature common to all Neosciadio- capsidae. Range. — Latest Campanian. There is no evidence available at present to indicate that Coniforma does not range into the Maes- trichtian. Occurrence. — “‘Marsh Creek Formation” of Contra Costa County. Coniforma antiochensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pll 37, figs 9-12: Ply 38) figs 1 Description. — As with genus except as follows: Marked dif- ference between sparsely perforate wall of cephalis and coarsely perforate wall of thorax. Pore frames of thorax large, subhexa- gonal to nearly circular in aspect. Remarks. — See remarks under genus. Type locality. — NSF 568-B. See Locality Descriptions and ‘Text-figure 5. Deposition of types.— The holotype of C. antiochensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Cen- ter for Advanced Studies, Dallas, “Texas. Holotype = USNM 164264 Paratypes = USNM 164265-164267 Range. — As for genus. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Genus EWINGELLA Pessagno, n. gen. Type species. —Ewingella jonest Pessagno, n. sp. Description. — Test microgranular, hat-shaped, dicyrtid. Ceph- alis hemispherical often rugose with well-developed sparsely per- forate epithecal covering. Single, large to medium-sized triradiate primary (apical) horn with three pocket-like apical pores (PI. 28, CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 399 fig. 3). Cephalopyle posterior in position; a large tube directed upwards with bladelike partition which probably represents tri- furcating terminal portion of vertical cephalic needle (PI. 28, fig. 7). Cephalic skeletal needles rodlike; divide base of cephalis into six collar pores. Collar stricture weakly developed to moderately well developed. ‘Thorax conical to subconical proximally; flaring distally to form a broad thoracic skirt. ‘Thoracic velum sparsely perforate, planiform to slightly convex in a distal direction, com- pletely covering thoracic mouth. Remarks. — Ewingella, n. gen., differs from Lipmanium, n. gen., (1) by possessing a triradiate horn (lacking prominent apical bridges) with three pocket-like apical pores and (2) by having a velum which completely covers the mouth of the thorax. Both gen- era possess bladelike partitions in their cephalopyles. Foreman (1968, p. 7) noted the latter feature in her Maestrichtian forms. Ewingella, n. gen., is named for Dr. Maurice Ewing, (Lamont Geological Observatory) in honor of his many contributions to oceanography, geology, and geophysics. Range. — Early Cenomanian. Range may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during this study. Occurrence. — Great Valley Sequence of California Coast Ranges. ?Ewingella capayensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 29, figs. 1-3, 6 Description. — Test as with genus except as follows: Collar stricture poorly developed. Cephalis with slightly perforate epi- thecal covering which extends downwards to proximal portion of thorax. Thoracic pores frames concentric, hexagonal proximally; often becoming somewhat rectangular near the margin of the thor- acic skirt. Thoracic velum fragmentary. Remarks. — E. capayensis, n. sp. differs from FE. jonesi, n. sp., (1) by having a test which is proportionately lower in relief and (2) by having a uniformly sized, markedly concentric thoracic meshwork. E. capayensis, n. sp., is named for the Capay Valley, Yolo County, California. This species is questionably placed within Ewingella in that the structure of its thoracic velum and cephalopyle are not well substantiated at the present time. 400 BULLETIN 253 Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Description and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. —'The holotype of ?E. capayensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited in the Pessagno Col- lection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164236 Range. — Early Cenomanian. — Range may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during this study. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Ewingella guindaensis Pessagno, n. sp. PIR 29S flose4 be ienG Description. — Test as with genus except as follows: Collar stricture weakly developed. Sparsely perforate epithecal covering extending distally from cephalis to proximal portion of thorax. Thorax proximally subconical, coarsely perforate with hexagonal pore frames; flaring distally to form much smaller elliptical pores which are better developed posteriorly than anteriorly. ‘Thoracic mouth with subcircular rim. Thoracic velum planiform, depressed; coarsely perforate along its juncture with rim surrounding mouth; remainder of velum with sparse, irregularly distributed small pores. Remarks. — Ewingella guindaensis Pessagno, n. sp., differs from E. jonest (1) by its lower relief (2) by its smaller size (3) by the presence of small, sparse, irregularly distributed elliptical pores on its thoracic skirt (4) by the marked decrease in thoracic pore size in a distal direction; and (5) by the depressed nature of its thoracic velum. E. guindaensis is named for the town of Guinda, Yolo County, California. Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. — The holotype of E. guindaensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164237 Range. — Early to middle or late Cenomanian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 401 Ewingella jonesi Pessagno, n. sp. PIM2Zi igs 22 Pil-26 a higs: 1-7 Description. —'Test as with genus except as follows: Cephalis rugose with well-developed imperforate epithecal covering. Indi- vidual rays of triradiate horn knifelike in aspect; terminating in weakly developed apical ridges. Collar stricture moderately well developed. Thorax subconical proximally; partially covered by sec- ondary epithecal layer extending down from cephalis; flaring dis- tally to form a broad thoracic skirt. Thoracic pore frames, con- centric, rounded to hexagonal, rapidly increasing in size in a dis- tal direction. Larger specimens like holotype developing one or two final rings of smaller rectangular frames at the edge of skirt. Thor- acic velum sparsely perforate, slightly convex in a distal direction. Remarks. — Ewingella jones, n. sp., differs from ?E. capayensis, n. sp., by having somewhat coarser meshwork and somewhat greater length. E. jonesi, n. sp., is named after D. L. Jones (U.S. Geol. Survey, Menlo Park, California) in honor of his contributions to the geology of the California Coast Ranges. Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. —The holotype of E. jonesi, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Wash- ington, D. C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Mu- seum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Ad- vanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164228 Paratypes = USNM 164229; 164227 Range. — Early Cenomanian. Range may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during this study. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Genus LIPMANIUM Pessagno, n, gen. Type species. — Lipmanium sacramentoensis Pessagno, n. sp. Description. — ‘Test microgranular, hat-shaped, dicyrtid. Ceph- alis hemispherical often rugose or spinose with secondary epthecal covering which is largely imperforate. Single long apical horn with three radially arranged apical bridges at its base; apical bridges separating three prominent apical pores (PI. 26, fig. 6). Cephalo- 402 BULLETIN 253 pyle large, tubular with bladelike partition which represents por- tion of trifurcating terminal part of vertical cephalic skeletal needle (Pl. 26, fig. 5). Cephalic skeletal needles typically rodlike:; divide base of cephalis into six collar pores. Collar stricture poorly developed. Thorax conical proximally; flaring distally to form well- developed thoracic skirt. Velum a crescent-shaped plate covering about half of thoracic mouth; largely imperforate. Remarks. — Lipmanium, n. gen., differs from Neosciadiocapsa, n. gen., by its possession of (1) an apical horn with three prom- inent, radially arranged apical bridges (2) a bladelike partition in its cephalopyle and (3) an imperforate, crescent-shaped velum. The presence of a bladelike partition in its cephalopyle may in- dicate that Lipmanium is phylogenetically linked to Microsciadio- capsa, n. gen. Lipmanium is named for Dr. R. K. Lipman in honor of her many contributions to the study of the Upper Cretaceous Radiolaria of the USSR. Range. — Early Cenomanian. Range may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively studied during present project. Occurrence. — Great Valley Sequence of the California Coast Ranges. Lipmanium sacramentoensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 26, figs. 4-12 Description. — ‘Test as with genus except as follows: Cephalis largely imperforate due to secondary epithecal covering; hemis- pherical in shape; somewhat rugose and spinose. Single long apical horn which is circular in cross-section. Thoracic skirt with large subhexagonal to nearly circular pore frames. Proximal portion of thorax with rather pronounced spines; meshwork partly obscured by secondary epithecal layer. Remarks. — Lipmanium sacramentoensis, n. sp. differs from Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis, n. sp. (1) by possessing a bladelike partition in its cephalopyle (2) by possessing a primary (apical) horn which is circular in cross-section and has three pronounced apical bridges (3) by being lower in relief (length) (4) by having a proportionately wider thoracic skirt; and so forth. Lipmanium sacramentoensis, n. sp., is named for Sacramento, California. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 403 Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types.—The holotype of L. sacramentoensis, n. sp. will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Mu- seum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Cen- ter for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164224 Paratypes = USNM 164225-164226 Range. — Early Cenomanian. No evidence to deny an extension of range zone into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during this project. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Probably reworked into NSF 697 (M. ‘Turonian) . Genus MICROSCIADIOCAPSA Pessagno, n. gen. Type species. — Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, n. sp. Description. — Test microgranular, hat-shaped, dicyrtid. Ceph- alis hemispherical, smooth to punctuate; imperforate with short primary (apical) horn which may be secondarily double (e.g., PI. 32, figs. 4, 5). Apical horn often with single anteriorly directed apical bridge separating two to four apical pores (e.g. Pl. 33, fig. 2) which are also situated towards the anterior side of horn (to- ward point a; see Text-figure 3) . Cephalopyle posterior in position; large, ‘tubular always divided internally by bladelike partition; bladelike partition representing portion of trifurcating part of vertical spine (PI. 32, fig. 9). Cephalic skeletal needles typically massive, bladelike; divide base of chepalis into six collar pores (GES Pl 30, figs. 1, 2; El 34, figs. 1, 2). Collar stricture weakly to strongly developed. Thorax subconical to cylindrical proximally; flaring to form thoracic skirt distally. Thoracic velum an imper- forate to slightly perforate sheet covering thoracic mouth; plani- form or slightly convex in distal direction; lacking accessory aper- tures. Remarks. — Microsciadiocapsa, n. gen., differs from Neosciadio- capsa, n. gen., and Squinabolella, n. gen., (1) by the nearly im- perforate and planiform character of its thoracic velum (2) by 404 BULLETIN 253 the presence of a bladelike partition in its cephalopyle and (3) by having an apical horn with two to four anteriorly placed apical pores. Range. — Cenomanian to Coniacian. Occurrence. — Great Valley Sequence of the California Coast Ranges. Microsciadiocapsa berryessaensis Pessagno, n. sp. Plaleeiies. Gab? Description. —'Test as with genus. Elliptical in transverse sec- tion. Cephalis imperforate, often somewhat rugose; hemispherical in shape with single short apical horn lacking apical bridge, but showing a triad of apical pores; apical pores separated by thin- walled partitions; situated at base of horn (PI. 31, figs. 10-12). Poorly developed collar stricture. Thorax conical proximally. Thor- acic pore frames large, circular, elliptical, to subhexagonal proxi- mally becoming irregular and often minute on thoracic skirt; por- tions of skirt almost imperforate. Remarks. — M. berryessaensis, n. sp. differs from M. montt- celloensis, n. sp. (1) by its more elliptical outline in transverse section (2) by possessing a triad of apical pores (3) by having a horn which is single rather than double and (4) by having more irregularly shaped and dispersed thoracic pore frames which are often minute particularly on the thoracic skirt. This species is named for Lake Berryessa, Napa County, Cali- fornia. Type locality. — NSF 483. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. — The holotype of M. berryessaensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164240 Paratype = USNM 164241 Range. — Late Turonian/Coniacian - Coniacian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Microsciadiocapsa cortinaensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl s2 at csmlee2 Description. — Test as with genus. Cephalis imperforate, some- CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 405 what roughened, hemispherical in shape with single apical horn; horn triangular in cross section basally; titled somewhat anteriorly. (Pl. 32, fig. 2). Weakly developed collar stricture. Thorax conical proximally. Thoracic pore frames circular, sparse proximally; be- coming hexagonal and eventually rectangular toward the periph- ery of thoracic skirt. Thoracic skirt with irregular shelflike struc- ture on its inner portion. Remarks. — M. cortinaensis, n. sp., differs from M. monticello- ensis, n. sp., by having four rather than three anteriorly placed apical pores and by having a more massive and less perforate test. This species is named for Cortina Ridge in the USGS Glascock Mt. Quadrangle (7.5’). Type locality. — NSF 319-B. See Locality Descriptions and Text-figure 5. Deposition of types.—The holotype of M. cortinaensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164242 Range. — Coniacian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae Pessagno, n. sp PEBZ6 hiss oooe PL SOM AIS Stole eee eal. figs. 1-3 Description. —Test as with genus except as follows: Cephalis imperforate highly rugose, conical; rounded in its apical portion. Apical horn, Bore circular in cross-section except at its base where it tends to become triradiate; horn with well-developed apical bridge separating two apical pores (Pl. 31, figs. 1, 2). Marked shelflike collar stricture between cephalis and_ thorax; usually defined externally by presence of circumferential ridge; weak ridges extend distally from base of cephalis to shelflike stric- ture, merging with circumferential ridge where present. Proximal portion of thorax (above thoracic skirt) nearly cylindrical in shape; thoracic skirt markedly planiform. Thoracic meshwork consisting of coarse hexagonal frames of uniform size. ‘Thoracic velum slightly convex in a distal direction; finely perforate (PI. 28; fig. 8). Remarks. — Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae, n. sp., differs from all other species of Microsciadiocapsa (1) by the shelflike nature of 406 BULLETIN 253 its collar stricture and (2) by the cylindrical character of the proximal portion (above thoracic skirt) of its thorax. This species is named for R. K. Lipman in honor of her many contributions to the study of Cretaceous Radiolaria. Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. — The holotype of M. lipmanae, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Ad- vanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164232 Paratypes = USNM 164230-164231; 164233-164235 Range. — Early Cenomanian. Range zone may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during this study. Microsciadiocapsa madisonae Pessagno, n. sp. IME ost, wales, TlenlZ Pl. 35, figs. 1-4; Pl. 36, fig. 2 Description. —'Test as with genus for most part, but tending to have an overall bowl-shaped appearance. Cephalis on well-pre- served specimens with rugose epithecal layer tending to mask large irregularly shaped pore frames. Apical horn subtriangular in transverse section often tending to be markedly tilted in an an- terior direction; horn with short apical bridge terminating an- teriorly in a pronounced subsidiary spine. Apical bridge separating two apical pores (PI. 33, fig. 11). Collar stricture poorly developed. Proximal portion of thorax conical with large, irregular polygonal pore frames. Thoracic skirt with smaller, concentrically arranged, rectangular to subrectangular pore frames. ‘Thoracic velum frag- mentary; poorly known. Remarks. — M, madisonae, n. sp., differs from M. monticelloensis, n. sp., by (1) possessing a thoracic skirt with small, concentrically arranged, rectangular to subrectangular pore frames (2) in the large irregular pore frames comprising the proximal portion of its thorax and (3) by the highly perforate character of its cephalis. It differs from all other species of Microsciadiocapsa by the second character cited above. This species is named for Mrs. Winifred Madison, Davis, Cali- CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 407 fornia, in honor of her many contributions as an illustrator of Cretaceous microfossils. Type locality. — ‘The holotype of M. madisonae, n. sp., is from NSF 483. Paratypes are from NSF 483, NSF 427-C, and NSF 291-C. See Locality Descriptions and Text-figure 5. Deposition of types.— ‘The holotype of M. madisonae, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited in the collec- tions of the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collec- tion, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164253 Paratype = USNM 164254 Range. — Late Turonian/Coniacian — Coniacian. Occurrence. — See ‘Text-figure 5. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 32, figs. 3-9: Pl. 34, figs. LB Description. —"Test as for genus except as follows. Cephalis with short, double, V-shaped apical horn (having two apical pores) (see Pl. 32, figs. 4-5). Collar stricture weakly developed. Layer of epithecal material extends down from cephalis onto proximal por- tion of thorax, tending to mask thoracic meshwork (PI. 32, figs. 3, 6, 7). Thoracic meshwork coarse; pore frames subhexagonal to circular. Some specimens with concentric, discontinuous ridges on proximal portion of thorax just above thoracic skirt. ‘Thoracic velum imperforate, sheetlike, slightly convex in a distal direction; (PT S25, fie. '8)". Remarks. — M. monticelloensis, n. sp. differs from M. radiata, n. sp. (1) by lacking a coarsely punctate cephalis (2) by lacking radial bars extending from the proximal portion of the cephalis to the middle of the thoracic skirt and (3) by having a double, V-shaped apical horn. M. monticelloensis, n. sp., differs from M. berryessaensis, n. sp., by having two rather than three apical pores; by having a double rather than a single apical horn; and by having coarse, regularly arranged pore frames comprising its thoracic skirt. Type locality. — NSF 483. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types.—The holotype and M. monticelloensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Mu- 408 BULLETIN 253 seum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164243 Paratypes = USNM 164244-164247 Range. — Middle ‘Turonian to Coniacian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Microsciadiocapsa radiata Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 32, figs. 10-12; Pl. 33, figs. 1, 2 Description. — Test as with genus except as follows. Cephalis imperforate, coarsely rugose with small triradiate apical horn hav- ing anteriorly directed apical bridge which separates two apical pores (see Pl. 33; fig. 2). Collar stricture weakly developed. Thor- acic meshwork subhexagonal to elliptical or circular both prox- imally and distally. Holotype with 25 radial bars extending down from lower row of pore frames on proximal portion of thorax onto thoracic skirt; overlay of bars lending a pseudorectangular appear- ance to pore frames of thoracic skirt. Remarks. — Microsciadiocapsa radiata, n. sp., differs from M. monticelloensis, n. sp. (1) by having a coarsely rugose cephalis (2) by having radial bars extending downwards from the proximal portion of the thorax to the middle of the thoracic skirt and (3) by having a single apical horn with an apical bridge. M. radiata closely resembles M. lipmanae, n. sp., in the type of ornamentation and shape of its cephalis and in the character of its apical pores, apical horn, and apical bridge. (cf. Pl. 31, figs. 1-3; Pl. 33, figs. 1, 2). Type localities. — The holotype and one paratype of M. radiata are from NSF 327-C. Two paratypes are from NSF 319-B. See Locality Descriptions and Text-figure 5. Deposition of types. —The holotype of M. radiata, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, ‘Texas. Holotype = USNM 164248 Range. — Coniacian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 409 Microsiadiocapsa sutterensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 29, fig. 9; Pl. 31, figs. 4-7 Description. —Test as with genus except as follows: Cephalis similar in shape and ornamentation to those of M. radiata, n. sp. and M. lipmanae, n. sp. Apical horn small with bladelike apical bridge separating two small apical pores. Collar stricture weakly developed. Slightly perforate epithecal layer extending in a distal direction from cephalis to the thorax (near juncture with thoracic skirt) . Thorax subconical proximally; flaring to form a very broad, planiform thoracic skirt; thoracic skirt with rectangular pore frames of uniform size; pore frames arranged concentrically. Thirteen to 16 radially arranged barlike structures extending distally to thor- acic skirt. Thoracic mouth small relative to size of thoracic skirt. Thoracic velum planiform; sparsely perforate. Remarks. — Microsciadiocapsa sutterensis, n. sp., differs from all other neosciadiocapsid species by its possession of concentrically arranged rectangular pore frames and by the small size of its thor- acic mouth relative to the width of its thoracic skirt. This species is named for the Sutter Buttes in the Sacramento Valley. Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types.— The holotype of M. sutterensis, n. sp. will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164239 Paratypes = USNM 164238, 164255 Range. — Early Cenomanian. Range zone may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during the present study. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Turonian occurrence at NSF 697 is believed to be due to reworking. Such a conclusion is sup- ported by the physical stratigraphy of the lower part of the Venado Formation. Genus NEOSCIADIOCAPSA Pessagno, new genus Type species. — Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis Pessagno, n. sp. Description. —'Test microgranular, dicyrtid, helmet-shaped in 410 BULLETIN 253 longitudinal view; elliptical transversely. Cephalis conical with long, massive apical horn. Horn triradiate in transverse section with three longitudinally placed grooves; three prominent apical pores present at base of triradiate horn in position of grooves. Perforations in cephalis small, irregularly shaped and dispersed. Cephalic skeletal needles dividing base of cephalis into six collar pores. Cephalopyle tubular when well preserved; circular in cross- section. Thorax conical proximally; distally subcylindrical; even- tually flaring to form broad thoracic skirt. Thoracic velum highly arched, convex in a distal direction with row of large irregularly shaped polygonal pores near its junction with thoracic skirt; pores in velum distally irregularly shaped and dispersed. Remarks. — Neosciadiocapsa, n. gen., differs from Sciadiocapsa Squinabol by possessing a long, massive triradiate apical horn with three apical pores at its base. It differs from Microsciadiocapsa, n. gen. in the structure of its apical horn and position of its apical pores; by lacking a partition in its cephalopyle; and by having a highly arched thoracic velum with much larger pores. Range. — Late Campanian. Occurrence. —'To date Neosciadiocapsa has only been encoun- tered in the late Campanian portion of the Panoche Group of Ala- meda County, California. Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 35, figs. 3-10; Pl) 36) fig- 1 Description. — Test as with genus except as follows: Poorly de- veloped collar stricture. Marked difference between finely and sparsely perforate wall of cephalis and coarsely perforate thorax. Thorax and thoracic skirt with large, hexagonal frames arranged in a concentric fashion; pore frames gradually enlarging distally, reaching largest size on thoracic skirt; last row of pores of gerontic individuals, the exception, being smaller in size and in subhexa- gonal in shape. Remarks.— This species differs from other neosciadiocapsids by the character of its thoracic velum and primary (apical) horn. N. diabloensis is named for Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, Cali- fornia. Type locality. — NSF 451. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 411 Deposition of types. —'The holotype of N. diabloensis Pessagno will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C, Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Ad- vanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164257 Paratypes — USNM 164256, 164258 Range. — Late Campanian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Genus PETASIFORMA Pessagno, new genus Type species. — Petasiforma foremanae Pessagno, n. sp. Description. —'Test microgranular, dicyrtid, hat-shaped. Ceph- alis hemispherical, imperforate, rather small, lacking primary horns, but possessing numerous secondary horns. Cephalic skeletal ele- ments rodlike to somewhat bladelike dividing the cephalis into six colar pores (see Pl. 24; figs. 1, 2). Cephalopyle prominent tube. Well to poorly developed stricture. ‘Thorax subconical proximally; flaring distally to form broad, convexly arched thoracic skirt. Thorax coarsely perforate; pore frames variable in shape. Thoracic velum present on well-preserved specimens. Remarks. — Petasiforma, n. gen., differs from Neosciadiocapsa; n. gen., by lacking a primary horn with apical pores and by pos- sessing secondary horns. It differs from Cassideus, new genus, by lacking two primary horns with apical pores and by showing a well- developed cephalopyle. Petasus (Latin, M.) = a broad brimmed felt hat worn by travellers + forma (Latin, F.) = form. Range. — Cenomanian. Occurrence. —Great Valley Sequence of California Coast Ranges. Petasiforma foremanae Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 23, figs. 6-10; lel eas i 2) Description. —'Test as with genus except as follows: Cephalis possessing a few secondary horns. Well-developed collar stricture. Thoracic pore frames subhexagonal, circular to elliptical prox- imally; gradually increasing in size distally. Gerontic specimens with proliferation of markedly smaller rectangular frames on skirt 412 BULLETIN 253 periphery (Pl. 23, figs. 7, 8). Thoracic velum, finely perforate, dome-shaped, convex downwards with a large, centrally placed circular accessory aperture; velum somewhat spongy in character. Remarks. — P. foremanae, n. sp., differs from P. glascockensis, n. sp., (1) by having a coarser, more open thoracic meshwork (2) by having a narrower, more convex thoracic skirt (3) by having a smaller cephalopyle (4) by lacking concentric ribbing and (5) by having a cephalis with fewer secondary horns. This species is named after Helen P. Foreman, Department of Geology, Oberlin College, in honor of her contributions to the study of Cretaceous radiolaria. Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types.—The holotype of P. foremanae, n. sp., will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, ‘Texas. Holotype = USNM 164216 Paratypes — USNM 164212-164215, 164217 Range. — Early to late Cenomanian. Range may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during this study. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Petasiforma glascockensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 23, figs. 1-5; Pli24% figs Description. — Test microgranular, dicyrtid, hat-shaped. Ceph- alis imperforate, hemispherical, rather small; lacking primary horns, but possessing numerous secondary horns. Cephalic skeletal ele- ments slender, rodlike; (see Pl. 24, fig. 1). Poorly developed collar stricture. Thorax quite spinose proximally. Pore frames small, sub- hexagonal distally; often becoming spatulate or subrectangular on margin of skirt. Pore frames separated by series of well-developed concentric ridges which are better developed on the proximal por- tion of the thorax and which weaken in the middle of the thoracic skirt. Thoracic velum thus far not observed in its entirety. Remarks. — P. glascockensis, n. sp., differs from P. foremanae, n. sp., by virtue of (1) its finer meshwork with hexagonal pore frames (2) numerous concentric ribs (3) more highly spinose CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 413 cephalis and upper thorax (4) larger cephalopyle (5) broader thoracic skirt and (6) its generally lower relief (length) . This species is named for Glascock Mountain (USGS Glascock Mountain Quad.; 7.5’). Type locality. — NSF 350. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. — The holotype of P. glascockensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Ad- vanced Studies. Holotype = USNM 164208 Paratypes = USNM 164209-164211 Range. — Early to late Cenomanian, Range may extend into Albian. Albian not extensively sampled during this study. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Petasiforma n. sp. (1) Pi 2o eto. Remarks.— ‘This form is characterized by the concentric ar- rangement of prominent ridges on the proximal portion of its thorax. It is placed in Petasiforma because it possesses secondary horns and lacks a primary (apical horn). To date, neither a cephalopyle nor a thoracic velum have been observed. The charac- ter of the thoracic meshwork suggests a relationship to P. fore- manae, Nn. sp. Range. — Early Cenomanian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Petasiforma, n. sp. (2) Pi23 ls Remarks. — This form is characterized by possessing a series of dendritic ridges which extend from the cephalis to near the margin of the thoracic skirt. It lacks a primary horn but possesses secondary horns. Cephalic skeletal elements riblike; divide base of cephalis into six collar pores. A thoracic velum is absent on the specimen figured herein. Range. — Early Cenomanian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. 414 BULLETIN 253 Genus SCIADIOCAPSA Squinabol 1904. Sciadiocapsa Squinabol, Atti R. Acad. Padova, vol. 18, n. s., pp. Paul Al, oll Hy anes, Sj, SvaN\e Type species. — Sciadiocapsa euganea Squinabol. Remarks. — It is apparent that the type species of Sciadiocapsa is in thorough need of restudy. Squinabol’s illustrations of S. euganea are too generalized to be of much value. Providing the illustrations are accurate, they depict the type species as (1) lack- ing a well-developed apical horn (2) possessing a thoracic velum and (3) possessing a coarse meshwork. No stricture is shown be- tween the thorax and cephalis and the cephalis is shown as rather coarsely perforate. ‘The generic assignment of the three species described below is queried. It is likely that these species will have to be placed in new genera once they are more thoroughly studied. ?Sciadiocapsa baileyi Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 29, figs. 10-12 Description. — Test microgranular, helmet-shaped, dicyrtid; length about equal to breadth. Cephalis hemispherical; secondarily imperforate due to epithecal covering which extends downwards to proximal portion of thorax. Apical horn anteriorly placed; long and massive, seeming to lack discrete apical pores; horn circular in transverse section. Cephalopyle large with bladelike partition rep- resenting portion of trifurcating vertical cephalic skeletal bar. Cephalic skeletal elements massive, circular in cross-section; divide base of cephalis into six collar pores. Collar stricture weakly de- veloped. ‘Thorax subconical; flaring distally to form thoracic skirt; pore frames on that part of thorax above thoracic skirt subhexa- gonal; pore frames of skirt circular to elliptical somewhat smaller in size; better developed on posterior portion of skirt than anterior portion of skirt; anterior part of skirt almost imperforate. Thoracic velum fragmentary; surrounded by prominent rim with small tubular pores on its posterior portion (PI. 29, fig. 10). Remarks. — ?S. baileyi, n. sp. differs from both 2S. campbelli, n. sp. and 2S. rumseyensis, n. sp. by possessing a prominent apical horn and by possessing a partition in its cephalopyle. ‘The presence of this latter feature may indicate a correlation with Microsciacapsa, n. gen. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 415 This species is named after Edgar H. Bailey (U.S. Geol. Sur- vey, Menlo Park, Calif.) in honor of his contributions to the geology of the California Coast Ranges. Type locality. — NSF 482. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. —'The holotype of ?S. baileyi, n. sp. will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Wash- ington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited in the Pessagno Col- lection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas and at the U.S. National Museum. Holotype = USNM 164538 Paratype = USNM 164539 Range. — Early Campanian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. ?Sciadiocapsa campbelli Pessagno, n. sp. IL, Si, ase IRL, Stet, sae, Description. — "Test microgranular, helmet-shaped, dicyrtid; half as low as wide. Cephalis hemispherical; secondarily imperfor- ate due to presence of an epithecal covering (PI. 37, figs. 1-3). Apical horn short, circular in cross-section with several irregularly distributed apical pores (Pl. 37, fig. 3). Cephalopyle a well-devel- oped tube. Cephalic skeletal elements massive, somewhat blade- like; divide base of cephalis into six collar pores. Poorly developed collar stricture between cephalis and thorax. Epithecal material ex- tending from cephalis to proximal portion of thorax covering pri- mary meshwork. Thorax conical proximally; flaring to form thor- acic skirt distally. Thoracic meshwork hexagonal, subhexagonal to circular. Thoracic velum fragmentary; poorly known. Remarks. — ?Sciadiocapsa campbelli Pessagno, n. sp., differs from ?Sciadiocapsa causia Foreman (1968, p. 45, pl. 7, figs. 2a, b) by possessing thoracic pore frames which are hexagonal to subhexa- gonal rather than circular and by possessing a wider thoracic mouth. Examination of topotypic material kindly sent to the writer by H. P. Foreman indicates that both species possess similar apical horns and apical pores. This species is named after A. S. Campbell in honor of his contributions to the study of radiolaria. Type locality. — NSF 568-B. See Locality Descriptions and Text-figure 5. 416 BULLETIN 253 Deposition of types.—The holotype of 2S. campbelli, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Cen- ter for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164261 Paratypes = USNM 164262, 164263, 164540 Range. — Latest Campanian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. ?Sciadiocapsa rumseyensis Pessagno, Nn. sp. JPL, ats), sales, IDL, Il? Description. —Test microgranular, dicyrtid, low in_ relief. Cephalis small, hemispherical lacking an apical horn. Cephalo- pyle not observed on the specimens thus far encountered. Cephalic Skeletal needles rodlike; dividing cephalics into six collar pores. Poorly developed stricture between cephalis and thorax. Proximal portion of thorax (above thoracic skirt and below base of cephalis) finely perforate, markedly spongy in appearance; lacking polygonal pore frames. Thoracic skirt coarsely perforate; consisting of con- centrically arranged variably shaped polygonal pore frames. Thor- acic velum a convexly arched, slightly perforate plate. ?S. rumsey- ensis, n. sp., is named for the Rumsey Hills, Yolo County, Cali- fornia. Type locality. — NSF 55-B. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types.— The holotype and figured paratype of this species will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Holotype = USNM 164259 Paratype = USNM 164260 Range. — Early Campanian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. Genus SCYPHIFORMA Pessagno, n. gen. Type species. — Scyphiforma cachensis Pessagno, n. sp. Description. —'Test microgranular, dicyrtid about as high as wide. Cephalis hemispherical, imperforate with single large apical pore placed anteriorly at base of single apical horn. Cephalopyle large, tubular. Cephalic skeletal elements divide base of cephalis rey OCCURRENCE AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCE OF NEOSCIADIOCAPSIDAE IN UPPER CRETACEOUS GREAT VALLEY SEQUENCE, : TEXT-FIGURE 5:| ayatyses oF A LIMITED NUMBER OF SAMPLES. MANY SAMPLES STILL UNDER STUDY. [ieceecetete]=Rare 1-2 specimens. Saf . Venado/Yolo Fms Forbes Panoche Group Marsh Creek Fm. [_>—<_]-Common: 3-5 specimens. jiFlake: Creek (Em,/ “Antelope s She uitteertlated “Dobbins shale! Member undifferentiated (part) =Abundant: 6 or more speci- mens. middle Turonian late SET Coniacian Coniacian early Campanian late Campanian latest Campanian robable reworking of Cenomanian Cassideus riedeli. n. sp. Cassideus yoloensis. n. sp. Coniforma antiochensis, n. sp. 7Ewingella capayensis, n. sp. Ewingella guindaensis, n. sp. Ewingella jonesi, n. sp. Lipmanium sacramentoensis,. n. sp. Microsciadiocapsa berryessaensis, n, sp. Microsciadiocapsa cortinaensis, n. sp. Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae. n. sp. Microsciadiocapsa madisonae, n. sp. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis, n. sp. Microsciadiocapsa radiata, n. sp. Microsciadiocapsa sutterensis, n. sp Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis, n. sp Petasiforma foremanae, n. sp. Petasiforma glascockensis, n. sp — Petasiforma sp. (1) Petasiforma sp. (2) 7Sciadiocapsa baileyi, n. sp. BASED ON PRELIMINARY NUTT TT 7Sciadleeapnallenmabel US i — ?Sciadiocapsa rumseyensis, n Scyphiforma cachensis, Squinabolella putahensis, n CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 417 into six collar pores. Weakly developed collar stricture. Thorax conical in shape flaring distally to form elliptical, relatively nar- row thoracic skirt. Thoracic velum fragmentary; poorly known. Remarks. — Scyphiforma, n. gen., differs from Microsciadio- capsa, n. gen. (1) by lacking a bladelike partition in its cephalo- pyle and (2) by possessing a single, large, heart-shaped apical pore on the anterior side of its apical horn. Scyphus (Latin) = a drinking cup; goblet, -- forma (Latin) = form. Range. — Coniacian. Occurrence. — Great Valley Sequence, California Coast Ranges. Scyphiforma cachensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 33, figs. 3-5 Description.— Test as with genus. Cephalis with somewhat roughened surface. Layer of epithecal material extending from cephalis onto proximal portion of thorax tending to mask thoracic meshwork. ‘Thoracic meshwork circular to subhexagonal; frames massive. Remarks. — S. cachensis, n. sp., differs from Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis, n. sp. (1) by having a more elliptically shaped thoracic skirt (2) by possessing a single large, heart-shaped apical pore on the anterior side of its apical horn (3) by having a test which is greater in relief (length) and (4) by lacking a partition in its cephalopyle. This species is named for Cache Creek, Yolo County, Cali- fornia. Type locality.—NSF 319-B. See Locality Descriptions and Text-figure 5. Deposition of types.— The holotype of Scyphiforma cachensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The paratypes will be deposited in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies, Dallas, Texas. Holotype = USNM 164249 Range. — Coniacian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. 418 BULLETIN 253 Genus SQUINABOLELLA Pessagno, n. gen. Type species. —Squinabolella putahensis Pessagno, n. sp. Description. — Test microgranular, dicyrtid, hat-shaped. Ceph- alis hemispherical, markedly perforate; pores medium-sized, irregu- larly shaped and dispersed between massive dendritic ridges ex- tending distally from large triradiate apical horn. Four apical pores situated between ridges at base of horn. Cephalopyle a short tube directed upwards. Cephalic skeletal elements rodlike; divide base of cephalis into six collar pores. Well-developed collar stricture. Thorax large, conical proximally; flaring distally to form a broad thoracic skirt. Thoracic velum well developed, cylindrical in shape; basal portion circular, somewhat depressed with rim along its peri- phery; pores of velum irregular in their shape and distribution. (see PIT 53, fig. 10). Remarks. —'The dendritic arrangement of ridges present on the exterior portion of the cephalis of Squ:nabolella are somewhat simi- lar to those of Cassideus, n. gen. Both genera show pores, irregu- larly shaped and dispersed between massive ridges. However, where- as Squinabolella possesses both a cephalopyle and an apical horn, Cassideus lacks a cephalopyle and possesses two primary horns: an apical horn and a vertical horn. The cylindrical thoracic velum of Squinabolella does not occur on any other neosciadiocapsids. Squinabolella is named for Senofonte Squinabol in honor of his contributions to the study of the Mesozoic Radiolaria of Italy. Range. — Late Turonian/Coniacian. Occurrence. — Great Valley Sequence of the California Coast Ranges. Squinabolella putahensis Pessagno, n. sp. Pl. 33, figs. 6-10 Description. — Test as with genus except as follows: Thorax with circular pores frames proximally which increase in size dis- tally; thoracic skirt with hexagonal to subhexagonal pore frames. Remarks. — Squinabolella putahensis, n. sp., can be readily dis- tinguished from most other neosciadiocapsids (1) by the cylindri- cal shape of its thoracic velum and (2) by the presence of numerous prominent dendritic ridges with interspersed pores on its cephalis. This species is named for Putah Creek, Yolo, Solano, and Napa Counties, California. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 419 Type locality. — NSF 483. See Locality Descriptions and Text- figure 5. Deposition of types. —The holotype of S. putahensis, n. sp., will be deposited in the collection of the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Paratypes will be deposited at the U.S. National Museum and in the Pessagno Collection, Southwest Center for Ad- vanced Studies. Holotype = USNM 164250 Paratypes = USNM 164251-164252 Range. — Late ‘Turonian/Coniacian — Coniacian. Occurrence. — See Text-figure 5. REFERENCES CITED Clark, B. L., and Campbell, A. S. 1945. Radiolaria from the Kreyenhagen Formation near Los Banos, Cali- fornia. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 10, pp. i-vii, 1-66, pls. 1-7. Douglas, R. G. 1969. Upper Cretaceous planktonic Foraminifera in northern California. (Part I—Systematics). Micropaleontology, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 151-209, pls. 1-11. Foreman, Helen P. 1968. Upper Maestrichtian Radiolaria of California. Spec. Papers in Pal- eontology, No. 3, pp. iv-v, 1-82, pls. 1-8. Goll, R. M. 1968. Classification and phylogeny of Cenozoic Trissocyclidae (Radiolaria) in the Pacific and Caribbean Basins. Part I, Jour. Paleont., vol. 42, No. 6, pp. 1409-1432, pls. 173-176. Hay, W. W., and Sandberg, P. A. 1967. The scanning electron microscope, a major break through for micro- paleontology. Micropaleontology, vol. 13, No. 4, pp. 407-418, pls. 1,2. Honjo, S., and Berggren, W. A. 1967. Scanning electron microscope studies of planktonic Foraminifera. Micropaloentology, vol. 13, No. 4, pp. 393-406, pls. 1-4. Jefferies, R. P. S. 1961. The paleoecolgy of the Actinocamax plenus Subzone (Lowest Tur- onian) in the Anglo-Paris Basin. Paleont., vol. 4, pt. 4, pp. 609-647, pls. 77-79. Matsumoto, Tatsuro 1960. Upper Cretaceous ammonites of California. Part III. Mem. Faculty of Science, Kyushu Univ., Series D, Geology, Spec. vol. II, pp. 1-204. Ojakangas, R. W. 1968. Cretaceous sedimentation Sacramento Valley, California. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., vol. 79, pp. 973-1008, 11 figs., 5 pls. Pessagno, E. A., Jr. 1967. Upper Cretaceous planktonic Foraminifera from the Western Gulf Coastal Plain. Paleontographica Americana, vol. V, No. 37, pp. 245- 445, pls. 48-101, text-figures 1-63. 1969. Upper Cretaceous stratigraphy of the Western Gulf Coast area of Mexico, Texas, and Arkansas. Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 111, pp. 1-139, pls. 1-60. 420 BULLETIN 253 Petrushevskaya, M. G. 1964. On homologies in the elements of the inner skeleton of some Nassel- laria. Zool. Zhur., vol. 48(8), pp. 1121-1128 (in Russian). 1965. Peculiarities of the construction of the skeleton of botyroids (Order Nassellaria). Trudy Zool. Inst. Leningr., vol. 35, pp. 79-118 (in Rus- sian). Popofsky, A. 1913. Die Nasselarien des Warmwassergebietes. Dt. Sudpol.-Exped. 1901- 1903, vol. 14, Zoologie, vol. 6, pp. 216-416, pls. 28-38. Renz, O., Luterbacher, H., and Schneider, A. 1963. Stratigrapisch-palaontologische Untersuchungen im Albien und Ceno- manian des Neuenburger Jura. Eclogae Geol. Helv., vol. 56, No. 2, pp. 1074-1114, pls. 1-9. Riedel, W. R. 1958. Radiolaria in Antarctic sediments. British-Australia-New Zealand Antarctic Research Exped. Repts., ser. b, vol. 6, pt. 10, pls. 1-4, 13 text-figs. 1967. In “The fossil record. A symposium with documentation,” Chapter 8 (Protozoa), pp. 291-332. Riedel, W. R., and Campbell, A. S. 1952. A new Eocene radiolarian genus. Jour. Paleont., vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 667-669. Rust, David 1898. Neue Beitrage zur Kenneniss der fossilen Radiolarien aus Gesteinen des Jura und der Kreide. Palaeontographica, vol. 45, pp. 1-67, pls. Squinabol, Senofonte 1903. Le radiolarie dei noduli selciosi nella Scaglia degli Euganei. Riv. Italiana Paleontologia, vol. 9, pp. 105-150, pls. 8-10. 1904. Radiolarie cretacee degli Euganei. Atti. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Lett. Arti Padova, n. ser., vol. 20, pp. 171-244, pls. 1-10. PLATES 422 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 23 All figures scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian Neosciadio- capsidae. Figure 1-3. 4,5. 6,7,9,10. 1a 12. Page Petasiforma glascockensis Pessagno, nN. Sp. ................ eee 412 Holotype (USNM 164208). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”/“Fiske Creek Formation.” Figure 1: marker = 100 microns. 2. Shows cephalis and proximal portion of thorax. Note cephalo- pyle in lower left; marker = 50 microns. 3. Highly magni- fied picture of cephalopyle: Marker = 10 microns. Petasiforma glascockensis Pessagno, Nn. Sp. .................eceeee 412 Paratypes (USNM 164209, 164210 respectively). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’/‘“Fiske Creek Formation.” 4. Marker = 100 microns. 5. Note cephalopyle and development of sec- ondary horns; Marker — 50 microns. Petasiforma foremanae Pessagno, Nn. SP. ........0000 cece 411 Paratypes (USNM 164212-164215 respectively). NSF 350. ‘“An- telope Shale”’/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 6. Cephalis and proximal portion of thorax greatly magnified; showing ceph- alopyle and secondary horns; marker — 25 microns. 7. marker = 100 microns. 9. Thoracic velum. Note large, cen- trally placed, accessory aperture. Marker — 50 microns. 10. Marker = 100 microns. Petasiforma foremanae Pessagno, N. Sp. 0.0... 411 Holotype (USNM 164216). NSF 350 “Antelope Shale’’/‘Fiske Creek Formation.” Note proliferation of smaller rectangular pore frames on periphery of thoracic skirt. Marker — 100 microns. PetasiformanSp sid occ ccs cee ee necoet on 413 NSF 350. ‘Antelope Shale’’/“Fiske Creek Formation.” Marker = 50 microns. Petasiformay;Sp sie oe) ih eRe hoe ore yee Ur en ee 413 NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’’/‘‘Fiske Creek Formation.” Marker = 100 microns. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 23 UES! BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 24 CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 423 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 24 All specimens figured are scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure Page 1. Petasiforma glascockensis Pessagno, n. Sp. .............-...00000000 412 Paratype; USNM 164211. NSF 350. Interior of cephalis at high magnification; showing cephalic skeletal elements and col- lar pores.* Marker = 10 microns. a = Vertical bar. b = Primary left lateral bar. c = Primary right lateral (lateral of some workers) bar. d = Apical bar. e — Axial spine. f = Dorsal bar. g = Secondary left lateral bar. h = Secondary right lateral bar. i = Median bar. 2. Petasiforma foremanae Pessagno, Nn. Sp. ............. ce eeeeeeeee 411 Paratype; USNM 164217. NSF 350. Enlargement of interior of cephalis showing cephalic skeletal element and collar pores. Marker = 10 microns. *Terms bar and spine defined in the sense of Goll (1968, p. 1413). Right and Jeft conform to Goll (zbid.) and to Text- figure 3A herein. Designations right and left differ from those of Petrushevskaya (1964, 1965). 424 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25 All figures scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian Neosciadio- capsidae. Figure Page 1-4. Cassideus riedeli Pessagno, n. Sp. ..............c eee cece eeetteeeees 395 Holotype (USNM 164218). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 1,2. Markers = 100 microns. 3. Cephalis and proximal portion of thorax. Note dendritic ridges on cephalis and staggered concentric ridges on thorax; marker = 25 microns. 4. Marker = 25 microns. 5,6-8. Cassideus riedeli Pessagno, n. Sp. 20... cee 395 Paratypes (USNM 164219-220 respectively). NSF 350. “An- telope Shale’’/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 5. Cephalis and proximal portion of thorax; marker = 25 microns. 6. Marker = 100 microns. 7. Cephalis and proximal portion of thorax; same specimen as in Figure 6; marker — 25 microns. 8. Same specimen as in Figure 6; marker = 25 microns. 9-11. Cassideus yoloensis Pessagno, n. Sp. 22.00.00 ceceee cece eeeeee 396 Topotype (broken after photography). NSF 350. ‘Antelope Shale”/‘‘Fiske Creek Formation.” Figures 9,10. Markers = 100 microns. 11. Marker = 25 microns. 12. Cassideus yoloensis Pessagno, n. Sp. .o........... ccc cece cece 396 Holotype (USNM 164222). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’/‘Fiske Creek Formation.” Marker = 25 microns. PLATE 25 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 26 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 425 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 26 All figures scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian Neosciadio- capsidae. Figure Page 1. Cassideus yoloensis Pessagno, n. Sp. 2.0.00 ccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 396 Holotype (USNM 164222). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’’/“Fiske Creek Formation.” Marker = 100 microns. 2,3. Cassideus yoloensis Pessagno, n. SP. oo... occe eects 396 Paratype (SEM 646-647; Pessagno Collection). NSF 350. “An- telope Shale”’/‘“Fiske Creek Formation.” 2. Marker — 100 microns. 3. Marker — 50 microns. 4-6. Lipmanium sacramentoensis Pessagno, n. Sp. ............0......... 402 Holotype (USNM 164224). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”/‘“Fiske Creek Formation.” 4. Marker — 50 microns. 5. Cephalis and proximal portion of thorax greatly magnified. Note bladelike partition in the cephalopyle; marker — 10 microns. 6. Enlargement of apicai horn and prominent apical bridges; marker = 5 microns. 7-10. Lipmanium sacramentoensis Pessagno, n. sp. .............0.......... 402 Paratype (USNM 164225). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 7. Marker = 50 microns. 8. Marker = 10 microns. 9. Marker = 10 microns. 10. Marker = 5 mi- crens. 11,12. Lipmanium sacramentoensis Pessagno, Nn. Sp. ...................... 402 Paratype (USNM 164226). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”/“Fiske Creek Formation.” Note crescent-shaped thoracic velum with large pores situated near its contact with thoracic skirt; 11. Marker = 50 microns. 12. Marker = 25 microns. 426 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 27 Both figures scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian Neosciadio- capsidae. Figure Page 1. Cassideus riedeli Pessagno, N. SP. .0....0....0...c cece eeeeees 395 Paratype (USNM 164221). Cephalic skeletal elements and col- lar pore structure; marker — 10 microns. 2] Ewingellasjonesil PRessagnos na Sp. ss. eee eee 400 Paratype (USNM 164227). Cephalic skeletal elements (par- tially broken) and collar pore structure; marker = 10 mi- crons., BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 27 Buu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 28 CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 427 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 28 All figures scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian Neosciadio- capsidae. Figure Page 1-4. Ewingella jonesi Pessagno, n. Sp. .........000 occ cceeceetttteeeeeees 401 Holotype (USNM 164228). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 1,2. Marker = 50 microns. 3. Note pocket- like apical pore on triradiate horn. 4. Marker — 25 microns. ieee EWingella: jonesi PessaenowneSps Sai ier. hoes.) aide cans Poe 401 Paratype (USNM 164229). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’’/‘Fiske Creek Formation.” Note triradiate apical horn and partition in cephalopyle. Markers = 10 microns. 8,11,12. Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae Pessagno, n. Sp. ............. oe. 405 Paratypes (USNM 164230 and 164231 respectively). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 8. Note convex, finely perforate thoracic velum; marker = 50 microns. 11,12. Markers — 50 microns. 9,10. Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae Pessagno, n. Sp. ...............000........ 405 Holotype. (USNM 164232). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 9. Note small apical horn; marker — 25 microns. 10. Marker = 50 microns. 428 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 29 Figures 1-9 scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian Neosciadiocap- sidae. Figure 10-12 = early Campanian Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure 1-3,6. 4,5,7,8. 10. 1d: ?Ewingella capayensis Pessagno, nN. SP. .............c cece 399 Holotype (USNM 164236). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’’/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 1,2. Note pocket-like apical pore in fig- ure 2; markers = 10 microns. 3,6. Markers — 50 microns. Ewingella guindaensis Pessagno, n. Sp. oo... eee eee 400 Holotype (USNM 164237). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale/“Fiske Creek Formation.” 4. Marker = 10 microns. 5. Marker — 50 microns. 7. Note rim around mouth of thorax and re- cessed, planiform nature of thoracic velum. Diatom cement- ed to thoracic skirt in lower left in position of marker; marker = 10 microns. 8. Marker — 50 microns. Microsciadiocapsa sutterensis Pessagno, n. Sp. ..................... 409 Paratype (USNM 164238). NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”’/“Fiske Creek Formation”; marker = 50 microns. ?Sciadiocapsa baileyi Pessagno, n. Sp. ....000000. cece cet 414 Paratype (Pessagno Collection). NSF 482 “Dobbins Shale” Member of Forbes Formation. Thoracic mouth at high mag- nification. Note pronounced rim around mouth with tubu- lar pores on its posterior portion (lower right of photo). Marker — 10 microns. ?Sciadiocapsa baileyi Pessagno, n. Sp. ......o... ccc 414 Holotype (USNM 164538). NSF 482. “Dobbins Shale’ Member of Forbes Formation. Marker = 25 microns. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 29 ¥ + Oa anna BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 30 CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 429 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 30 Both figures scanning electron micrographs of Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae Pesagno, n. sp. Paratype (USNM 164233). NSF 350: early Cenomanian part of the “Antelope Shale’”/‘Fiske Creek Formation.” Figure iL, (Cane 2. Cut 1 away side view with most of cephalis removed ............ 405 showing cephalic skeletal elements. Note juncture of cephalic skeletal needles (primary lateral, secondary lateral, dorsal, and verticle) with rim bordering shelflike collar structure. Marker = 10 microns* a — Apical bar (broken). b = Axial spine. c = Vertical bar. d = Dorsal bar. away view of same specimen illustrated in figure ........ 405 Roof of cephalis removed. Cephalic skeletal elements viewed from top of cephalis in a distal direction (see Ter- minology). Marker = 10 microns. a = Apical bar. Axial spine (not seen in this view). Vertical bar. Dorsal bar. Median bar. Primary right lateral bar. Primary left lateral bar. Secondary left lateral bar. — Secondary right lateral bar. lon Ho WW IL I c d e f g h i *Note: Terms bar and spine used in the sense of Goll (1968, p. 1413). Terms /eft and right conform to Goll (ibid.) and Text-figure 3 herein; differ from /eft and right of Petrush- evskaya (1964, 1965). 430 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 31 All figures scanning electron micrographs of Cenomanian to Coniacian Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure Page 1,3. Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae Pessagno, n. sp. .......... i. 405 11,12. Paratype (USNM 164234). Cenomanian NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”/‘“Fiske Creek Formation.” Apical horn in figure 1 with apical bridge separating two apical pores. Note parti- tion in cephaiopyle in figure 3. Markers in both figures = 10 microns. Microsciadiocapsa lipmanae Pessagno, Nn. Sp. ............00.......... 405 Paratype (USNM 164235). Cenomanian. NSF 350. “Antelope Shale’/‘Fiske Creek Formation.” Marker = 10 microns. Microsciadiocapsa sutterensis Pessagno, n. sp. ..........0.0....... 409 Holotype (USNM 164239). Cenomanian. NSF 350. “Antelope Shale”/‘“Fiske Creek Formation.” Markers = 50 microns. Microsciadiocapsa sutterensis Pessagno, n. sp. ...................... 409 Paratype (USNM 164255). Cenomanian. “Antelope Shale’/ “Fiske Creek Formation.” Note partition in cephalopyle in figure 6. Markers = 10 microns. Microsciadiocapsa berryessaensis Pessagno, N. Sp. ................ 404 Holotype (USNM 164240). Late Turonian/Coniacian. NSF 483. Yolo Formation. 8,9. Markers — 50 microns. Figure 10. Marker = 10 microns. Microsciadiocapsa berryessaensis Pessagno, N. SD. ................ 404 Paratype (USNM 164241). NSF 483. Late Turonian/Conia- cian. Yolo Formation. 11. Marker = 50 microns. 12. Marker = 10 microns. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 31 PLATE 32 VOL. 56 2 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 431 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 32 All figures scanning electron micrographs of late Turonian and Coniacian Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure Page 1,2. Microsciadiocapsa cortinaensis Pessagno, N. Sp. .................... 404 Holotype (USNM 164242). Coniacian. NSF 319-B. Sites For- mation. 1. Marker = 50 microns. 2. Marker = 25 microns. 3-5. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, n. sp. .............. 407 Holotype (USNM 164243). Late Turonian/Coniacian. NSF 483. Yolo Formation. 3. Marker — 10 microns. 3,4. Note V- shaped (double) apical horn with 2 apical pores. Markers = 10 microns. 6. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, N. Sp. .............. 407 Paratype (USNM 164244). Late Turonian/Coniacian. NSF 483. Yolo Formation. Marker — 50 microns. 7. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, Nn. Sp. .............. 407 Paratype (USNM 164245). Late Turonian/Coniacian. NSF 483. Yolo Formation. Marker = 50 microns. 8. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, Nn. sp. .............. 407 Paratype (USNM 164246). Late Turonian/Coniacian. NSF 483. Marker = 50 microns. 9. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, Nn. sp. .............. 407 Paratype (Pessagno Collection). Late Turonian/Coniacian. Yolo Formation. Cephalopyle with bladelike partition repre- senting trifurcating terminal portion of vertical cephalic skeletal needle. Marker = 10 microns. 10. Microsciadiocapsa radiata Pessagno, n. Sp. .............cceeeee. 408 Paratype (Pessagno Collection; SEM 406). Coniacian Sites Formation. NSF 319-B. Marker = 50 microns. 11,12. Microsciadiocapsa radiata Pessagno, n. Sp... 408 Holotype (USNM 164248). NSF 327C. Coniacian. Sites Forma- tion. Markers = 50 microns. 432 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 33 All figures scanning electron micrographs of late Turonian to Coniacian Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure Page 1,2. Microsciadiocapsa radiata Pessagno, n. Sp. ......-.. ns. 408 Holotype (USNM 164248). NSF 327-C. Coniacian. 1. Note par- tition in cephalopyle; marker = 10 microns. 2. Note broken triradiate apical horn with prominent apical bridge separat- ing 2 apical pores; marker — 10 microns. 3-5: “Scyphiforma cachensis Pessagno: n> Spo =. 22. ee 417 Holotype (USNM 164249). NSF 319-B. Sites Formation. 3. Note single heart-shaped apical pore at base of apical horn. . Marker = 10 microns. 4,5. Marker — 50 microns. 6-8. Squinabolella putahensis Pessagno, n. Sp. 2... 418 Holotype (USNM 164250). NSF 483. Sites Formation. Late Turonian/Coniacian. 6. Marker — 50 microns. 7,8. Note dendritic pattern of ridges at base of apical horn (horn broken; long and massive when entire). Cephalopyle vis- ible in lower left. 9. Squinabolella putahensis Pessagno, n. sp. en. 418 Paratype (USNM 164251). Late Turonian/Coniacian. NSF 483. Sites Formation. Marker = 50 microns. 10. Squinabolella putahensis Pessagno, n. sp. 0.0. ... 418 Paratype (USNM 164252). NSF 483. Sites Formation. Late Turenian/Coniacian. Note cylindrical nature of thoracic velum. Marker = 50 microns. 11. Microsciadiocapsa madisonae Pessagno, n. sp... 406 Paratype (Pessagno Collection). NSF 291-C. Yolo Formation, Coniacian. Cephalis and thorax (part) at high magnifica- tion. Note apical horn with apical bridge separating two apical pores. In profile apical bridge terminates in a prom- inent spine. Marker = 10 microns. 12. Microsciadiocapsa madisonae Pessagno, n. sp. 406 Holotype (USNM 164253). NSF 483. Yolo Formation. Late Turonian/Coniacian. Marker = 50 microns. 56 PE OLE di PALEON BuLL. AMER. PLATE 34 PALEONT., VOL. 56 BULL. AMER. CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 433 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 34 Both figures scanning electron micrographs of Turonian to Coniacian Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure Page 1. Cephalic skeletal needles of Micresciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, N. SP. 2.2.0... eeeeeee teens 407 Topotype. Pessagno Collection (SEM 436). Natural cut away; looking into the cephalis in a distal direction; apical cephalic skeletal needle broken; projecting upwards. Marker = 10 microns. 2. Microsciadiocapsa monticelloensis Pessagno, n. sp. .............. 407 Paratype (USNM 164247). Figure showing thoracic skirt, thor- acic mouth, cephalic skeletal needles, and collar pores. Marker = 100 microns. 434 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 35 All figures (except figure 11) scanning electron micrographs of Coniacian to late Campanian Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure 1,2; 3,4. 5,7,10. 6,8.9. 1bG 12. Page Micresciadiocapsa madisonae Pessagno, N. Sp. ........................ 406 Holotype (USNM 164253). Late Turonian/Coniacian. NSF 483. Yole Formation. 1. Note small apical horn (center of photo) ; marker = 10 microns. 2. Small cephalopyle visible in lower right. Marker = 10 microns. Microsciadiocapsa madisonae Pessagno, N. SP. ........................ 406 Paratype (USNM 164254). NSF 327-C. Sites Formation. Mark- ers — 25 microns. Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis Pessagno, n. Sp. ..................00...... 410 Paratypes (USNM 164258); Pessagno Collection (SEM 57); and Pessagno Collection (SEM 20) respectively). Late Cam- panian. NSF 451. Panoche Group. Figure 5: Note thoracic velum (broken) ; marker = 100 microns. Figure 7: Cephalic skeletal needles of same specimen shown in Pl. 36, fig. 1: Marker = 50 microns. 10. Marker = 100 microns. Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis Pessagno, n. sp. ..............0........... 410 Holotype (USNM 164257). Late Campanian. NSF 451. Pan- oche Group. Figures 6 and 8: markers = 100 microns. 9. Illustration of a single apical pore at base of triradiate apical horn; marker — 25 microns. ?Sciadiocapsa rumseyensis Pessagno, N. Sp. ..............0..0...0000005. 416 Holotype (USNM_ 164259). Early Campanian. NSF 55-B. Forbes Formation (‘‘Dobbins Shale” Member). Light photo- micrograph. Marker — 100 microns. ?Sciadiocapsa rumseyensis Pessagno, n. Sp. oo... een. 416 Paratype (USNM 164260). Early Campanian. NSF 55-B. Forbes Formation (“Dobbins Shale’ Member). Marker = 100 mi- crons. BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 35 CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 435 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 36 Both figures scanning electron micrographs illustrating cephalic structure of (late Turonian-Caniacian to late Campanian) Neosciadiocapsidae. Figure Page 1. Neosciadiocapsa diabloensis Pessagno, n. sp. oo... cece. 410 Paratype (USNM 164258). Late Campanian. NSF 451. Pan- oche Group. Same specimen as PI. 35, fig. 7. Cephalic skeletal needles and collar pores viewed looking into cephalis in a proximal direction. (See Terminology, p. 382. Roof of cephalis broken away. Marker = 10 microns. 2. Microsciadiocapsa madisonae Pessagno, n. sp. ............0...00...... 406 Paratype (Pessagno Collection (SEM 619). Coniacian. NSF 327-C, Sites Formation. View showing all 9 cephalic skeletal needles. For interpretation see either Pl. 24, fig. 1, or Pl. 30, fig. 2. Marker = 10 microns. 436 BULLETIN 253 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 37 All figures scanning electron micrographs of late Campanian Neosciadio- capsidae. Figure Page 1,2,3. ?Sciadiocapsa campbelli Pessagno, n. Sp... 415 Holotype (USNM 164261). Latest Campanian. NSF 568-B. Panoche Group (“Marsh Creek Formation”). 1. Note small apical horn; marker = 50 microns. 3. Note apical horn (white area above right end of marker) with 2 small apical pores at its base; marker — 10 microns. 4,8. ?Sciadiocapsa campbelli Pessagno, n. Sp. .....................00 415 Paratype (USNM 164262). Latest Campanian. NSF 568-B. Panoche Group (“Marsh Creek Formation”). 4. Marker = 10 microns. 8. Marker = 50 microns. 5,6,7. ?Sciadiocapsa campbelli Pessagno, n. Sp... 415 Paratypes (USNM 164263 and USNM 164540 respectively). Latest Campanian. NSF 568-B. Panoche Group (‘Marsh Creek Formation”). 5. Cephalic skeletal needles and collar pores of same specimen shown at higher magnification in Pl. 38, fig. 2° marker == 50 smicrons: 6. Marker = 10 microns. Figure 7: Same specimen as figure 6; marker — 50 microns. 9. Coniforma antiochensis Pessagno, n. Sp. ....00... eee 398 Holotype (USNM 164264). Latest Campanian. NSF 568-B. Panoche Group (“Marsh Creek Formation’). Note cephalo- pyle in lower right. Marker = 50 microns. 10,11,12. Coniforma antiochensis Pessagno, n. Sp. ..............0..e cece 398 Paratypes (USNM_ 164265-164266 and Pessagno Collection SEM 127 respectively). Latest Campanian. NSF 568-B. Panoche Group (“Marsh Creek Formation’) ; markers = 50 microns each. PEATEVon BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 38 CRETACEOUS RADIOLARIA: PESSAGNO 437 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 38 Both figures scanning electron micrographs of latest Campanian Radio- laria. Figure Page 1. Coniforma antiochensis Pessagno, n. Sp. ...........occ cece 398 Paratype (USNM 164267). Latest Campanian. NSF 568-B. Panoche Group (“Marsh Creek Formation”). Cephalic skeletal needles and collar pores. Axial element appears missing; marker = 25 microns. 2. ?Sciadiocapsa campbelli Pessagno, n. sp. .................0000000000.. 415 Paratype (USNM 164263). Latest Campanian. NSF 568-B. Panoche Group (‘Marsh Creek Formation’). Cephalic skeletal needles and collar pores viewed looking into test in a proximal direction; marker = 25 microns. INDEX Note: Light face figures refer to page number. Bold face figures re- fer to plate number. A Acanthroceras _.......... 387 Anagaudryceras _........ 388 “Antelope Shale” ...... 387, 389 antiochensis, Coniforma....37, 38 397, 398 appenninica, Rotalipora: 0.0 387 arbucklensis, Patagoisitess c= 389 arca, Globotruncana.. 385, 387, 388, 389, 391 aurelia, “Clathrocyclas (Clathrocycloma)”’ .. 380 B baileyi, ?Sciadiocapsa ....29 414 berryessaensis, Micro- sciadiocapsa ........ 31 404 Bostrychoceras .......... 388 Bostrychoceras poly- plocum Zone .......... 391 boulei, Calycoceras .... 390 brittonensis, Hedbergella ............ 387 Cc Cache! Creeks =... 386, 387 cachensis, Scyphi- FOLIA eee 417 GalycocerasS, esecc.-ce- 387, 390 campbelli, ?Sciadiocapsa 37, 38 415 capayensis, ?Ewin- Pella: tea eae 29 399 Capay Walleye. 399 Cassideus, n. gen. ...... 393, 394 causia, ?Sciadiocapsa 380, 415 churchi, Globo- tnUMcanay eee see 386, 388, 389 “Clathrocyclasz. ‘2... 379 “Clathrocyclas (Clathrocycloma)” 380 Coniforma, n. gen. .... 393, 397 Cortina Ridge ............. 405 cortinaensis, Micro- sciadiocapsa ........ 31 404 cushmani, Rotalipora 389 D diabloensis, Neoscia- diocapsa ...... 35, 36 409, 410 “Dobbins Shale Mem- ber”, Forbes Forma- CLOTS ota peer eee eae 385, 388 E euganea, Sciadiocapsa 379, 414 Ewingella, n.sp. ........ 393, 398 F “Fiske Creek” Mormation® ae. 387, 389 Forbes Formation .... 385, 388 foremanae, Petasi- TOWTOE). exensandodoe , 24 411 Bunks Creek) 27... 389, 390 G Glascock Mountain .... 413 glascockensis, Petasi- forma yee , 24 412 Globotruncana ............ 385, 386, 387, 388, 389 Globotruncana cal- earata Zonule ........ 388, 391 greenhornensis, Rotaliporay wens 387, 389, 390 Gublerinay. 386, 388, 389 Guinda ee eee 400 guindaensis, Ewingella ........... 29 400 Guinda Formation .... 385, 388 H haeckeli, “Sethocephalus” 379 Hedbergella ................ 387 hilli, Globotruncana .. 386, 388, 391 I inerme, Romaniceras.. 388 Imoceramus”) (2../2..2. 386, 388, 390 J japonicum aff., Kossmaticeras ........ 386 jonesi, Ewingella ...... 400, 401 K Kanabiceras) (?)) 4252 390 Kossmaticeras ............ 386 L labiatus, Inoceramus.. 390 Lake Berryessa .......... 404 lapparenti, Globotruncana ........ 386 linneiana, Globo- Thun Cangas eee 386, 388, 391 lipmanae, Microscia- dlocapsavse. ee 405 438 Lipmanium, N. gen. .... loeblichi, Globo- INDEX 393, 401 UIC AN Aer 385 M madisonae, Micro- sciadiocapsa ............ 406 Mantelliceras mantelli AOTC mee oe tee ae 387, 390 Marginotruncana renzi Assemblage Zone .. 386 Marsh Creek ........ toa 390 “Marsh Creek Forma- GION Za Ror 390 Microsciadiocapsa, 15 fey =) 0a eset eee a +s 393, 403 Monticello Dam ........ 387, 388 monticelloensis, Micro- sciadiocapsa ..32, 34 407 Mize Drab loners eee 410 N Neosciadiocapsa, 11 bys 2) 2) 0 a ae 393, 409 Oo orientalis, Inoceramus 386, 388 ornatissima, Gublerinay 386, 388, 389 Pp Ratacoisites: = 389 Petasiforma, n. gen. .. 393, 411 petasus, ?Sciadiocapsa 380 Petroleum Creek ...... 385 Praeglobotruncana .... 387 ptesimolecis, ?Sciadiocapsa ........ 380 Putah Creek... 387, 388, 389, IRUZOSIA Ss ee 387 R radiata, Micro- sciadiocapsa ..32, 33 408 reginae, ‘Clathro- CVClaSRAe cis venee es 379 riedeli, Cassideus ...... 7,93 / 394, 395 Romaniceras .............. 388 rosetta, Globotruncana 385, 388, 389 Rotalipocaaaes eee 387, 389, 390 Rotalipora evoluta Subzoneyees ee 387, 390 Rugoglobigerina ........ 385 RUINS Yar eee eee, 416 rumseyensis, ?Sciadiocapsa ...35 416 S Sacramentojee eee 402 sacramentoensis, Lipmanium _.......26 401, 402 Sand! Creek eee 389 Sciadiocapsa .............. 393, 413 Seyphiforma, n. gen. 393, 416 “Sethocephalus” ........ 379 SSethoconuSiz eee 379 Sites Formation ........ 386 speciosus, “Sethoconus”’ ...... aa 379 Squinabolella, n. gen. 393, 417 stephani, Praeglobo- TGUNnCAan ae eee 387 stolickai cf., Calycoceras ............ 390 Sutter Buttes)... 409 sutterensis, Micro- sciadiocapsa ..29, 31 409 Vv Venado Formation .... 387, 388 \f yoloensis, Cassideus_ ......25, 26 396 Yolo) Hormation, =... 386, 388,390 Ay) Woe ty sacs ay Re. } { Oper ; } ‘ a) “ 5 > ii »~ ~ 0 - 4 ~ \ ? t at } t , - _ - . ¢ ; 7 ‘ SS = ( -5 ag MUS. Cont ZOOL LIBRARY BULLETINS? 23 ¢27) OF HARVARD AMERICAN” PALEONTOLOGY Vol. 56 No. 254 TAXONOMY, DISTRIBUTION, AND PHYLOGENY OF THE CYMATIID GASTROPODS ARGOBUCCINUM, FUSITRITON, MEDIARGO, AND PRIENE By JuviTtH TErry SMITH 1970 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York 10h, Sale PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION 1969 - 1970 PRESIDE NUT oc aecc eee occ eee eos Sac eens raced ate eee WILLIAM B. HEROY VICE PRESIDE NIT: p03 18500 pete eect ee ed 2 ES ae eee eee ate DANIEL B. SAss SEGRETAR Yo "(2tss.eisc pect cneecete te re ee ts a ch Rae REBECCA §S. HARRIS DIRECTOR, L. REASURER@ seen oer ee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER COUNSEL!) 32.5200 er er lek ee ARMAND L, ADAMS IREPRESEN TATIVE 2AVAWA'S 9 CO UN GIT: eee aca oes oe Davip NIcoL Trustees REBECCA S. Harris (Life) DANIEL B. SAss (1965-1971) AXEL A. OLsson (Life) KENNETH E. CASTER (1966-1972) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life) DonaLp W. FIsHER (1967-1973) W. Storrs CoLe (1964-1970) WitiiAM B. Heroy (1968-1974) VirciL D. WINKLER (1969-1975) BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA KaTHERINE V. W. PaLmer, Editor Mrs. Fay Briccs, Secretary Advisory Board KENNETH E. CASTER HANS KUGLER A. Myra KEEN JAy GLENN Marks AXEL A. OLSssoNn Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be had on application. For reprint, Vols. 1-23, Bulletins of American Paleontology see Kraus Reprint Corp., 16 East 46th St., New York, N.Y. 10017 U.S.A. For reprint, vol. I, Palaeontographica Americana see Johnson Reprint Cor- poration, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10003 U.S.A. Subscription may be entered at any time by volume or year, with average price of $18.00 per volume for Bulletins. Numbers of Palaeontographica Ameri- cana invoiced per issue. Purchases in U.S.A. for professional purposes are de- ductible from income tax. For sale by Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, New York 14850 U.S.A. BUPREE TINS OF AMERICAN PABEONTOLOGY (Founded 1895) Vol. 56 No. 254 TAXONOMY, DISTRIBUTION, AND PHYLOGENY OF THE CYMATIID GASTROPODS ARGOBUCCINUM, FUSITRITON, MEDIARGO, AND PRIENE By Judith Terry Smith April 2, 1970 Paleontological Research Institution Ithaca, New York Wi, Ss Ar Library of Congress Card Number: 70-111055 Printed in the United States of America Arnold Printing Company CONTENTS Page JANI OXSUTEEEY Ce Se BERN a cS Se a Re eC er Se ee A 445 Intro du Ctio mila: Sock =. 1) erate NE aS el ee a TR eee See Ae 446 Proceduremand vmiateniall syeeewen: 8 teers: et. e reek ed As ee ee ee ee 446 FNCKM OW Led 21 CNtSiy ee eo ee eee ce ee See ee ee ee ee 447 Glaesiducatlonmalb owen thems pe CLES iil civic lege meee cenenee tae nanan nan EEE ER TE 449 IESHIa E.G store et KOT OIMNY spas sere os oes Sooo os oats Fea moog CTE RT SOc 449 Rroblemsmote 2enenCeidentihica tion see eee 449 Variability and relative reliability of morphologic characters used ANS CM Cris Gira CaS JE CULT Coe tra © NAY ee ee eee 452 Catalocuecrandad ESehiptlOnpOhss PCCLES meets eee eee eae ee 457 VA ODIECELINILTID: Wetec: Shise sss eS ET ee OE 448 AU SELEGLEO TEC Peo sia IR RE exc Teaco 2h eR 7 IOP ROR En 475 VURAL G Ove oe Sac hana 6 oe NR ge ROE ee ORNS OT 504 IPRA DD ee SO SR Bet Oe BO EEO RE ia ee ee es ee? oe 512 Species of uncertain affinities described as cymatiids .._.............-....-.---.-0-------- 518 Species that have been incorrectly referred to Argobuccinum, USTED LLO TE ROUE ATL CTL Ce Rat tcre tock rate ED EY ene 524 The fossil record and a possible phylogenetic sequence ..................2...2---2--------- 524 Distribution of Recent species of Fusitriton and Argobucctnum ...c---cccececeeee 528 Biogeography of Fusitriton in the Northern Hemisphere ..................... 523 Biogeography of Fusitriton in the Southern Hemisphere ...................-..... 529 Biogeography of Argobuccinum in the Southern Hemisphere ................ 530 Routes across the tropics and dispersal of cold water gastropods —............... 532 CUBY AVS) apo (0 V0) Kad 0 1 er yey eee are eer ET Eo Ch eee eet eee eae es Ne eS 532 Biol OP iCall ehAaCHOTS: qeecccac-cseeaccscoceesesscesee ce seee eae Sanat core ees ceae eee ee ieee) 534 ny Sr@alpcha Ct RS i este cseteerecsecvecees cictecs erveees sees cone ee ee Sierra oe 535 COTES TOTS eee cee Te ET AG Pee COE 538 Literature: Cited: oti ee oe a 8 cea a aot tren oe oe aero pea 539 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Figure Page 1; Representatives of tem gemeia <...ccc---..-csetrececccocscceu-usseaeosesnsvasSenscasece cesses sasacees 451 2. A comparison of male copulatory organs in Priene rude, Argobuccinum ranelliforme, and Fusitriton cancellatus _.................. 454 Bi Jaws: wand) “radullas) vec. ssecearce co series evecesss lolssessvcer corusetecuseeces tran eee eeaee eee ee 456 4) Distribution of Angobwecimnum agus (Gmelin) 22 461 5. Distribution of Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) ...c--ccce-cscceseeseese eee 464 6. Distribution of Argobuccinum tristamers eM ellliecc..--ce.cce-csetetes see eee 467 7. Distribution of Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) ...........-....2--2--22--2------- 471 82 Distribution’ of Fusttriton retiolas. (tedley)\) escccce- te peace 485 9. Distribution in space and time of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ... 491 10. Distribution of Fusitriton galea (Kuroda and Habe) and of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) in the vicinity of Japam ........---......:.::0-s00--2- 498 11. Distribution and morphology of Mediargo mediocris (Dall) ................ 508 12. Distribution of Priene scabra (King) and Priene rude (Broderip) ........ 516 13. Convergent Pliocene fossils that have been misidentified as APG ODILCCENILT See ot sts as ee ON ee ae Se REE 520 14. Possible phylogenetic relationships between Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, Priene. amd elViCdtang 0 ets ee OE 526 15. Biogeography of Fusitriton in the Southern Ocean ...............20.220-----0------ 530 16. Biogeography of Argobuccinum in the Southern Ocean .............cccceeeee 55a 17. Summary of oceanographic features that may affect the dispersal of Recent OFS aANISIMS\ ciesco. eeeeer eects eee ee tease 537 TAXONOMY, DISTRIBUTION AND PHYLOGENY OF THE CYMATIID GASTROPODS ARGOBUCCINUM, FUSITRITON, MEDIARGO, AND PRIENE JupiTH TERRY SMITH Stanford University ABSTRACT The systematic revision herein of several cool water cymatiid genera provides the basis for biogeographic studies and a possible scheme of phylo- genetic affinities. Of 45 related and convergent forms described in these genera, 20 are recognized as distinct taxa in Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, Medi- argo, and Priene. Morphologic differences are considered in the light of growth changes, intraspecific variability, and mode of preservation. Ecologic and distributional data are summarized. Morphologically similar Recent species of Fusitriton exhibit a bipolar distribution and are widespread within the temperate parts of the North Pacific and South Pacific, and South Atlantic Oceans. Investigations of Argo- buccinum indicate a similar bipolar distribution of early to middle Tertiary species, although Recent forms are confined to the Southern Ocean. Recent species of Argobuccinum and Fusitriton occur in the same geo- graphic areas in the Southern Ocean, although dispersal was not contempor- aneous, and ecologic — particularly bathymetric — ranges differ. Argobuccinum became widespread before the end of the Pleistocene; morphologically and geographically distinct forms live at depths of less than 80 fathoms in South America, South Africa, Australia, New Zealand, and the south Indian Ocean. Fusitriton has no fossil record in the Southern Hemisphere, and species show a high degree of morphologic overlap. They are common in 50 to 320 fathoms off the eastern and western coasts of South America, South Africa, eastern Australia, New Zealand, and at mid-ocean localities in the southern South Pacific. Suggestions of dispersal routes are somewhat tentative, owing to in- sufficient fossil evidence from critical equatorial localities and incomplete knowledge of Tertiary records in the Western Pacific. Argobuccinum, which ranges from Miocene to Recent in the Southern Hemisphere, is represented in the Eocene or early Oligocene of northwestern Washington and Oregon by A. jeffersonense (Durham, 1944). Dispersal from western North America to south central Chile probably occurred between Oligocene and (? late) Miocene time along or off the west American coast. Mediargo, an Oligocene to Plio- cene genus restricted to the Northern Hemisphere, may have evolved from Argobuccinum by the middle Oligocene and given rise to Fusitriton in the late Oligocene. A number of possible cymatiid ancestral forms from the Eocene of western North America have yet to be studied. The first records of these three genera are in early Tertiary marine strata of southeastern Vancouver Island and western Washington and Oregon. Priene, of uncertain phylogenetic affinities, is restricted to the west coast of South America; it ranges from Pliocene to Recent. Data on the free swimming pelagic larvae of Fusitriton oregonensis (Red- field) and other cymatiid species suggest a long veliger stage, which would favor dispersal by currents. Bathymetric data for Fusitriton oregonensis imply submergence (to depths of at least 1100 fathoms) in the tropics and suggest that populations may have dispersed from north to south across the equa- torial Pacific as benthic adults rather than in the larval state. Specimens are as yet too rare to confirm positively either of the suggested dispersal paths, the Trans-Pacific or offshore Eastern Pacific routes. Fusitriton prob- ably dispersed to the Southern Hemisphere in the Plio-Pleistocene or Pleisto- cene. The genus is believed to have originated in North America, evolving from Mediargo, and to have travelled west to Japan in the early Neogene, al- though the Japanese literature reports Western Pacific Oligocene occurrences of Fusitriton that the writer has not been able to evaluate. 446 BULLETIN 254 INTRODUCTION The genera Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, and Priene have been confused and the names used interchangeably in much of the systematic literature covering Cenozoic marine mollusks of western North America. Such random usage has resulted in taxonomic er- rors and inaccurate reports of distribution; it has also obscured the bipolar occurrence and phylogenetic affinities of several closely related but widely dispersed stocks. A number of authors have cited the discontinuous distribu- tion of Recent species of Fusitriton as an example of bipolarity, the genus being apparently absent from equatorial waters but widespread in the Northern Hemisphere and Southern Hemisphere. This paper classifies Gyrineuwm jeffersonensis Durham, 1944 from the late Eocene or early Oligocene of Washington and Oregon in the genus Argobuccinum. All other species of the genus are late ‘Tertiary or Recent and restricted to the Southern Hemisphere. Both Fusitriton and Argobuccinum originated in the early Ter- tiary in western North America and dispersed from there to the Southern Hemisphere. That radiation was not contemporaneous is suggested by the fossil record and by morphologic differences in Recent species of the two genera. This monograph is intended to facilitate identification of the species concerned, indicate their stratigraphic and geographic ranges, and synthesize available information on the biology of the living organisms for use in paleoecological studies. Applied to the problem of dispersal from the Northern Hemisphere to Southern Hemisphere, these data suggest possible modes, times, and avenues by which species attained their present distributions. PROCEDURE AND MATERIALS Nomenclatural revisions undertaken in the doctoral disserta- tion of the writer (Terry, 1968a) are presented here as a founda- tion for studies of biogeography and possible dispersal routes. Of 45 described species, 20 are treated as distinct taxa of Argo- buccinum Herrmannsen, 1846, Fusitriton Cossmann, 1903, Mediargo ‘Terry, 1968b, or Priene H. & A. Adams, 1858. Taxonomic work is based upon type specimens or photographs that have been com- pared with each other and with additional material. The litera- CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 447 ture has been reviewed extensively and many Recent and _ fossil specimens examined to determine to what degree morphologic features vary. Collections at 15 museums in the United States and four South American institutions were systematically searched in 1966 and 1967 for examples of these genera, and Recent material was acquired for the study of soft parts, especially jaws and radulae. Geologic and geographic ranges have been recorded and a possible phylogenetic sequence charted. Studies of life history and larval development were beyond the scope of this work but should yield much information vital to the questions of dispersal modes and rates. Remarks on living animals are based on a few personal observations, data from the literature, and probable similarities to related genera that have been studied in greater detail. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS How thorough a study of this sort can be depends upon the availability of large numbers of specimens representing as many localities as possible. I should like to express my appreciation to the following curators, professors, and collectors for their assis- tance and hospitality during visits to their institutions, and for their permission to borrow extensive lots of material: J. Wyatt Durham and Joseph Peck, University of California, Berkeley; L. G. Hertlein and Allyn Smith, California Academy of Sciences; Warren Addicott and J. G. Vedder, U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park; F. S. MacNeil, formerly of the U.S. Geological Survey; Joseph Clark, University of California, Santa Barbara; Heinz Lowenstam and George Clark, California Institute of Technology; LouElla Saul, University of California, Los Angeles; James H. McLean, George Kanakoff, and Louie Marincovich, Los Angeles County Museum; Carl Hubbs and H. George Snyder, Scripps Institution of Oceanography; E. C. Allison, San Diego State College; Edward Wilson, formerly of the San Diego Society of Natural History; Joseph Rosewater and Harald Rehder, U.S. National Museum Dept. of Mollusks; Thomas Waller, Smithsonian Institution, and Druid Wilson, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.; Patsy McLaughlin and the staff of the Smithsonian Oceanographic Sort- ing Center; Ruth Turner and Kenneth Boss, Museum of Compara- 448 BULLETIN 254 tive Zoology, Harvard College; W. K. Emerson and William Old, Jv., American Museum of Natural History; Horace Richards, R. Tucker Abbott and Mrs. Virginia Orr Maes, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Specimens were sent by Scott McCoy, Jr., The Phillips Petroleum Company, Bartlesville, Oklahoma; Philip Orr, Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History; Mrs. Carole Hick- man, formerly at the University of Oregon; Robert Talmadge, Eureka, California; T. Darragh, Brian J. Smith, J. McNally, Na- tional Museum of Victoria; R. K. Dell, Dominion Museum, Wel- lington; E. Carvalho Rios, Rio Grande, Argentina. Photographs of type specimens, of which many are reproduced here, were provided by Kotora Hatai, Institute of Geology and Paleontology, Tohoku University, Sendai, Japan; J. F. McMichael, Miss J. Cave, and C. V. Turner, photographer, of the Australian Museum in Sydney contributed much of the data on Australian species and pictures of specimens in their collection. Most of the other photographs used in the plates were taken by the writer, with the exception of those made from old literature by Perfecto Mary, in the field by N. J. Silberling, and in the laboratory by W. R. Evitt, all of Stanford University, and by K. Sakomotu, U.S. Geological Survey. In the fall of 1966, I was assisted by Martha S. Terry on a collecting trip to Ecuador, Peru, and Chile, during which time the following were extremely generous with their time and collections: Jose Corvalan, Fédérico Peebles, Carlos Klohn, and G. Chung of the Servicio Geologico of Chile; Luis Aguirre and Reynaldo Charrier, Escuela de Geologia, Universidad de Chile, Santiago; N. Baha- mondes and Fascola, Museo de Histoire Natural, Quinta Normal, Santiago; L. Biro and Jorge Hermosilla, Universidad de Concep- cion, Chile; H. Etchiverry, Director of the Estacién de Biologia Marina, Montemar, and Luis Ramorino, Vina del Mar, Chile; Oscar Mirande, Departmento de Oceanologia, Antofagasta, Chile; Luis Aguilar and Mario Pena, Universidad Agraria, La Molina, Lima, Peru. Recent specimens of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) were supplied from Puget Sound by Frank Barnard, Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C., and from Monterey Bay by John Favalora of the General Fish Corporation, Moss Landing, California. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 449 Written communications that contributed significantly to this paper were received from K. Hatai, Sendai, and T. Okutani, Tokyo, Japan; G. Thorson, Helsingor, Denmark; Rudolf Scheltema, Woods Hole; Axel A. Olsson, Coral Gables, Florida; R. K. Dell, Dominion Museum, Wellington, C. A. Fleming and Alan Beu, New Zealand Geological Survey; Darcy Closs, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil; José Stuardo, Universidad de Concepcion; D. Herm, Munchen, Ger- many; Paul Illg, University of Washington, Friday Harbor Labo- ratories, and Vincent Condé, McGill University, Montreal. It was a pleasure to work with all of these people and to exchange ideas and information about their specimens and wide- ranging species in general. I should also like to thank Martha S. Terry for curatorial assistance in the fall of 1967, Perfecto Mary for drafting the final copies of illustrations, and James G. Smith for assistance in the final preparation of the manuscript. Parts of the text were read by A. Myra Keen, W. R. Evitt, N. J. Silberling, and J. G. Terry, whose suggestions are much appreciated. Special thanks are due my advisor, A. Myra Keen, for the confirmation of types in the British Museum (Natural History) and for sponsoring loans from the above mentioned institutions. CLASSIFICATION ABOVE THE SPECIES LEVEL HIGHER TAXONOMY Recent species of the genera under consideration are among the more advanced mesogastropods; they are taenioglossate proso- branchs belonging to the superfamily Tonnacea, family Cymatiidae. Powell (1933a, p. 155) recognized, on the basis of dentition and operculum, three subfamilies: Ranellinae, Cymatiinae, and Char- oniinae, only the first two of which will be mentioned here. ‘The Ranellinae are characterized by an apical nucleus on the operculum and a radula having a broad, low central tooth with a straight basal margin and entire laterals. Powell included Ranella and Mayena in this subfamily but noted significant differences in their male reproductive organs. He described the Cymatiinae as having a basal nucleus on the operculum, denticulate lateral teeth and a broad, low central tooth with high, arcuate basal margins. To Powell’s list, which included, among others, Cymatium, Argo- buccinum, and Monoplex, Dell (1963) added Priene and Fusitri- ton, 450 BULLETIN 254 PROBLEMS OF GENERIC IDENTIFICATION Cymatiid genera pertinent to this study have been reviewed in several important papers: Dall, 1904, dn historical and _ syste- matic review of the frog-shells and tritons; Powell, 1933, Notes on the taxonomy of the Recent Cymatiidae and Naticidae of New Zealand; Carcelles, 1954, Espécies Sudamericanas de Argobuccinum Bruguiére 1792; Dell, 1963, The Mollusca of the genus Argobuc- cinum (Family Cymatiidae). Cymatiids from New Zealand were considered in the doctoral thesis of Dr. A. G. Beu at the Victoria University of Wellington. The writer is grateful for bibliographic and ecological information made available from that research. Of the 16 generic names that have been used for Argobuccin- um, Fusitriton, Priene, and Mediargo, seven are synonyms or other- wise inappropriate and four should be restricted to other cymatiid genera. Incomplete or deformed fossil specimens of the genera listed above have also been incorrectly referred to Buccinum Lin- naeus, 1758 and Bursa Réding, 1798. Difficulties in identifying these genera stem from two sources: a high degree of overlap in morphologic characters and a long history of nomenclatural con- fusion based upon incomplete knowledge of type material. Text- figure | illustrates the type species of several genera and empha- sizes the summation of characters that differentiates them. Aper- ture shape, canals and denticulation, shell outline, position of varices, protoconch, and operculum are more significant than fine sculptural details. Names that have been given to material here recognized as Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, Priene, and Mediargo are listed below. Family CYMATIIDAE Cymatium Roding, 1798. Type species: Murex femorale Gmelin, 1791 (subse- quent designation). [Dall (1904; p. 122) noted that M. femorale was the first species listed under Cymatium but did not mention the word “type”; Suter (1913; p. 306) should probably be credited with the sub- sequent designation. | Argobuccinum Herrmannsen, 1846. Type species: Murex argus Gmelin, 1791 (original designation). ST ‘Text-figure 1.— Representatives of ten genera (all approx. 2/3). a. Cy- matium femorale (Gmelin), type species of the genus, and type species of the family Cymatiidae; b. Cymatium (Septa) vestitum (Hinds); c. Gyrineum gyrinus (Gmelin); d. Priene scabra (King); e. Bursa bufonius (Gmelin) ; f. Mediargo mediocris (Dall); g. Argobuccinum argus (Gmelin); h. Mayena australasia (Perry); i. Ranella olearium (Linnaeus); j. Buccinum undatum (Linnaeus) ; k. Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck). CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 451 452 BULLETIN 254 Priene H. and A. Adams, 1858. Type species: Triton scaber King, 1832 (sub- sequent designation, Cossmann, 1903). Fusitriton Cossmann, 1903. Type species: Triton cancellatus Lamarck, 1816 (original designation). Ranella Lamarck, 1816. Type species: Ramnella gigantea Lamarck, 1816 = Murex olearium Linnaeus, 1758 (monotypy). Mayena Iredale, 1917. Type species: Biplex australasia Perry, 1811( subse- quent designation by Powell, 1937, p. 74). Gyrineum Link, 1807. Type species: Murex gyrinus Gmelin, 1791 (subsequent designation). [Dall (1904; p. 117) noted that Murex gyrinus Gmelin was the only available species in the original list “left to carry Link’s name Gyrineum,” but did not use the word “type.” Cernohorsky (1967; p. 322) cited the subsequent designation by Dall (1904), although he, if not an earlier worker, should be credited with it. ] Mediargo Terry, 1968. Type species: Gyrineum mediocre Dall, 1909a (orig- inal designation). Family BURSIDAE Bursa Roding, 1798. Type species: Bursa monitata Roding = Murex bufonius Gmelin, 1791 (subsequent designation by Jousseaume, 1881, fide Wenz, 1941). Family BUCCINIDAE Buccinum Linnaeus, 1758. Type species: Buccinum undatum Linnaeus, 1758 (subsequent designation by Montfort, 1810. I.C.Z.N. Opinion 94, generic name No. 450). The following names have been used in the literature for Argobuccinum, Priene, Fusitriton, or Mediargo but are not appro- priate for these genera: Apollon Montfort, 1810. Type by original designation, Murex gyrinus Gmelin, making this an objective synonym of Gyrineum Link, 1807, under which Murex gyrinus was also listed. Cryotritonium von Martens, 1904. Proposed as a new subgenus of Tritonium with Lampusia (Priene) murrayi E. A. Smith as type; it is a subjective synonym of Fusitriton Cossmann, 1903. Gondwanula Finlay, 1927. Type by original designation, Ranella tumida Dunker; it is a synonym of Argobuccinum Herrmannsen, 1846. Nyctilochus Gistel, 1848. Synonym for Triton Linnaeus, 1758, which is a crus- tacean. Pollia Gray, 1839. Preoccupied by a genus Polia in Lepidoptera, Ochsenheimer 1816, fide G. B. Sowerby I, 1842. Triton Montfort, 1810. Preoccupied by Triton Linnaeus, 1758, a crustacean, and by Triton Laurenti, 1768, an amphibian. Tritonium Link, 1807. Preoccupied by Tritonium Miiller, 1776, a Buccinacean. VARIABILITY AND RELATIVE RELIABILITY OF MORPHOLOGIC CHARACTERS USED IN GENERIC AND SPECIFIC TAXONOMY Recent species of Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, and Priene are cool water forms that exhibit the general tendency of boreal gastropods toward variability in shape and sculpture. The capacity for great CyMATiIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 453 variation added to the similarity in recently evolving or evolved species complicates the classification and identification of these taxa. Characters here used as taxobases include: protoconch, height of spire, whorl outline, number and position of varices, aperture shape, orientation of columella and presence of pillar callous, an- terior and posterior canals, internal varices or structures on the outer lip, adult sculpture, color bands, operculum, periostracum, and soft parts, jaws and radulae where available. Of these, soft part morphology (Text-fig. 2), jaws and radulae (Text-fig. 3) were found useful only to the generic level. Proto- conch, operculum, length of periostracal hairs, mode of formation, number and position of varices, general outline, and incurrent and excurrent apertural modifications are consistent for a given genus, except for some young or gerontic individuals. Within a given geographical area, Argobuccinum varies intra- specifically between end members that are distinct in the adult (if not in all intermediate) stages from those of any other region. Whether tumid or slender in outline, whorls are always rounded, shoulders never tabulate, and varices always two per whorl in lateral positions. Major generic criteria are the relatively short anterior canal and marked excurrent notch oriented parallel to the axis of coiling. Aperture shape is generally consistent for a species. Shells are thick, and flexed pillars covered by a heavy deposit of callous that bears transverse wrinkles in most speci- mens. The outer lip is commonly plicate or denticulate, the num- ber of cusps being taxonomically insignificant. Two of the five Recent species develop a labial spine near the anterior end of the outer lip. All Recent species have reddish brown or black spiral bands, a brown or yellowish velvety periostracum and a horny operculum, the outer edge of which is ragged where it lies against the outer lip. Axial sculpture varies widely; the degree of coarseness and arrangement of nodes differ within a given species. Axial orna- mentation is taxonomically significant only in combination with whorl outline and revolving sculpture. Spiral microsculpture is generally consistent for a species, one notable exception being the end members of the variable A. ranelliforme (King) [= A. vexil- lum auctt.| from South America (Pl. 39, figs. 2,9). The spire 454 BULLETIN 254 height in some species is the same in juveniles and adults, but in one variant of A. argus (Gmelin) and most forms of A. tumidum (Dunker) it is higher in the early stages but lower as the adult volutions become more tumid. Historically, species have been de- fined on the basis of geographical locality; this is valid in the case of Argobuccinum, which seems to have had sufficient time to dis- perse and develop isolated populations that are morphologically distinct. The degree of overlap in shell characters in species of Fust- triton is greater than in Argobuccinum. Similarity of geographically separated forms and the absence of a fossil record in the Southern Hemisphere suggest a more recent dispersal, species being in the process of evolution, perhaps, rather than completely separated as in Argobuccinum. Relationships between widespread forms of Fust- triton are not indicated accurately by classification schemes based entirely on geographical areas or subregions. Material collected Text-figure 2.— A comparison of male copulatory organs in Priene rude, Argobuccinum ranelliforme, and Fusitriton cancellatus. (a). Priene rude and operculum (x.4); (b.) Argobuccinum ranelliforme (x.4) and operculum (x.4) ; (c.) Fusitriton cancellatus (x.4) and operculum (x.4). Penis partly extended in (b), retracted within the mantle cavity in (a) and (c). a, anus; ct, cephalic tentacle; e, eye; f, foot; g, gonad; h, head; m, mantle; 0, operculum; osg, open seminal groove; p, penis; s, siphon. Or CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 45 from mid-oceanic stations in the Southern Hemisphere is inter- mediate between specimens taken nearer the continents, and fur- ther sampling may show a completely gradational series of Sub- antarctic forms. Axial and spiral, commonly bifurcated, ribs are present on all species of Fusitriton. ‘The coarseness and number of elements per whorl and the nodosity where axials and spirals cross are specific- ally diagnostic. Spiral microsculpture varies intraspecifically, as do apertural shape and columellar orientation. Pillar callous is de- posited intermittently near the excurrent notch, and outer lips are devoid of denticles except for some individuals in local populations —for example, Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) from Monterey Bay, California, and Departure Bay, British Columbia. Southern species can generally be divided into two groups, one with a higher spire (material from Australia and New Zea- land) than the other (specimens from South America and South Africa). Whorl outlines are commonly rounded, although shoul- ders may be tabulate in some individuals of Fusitriton oregon- ensis. ‘The number and position of inconspicuous varices are ir- regular and taxonomically unimportant in Recent material. Shells are white, but fresh specimens of some species have yellow-brown bands parallel to spiral costae; at least a few specimens of each species have color bands, although they are much rarer in Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) and F. cancellatus (Lamarck) than in the other taxa. Ochraceous apertural margins have been seen in all species and are not unique to the material described as Argo- buccinum retiolum Hedley from Australia. Long-haired periostraca are typical of all species of Fusitriton, but the color tends to be dark brown in F. oregonensis and some specimens of F. galea and F. cancellatus. Other specimens of F. galea and F. cancellatus, as well as material from South Africa and New Zealand, have honey-colored periostraca. Color determina- tions may be affected by preservatives, and museum specimens ex- posed to air for long periods of time commonly lose the long hairs and are left with a short scaly covering. Recent specimens of the genus Priene can be recognized by the shell outline, lateral varices, protoconch, and apertural modi- fications: pillar, denticulate outer lip, spiral sculpture, and slight 456 BULLETIN 254 Text-figure 3.— Jaws and radulae. Jaws vary in shape between genera but all are thin, brittle, horny structures that are slightly concave toward each other. They consist of rows of files that are easily torn and cannot be pre- pared by the same methods as the radulae. Quickly soluble in weak bases, the jaws must be extracted by hand and teased free of the surrounding tissue. During a maximum extension of the proboscis, the buccal mass moves forward and the jaws and lips are the first parts to come in contact with the prey. The function of the jaws is not understood; they are probably too brittle for vigorous clasping and filing, and it is doubtful that they drill holes. They are possibly chemoreceptors or tactoreceptors. All jaws to scale, approx. 8.5; all except d are left jaws. a. Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King), Talcan, Chile. b. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker), Storm Bay, Tasmania. c. Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield), Nanaimo, British Columbia. d. Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck), Chiloe Island, Chile. (a portion of this jaw is shown in Plate 42, fig. 10). e. Fusitriton cancellatus murrayi (Smith), Cape Town, South Africa. f. Priene scabra (King), Vina del Mar, Chile. g. Fusitriton retiolus (Hedley), Campbell Plateau, off New Zealand. h. Priene rude (Broderip), Valparaiso, Chile. CyMATuD GASTROPODS: SMITH 45 ~I (if any) anal notch. Variability of form is negligible, and the two species can be distinguished on the basis of coarseness and number of axial ribs. Mediargo, a2 new cymatiid genus described during the course of this research (Terry, 1968b), ranges from Oligocene to Plio- cene and has no living forms in which the degree of variability can be studied. Considering the amount and kind of variation ob- served in Recent species in Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, and Priene, one would expect the general outline, tabulate whorls, lateral var- ices, excurrent notch and incurrent canal, pillar wrinkles and outer lip denticulation to be critical generic characters, whereas aper- tural shape and kind, number and coarseness of sculptural ele- ments may vary within and between species. CATALOGUE AND DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES The synonymies for each species are not complete but aim to set forth all the published names to which each taxon has been referred. Abbreviations for institutions are defined below. AMNH_ American Museum of Natural History, New York City AMS The Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. ANSP Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia BM(NH) British Museum (Natural History) CAS California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco IGPS Institute of Geology and Paleontology, Tohoku University, Sendai, Japan LACM Los Angeles County Museum LSJU_ Stanford University MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College MHNQN Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, Quinta Normal, Santiago, Chile NMV National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Vic. SDMNH_ San Diego Museum of Natural History SDSC_ San Diego State College SIO The Scripps Institution of Oceanography SOSC Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center, Washington, D.C. UCMP University of California, Berkeley, Museum of Paleontology UCLA University of California, Los Angeles USGS United States Geological Survey USNM_ United States National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, Wash- ington, D.C. STATES Ak. . Alaska €a. California Ka. Kansas On; Oregon Wa. Washington 458 BULLETIN 254 Superfamily TONNACEA Family CYMATIIDAE ARGOBUCCINUM Herrmannsen, 1846 Type species by monotypy, cited by Herrmannsen, 1846 as “Ranella Argus Linné”; i.¢., Murex argus Gmelin, 1791 [=Argobuccinum pustulosum ({Light- foot, 1786]), zom. oblitum]. Argobuccinum argus (Gmelin, 1791) Pl. 39; figs; 7101 Ta Buccinum pustulosum [Lightfoot, 1786], A Catalogue of the Portland Museum, p. 88; Dall, 1921, Nautilus, Vol. 34, No. 4, p. 125 (as of Solander). (See nomenclatural remarks.) Murex argus Gmelin, 1791, Systema Naturae, 13th ed. toma 1, pars. VI, p. 3547. Dillwyn, 1817, Descriptive Catalogue Recent Shells II, p. 694. Ranella polyzonalis Lamarck, 1816, Encycl. Méth., Partie 23, p. 4, pl. 414, figs. 3a) SID: Ranella argus (Gmelin), Lamarck, 1822, Hist. Nat. des Animaux sans Verte- bres, vol. 7, p. 151; Kiener, 1841, Iconogr. Coquilles Viv., pl. VIII, fig. 1; 1842, Iconogr. Coquilles Viv., pp. 31,32; Reeve, 1844, Conch. Icon. Ranella, sp. 12, pl. Ill, fig. 12; Kuster and Kobelt, 1878, Conch. Cab. [2d edS]}} Bal TM) |PAbSeL |} (ppt) 1255126. "sp) Zi pis 29.8 aka fy PXOXOXGVAliTE figs. 5,6 (as of Gmelin). Argobuccinum argus {Linné], Herrmannsen, 1846, Indices Generum Malaco- zoorum Primordia, p. 77; von Martens, 1904, Wiss. Ergeb. deutschen Tiefsee-Exped. vol. 7, p. 41 (as of Gmelin) ; Bartsch, 1915, Turton Coll. So. African Molls., U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 91, pp. 93,224 (as of Gmelin) ; Barnard, 1951, Beginner’s Guide to So. African Shells, p. 86, pl. 10, figs. 7:8; 1963;, Ann. So: African Mus, XIVil, Pt) pps 18-21. fig. 2a (radula), 3a (protoconch); Dell, 1963, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Trans., vol. 3, No. 21)) pp: 21'8:219) ple 2. ties, 175. Apollon Argus: Troschel, 1863, Gebiss der Schnecken I; p. 237, Taf. XX, fig. 11. [Identification fide Troschel; figure shows only a_taenioglossate radula.] (as of Lamarck). Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus Gmelin, Tryon, 1880, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. III, pt. 9, pp. 44,45 (partim) ; 1881, plate explanations, p. 286, pl. 24, fig. 61. [Tryon included Ramnella argus from South Africa, R. vexillum = R. ranelliforme from South America, and R. tumida from the Chat- ham Islands, New Zealand, in one variable species, R. (Argobuccinum) argus. | Argobuccinum pustulosum ([Lightfoot, 1786]), Rehder, 1967, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proce: -vole 120 sp. 6: Nomenclatural remarks. — Although never well known as a scientific paper and disputed as a work important to biological nomenclature, the Portland Catalogue is considered an acceptable source of zoological names. This inventory of the shell collection be- longing to the Dowager Duchess of Portland was prepared by “a compiler,” whom Dance (1962, p. 31) showed to be the Reverend John Lightfoot, a chaplain and amateur conchologist. Rehder (1967, p. 2) pointed out that authorship of the species introduced CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 459 in the Catalogue should be attributed to Lightfoot rather than to Solander, from whose manuscript some of the names were taken. In 1786, Lightfoot recorded the name “Buccinum pustulosum S:, tollowed) by ~ Rum )|(-Rumphius,“1741,. Latel| 49; sBx rare,” which was also the first reference cited by Gmelin, 1791 under his new species Murex argus. From 1791 until 1841, the two names Buccinum pustulosum and Murex argus existed as senior and junior synonyms, respectively, and to the writer’s knowledge the earlier name never appeared in the major literature during that 50 year period. According to Article 23B of the Code of Zoological Nomen- clature, the earlier synonym becomes a nomen oblitum, a_for- gotten name if not used during the first fifty years after the junior synonym was introduced; as such, the earlier name may be sup- pressed by the Commission. Later usage of the senior synonym, as Dall’s reference (1921, p. 125) to Buccinum pustulosum does not affect the status of the nomen oblitum. A petition has been filed (Terry, 1968c) in which, in the interests of stability of nomen- clature, the writer recommended suppression of the earlier name and acceptance of the widely used M. argus as the name for the South African type species of Argobuccinum. Type information.—No holotype was designated by Herr- mannsen, although his original reference (1846, p. 77) lists “Typus: Ranella Argus Linn,” suggesting that a specimen might be found in the Linnean Collection now housed in the rooms of the Linnean Society in London. The original citation should, however, have been to Gmelin, 1791, Systema Naturae, 13th ed. Because the title was the same as Linnaeus’ Systema Naturae editions | to 12, many workers assumed that the 1791 edition was also a Linnean revision. As Gmelin did not have a collection but worked mainly from the literature, it is unlikely that he possessed a specimen of Murex argus. If a cited figure rather than an actual specimen can be con- sidered a holotype, the species concept of Murex argus rests on the illustration by Rumphius, although this figure is a poor choice for two reasons: the original shell is presumed lost and the wood- cut produced a mirror image in which the shell appears sinistrally coiled. A good adult specimen on which to base the species con- cept was illustrated by Dell (1963, pl. 2, fig. 1). There is no need 460 BULLETIN 254 at this time for a formal neotype designation because a_ petition on the status of the name A. argus is still pending (Terry, 1968c) . Descriptive notes. — Adult shells are heavy and bear two lateral varices per whorl. Heights range from 6 to 10.2 cm, whorls being six or more in number. Both juveniles and adults are sculptured by thick nodes in uneven axial rows crossed by spiral threads and black, brown, or tan color bands. On some individuals where abrasion has occurred, the nodes are white, producing an ocellated appearance. Nodes become obsolete toward the anterior end _be- yond the middle of the body whorl. A short incurrent canal, marked anal notch, and bifurcated plications modify the aper- ture. Unbifurcated denticles also occur on some juveniles on the inside of the thickened outer lip. A feature rarely seen is a labial tooth (Text-fig. 4) toward the anterior portion of the outer lip. This projection is commonly lacking (even in fresh material) and may be broken off during feeding or other activities. In some it is visible on earlier varices. The columella is slightly flexed or straight and covered by a deposit of callous, smooth or with up to seven or more transverse wrinkles overall. The short-haired yellowish-tan periostracum forms a thin mat- like covering over the later whorls but is usually absent from the juvenile volutions in adults. Jaws appear in all other species of this genus and probably occur in A. argus, although a live animal was not dissected for this study. Variability. — Specimens studied by the writer were in the late juvenile to young adult stages and varied mainly in apertural denticulations and sculpture pattern. Most shells are coarsely sculp- tured and angular, but a few tend toward more regular nodes and rounded whorl outlines (perhaps partly due to abrasion), and more slender spires with an apical angle as in A. ranelliforme (King) from South America or A. proditor (Frauenfeld) from St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands in the Indian Ocean. Individuals having whorl outlines and sculpture patterns between the more typical A. argus and the smoother variant have been taken from the same localities. The nodes on all forms of A. argus are fewer, coarser, and less regular in arrangement than those on the South American A. ranelliforme (= A. vexillum auctt.); A. tumidum, a thinner shelled CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 461 JOHANNESBURG LUDERITZ BOGENFELS DURBAN SALDANHA CAPE TOWN a AGULHAS BANK QO OO O | Osea mounts 20° 100 200 Miles Text-figure 4.— Distribution of Argobuccinum argus (Gmelin). a. Distri- bution of 4. argus, @ Recent, ® Tertiary--Quaternary terrace deposits (Barnard, 1963). b. Protoconch (x 14); c. Operculum (x .7); d. Side view of specimen showing labial spine. 462 BULLETIN 254 animal from New Zealand and Australia, has more inflated whorls and differs in minor sculptural details. Many specimens of A. tumidum have irregular nodes, but they are sharper and finer than in the type species. Distribution and ecology. — Range: Recent. South Africa from Luderitz Bay on the west coast (Tomlin, 1922, p. 260) and the Umtata River on the east coast (Dell, 1963, p. 219) south to Agulhas Bank, 35°16’S, 22°26’E, off the Cape of Good Hope (von Martens, 1904, p. 41, “Valdivia” station 104, not live-taken, from a depth of 155 m). Geologic distribution: “Late ‘Tertiary- Quaternary raised beaches: Bogentels, mouth of Olifants River and Saldahna Bay (Haughton, 1932)” (Barnard, 1963, p. 21). Few collectors have observed living material, but Stephenson, Stephenson, and Day (1940, p. 356) reported that the species is ii common in varying degrees and occurring in the lower parts of the shore, especially in pools and caves. ... at Lambert’s Bay; Mrs. Virginia Orr Maes of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia collected many specimens from the vicinity of Cape Town and noted (personal communication, 1967) considerable numbers in tide pools. All specimens having any ecological data came from a rocky substrate and ranged from littoral to 155 m in depth. Barnard (1963, p. 21) mentioned that Dr. Talbot, marine biologist at the South African Museum, observed animals spawning in the spring (early October) at Simonstown. He also recorded six juveniles that came from Natal in the museum collection, representing a range extension if the locality is accurate. Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King, 1832) Pl. 39, figs. 2,4,6,9; Pl. 40, figs. 2,6,7,10-12 Triton ranelliformis King, 1832, Zool. Jour. V(XIX), p. 347. Ranella Kingii d’Orbigny, 1841, Voy. Amer. Merid. V(3), p. 451. Ranella vexillum G. B. Sowerby II, Oct. 1841, Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pt. IX, p. 51; Sept. 15, 1841, Conch. Illust. Ranella, 7,8; 1835, pl. 84, fig: 3; Reeve, 1844, Conch. Icon. II, Ranella: sp. 13, pl. III, fig. 13 (as of Sowerby). Apollon vexillum G. B. Sowerby II, Adams, H. & A., 1858, Gen. Rec. Moll. 1; p: 106: Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus Gmelin, Tryon, 1880, Man. Conch. ser. 1, III, pt. 9, pp. 44,45 (partim),; 1881, pl. 24, fig. 62. [Tryon included A. ranelliforme, A. tumidum, A. proditor, and A. argus in one variable species Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus. In a discussion (p. 45) he re- CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 463 ferred to the South American form as “Ranella Ranelliformis King (argus, Gmelin) ;” in a plate explanation (p. 286) he called it “Ranella vexillum Sowerby (argus, Gmelin).” ] Argobuccinum vexillum G. B. Sowerby II, Dall, 1909, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., WOlensienips 2a Os Argobuccinum (Argobuccinum) argus (Gmelin), Carcelles, 1954, Comm. Inst. Nac. Inv. Cienc. Nat., Cienc. Zool. 2: p. 244, figs. 5,6 (partim). Argobuccinum ranelliformis ranelliformis (King, 1832), Dell, 1963, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Zool. Trans. 3(21), pp. 219-220, pl. 2, fig. 2. Nomenclatural remarks. — Reeve (1844) considered the name T. ranelliformis King invalid when the species was reclassified as a Ranella, and most 19th Century authors followed him in accepting the junior synonym R. vexillum (G. B. Sowerby II). Article 68d and Recommendation 69b of the Code of Zoological Nomencla- ture list tautonymy as one means of fixing a type and not a reason for suppressing a name. As noted by Dell (1963, p. 220) , T. ranelliformis is the oldest and correct name for the spirally banded and beaded “Flag triton” from Chile. Type information. — The species was described from the west coast of South America and undoubtedly came from Chile. If the type is extant, it is probably in the British Museum (Natural History) . Descriptive notes. — (Jaws and radula, Text-fig. 3; soft parts, Text-fig. 2) Adult forms have robust shells with at least seven whorls ranging up to 9.5 cm in height. Outlines are rounded, varices two per whorl in nearly lateral positions, sutures slightly appressed, and whorls never tabulate. The straight or slightly flexed columella bears a thick callous deposit and a_ variable number of transverse wrinkles. Posterior pillar folds and denti- culations on the outer lip form a pronounced apically oriented excurrent notch. The commonest forms have reddish brown color bands parallel to spiral rows of closely set tubercles. Interspaces contain a medial ridge and one or two lateral threads, the overall pattern being evenly beaded and striped. Juveniles possess a heavier denticulate varix inside the outer lip and the aperture is smaller in proportion to the overall size. A short-haired velvety periostracum covers all but the earliest whorls. Variability. — The more commonly known form, illustrated on Plate 39, figure 2, is more slender and evenly beaded than the smoother, more inflated variant (PI. 39, Fig. 9). As young forms 464 BULLETIN 254 ARGENTINA CALDERA : VALPARAISO eA SANTIAGO CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES CONCEPCION j @PUERTO MONTT Text-figure 5.— Distribution of Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King). 50°S PUNTA ARENAS co o CAPE HORN Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) @® RECENT @ MIOCENE Navidad Formation Near the mouth of the Rio Rapel | CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 465 the two are similar, and in those that develop tumid outlines and smoother sculpture these changes take place at different stages rather than after a particular number of whorls have formed. Larger specimens commonly have more tumid shells of lower specific gravity, although both forms may exceed 8 cm in height. Characters are completely gradational in many specimens. Axial sculpture or beading may be subdued or lacking in the inflated variants in which flat spiral costae are separated by medial ridges and several sharply incised grooves. The outer lip may be plicate or smooth and the columella may lack any trace of pillar folds. Lateral varices formed by the slightest flaring of outer lips are barely visible except where the periostracum has been torn. The fineness and regularity of spiral beads, tendency toward a constant spiral angle, and interstitial microsculpture separate A. ranelliforme from A. argus and A. tumidum, although some young adults from New Zealand (such as the one figured by Dell, 1963, pl. 1, fig. 3) are difficult to distinguish. A. ranelliforme never develops the labial tooth or coarse, irregular tubercles seen in A. argus or the flaring pillar callous typical of A. twmidum. The spire in several specimens collected from Punta Inio, southern Chiloe Island, Chile, is higher and more slender than any others from South America and morphologically similar to forms from ‘Tristan da Cunha Island (PI. 40, figures 1,2). On the basis of these speci- mens, the writer considers the South Atlantic species A. tristanense Dell a direct descendant from A. ranelliforme. Range. — Recent. From Caldera, 27°05’S, 70°41’W (specimen at MNHQN) to Punta Arenas, Straits of Magellan, Chile. Geological distribution. — Pleistocene from terrace deposits near Coquimbo, central Chile. and Pliocene; Miocene of Navidad Formation, near the mouth of the Rio Rapel (34°S, 72°W) near Navidad, south of San Antonio, Chile. The single specimen from the Navidad Formation is in the Tertiary Collection of the Museo de Histoire Natural at the Quinta Normal, Santiago. It is remarkably similar to the paratype of Argobuccinum jeffersonense (Durham), with which it is figured on Plate 40, figures 6-9. A. jeffersonense is from the Oligocene or late Eocene of Washington; the Navidad specimen is Miocene, the old- est known occurrence of the genus in the Southern Hemisphere. 466 BULLETIN 254 Ecology. — Bathymetric data are scarce, but specimens from Talcahuano, near Concepcion, Chile, have been collected from lit- toral rock pools to 10 fathoms. The specimen dissected to illus- trate soft parts (Text-fig. 2) contained undigested appendages of crustaceans and echinoid remains. Argobuccinum tristanense Dell, 1963 Pl. 39, figs. 5,8; Pl. 40, fig. 1 Ranella tristanensis Gray, 1887, Paetel, Catalog der Conchylien Samm- lung 1, p. 106 [omen nudum]. Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus (Gmelin), Watson, 1886, Voy. H.M.S. ‘“Chal- lenger,” Zool., vol. XV, pt. II, pp. 400-401. [Watson included Argo- buccinum argus from South Africa, Ranella (Bursa) proditor of Vélain (from St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands in the Indian Ocean), and specimens of Argobuccinum from South America and Tristan da Cunha in Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus; he claimed that the morphologic characters of these geographically separated forms were completely gradational. | Argobuccinum proditor tristanensis, Dell, 1963, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, dhrans:. Zool. vol, .3\(21)isappee222;223. pl 2) thigiss 3,6: Nomenclatural remarks. — Several specimens of Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) from Chiloe Island, Chile, show the same high slender spire and revolving cords characteristic of the form from the Tristan da Cunha Islands, South Atlantic Ocean. Dell (1963) considered Argobuccinum proditor (Frauenfeld) from the St. Paul-Amsterdam Islands, Indian Ocean, the closest species to the Tristan da Cunha forms and described the latter as a subspecies of A. proditor. The writer has seen little material from the Indian Ocean but suspects that A. proditor is closer to some variants of A. tumidum trom Australia and New Zealand. Similarities in shell outline and sculpture between specimens from Tristan da Cunha and Chile support the interpretation that A. tristanense evolved from A. ranelliforme; additional material is needed to work out the phylogenetic relationships between A. tristanense, the smoother variant of A. argus from South Africa, and the species collected from St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands. Type information. —The holotype, BM 87.2.9.1221, was col- lected by the “Challenger” expedition from the shore of Tristan da Cunha Island. It is 5.34 cm high, 3.01 cm wide, and is illus- trated by Dell (1963, pl. 2, fig. 6). Paratypes have been deposited in the British Museum (Natural History) and the Dominion Mu- seum, Wellington, New Zealand. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 467 Descriptive notes.—In addition to figured material and one specimen from the Museum of Victoria (F 26893), lots of six in- dividuals from Gough (LSJU 50301) and 13 from Tristan da Cunha (CAS 39937) were examined. Adult shells ranged from 5 to 7.6 cm high and had at least five whorls, broken and encrusted apices and the typical denticulate aperture seen in other species of Argobuccinum. The most characteristic features are the high slender spire, blue-black or brown-colored shell, and fine revolving cords, some of which consist of fine, closely spaced nodules. Var- ices are discontinuous and not in perfect lateral alignment. The spire remains high in adult as well as juvenile stages. A delicate honey-colored periostracum, thinner than the velvety covering in A. argus and A. ranelliforme, is present on the body whorls of fresh material. Juvenile specimens are similar to other Argobuccinum juveniles. Distribution and ecology.—'Text-figure 6 shows the location of Tristan da Cunha and Gough Islands (37°15’S, 12°30’W) in the South Atlantic Ocean with respect to areas where species re- lated to A. tristanense occur. Few ecological details are available, 80°W 60° 40° 20° 60° 80°E Scale at Equator Text-figure 6.— Distribution of Argobuccinum tristanense Dell. The type locality is area 2, Tristan da Cunha Island. Related species occur at 1, Chiloe Island, Chile (Argobuccinum ranelliforme); at 3, South Africa (Argo- buccinum argus); and at 4, St. Paul Island and Amsterdam Island (Argo- buccinum proditor). 468 BULLETIN 254 but the “Challenger” collected material from 100-150 fathoms off Tristan da Cunha; it was not noted whether the animals were taken alive. No fossil record has been reported. Argobuccinum proditor (Frauenfeld, 1865) Pl. 41, figs. 5-7,10 Bursa Zelebori Dunker, 1863, Novitates Conchologicae: 57 [xomen nudum, not formally described; see nomenclatural remarks]. Bursa (Apollon) proditor Frauenfeld, 1865, Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Gesellsch. Wien Bd. 15, p. 894 [date verified by Troschel, 1866, Bericht uber die Leistungen . . . Naturgeschichte Mollusken wahrend des Jahres 1865, in Arch. fiir Naturgeschichte 32, Bd. II, p. 249]. Bursa (Apollon) prodita Frauenfeld, Frauenfeld, 1867, Reise Osterreich- ischen “Novara,” Zool. Teil, Bd. II, abt. 3, Moll.; pp. 4,5, Taf. 1, figs. 1a, 1b (refigured herein). Ranella (Apollon) proditor Frauenfeld, Vélain, 1887, Passage de ‘“Venus” . aux Isles St.-Paul et Amsterdam. Zool., im Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale, VI, ser. 1, pp. 100,101, pl. II, fig. 5 (re- figured herein). Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus (Gmelin), Tryon, 1880, Man. Conch. ser. 1, vol. III, pt. 9: pp. 44,45 (partim) ; 1881: pl. 24, fig. 64, [Tryon refigured Vélain’s specimen but considered that it, along with Argobuccinum ranelliforme, A. tumidum, and A. argus belonged in one variable taxon Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus). [Non] Argobuccinum proditor von Martens, 1904, Wiss. Ergeb. deut. Tiefsee- Exped. “Valdivia” Bd. VII: p. 64, Taf. III, fig. 19 (jung). [The juve- nile figured was collected off Amsterdam Island at a depth of 496 m; in outline and protoconch it does not resemble any of the young forms of Argobuccinum studied by the writer.] (As of Frauenfeld.) Argobuccinum (Argobuccinum) proditor (Frauenfeld), Dell, 1963, Roy. Soc. New Zealand) drans:; 3((21)) pp 221-222) ple2 ations Nomenclatural remarks. — Dell (1963, pp. 221, 222) identified this species from St. Paul Island and Amsterdam Island as Argo- buccinum proditor proditor and considered it closest to the species from the Tristan da Cunha Islands in the South Atlantic. The writer prefers to use only the specific name until more material is seen. The similarity between A. proditor and certain less in- flated specimens of A. tumidum suggests that more complete col- lecting may reveal a gradational series of morphologic forms be- tween the two species. Type information.— The type repository is unknown, but Frauenfeld’s original illustration is refigured herein (PI. 41, figs. 7,10). The specimen (Frauenfeld, 1867, pp. 4,5) was taken alive from a depth of three to four feet where it was crawling among boulders on St. Paul Island (38°43’S, 77°32’E) . Descriptive notes. —No material from the type locality has been examined by the writer, although one specimen labelled CyMaAtTup GASTROPODS: SMITH 469 “Argobuccinum tumidum Dunker” from Australia (Pl. 41, fig. 5) is close to the shell figured by Vélain (1877, pl. H, fig. 5; reillus- trated herein, Plate 41, figure 6). The specimens illustrated by Frauenfeld, Vélain, and Dell (1963, pl. 2, fig. 4) are large (5.58-10.0 cm high), moderately high-spired and sculptured by discontinuous lateral varices, spiral rows of nodules, and fine lirae. Whorls are slightly inflated. In apertural details, Vélain’s shell is reminiscent of Recent specimens of A. ranelliforme from South America. Frauenfeld’s type, a more mature form, has a flared outer lip and heavy plications around the whole aperture; it is like some gerontic forms of A. tumidum except that the whorls are not so inflated and the apical angle does not change between juvenile and aduli stages. The species differs from A. tristanense in spire height, apical angle, and whorl outline. Variability. — Vélain (1877, p. 101) recognized two forms, one large (9.0 cm high, 50 cm wide) and slender and the other shorter (7.6 cm high, 4.5 cm wide) and more inflated. Although Dell (1963, p. 222) remarked that A. proditor is not close to A. argus from South Africa, it is probable that some of the smoother, more slender variants of the latter would correspond well with material from the Indian Ocean. A more complete knowledge of the vari- ability of both species is necessary to clarify their relationship. Distribution and ecology. — Range: Recent. Islands of Amster- dam (38°S, 77°E) and St. Paul (38°437S, 77°32’E) , Indian Ocean. Vélain (1877, p. 100) described the species as abundant along the shores of Amsterdam Island from the littoral zone to 10 or 15 meters and probably deeper; the animals scavenge on seal car- casses and can be caught by suspending a dead fish or bird in the water overnight. They appear to be nocturnal, and fishermen have observed that they are absent during the winter season. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker, 1863) Pl. 39, figs. 1, 3; Pl. 41, figs. 1-4, 8. 9 Bursa tumida Dunker, 1863, Novitates Conchologicae, II, Abth. Meeres- Conch.: pp. 56,57, Taf. XVIII, figs. 8,9. [Date verified by Troschel, 1864. pp. 258,285.] April, 1863, Zool. Soc. London, Proc. 1862, Pt. III, p. 239. Ranella vexillum Menke, 1843, Moll. Nev. Holland, p. 24 (not of G. B. Sowerby II, fide Dell, 1963, p. 220). 470 BULLETIN 254 Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus (Gmelin), Tryon, 1880, Man. Conch., ser. 1, re pt. 9, pp. 44,45 (partim); 1881, pl. explanation, p» 287, pl. "24, fig. i ep cane argus (Gmelin), Suter, 1913, Man. New Zealand Moll., pp. 309, 310 (partim) ; 1915, Atlas be plates: pl. 43, fig. 4. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker), Hedley, 1914, Linnean Soc. New South Wales, Proc. XXXVIII, pt. XI, pp. 297-298; May, 1923, Illust. Index Tasmanian Shells, pp. 62,63, pl. 39, fig. 22; Powell, 1933, Mar. Moll. Chatham Ids., Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus. 2(4), p. 185. 1937, Shellfish New Zealand, p. 74, pl. 14, fig. 6; 1939, Moll. Stewart Id., Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus. 2(4), p. 215; Fleming, 1950, Moll. fauna fiords of western Southland, New Zealand Oceanogr. Comm. Public. 1(5), p. 28; 1952, “A Foveaux Strait Oyster-bed,’ New Zealand Jour. Sci. and Tech., sec. 13, 34(2), pp. 79,84. Gondwanula tumida (Dunker), Finlay, 1927, New Zealand Inst., Trans., 57, paseo: Argobuccinum vexillum (G. B. Sowerby II), Macpherson and Gabriel, 1962, Mar. Molls. Victoria, pp. 152-154, fig. 182. Argobuccinum ranelliformis tumidum (Dunker), Dell, 1963, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Zool. Trans., 3(21), pp. 220,221, pl. 1, figs. 1-4. Radula, text- figweds Hits 2. Type information. — The individual figured in Dunker’s first reference is one of his three original specimens in the British Mu- seum (Natural History). It was designated as the lectotype by Dell (1963, p. 220), the type locality being New Zealand. Descriptive notes.— (Jaws and radula Text-fig. 3.) As im- plied by the name, A. twmidum has conspicuously inflated whorls in the adult stages and in most late juveniles. It is distinguished from other species of Argobuccinum by whorl outline, the tendency toward a marked change from high to low spire between juvenile and adult stages, and spiral sculpture. In mature forms, apertural distinctions include a deep anal notch, flaring outer lip, and flap of pillar callous that extends perpendicular to the columella in- stead of lying flat against it. Bifurcated denticles and a labial spine are common on the outer lip, transverse wrinkles being developed on the slightly flexed pillar. Reddish brown spiral color bands parallel costae or rows of coarse tubercles and numerous finer in- terstitial threads. Varices are two per whorl, discontinuous but more or less in lateral positions. The light or dark brown perio- stracum is thick and velvety; it is generally eroded away from the apex. This species attains the largest size of any Argobuccinum; adults have seven or more whorls and range up to 12.21 cm high. Variability. —As in A. argus and A. ranelliforme the species from New Zealand and Australia has several variable characters. CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 47] Juveniles and young adults may not exhibit the normal tumidity, and these forms are not easily separable from young specimens of A. ranelliforme. Such morphologic evidence of the close relation- ship of these species, together with other shell characters, led Dell 150° 160° 170° 180° CAPE MARIA VAN DIEMEN SYDNEY - MELBOURNE CHATHAM RISE 1000FM CAMPBELL PLATEAU JOO FM MACQUARIE |S. (0) 1000 1500 MI. 1000 1500 2000 KM. B® RECENT @ UPPER PLEISTOCENE Text-figure 7.— Distribution of Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker). 479 BULLETIN 254 (1963) to identify the New Zealand material as a subspecies of A. ranelliforme. This classification is not followed here because there may be other forms, such as variants of A. argus and A. pro- ditor, to which A. tumidum may be more immediately related. Both A. ranelliforme and A. tumidum may have slender, bead- ed late juvenile forms, and large, mature shells with inflated whorls. The combination of tumid outline, pillar callous and de- tails of spiral sculpture distinguish the western Pacific from the South American species. Adult sculpture varies from smooth spiral costae to rows of tiny beads to irregular nodes. Specimens having large, irregularly spaced tubercles are reminiscent of typical forms of A. argus, while those having regular patterns look more like A. ranelliforme. Ma- jor spirals in A. tumidum are separated by wider interspaces con- taining seven or more revolving threads. ‘The presence of apertural denticulations, plications, and flaring callous deposits depends on the maturity of the specimen and whether it is in a resting or actively growing stage. Mature aper- tural characters may be developed in individuals as small as 6 cm high, although adults may grow as large as 12.21 cm. It is probable that individuals reach sexual maturity at an early stage and that large animals are unusully old or have occupied a habitat with abundant food or other factors favoring rapid growth. Distribution. — Text-fig. 7. Range.— Recent. New Zealand, Chatham Islands, Stewart Island, the Snares, and Auckland Islands, Campbell Plateau. Tas- mania. Reported in the literature (Cotton, 1959, p. 372; Mac- pherson and Gabriel, 1962) from southwestern Australia, South Australia, ‘Tasmania, and Victoria. Geologic distribution. — From Upper Pleistocene raised beaches at the north end of Hawkes Bay and near Hawera on the west coast of North Island and from the northeast and east coasts of South Island (Fleming, 1967, written communication) . Dr. Alan Beu, Dr. R. K. Dell, and Dr. C. Fleming have kindly provided details on the distribution and fossil occurrence of this species, and their help is gratefully acknowledged. Dell (1963, p. 221) summarized the distribution as follows: ‘*... from Cape Maria van Dieman to Stewart Island, the Snares, ‘ CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 473 Auckland Islands and the Chathams. It appears to be commoner from Cook Strait to Stewart Island and at the Chathams.” Natural history. — The recorded bathymetric range is littoral (probably during the spawning season) to 75 fathoms. Powell (1937, p. 74) and others have noted it is more common on rocky substrates. Beu (1967, written communication) reported that while the species is common in 30 to 60 fathoms off the east coast of New Zealand it is completely absent in the New Zealand Oceano- graphic Institute collections from depths greater than 80 fathoms around the islands of the south Campbell Plateau. Powell (1950, p. 74) described the Chlamys delicatula-Fusitriton community off eastern Otago in 50 to 70 fathoms on a hard sand or gravel sub- strate and gave A. tumidum as a subdominant species. Fleming (1952, p. 79) noted the occurrence of A. tumidum between South Island and Stewart Island in 5 to 15 fathoms in Foveaux Strait, where it was listed as an important secondary predator on Ostraea sinuata Lamarck and other members of the oyster bed community. Graham (1941, pp. 152-154) reported on the breeding habits of 27 species of mollusks, including A. twmidum, collected off Otago Heads and in Otago Harbor. Copulation was observed in the aquarium over a period of five hours, during which time the male was carried on the back of the female, but spawning did not occur, Graham studied egg masses from rocks of the lower intertidal zone on islands in Otago Harbor and compared them with others trawled in 19 fathoms off Otago Heads. Dredged specimens were attached to weeds, sponges, worm tubes, and other sessile organ- isms. Ege clusters were rounded to irregular gelatinous masses, one of which measured 18.5 by 7.5 cm and contained 385 cap- sules. Capsules were 1.2 to 1.4 cm long and .6 to .9 cm wide; each had an average of 2,700 eggs, the estimated total from one cluster being 1,040,000 individuals. The cluster of capsules illustrated by Graham (1941, pl. 21, fig. 4) compares closely with one described for Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) (Howard, 1962, p. 160, pl. 39, figs. 1,2). In both of these, capsules were densely packed in a spiral arrangement and the base of the egg mass was attached to a hard surface. 474 BULLETIN 254 Argobuccinum jeffersonense (Durham, 1944) Pl. 40, figs. 3-5, 8, 9 Gyrineum jeffersonensis Durham, 1944, Univ. California Pub., Bull. Dept. Geoll Seis, violn270(5) pal67,eplanlSietic- 16: Nomenclatural remarks. — Although this species is the oldest representative of the genus Argobuccinum and the only one re- ported from the Northern Hemisphere, it agrees closely with Mio- cene and Recent specimens of A. ranelliforme (King) from Chile. Morphologic characters that distinguish 4. jeffersonense as an Argo- buccinum include the following: rounded whorl outline, without the development of a tabulate shoulder, moderately high spire, two gently swelling lateral varices per volution, straight pillar covered with transverse plications, well-marked apically oriented excurrent notch, denticulate outer lip, and short, straight anterior canal. The aperture is ovate rather than rounded as in Gyrineum SS. Type information. — The holotype, UCMP 35347, is the late juvenile form figured in the original reference and in the plate illustrations herein. The paratype, UCMP 35348, is a somewhat older and larger form. Both are from the lower Oligocene Quimper Sandstone in Jefferson County, Washington. The type locality is (UCMP) A-1802, 1/4 mile north of Woodman’s Station, Discovery Bay, SW 1/4 NE_1/4 Sec. 8, T 29 N,; R 1 W. They were collected by Dr. J. Wyatt Durham, to whom the author is especially indebt- ed for additional specimens and information on the ages and lo- calities of this material. Descriptive notes. — ‘The species is known to the writer through the types, two lots of fragments and four other incomplete, deeply worn specimens. The largest is 6.4 cm high, has three whorls, and a moderately high spire. Others have one to seven whorls and range from 1.15 to 5.6 cm high. All specimens resemble the Recent beaded forms of A. ranelliforme in outline, slightly appressed suture, lateral varices, slight flexure of the plicate columella, heavy pillar callous, and parietal folds. Where observable, the outer lip is heavily plicate and the narrow excurrent notch is oriented parallel to the axis of coiling. Spiral sculpture consists of pairs of closely set incised grooves separated by raised interareas. Axial ribs are subdued on most specimens and form small nodules where they CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 475 cross the raised spirals. A Miocene specimen of A. ranelliforme is shown for comparison of outline and sculpture. Distribution. — Geologic distribution: Western Washington and northwestern Oregon. Rocks containing this species are early or middle Oligo- cene in age, but at the Woodman’s Wharf locality they may be as old as late Eocene (Durham, 1967, personal communication) . Dur- ham (1944, p. 117) listed it from the Molopophorous stephensoni Zone. A. jeffersonense has been collected from the following lo- calities: Washington NP 128. Oak Bay, between Port Townsend and Port Ludlow, Jefferson Co. “Middle Oligocene,’ Lincoln Formation; A- 1603, A-1604 (UCMP). Woodman’s Wharf, Jefferson Co.; A-1802 (UCMP) = NP 148. Beach north of Woodman’s Sta- tion, Discovery Bay, Jefferson Co. Early Oligocene, Quimper Sandstone; A-1808 (UCMP). Beach at Sequim State Park, Clallam Co. Early Oligocene, Quimper Sandstone. Oregon NP 1. Bluffs on Nehalem River at Washington-Columbia Co. line, near Vernonia, Columbia Co. Early Oligocene, Keasey Formation; NP 292. 3/4 mile west of Strassel, Washington Co. Early Oligocene, Keasey Formation; USGS 3591. Bluffs at mouth of Yachats River. Early Oligocene (age verified by W. O. Addicott, personal communication, 1967). FUSITRITON Cossmann, 1903 Type species by monotypy, cited by Cossmann, 1903, Triton cancellatus Lamarck, 1816. Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck, 1816) Pl. 42, figs. 4-10 [Non] Murex magellanicus Chemnitz, 1788, Conch. Cab. [1st ed.] X, p. 164, pl. 164, fig. 1570 [Trophon geversianus (Pallas, 1774) — see nomencla- tural remarks. | Triton cancellatus Lamarck, 1816, Encycl. Meth. (Vers), p. 4 (plate ex- planation). The plates, begun by Bruguiére and continued by Lamarck, were published earlier, but the name was not validated until 1816. The species was illustrated by Lamarck, 1798, Encycl. Meth., pl. 415, fig. 1; Lamarck, 1822, Animaux sans Vert. VII, p. 187. 1843, Animaux sans Vert., Deshayes ed., IX, pp. 638,639; Kiister, 1878, Conch. Cab. von Martini and Chemnitz, Bd. III, Halfte II, pp. 246,247, Taf. 66, fig. 1. [This second edition of the Conchylien Cabinet had the same title as the earlier one but was a complete new series of monographs. ] 476 BULLETIN 254 Fusus cancellatus (Lamarck), Reeve, 1848, Conch. Icon., IV, Monograph of genus Fusus: sp. 62, pl. XVI, fig. 62. [“Hab.” is given as ‘“Unalaska, Kamtschatka,” which is erroneous for the South American form illus- trated. | Triton (Priene) cancellatus Lamarck, Tryon, 1880, Man. Conch., ser. 1, Ill, p. 34 (partim); 1881, pl. 16, fig. 164. [Tryon considered Triton oregonensis from North America synonymous with T. cancellatus. | Priene magellanica; (Chemnitz), Rochebrune and Mabille, 1889, Mission du Cap Horn, Zool., Pt. 2, Mollusques: H 42 (as of Adams). Priene (Fusitriton) cancellatus (Lamarck), Cossmann, 1903, Essais Paléo- conch. Comparée, 5, pp. 109,110, text-fig. 8. Austrofusus cancellatus (Lamarck), Parodiz, 1942, Rev. Geograf. Americana, ano IX, XVIII, p. 210 (fig.) Fusitriton magellanicum (Chemnitz), Carcelles, 1944, Rev. del. Museo de la Plata, Nueva ser., III: p. 247, lam. II, fig. 23. Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) magellanicum (Chemnitz), Carcelles, 1950, Cat- alogo de los Moluscos . . . Patagonia, p. 59; 1954, Comunicaciones . . . Ciencias Naturales ... II (15), pp. 249-252, fig. 1-4. Fusitriton cancellatum (Lamarck), Powell, 1951, Discovery Repts. XXVI, p. 130; 1960, Antarctic and Subantarctic Moll., p. 147. Nomenclatural remarks. — Fusitriton was introduced as a sub- genus of Priene by Cossmann (1903), who based his classification on similar cancellate sculpture and long-haired periostraca in T. cancellatus Lamarck and the type species of Priene, P. scabra (King). Subsequent consideration of soft parts and shell mor- phology led to its elevation to generic rank, although the authors of several well-known works (Dall, 1904, 1909a, 1921b; Weaver, 1943) continued to use Argobuccinum for Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield), the northern analogue of the South American type species. Grant and Gale (1931) considered Ranella the correct generic identification. The specific name of the type species has been cited as can- cellatus by most workers, magellanicus by others. Those who con- tended that the latter is an older name probably assumed that the figure of Triton cancellatus Lamarck in Kuster’s “Conchylien Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz” (1878) was a reprint of one in Chemnitz’ earlier “Conchylien Cabinet” (1788). Although both bear the same title, they are completely different works, the older edition being rare. “Murex magellanicus Chemnitz” is not a cyma- tiid, as shown by Keen (1964), who submitted a petition to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in which it was pointed out that Buccinum geversianum Pallas, the type species of Trophon Montfort, 1810, is an older name for Murex magellanicus Gmelin. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 477 Type information. — The repository of Cossmann’s holotype is not known, and he did not mention a type locality; later workers comparing Lamarck’s figure of Triton cancellatus with Recent material have taken the Straits of Magellan as the type locality. Descriptive notes. — (Jaws and radula illustrated in Text-fig. 3; soft parts, Text-fig. 2.) It is possible that differentiation within this species has occurred or is progressing on either coast of Scuth America. At least three variants have been studied, one of which, the more tumid form (Plate 42, fig. 5), has appeared mainly among material from the east coast. ‘There is a great deal of variability within and between populations, but certain forms seem to be restricted geographically while others are closely simi- lar to species in South Africa and southeastern Australia. The commonest adult forms are large (9 to 13.5 cm high), with at least six whorls; they are moderately high-spired and tumid in outline. Shell thickness varies, as do the color (dark or light brown to grey) and length of periostracal hairs. Varices are rare and irregularly spaced, generally present only in the juvenile stages or slightly developed on the outer lip of adults. Axial sculp- ture varies from numerous closely spaced fine ribs to fewer coarser ones; ribbing is coarser and more pronounced on earlier volutions, which are similar to Fusitriton oregonensis, and finer to almost obsolete on the body whorl. Spiral sculpture consists of revolving costae (commonly bifurcated) alternating with wider interspaces containing two, sometimes one or three threads. The pillar is straight or curved and parietal callous is deposited inter- mittently near the excurrent area. In many individuals the excur- rent notch is only weakly developed. Tumidity is not related to sexual differences. Decorticated shells are white and may have yellow-brown bands parallel to the major spirals. Most specimens from which the periostracum has been chemically removed have lost microsculp- tural details, a condition which accentuates their likeness to simi- larly prepared material from South Africa. Some individuals have ochraceous apertural margins. Variability. — Coarseness and density of axial sculpture and degree of inflation of whorls vary considerably among individuals of the same population. Slender forms are identical to some South 478 BULLETIN 254 African specimens, while the tumid ones are found mainly along the east coast between Mar del Plata, Argentina, and the Straits of Magellan. Several shells have slender spires, slightly inflated whorls and incised spiral grooves (Plate 42, fig. 7). These conspicuous furrows were seen in three individuals from Indian middens in Tierra del Fuego, made available for this study by Mr. William Old of the American Museum of Natural History, and several adults and juveniles from Guitecas Island, Chile (43°45’S, 74°W) . Other specimens from the same localities were similar in all other respects but lacked grooves. Whether slender or tumid, specimens of F. cancellatus and material from South Africa never have as high a spire as those described by authors as F. lawdandus from New Zealand. In many respects FI. cancellatus resembles F. oregonensis, the most im- portant differences being the tumid, less tabulate whorls, lower spire, and generally finer cancellate sculpture in the type species. F. cancellatus is morphologically closest to the fossil species F. scotiaensis from North America, some specimens of F. oregonensis (especially in the juvenile stages), some individuals from South Africa, and forms that have been described as F. retiolus (Hedley) southeastern Australia. Distribution. — Range: Recent. East Coast of South America: near Sarita, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil to Tierra del Fuego; Falkland Islands; Carcelles (1954) also listed South Georgia and Marion Island. West coast of South America: north of Valparaiso, Chile at the border of Aconcagua and Coquimbo provinces (Anton Brunn Cruise 18A, Sta. 702, 32°17’S, 71°40’W, 580 m, approx. 320 fms) to the Straits of Magellan; south to Navarino Island (55°S, 67° to 68°W.) “South: Pacitie: Eliainim™ Cruise 15) Stay 1346,) 54249720 54°50’S, 129°48’ to 129°46’W, 549 m, approx. 300 fms. The northern limit in Rio Grande do Sul is considered rea- sonably accurate because the coast to the north is influenced by the warm south-flowing Brazilian Current and the boundary be- tween the Antillian and Argentinian marine zoogeographic prov- inces lies at about 32°S. A marked temperature change does not occur immediately north of Aconcagua province in Chile, and it is probable that future collections, perhaps in deeper water, will CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 479 extend the range on the west coast. The species is commonest around Chiloe Island (43°37’S, 73°00’W) and the Straits of Ma- gellan. A locality in the South Pacific, Eltanin Station 1346, yielded material that in whorl outline, spire height, and sculpture cor- responds closely to specimens from the Straits of Magellan and Argentina. Geographic position suggests that specimens could also be variants of F. retiolus from Australia and New Zealand, but morphologically they seem slightly closer to forms from South America. This lot consisted of numerous specimens, of which all those seen by the writer contained hermit crabs. The material was made available with the permission of Dr. R. K. Dell through the Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center, Washington, D.C., and the privilege of studying samples from this and several other criti- cal mid-ocean localities is greatly appreciated. Material establishing the northern range on the west coast of South America was also obtained through the courtesy of the Sorting Center; a large number of specimens were taken live by the Anton Bruun, Cruise 18A, in 320 fms, from a locality approxi- mately 1040 km north of Talcan and Chiloe Island, where the species is common in 2 to 15 fathoms. Geologic distribution. — Had the Pliocene specimens identi- fied as F. scotiaensis occurred in South America rather than in northern California the writer would consider them conspecific with F. cancellatus. The absence from the known fossil record of other specimens of either species precludes the confirmation of such a close phylogenetic relationship at this time. It is significant, however, that cancellate forms as old as Pliocene age have been found, and further collecting from cool water formations in inter- mediate areas may document a route and time of dispersal. Another possible Tertiary occurrence is the juvenile speci- men of Triton leucostomoides G. B. Sowerby I, 1846 described in Darwin's “Geological Observations on South America (Pt. 3, Geology of the Voyage of the “Beagle,” p. 260, pl. 4, fig. 64). The figured shell is a juvenile having five whorls, coarse axial ribs and what might be varices; it was collected by Darwin from Huafo (= Guafo) Island, southwest of Chiloe Island, Chile. The fine- erained muddy sandstone from which he collected it, along with 480 BULLETIN 254 many specimens of Turritella chilensis G. B. Sowerby I and other fossils, was not named; its age was given as Tertiary. Additional material is needed to evaluate this taxon, which may or may not be a juvenile of F. cancellatus. Carcellas (1954, p. 250) also noted the absence of any fossil record for the species. Natural history.—‘The bathymetric range according to rec- ords in the Departmento de Zoologia at the Universidad de Con- cepcion, Chile, and specimens from other museums is 2 to 320 fath- oms. Specimens from the northernmost west coast of South America were taken from 320 fms while those from off Argentina ranged from 15 to 170 fms. Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) subsp. murrayi (E. A. Smith, 1891) Pl. 43, figs. 12-15 Lampusia (Priene) murrayi E. A. Smith, 1891, Zool. Soc. London Proc. for 1891, p. 436, pl. XXXIV, fig. 1. Tritonium (Cryotritonium) murrayi (E. A. Smith) von Martens, 1904, Gas- tropoden der deut. Tiefsee-Exped., Bd. 7, pp. 38-40, Taf. III, f. 16. Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) murrayi (E. A. Smith), Barnard, 1963, Ann. South Africa Mus. XLVII, pp. 22, 23, fig. 2b (radula). Fusitriton algoensis Tomlin, 1947, Jour. Conchol., 22(9), pp. 245, 246, fig. p. 246; White, 1948, “The anatomy of Fusitriton algoensis Tomlin,” Jour. Conchol. 23(1), pp. 3, 4, 5 figs. Fusitriton murrayi (E. A. Smith), Barnard, 1949, Jour. Conchol. 23 (3), p. 90. Nomenclatural remarks.—The two species described from South Africa are considered variants of the subspecies Fusitriton cancellatus murrayt (E. A. Smith, 1891). Shell thickness and num- ber and coarseness of axial ribs vary among specimens from given localities, but approximately half the 20 individuals studied by the writer were morphologically indistinguishable from the slen- der finely cancellate forms of F. cancellatus from Uruguay and Ar- gentina. Type information. —'The type specimen, BM (NH) 90.4.14.95, was collected from “Challenger” station 142 in 150 fathoms off the Cape of Good Hope, South Africa. I am indebted to Dr. A. Myra Keen for verifying the repository of this and other types in the British Museum (Natural History) . Descriptive notes. — (Jaws and radula Text-fig. 3.) Adult shells are slender, moderately high-spired and have seven or more slightly inflated whorls; the average height is 8.7 to 12 cm, either without varices or with as many as three per whorl. The beige to brown CYMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 481 periostracum is more delicate than in other species of Fusitriton; shells tend to be thinner and most are white, although some have yellow-brown colcr bands. Axial ribs are fine or moderately coarse but never as prominent as in tumid forms of F. cancellatus; they are commonly obsolete on adult body whorls. Spiral sculpture consists of revolving (sometimes bifurcated) ccstae alternating with one to three intercalary threads. Parietal callous is deposited intermittently on the straight or slightly curved pillar. Some material from South Africa is identical to specimens la- belled F. retiolus (Hedley) from southeastern Australia. Suffi- cient numbers of specimens from South Africa, Australia, and the intervening subantarctic islands have not been seen by the writer, but it is suspected that a completely gradaticnal series of forms exists over this section of the Southern Ocean. Distribution and natural history. — Range. Recent. South Africa, from Port Nolloth in 30 to 150 fathoms on the west coast and Algoa Bay, 140 fathoms, on the southeast coast to the eastern slope of Agulhas Bank (“Valdivia” station 103, 35°3’S, 23°2’E), where von Martens (1904, p. 39) listed it as abundant in approximately 275 fathoms (500m). Smith (1906) gave the bathymetric range off the Cape of Good Hope as 97 to 270 fathoms, and more recently collected material has been taken from 30 to 300 fathoms. Barnard (1963, p. 22) remarked that “ western and western slopes of the continental shelf: from 23°E ... the species is abundant along the southeastern, south- long. around Cape Point to approximately 33° S lat.” g I PI yi Fusitriton retiolus (Hedley, 1914) Pl. 44, figs. 1-11 Argobuccinum retiolum Hedley, 1914, Biol. Results Fishing Expts. “Endeavour,” II, Pt. 2, pp. 73, 74, pl. XI, fig. 5. Priene retiolum (Hedley), Finlay, 1924, New Zealand Inst., Trans., 55, p. 462. Fusitriton laudandum Finlay, March, 1927, New Zealand Inst., Trans., 57, p. 399, pl. 20, fig. 65; Powell, 1933, New Zealand Inst., Trans., 63, p. 164; 1937, Shellfish of New Zealand, p. 74; 1950, Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus., 4(1), p. 73-81, pl. 7; Dell, 1956, “The Archibenthal Mollusca of New Zealand,’ Dominion Mus. Bull. 18, pp. 84,85; 1962, Additional Archi- benthal Moll..... New Zealand, p. 75. Fusitriton futuristi Mestayer, Dec. 1927, Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., XVII, pp. 189, 190, fig. 6. Fusitriton retiolus (Hedley), Garrard, 1961, “Mollusca ... of the East Coast of Australia,” p. 14; Iredale and McMichael, 1962, Australian Mus. Mem. 48? BULLETIN 254 XI, p. 55; Macpherson and Gabriel, 1962, Mar. Moll. Victoria, p. 155, fig. 185. Specimens or photographs labelled Fusitriton retiolus and F’. laudandus were made available by the following: Mr. John McNally, Mr. T. A. Darragh, and Dr. Brian J. Smith, National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne; Dr. D. McMichael, formerly of the Australian Museum, and Miss J. Cave, Sydney; Dr. R. K. Dell, Dominion Museum, Wellington, N.Z.; Dr. James H. McLean, Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, California; Dr. Carl Hubbs and Mr. H. George Snyder, The Scripps Institution of Oceano- graphy, La Jolla; Dr. S. Stillman Berry; Miss Patsy McLaughlin and the staff of the Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center. Specimens from these individuals and from museum collections in the United States represented 20 localities and made possible dis- tributional and variability studies. The help and generosity of these workers is appreciated and gratefully acknowledged. Nomenclatural remarks. — Distributions recorded in the lit- erature for F. retiolus and F. laundandus restrict the former to sev- eral localities off the southeast coast of Australia and the latter to the east and south coast of New Zealand, the Chatham Islands, and in deep water around the islands of the Campbell Plateau. A comparison between the types and other specimens from the west- ern Tasman Sea with those collected from the Campbell Plateau has shown gradational forms from both areas, and the occurrence of identical specimens from off Victoria and Eltanin Station 1411, on the northwest slope of the Macquarie Rise (51°00’ to 51°01’S, 162°01’E, in 333 to 371 m), suggest strongly that these previously separated taxa may belong to one variable species. The oldest valid name for this group, which is in the process of differentiating into coarser and finer ribbed morphologic groups, is Fusztriton retiolus (Hedley, 1914). Material from eastern New Zealand and elsewhere on the Campbell Plateau shows considerable variation between and with- in populations, although coarsely sculptured high-spired forms are more abundant. The species from the western ‘Tasman Sea is known to the author from a small number of specimens, many of which have numerous fine axial ribs. These specimens represent only a few localities. The amount of variation is poorly understood, al- CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 483 though photographs of some specimens in the Australian Museum and material borrowed from the National Museum of Victoria indicate considerable variability. McMichael (1967, written com- munication) noted that Fusitriton is a “moderately common’’ ele- ment in the Recent fauna of Australia, although few reports are for live specimens. Type information. — The holotype and paratype were dredged south of Gabo Island, Victoria (37°34’S, 149°25’E) in 100 to 250 fathoms. They are deposited in the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. Descriptive notes.— (Jaws and radula Text-fig. 3). Adult specimens are high-spired and have at least seven whorls measur- ing up to 13 cm high; shells are white and may have reddish brown color bands parallel to spiral costae. Varices are absent or weakly developed at irregular intervals. Convex whorl outlines lack the tabulation seen in specimens of F. oregonensis, and junctions be- tween axial and spiral costae are sharper and more nodose. Axial sculpture is more pronounced than bifurcated spiral elements in the early stages, spirals and one to three interstitial threads _be- coming stronger in the wider interspaces on the later whorls. The columella may be straight or curved and parietal callous is common near the posterior notch. Some specimens have an ochraceous mar- gin, which is taxonomically insignificant. Variability. — Spire height, whorl outline, and number and coarseness of axial ribs vary greatly between populations. No data are available for large lots of individuals from southeastern Aus- tralia, but variants from the east coast of South Island and several localities on the Campbell Plateau are illustrated to show slender and inflated, coarsely and finely ribbed specimens. The sculpture of “typical” end members of this variable species was compared in two specimens, each of which was 12 cm high. ‘The western ‘Tasman form had 48 axial ribs, while the eastern one had 32. Other speci- mens from the west had fewer than 32 ribs, and some from the east had 45. Of particular interest are specimens dredged from the north- west Macquarie Rise; these are identical to the type and at least one other specimen and similar to several more individuals from off New South Wales. Early whorls have coarser axials and later 484 BULLETIN 254 volutions have more numerous finer ones; the specimens were taken live from Eltanin Cruise 16, Station 1411 (51°00’ to 51°01’S, 162°0O1’E) in 333 to 371 m (approximately 200 fathoms), and al- though they were dredged from the eastern side of the Tasman Sea, they resemble the western forms more closely than material examined from the Campbell Plateau. All variants of F. retiolus are heavier shelled and higher spired than F. cancellatus and F.c. murrayi from South Africa, al- though the closely spaced axial ribs on some forms make them morphologically almost indistinguishable. Coarsely ribbed or heavily nodose specimens from the Campbell shelf have been com- pared to the Japanese I. galea Kuroda and Habe, which resembles the forms from the South Pacific in sculptural details and color bands but differs in being lower spired and having a wavy suture. Distribution and natural history.— (Fig. 8). Range: Recent. Cook Strait, east and south coasts of South Island, New Zealand. Chatham Rise, Antipodes, Aucklands, and other islands of the Campbell Plateau. Macquarie Rise. East coast of Australia between Broken Bay, north of Sydney, New South Wales, and Bass Strait. Australian records, mostly for dead shells, give the bathymetric range as 50 to 250 fathoms. Dell (1962a, p. 75) listed the species from 380 te 550 fathoms in the vicinity of Palliser Bay, Cook Strait; elsewhere along the east coast of New Zealand, it occurs in 20 to 70 fathoms, and on the Chatham Rise and Campbell Plateau it has been taken in 200-300 fathoms. Powell (1950, p. 73,74) described a common hard bottom as- semblage at 50 to 70 fathoms on the continental shelf east of Otago; he called it the “Chlamys delicatula-Fusitriton community” after the two dominant species and compared it to a similar as- semblage from Puget Sound, Washington, the “Fusitriton-Strongy- locentrotus community” of Shelford and Towler (1925). The physi- cal environment is one of strong tidal currents flowing over a hard sand, shell or gravel substrate, and the characteristic faunal assem- blage is best represented at 46°S (around Otago). The community has been recognized as far south as 54°42’S, where Fusitriton was commonly less dominant, and farther north where Fusitriton was absent. CyMATUbD GASTROPODS: SMITH 485 e F. retiolus 1000 2000 Mi fe) 1500 3000 Km ee ee OMOP>EmmxX pazo4 rozma4 CONTOURS SHOW 100, 1000, 2000 FMS TASMAN SEA & BS ) STEWART IS Beounry is CAMPBELL 2000 eM LATE AU Giucnare ANTIPODES 1S xe fs Hoes aor 15. oe MACQUARIE Von 2000pMS—~>— THE Teer INDIAN Ry \ \ 140°E IS0°E From. PHYSICAL MAP OF THE WORLD /967 NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SOCIETY \ N \ \ 160°E 170°E 180° 170° w 160°w 150°w \40°w 130°w 120°w Text-figure 8.— Distribution of Fusitriton retiolus (Hedley), @ denotes Recent occurrences. There is no fossil record of Fustiriton in New Zealand (Flem- ing, 1967, written communication) “although Chlamys delicatula ranges back to uppermost Pliocene in fossil communities suitable for Fusitriton.” Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield, 1846) Pi 45, figs. 1-11; Pie 46, figs: 2.5.16, 69) 13.414: Pla otiss 2S Triton oregonense Redfield, 1846, New York Lyceum Nat. Hist. Ann. 4: pp. 163-168 (reprint consulted had different pagination, pp. 3, 4), Pl li fiess Jay 2b: Fusus oregonensis Reeve, 1848, Conch. Icon., Fusus IV, sp. 61, pl. XVI, figs. 61a, 61b. Triton (Buccinum) cancellatum Lamarck, Middendorf, 1849, Beitrage Malaco-zoological Rossica I1:164-67, Taf. III, figs. 1-4; Arnold, 1903, California Acad. Sci., Mem. 3, p. 286, 287, pl. 6, fig. 1. Tritonium (Priene) cancellatus Lamarck, Tryon, 1880, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. 3, p. 34; 1881, pl. 16, figs. 165, 166, 167. Priene (Fusitriton) oregonensis Redfield, Cossmann, 1903, Essais Paléo- conchol. Comparée 5, p. 109; 1110; text fig. 8, pl. 5, fig. 2. Priene oregonensis Redfield var. angelensis, Arnold, 1907, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., 32, pp. 536, 537, pl. 50, fig. 11. Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) oregonensis (Redfield), Dall, 1909, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 59, p. 56; Oldroyd, 1927, Mar. Shells West Coast North America, vol. II, pt. 2, Stanford Univ. Pubs. Geol. Sci., pp. 242, 243, pl. eptlicsea sl 6253), 486 BULLETIN 254 Gyrineum mediocre n. var. ? corbiculatum Dall, 1909, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 59, p. 55, pl. 7, fig. 9 (see “Gyrineum corbiculatum Dall as a synonym of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield)” under nomenclatural re- marks). Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) coosense Dall, 1909, U. S. Geol. Sur. Prof. Paper 59, pp. 55, 56, pl. 7, fig. 4; Faustman, 1964, “Paleontol. Wildcat Group ... Scotia and Centerville Beach, Calif.,’ Univ. California, Pubs, Geol. Sci. 41(2), p. 134, pl. 3, fig. 21. Argobuccinum (Priene) pacifica Dall, 1909, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 50° spp. 56, 57, pla Se ties 9s ple On chigaeZ. ?Gyrineum sylviaensis Weaver, 1912, Washington Geol. Sur., Bull. 15, pp. 73, 74, pl. 12, fig. 126; refigured as Argobuccinum sylviaense in Weaver, 1943, Univ. Washintgon Pub. Geol. 5, Pt. 2, p. 422, Pt. 3: pl. 83, fig. 7. (See “Gyrineum sylviaense as a synonym of Fustriton oregonensis” under nomenclatural remarks). Ranella (Priene) pacifica (Dall), Grant and Gale, 1931, Mem. San Diego Soc:-Niat? Hist: I, p25735- Ranella (Priene) corbiculata (Dall), Grant and Gale, 1931, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. I, pp. 735, 736. Ranella (Priene) oregonensis (Redfield), Grant and Gale, 1931, Mem. San Diego: Soc: Nat: Hist: I, pp: 737, 738, pl. 27, tig. 12: Ranella (Priene) oregonensis var. angelensis, Grant and Gale, 1931, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. I, p. 738. ? Ranella (Priene) tugaruensis Nomura and Hatai, 1935, “Pliocene Mol- lusca ... in the vicinity of Daisyaka, Aomori-ken, NE Honsyut, Japan,” Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. (6), pp. 126, 127, pl. 12, fig. 4. [Illustrated herein, the holotype is believed to be a juvenile F. oregonensis. | Fusitriton aff. F. oregonensis, Redfield, Woodring, 1938, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 190, pp. 23,24, pl. 5, figs. 21-23. Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) cancellatum (Lamarck), Wenz, 1941, Gastropoda, Bd. 6, Teil 1, pp. 1057, 1058, fig. on 1058. Gyrineum corbiculatum (Dall), Weaver, 1943, Univ. Washington Pub. Geol. Seelbte Wisp 4245 bta Seplees4arkiose lense Ranella oregonensis (Redfield), Hatai, 1950, “Cenozoic Moll. from Aomori Prefecture, Japan,” Jour. Conchyl. p. 133. Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield), Habe, 1958, Pubs. from Akkeshi Marine Biole sta. Hokkaido) (3) 1p. W6yeple 2) figs S3epla. 5). ties 21h Kerra 1962, Shells of the Western Pacific in Color, p. 55, pl. 22, fig. 9. Nomenclatural remarks. — Most malacologists relying on the works of Cossmann, Dall, and Grant and Gale, have placed Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) in other genera of Cymatiidae without proper attention to the differences between the type species of Argobuccinum, Priene, and Ranella. Because Cossmann (1903) _ re- garded Fusitriton as a subgenus of Priene, the interchanging of these names is not surprising; the genus Argobuccinum has been used most commonly by workers following Dall. CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 487 Argobuccinum (Priene) coosense and A. (P.) pacifica in synonymy with Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) The holotypes of Argobuccinum (Priene) coosense Dall, 1909a (U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 153903) and Argobuccinum (Priene) pacifica Dall, 1909a (U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 153902), both from Coos Bay, Oregon, were studied and compared with Recent specimens of Fusitriton oregonensis in which the tests were eroded by abrasion or attached organisms. Examples of Recent shells which were worn while or after being occupied by snails are shown in Plate 45; axial ribs are generally pronounced but may be more subdued whether or not they have been eroded. Differences between Dall’s type specimens and typical Fusitriton oregonensis are considered taxonomically insignificant. Gyrineum corbiculatum Dall as a synonym of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) PI. 46, figs. 5,8. The holotype of G. corbiculatum Dall, USNM 153900, has two varices on each of its three existing whorls; the last three are in lateral positions that give the shell a more symmetrical outline, while the earlier, more obscure ones are offset. Several other speci- mens from Coos Bay, the type locality, have a similar sculptural pattern and prominent varices in addition to apertural details matching those of Recent specimens of F. oregonensis. The marked tabulation of whorls seen in Mediargo mediocris is lacking and the varices differ in posterior shape and mode of formation. Speci- mens identified as G. corbiculatum are commonly between rest- ing stages, as defined by the development of varices, and they are difficult to compare with other specimens because corresponding orientations are not immediately evident. Sufficient material has been examined to determine that Dall’s G. corbiculatum differs generically and specifically from his G. mediocre (which has been designated as the type species of Mediargo Terry, 1968b) and that it is probably a form of F. ore- gonensis. 488 BULLETIN 254 Gyrineum sylviaensis Weaver, as a synonym of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) Pl. 46, fig. 12 The certain placement of this name is complicated by insuffi- cient knowledge of the species and its degree of variability. The holotype (CAS No. 7601) is a worn, incomplete specimen in: which the aperture is obscured by a well indurated pebble conglomerate typical of the basal Montesano Formation. This specimen is sim1- lar to Recent shells from Departure Bay, British Columbia, and differs mainly in having several varices per volution and eroded or obsolete axial ribs on the body whorl. Axial sculpture, bifurcated spiral straps and interspaces containing one to three medial threads appear finer than in most Recent specimens of Fusitriton oregon- ensis. Some topotypes exhibit the same features but entirely lack axial ribs on the body whorl; this absence is not due to abrasion. Some juveniles are identical to Pliocene specimens of Fusitriton oregonensis which occur in the Fernando Formation in the New- port Bay area, southern California. Although more specimens are needed to appreciate the vari- ability of material described as Gyrinewm sylviaensis Weaver, clues to its affinities might be found in a study of the whole Montesano assemblage at its type locality (Univ. Wash. 68, Sylvia Creek, six miles north of Montesano, Chehalis Co., Wash.). Clinocardium hannibali Keen, 1954, among others, represents a molluscan species found only in the vicinity of the type locality. The Montesano Formation may have been deposited in an isolated basin in which forms distinct from those along the outer coast were able to de- velop. Originally described as the Blakeley horizon of upper Mio- cene age, the basal Montesano is now regarded as Mio-Pliocene. Type information. — The specimen described and figured by Redfield in 1846 was an adult shell 4.25 inches high with 6 whorls, most of which had two varices. It lacked the parietal callous de- posit commonly found on the columella and had the characteris- tic cancellate sculpture produced by bifurcated spiral straps and medial threads crossing axial ribs. At that time, the specimen be- longed to Dr. B. W. Budd and was kept in the Cabinet of the Naval Lyceum, Brooklyn, New York. The type locality, “Straits of CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 489 St. Juan da Fuca, Oregon,” is now part of the state of Washington. Redfield’s collection was later deposited in the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, but there is no record of a holo- type of Fusitriton oregonensis being among his material. As the original specimen is missing, Redfield’s original illustration may serve as the holotype. Descriptive notes.— (Jaws and radula Text-fig. 3.) Adult specimens of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) are high-spired, ranging up to 13.5 cm in height and having five to more than eight whorls, most of which lack varices in the later stages. Outlines may be rounded or tabulate. A long-haired commonly dark brown perio- stracum covers the white shell and is responsible for the vernacu- lar name, “The hairy Oregon triton.” Whorls may be slender or inflated; they are ornamented by coarse axial ribs that are crossed by finer flat-topped costae and spiral interspaces that commonly contain one medial thread (but may have none or as many as three). The spiral straps are charac- teristically bifurcated and become more prominent anteriorly where the axials are obsolete. Spiral microsculpture is variable be- tween and within whorls of different individuals and is not a reliable specific character. The apertural shape is also variable, delineated by a straight or curved columella and medium to long anterior canal. The outer lip may be flared and is commonly ter- minated by a varix or slight thickening. Pillar callous is deposited intermittently near the anal notch. Specimens rarely have denticu- late outer lips, although shells from Monterey Bay, California, and Discovery Bay, British Columbia, generally exhibit this feature. Juveniles up to about three cm in height have two or more irregu- larly spaced varices with corresponding denticulate apertures on all but the nepionic whorls. Apices are almost always broken and protoconchs rare in adult specimens. Color bands parallel to the main spirals are uncommon but have been observed in half a dozen individuals. Abrasion, solu- tion, and penetration by boring organisms may cause the sculpture to appear more subdued, and Recent examples of worn shells are shown in the plate illustrations for comparison with fossil forms that were originally described as new on the basis of minor sculp- tural differences. Many broken or deeply weathered shells were 490 BULLETIN 254 taken live, while other perfect ones contained hermit crabs or were empty when collected. Once the periostracum has been removed, solution or encrustation may modify the shell whether or not the snail is still living. Fossils having obsolete ribs or no spiral micro- sculpture need not necessarily have been transported to the place of deposition or reworked. Variability. — Aperture shape, pillar curvature, and coarseness of axial sculpture are the greatest variables in Recent and _ fossil specimens of F. oregonensis. A comparison of Recent populations from Puget Sound, the Gulf of Alaska, and Monterey Bay with fos- sil assemblages from the Pliocene of the Ventura Basin, north of Los Angeles, California, (USNM 18283, 102 individuals) and Newport Bay, California, (USGS locality M2753, collected by J. G. Vedder, and LACM 41, collected by L. Marincovich) suggested that sculp- tural variability may have been even greater in the fossils. ‘The fossil occurrence of all growth stages, from larval shells to adults 8.5 to 10.2 cm high, supports the interpretation that this species flourished in the Pliocene and Pleistocene in the Los Angeles Basin and Ventura Basin and that specimens were neither reworked nor transported by longshore currents. The association with Panamic species in some outcrops has not been explained; unfortunately, many localities have been ex- cavated or buried and many are in areas of recurring landslides. The seemingly anomalous occurrences of northern and southern species may also reflect several-year periods of warming such as the recent one in 1957-1959 (Radovich, 1961) . Late juveniles of F. oregonensis have been confused with those of Mediargo mediocris (Dall) , with which they occur in some Plio- cene formations. The former may have two varices per whorl but they are generally not as lateral or continuous as in M. mediocris. Spiral sculpture is the same in juvenile and adult forms of F. ore- gonensis, while M. mediocris exhibits very slightly furrowed spiral straps in juveniles and sharply incised grooves in adults. F. dilleri (Anderson and Martin) is a less well-defined species, but at present it can be distinguished by two prominent, irregu- larly spaced varices per volution and distinctive bifurcated spiral costae separated by wide interspaces that commonly contain three cords, I’. galea Kuroda and Habe, the Recent species from south- CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 49] ern Japan, is more angular in outline, has fewer major spirals, and has sharply nodose junctions between sculptural elements. Its canal is more strongly recurved, and fresh material always has reddish brown or yellow color bands. F. cancellatus, the type species of the genus, resembles F. oregonensis in coarsely sculptured juveniles but becomes more inflated and less tabulate in outline in adult stages; axial ribs are finer to obsolete, although in spiral costae it is like the northern form. Distribution. — (Text-fig. 9.) (Records verified by specimens examined by the writer unless noted.) Range: Recent. Northern Japan, in the Japan Sea as far south as Niigata and on the Pacific Coast from Cape Inubo north (observations confirmed by Okutani, 1967, written communica- tion) ; Sea of Okhotsk and Kamchatka (Dall). Bering Sea in the Commander, Pribilof and Aleutian Islands, south of the line of floating ice in winter. Gulf of Alaska, fiords of southeastern Alaska and western Canada. Puget Sound and Pacific coast to Southern California. Most southerly and also deepest record, San Nicolas Id. off San Diego, Calif. in 1100-1300 fathoms (taken live). SIBERIA ANCHORAGE 60°N 4 ° X : BERING SEA CORO ? PRIBILOF Ca ALASKA re: (10 - 85 FMS) TaNs, "VY" (5-230 FMS) : Ror é Tat (0-238 FMS) SMT OF cLoatiNG a a 5 3f0.As* (0-125 aN 60°N JUNEAU (SUBRECENT) OF OKHOTSK | g uO (30-129 FMS) CAPE BLANCO (26-330 FMS) (80 ond LEGEND 1081-1300 FMS) 4 f=) Recent (Bathymetric ranges givenin fathoms) = Pleistocene @ Pliocene, including all Neocene records from Japan SCALE AT EQUATOR te) 1000 MILES +4 I30°E 150° I70°E 1a0° 170° w 150° 139° w EE Text-figure 9.— Distribution in space and time of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield). 492 BULLETIN 254 Pleistocene: Southeast of Tokyo and possibly elsewhere in Jap- an in beds described as Pliocene or Miocene; Tolstoi Point, St. George Id., Pribilots; subrecent from the Juneau area (USGS M 250). Bandon and Cape Blanco, Oregon, Port Orford Formation and Elk River beds. Terrace deposits along the California coast, from Crescent City, Ano Nuevo Point, Santa Barbara, hills and beaches within the Los Angeles basin, San Pedro including Timms Point and Deadman Id. Border locality at San Ysidro. Fragments from San Nicolas and San Clemente Islands and from San Jose del Cabo, Baja California. Named formations in California include part of the Santa Barbara and in the San Pedro area the San Pedro sand, Lomita marl, Palos Verdes sand, and Timms Point silt. Pliocene: According to the literature and a list of IGPS speci- mens supplied by Hatai, from the Kanagawa Prefecture, Koshiba Formation. Aomori Prefecture (Kubo and Chikagawa Formations) . Sylvia Creek, near Montesano, Washington, Montesano Forma- tion. Fossil Rock, Coos Bay, Oregon from the Coos Conglomerate and Empire Formation. Humbolt County, northern California, in the Scotia and Fortuna Quadrangles, Rio Dell, Wildcat, and Scotia Bluffs Formations. Halfmoon Bay and Ano Nuevo Point, Purisima Formation; Goleta and Santa Barbara, lower part of the Santa Barbara Formation. Santa Maria District and Ventura Basin, from the Fernando, Pico, and Cebada Formations and Foxen mud- stone. Greater Los Angeles, including Newport Beach, from the Repetto and Fernando Formations. Tijuana Playa area (SDSC 180) . ? Pleistocene or Pliocene, specimen grabbed by the “Deepstar” off southern California (SDSC 543). Miocene: According to IGPS specimens, from Nagano Prefec- ture, Shigarami Formation; Chiba Prefecture, Kurotaki Formation; Iwate Prefecture, Kadoncsawa Formation; Shimane Prefecture, Fu- jina Formation; Gumma Prefecture, Itahana Formation. Depending on the taxonomic designation, Cape Yakataga and (?) Poul Creek Formations. Abundant specimens of this material, here assigned to Fusitriton sp. ? aff. F. oregonensis, are in the Ter- tiary collections of the U.S.G.S. in Menlo Park, California, and the Phillips Petroleum Company, Bartlesville, Oklahoma. The latter were collected with careful attention to stratigraphic succession by M. Scott McCoy, Jr. CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 493 The fossil record in Japan cannot be interpreted without see- ing specimens and evaluating the ages assigned to Tertiary forma- tions. Few Pleistocene deposits are recognized in the literature and F. oregonensis is recorded mainly from the Pliocene and Miocene. The possibility that some of these records could be F. galea has not been investigated. A Plio-Pleistocene boundary problem also exists in the West Coast Tertiary of North America. A discussion by Keen im Keen and Bentson (1944) emphasized the need for detailed stratigraphic collections of assemblages to distinguish the faunal change that marks this division. Although such a boundary is somewhat arti- ficial in areas of continuous deposition, percentages of species studied by Keen from the Santa Barbara Formation did show a marked change along a horizon within the lowest member of the Santa Barbara Formation in the section at Beacon Hill; the tem- poral division at that locality did not correspond to a lithologic one. Many workers have examined the San Pedro Plio-Pleistocene sediments, some perhaps ignoring the abundance of landslides and possibility of reworking. As F. oregonensis ranges back at least to the early Pliocene, the boundary problem in that area is not es- pecially critical to this study. Ecology. — Bathymetric ranges (in fathoms) are given in Text- fig. 9 for the following areas: Sea of Japan, Pacific side of Japan from 35°N to the east coast of Kamchatka, Bering Sea north of the Aleutians, Gulf of Alaska, southeastern Alaska, Puget Sound and Straits of Juan da Fuca, Pacific coast of Washington to Monterey Bay, and south of Monterey to northern Mexico. The most striking differences in depth are seen in eastern Pacific forms that spawn in the littoral zone in Puget Sound but have never been taken from water shallower than 80 fathoms in southern California. Shells dredged by John Favalora of the General Fish Corporation, Moss Landing, California, came from 70 to 120 fathoms and contained large hermit crabs. It is likely that the living gastropods are com- moner at greater depths and possible that the pagurids bring the shells to shallower water. Observations in the Natural History of Fusitriton oregonensis.— Although the species is common intertidally in the San Juan Islands, 494 BULLETIN 254 Puget Sound, during the summer months, few details of its natural history have been published. That the animals are able to move about readily is evident from the shifts of large populations from one area to another in successive years. They are apparently capable of adjusting to considerable changes in depth and pressure and can be kept alive in aquaria for a period of six months or more. Valentine and Emerson (1961, p. 617) reported the species in wa- ter 7-11°C in Puget Sound and less than 8°C off southern Cali- fornia. Two animals that had been taken from an unknown locality in Puget Sound were observed copulating after several months in captivity at the Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco. Their shells were oriented in the same direction and the female adhered to the glass; the male was attached to the penultimate whorl of the female, the plane of his aperture differing by 90°. No eggs were observed by aquarium curators. Field reports (Howard, 1962, p. 160; Silberling, 1967, personal communication; anonymous fishermen) indicate that egg laying can be accomplished in or out of water, although all observations known to the writer were made in the intertidal zone on rocks in tide pools or sandy coves. A specimen photographed by Silberling in Keku Strait (Pl. 46, fig. 14) and one illustrated by Howard (1962, pl. 39, fig. 2) on Baranof Island, southeastern Alaska, were seen depositing egg capsules in a spiral arrangement until at least 150 had been laid. According to Howard, after completing the egg laying process, the animal secreted a heavy colorless mucus sheet that was drawn over the egg mass and then the animal returned to deeper water. Philpott (1925), working on the embryology of F. oregonensis (which he referred to Argobuccinum) , found egg cases abundant during June, July, and August in the vicinity of Puget Sound Bio- logical Station. Most came from rocks barely exposed at minus tide levels while others were dredged from 20 m. One relatively small ege cluster contained 125 egg capsules, each of which encased 1600 to 2000 eggs, a total of 200,000 to 250,000 individuals. Whether all or only a few hatch is not known, but free swimming veliger larvae have been recognized by Dall (1886, pp. 212-214; 1904, p. 127) and other workers. Dall described the pelagic larvae as metallic blue- CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 495 green pteropod-like creatures having horny shells; he collected them 200 miles from shore in the Gulf of Alaska and considered this capa- city to swim an important distributional factor. Protoconchs that have been studied by the writer are thin white shells having 3-1/2 whorls Grnamented by several fine spiral striae. A Fusitriton veliger studied by Dr. Gunnar Thorson at the Friday Harbor Laboratory remained in the plankton for several months, and since an unusually long larval stage has been docu- mented for other Cymatiidae (Scheltema, 1966, Cymatium), it might be expected in Fusitriton. Thorson (1967, written communi- cation) felt “ absolutely sure that its pelagic larval life [is] at least half a year,” and suggested that 13 months may not be im- possible. “The larvae ... get a shell of 4 mm or more, and a velum of more than | cm before leaving the plankton. It is very common in offshore plankton in Oregon and Washington and even around the northern part of Japan.” In a study of the feeding habits of four species of marine gastropods at Friday Harbor, John Avery (1961) demonstrated that Fusitriton oregonensis is a carnivore. Whether it is an omnivore was not tested, but a series of experiments showed that specimens of F. oregonensis will eat the following freshly killed prey: the pelecypod Mytilus californianus Conrad, the arthropod Upogebia pugettensis (Dana), the annelid Nereis brandti (Malmgren), the decapod crustacean Cancer gracilis Dana, and a combination of blenny and cling fish, Xiphister astropurpurens Kittlitz and Gobieosox meandricus Girard. Other animals that were not part of the experiment but that were eaten by F. oregonensis in cap- tivity were a large worm, Echiurus echiurus alaskanus, and a live tunicate Ascidia paratropa in which the Fusitriton had made a hole 3.5 mm in diameter and inserted its proboscis. Experiments of this kind leave many questions unanswered, and it is possible that the use of starved animals and the particular kinds of prey produced different results than would have been seen in the field. Avery constructed a long water trough with a food compartment in one end over which water passed. His aim was to measure the time taken for each specimen to orient itself to the food scent and move down the trough to the prey. He used 10 specimens of Fusitriton oregonensis, five of which showed no prefer- 496 BULLETIN 254 ence for any particular kind of food. They took 20 minutes to almost an hour to orient themselves and the same time to travel to the food compartment. As in other carnivorous gastropods, the sense of smell is probably more important than sight; however, any dis- turbance or loss of contact between proboscis and prey caused Fusitriton to grope around momentarily and then give up and crawl away. Avery considered that a measure of the capacity of exploiting different food sources is the length to which the proboscis can be everted and the smallest size aperture through which it can pass. A specimen of F. oregonensis measuring 9.4 cm long everted its proboscis 16.0 cm to reach a specimen of Mytilus; Avery believed that greater range to perhaps twice the length of the shell may be possible. In as much as the species has been collected in areas sup- porting a Macoma nasuta-M. secta community in which these in- faunas live within 10 cm of the surface, Avery considered the ca- pacity to extend the proboscis important for the utilization of this food source. Observations of these animals digging with their proboscides have not been recorded. The Strongylocentrotus-Argobuccinum community of Shelford and Towler (19235 ).— Shelford, et al., (1935) recognized this biome from the littoral zone to 225 m in various parts of a 386 square mile area including the San Juan Islands. It is developed on hard substrates that are subjected to strong current or wave action and may be extensive some years and almost lacking other times. They noted (1935, p. 330) that “drgobuccinum [Fusitriton] was very abundant in 1922 when the original work on the Strongylocentrotus- Argobuccinum biome was done. By 1926 it was almost absent but gradually increased to 1930 when observation ceased.” They at- tribute these declines and increases to a combination of factors in- cluding changes in water circulation, bottom conditions, early arrival of other larvae, algal growth, and accidents related to other physical changes. The average number of animals per 10 square meters was 40 to 200 green sea urchins (Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis Miller) , 2 to 50 specimens of F. oregonensis, and 15 to 1000 specimens of Pecten hericius Gould. Other possible dominants or influents were listed but not treated in detail (Shelford, et al., 1935, p. 281): three CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 49 ~I species of barnacles (5 to 400 of each) ,( five species of gastropods (2-60 Calliostoma costatum, 1-150 Trichotropis cancellata, 5-85 Amphissa columbiana, 10-50 Crepidula nivea, 3-6 Calyptraea fasti- giata), 2-50 specimens of Pododesmus machroschisma, 1-2 starfish (Orthasterias columbiana), and 1-10 sessile sea cucumbers (Psolus chitonoides ). Fusitriton galea Kuroda and Habe, 1961 Pl. 46, figs. 10, 11 Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield), Tsuchi, 1958, Repts. Liberal Arts Fac., Shizuokas Unive, [Nature (Sci) 92((2)) pps Jl Zee plew leetae= 3) (as Fusitriton oregonensis galea Kuroda MS; according to a footnote, the material described as F. oregonensis in 1956 is also this subspecies). Fusitriton galea Kuroda and Habe, 1961, in Habe, 1961, Colored Illustra- tions of the Shells of Japan, II. Japanese ed., p. 46, pl. 23, fig. 11; appendix p. 18. Okutani, 1964, “Rept. Archibenthal and Abyssal Gastro- pod Mollusca mainly collected from Sagam: Bay and adjacent waters. aoe Jour Pach sei Unive Lokyo; Secs Il eve pts 3) p. 4008 pla I, fis 245 text fig. 1 (radula). Fusitriton oregonensis galea Kuroda and Habe, Habe, 1964, Shells of the Western Pacific in Color II [English ed. of Coloured Illustrations of the Shelltof Japan Ii) pao) plaiZ3, ties ile Type information. —The specimen originally described and figured by Kuroda and Habe in Habe, 1961 was collected “Off Cape Ashizuri-Saki, Shikoku, Japan,” in Tosa Bay. Descriptive notes. — Fusitriton galea Kuroda and Habe can be separated from F. oregonensis by its sculpture and general outline. Its fewer, coarser axial ribs form pronounced nodes where they cross major revolving bifurcated straps; spiral interspaces contain three evenly spaced threads. Major straps and medial threads are commonly reddish brown in color, The periostracum varies from light to dark brown, but in museum specimens the long dark brown hairs have usually fallen off and a lighter scaly covering remains. Spiral threads are outlined by rows of periostracal tufts and are more conspicuous in hairy specimens than in those which have been decorticated. Most, including adult, whorls have two varices that are not aligned but that approach lateral positions. Shoulders are not as tabulate as in /. oregonensis and the anterior canal is long and more strongly recurved. Protoconchs were miss- ing in most specimens studied; the largest adults had at least seven whorls and measured 11.3 to 12.3 cm high. The excurrent notch is marked as in F. oregonensis and several individuals had ochraceous apertural margins. 498 BULLETIN 254 4 Fusitriton galea (Kuroda & Habe) RECENT @ Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) RECENT O Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) NEOGENE > a fa) O > ° @ i] =) N g 0 SS 4 senval LN3yyund oInS Nits ee es NIIGATA 7 o Be ( GI aif} eich SEA OF NSHU- ENSHU- NADA > A ASHIZURI-SAKI (Type Locality) CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 499 Some strongly nodose specimens labelled I’. laudandum Fin- lay, 1927 from New Zealand resemble F. galea, but the former are consistently higher spired and more slender and the Japanese species has finer microsculpture, a more strongly recurved canal and possibly a heavier shell. Ecology and distribution. — (Text-fig. 10.) The author is in- debted to Mr. Takashi Okutani of the Tokai Regional Fisheries Bureau, Tokyo, for confirmation of distributional data based on the literature and specimens in American museums. Known only from the Pacific side of southern Japan, I’. galea has been dredged from 55 to 120 fathoms in Tosa Bay and from 88 to 340 fathoms (or 620 m, deepest record, collected by Okutani, 1964) off southern Honshu in Uraga Strait, Suruga Bay, and the Sea of Enshu Nada, where it is abundant between the upper shelf and bathyal zones. It is a warmer water species than F. oregonensis, which occurs in 30 to 130 fathoms along the east coast of Honshu where the cold south-flowing Oyashio is the dominant current. Fusitriton galea is found south of latitude 35°N in areas influenced by the warm Kuroshio stream which flows northeast from the northern equa- torial current. The two species have never been collected from the same area, their respective faunal provinces being divided at Cape Inubo. Because Fusitriton galea was described relatively recently (1961), its fossil history if any is not yet known. It is possible that specimens reported as F. oregonensis from the Tertiary of Japan could be F. galea, but to date the time and place of separation of I’. galea from F. oregonensis have not been documented. ‘Text- figure 10 shows the distribution of F. galea and of Recent and fossil specimens of F. oregonensis in Japan. <—_——_ Text-figure 10.— Distribution of Fusitriton galea (Kuroda and Habe) and of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) in the vicinity of Japan. Numbers refer to the following prefectures: 1, Aomori; 2, Akita; 3, Iwate; 4, Yama- gata; 5, Miyagi; 6, Niigata; 7, Fukushima; 8, Nagano; 9, Gumma; 10, Tochigi; 11, Ibaraki; 12, Kanagawa; 13, Chiba, 14, Shimane. Locations, based on literature and IGPS specimens, are approximate. 500 BULLETIN 254 Fusitriton midwayensis Habe and Okutani, 1968 Pl. 46, fig. 7 Fusitriton midwayensis Habe and Okutani, 1968, Venus, 27(2), pp. 48, 49, pl. 3, fig. 6 [illustration refigured herein]. Type information. —‘The holotype was collected from 400 to 460 m at 35°15’ N. lat., 171°50’E long., northwest of Midway Island in the central Pacific Ocean. It has been deposited in the National Science Museum, Tokyo, Japan. Descriptive notes. —‘Three specimens are known, ranging in height from 3.6 cm to 5.38 cm. Adults of this species may have a smaller, more solid shell than other congeneric forms, or this ma- terial may represent half grown individuals. Sculpture is described as densely reticulate, the body whorl having 22 axial ribs crossed by brown color bands and eight spiral costae forming nodose inter- sections. Varices occur at 270° positions. The aperture is white with callous deposits on the pillar and posterior end near the anal notch. ‘The periostracum is pale yellow in color. Distribution. —The species is Recent and known only from the type locality in the central Pacific. No biological or ecological data are available, as the type material was not live-taken. Habe and Okutani considered the species a northern element, perhaps derived from Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) or from the Japanese form, F. galea Kuroda and Habe. A discussion of phy- logenetic affinities based on the original description and figure alone would be premature; however, a preliminary evaluation sug- gests that the newest described species of Fusitriton is morphologic- ally closest to F. oregonensis. Fusitriton scotiaensis (Martin, 1914) Pl. 42, figs. 1-3 Argobuccinum scotiaensis Martin, 1914, Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol. 8(7), 192, 193, pl. 21, fig. 3. Ogle, 1953, California Div. Mines Bull. 164, pl. 5. Ranella (Priene) scotiaensis (Martin), Grant and Gale, 1931, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem. I, p. 738. Nomenclatural remarks. — Considering the great variability in both Recent and fossil specimens of Fusttriton in western North America, it might seem appropriate to call this form a subspecies of F. oregonensis (Redfield) ; however, because of its uncertain re- lationship to F. oregonensis (Redfield) and greater resemblance in shell morphology to the South American F. cancellatus (Lam- CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 501 arck) , it is treated here as a separate species until more material has been collected. It is generally undesirable to recognize two subspecies of the same taxon in a given habitat. Although it is not known that the associated specimens of typical F. oregonensis (Redfield) occupied the same niche in life, it is not possible to determine this information from museum material. ‘To consider F. scotiaensis (Martin) a subspecies of F. cancellatus (Lamarck) would imply a phylogenetic relationship for which there is not sufficient evidence. Type information.— The holotype, UCMP 12337, is an adult body whorl of a worn and slightly squeezed specimen meas- uring approximately 5.4 cm in height. The type locality is UCMP 1878, “In the east bank of Eel River, about 3/4 of a mile north of Scotia, Humboldt County, California.” The rocks at this locality are considered part of the Wildcat Series of Pliocene age. Descriptive notes. — Aside from the holotype, two other lots of material from the Wildcat Formation were examined by the writer; several poor specimens were collected from the Scotia Quadrangle near Elinor, California, (UCMP loc. 1880) and two in- complete but well-preserved shells were found by Ogle in the Pliocene Wildcat Formation of Humboldt County, California. The latter are illustrated herein and compared with a Recent speci- men of F. cancellatus (Lamarck) . The species may be distinguished by its even reticulate sculp- ture consisting of numerous alternating spiral costae (some grooved, some not) and threads crossed by fine axial ribs. The body whorl of the larger individual bears 34 axial ribs in con- trast to 18 coarser ones on an equally large specimen of F. oregon- ensis (Redfield). Varices are not pronounced except on the outer lip, and two to three occur on the body whorl. The whorls are somewhat more inflated than in most specimens of F. oregonensis (Redfield). Among the large variety of forms of F. oregonensis (Redfield) from Ventura County, southern California, some speci- mens approach F. scotiaensis (Martin), but none has both the tumid appearance and finely reticulate sculpture. Distribution. — Geologic. Fusitriton scotiaensis (Martin) is known only from the Pliocene Wildcat Formation of Humboldt County, northern California, where it is associated with typical 502 BULLETIN 254 F. oregonensis (Redfield) and “Beringius’” arnoldi (Martin) (= Argobuccinum arnoldi auctt.) Fusitriton dilleri (Anderson and Martin, 1914) Pl. 49, figs. 5-7 Argobuccinum dilleri Anderson and Martin, 1914, California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, 4, pp. 71, 72, pl. 4, fig. 7. Weaver, 1943, Univ. Washington RubsGeoll5 5) Rte. ps 420g Rt supe 83a ties 6s Ranella (Ranella) dillert (Anderson and Martin), Grant and Gale, 1931, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem. I, p. 735. Argobuccinum cf. [A.] mathewsoni Gabb, Tegland, 1933, Univ. California Bull. Dept. Geol. 23(3) pp. 134,135, pl. 13, figs. 12,14. ? Gyrineum goodspeedi Yegland, 1933, Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geolh231(3) paso) pl disetigsses «16: “Gyrineum” dilleri Anderson and Martin, Moore, 1963, U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 419 pps sles 25" plea ships s. 9: Nomenclatural remarks. —The concept of this species is not clear, as the holotype and most other specimens seen are incom- plete anteriorly. It has been considered a Ranella by Grant and Gale (1931) and others. Although the type lacks the apertural characters by which Fusztriton is easily distinguished from Ranella, details of varix formation, parietal callous, excurrent area, tabu- late whorls, and spiral sculpture place it closer to Fusitriton oregonensis. ‘The possibility of including the holotype in Medi- argo cannot be completely ruled out, as the diagnostic apertural features are missing. However, the discontinuity of prominent varices and greater width of spiral interspaces support its place- ment in Fusitriton. Many workers have synonymized F. dilleri with Ranella math- ewsonit Gabb. ‘The writer considers Gabb’s species referable to Mediargo, although the holotype is missing and its aperture was not shown in the original illustration; evidence for this classifica- tion will be discussed under the appropriate species. Tegland’s hypotypes of Argobuccinum cf. A. mathewsoni are probably F. dilleri, although they are internal molds and the spiral microsculpture may not be seen; apertural details are also lacking. Type information.—The holotype, CAS 152, was collected from CAS locality 35 in sea cliffs south of the mouth of Wade Creek, 414 miles north of Yaquina Bay, Lincoln County, Oregon, from the Astoria Formation of Miocene age. Descriptive notes. — The holotype, incomplete anteriorly and CyMATiD GASTROPODS: SMITH 503 posteriorly, has 414 whorls and measures 6.5 cm high. Two pro- nounced, irregularly spaced varices occur on each whorl, out- lines are rounded and shoulders have a slight or narrow tabu- lation. Axial ribs are crossed by spiral cords in wide interareas. Interstices commonly contain three revolving threads, although only one is present on some whorls. Pillars Gn two specimens are straight and devoid of transverse wrinkles; parietal callous de- posits occur intermittently. The species can be distinguished from F. oregonensis by the more prominent varices on adult as well as juvenile whorls and the three spiral cords in the wider interspaces between costae. Mediargo has two lateral, more nearly continuous varices per volu- tion, more strongly tabulate whorls, transverse plications on the columella and a denticulate outer lip; narrower interspaces gener- ally contain only one spiral cord. It is possible that a study of more complete material would show F. dilleri to be a variant of Mediargo mathewsonii, but on the basis of present knowledge they can be separated by apertural and sculptural differences. Geologic distribution. — Oligocene to middle Miocene, Alaska, Washington, and California; Miocene, Yakataga district, Yaka- taga Formation (USGS 3172 Tertiary collection, Menlo Park). Specimen identical to the one figured by Moore (1963, pl. 2, figs. 8, 9); Yaquina Bay, Lincoln Co., Oregon (type locality and Moore’s specimen USGS 18938 from USNM loc. 128), from the middle Miocene Astoria Formation; Barker’s Ranch, Kern Co., California (USGS localities M1602, M1600; LACM 463), from the middle Miocene Olcese Sand. Oligocene, Restoration Point, Kitsap Co., Washington (Tegland’s hypotypes, UCMP loc. 681), type locality of the Blakeley Formation, upper Oligocene age; Grays Harbor Co., Washington (UCMP locality A-410) from the Lincoln Formation, Zemorrian stage. Fusitriton sp. ? aff. F. oregonensis (Redfield, 1846) Pl. 46, figs. 3, 4 A large number of poorly preserved and distorted specimens from Middleton Island and Cape Yakataga, Alaska have been collected by geologists of the U.S. Geological Survey and by Mr. Scott McCoy, Jr., of the Phillips Petroleum Company. In spite of the abundance of material generic and specific identifications 504 BULLETIN 254 are not certain. The specimens are Miocene in age and were col- lected from the Yakataga and possibly Poul Creek formations. If these specimens are cymatiids, they should be referred to Fusitriton on the basis of sculpture, smooth pillar, and anal notch. No varices have been observed, even on juvenile whorls, and the sutures in undistorted shells are more appressed than in F. oregon- ensis. Coarse axial ribs are crossed by faintly grooved spiral costae and thin interspaces containing one to three cords. Although such sculptural elements are common in species of Fusitriton, the coarseness and pattern are somewhat different. Morphologic forms that are closest to these specimens include Pliocene specimens of F. oregonensis from the Newport Bay area south of Los Angeles, California, F. dilleri (about which there are many taxonomic un- certainties) , the upper Oligocene paratype of Gyrineum goodspeedi Tegland, 1933 (here doubtfully synonymized with F. dilleri) , and F. galea from southern Japan. Miocene and Pliocene specimens re- ported as I’. oregonensis from Japan might be helpful in working out the affinities of this material, but the writer has seen no fig- ures of those fossils. F. dilleri differs in having strong varices and tabulate whorls, but F. galea has a similar outline and generally lacks any con- siderable thickening on the outer lip. A more certain identifica- tion will not be attempted until Japanese fossils have been seen, because this may be extremely significant in the phylogeny and direction of dispersal of the genus. MEDIARGO Terry, 1968 Type species, (original designation) Gyrineum mediocre Dall, 1909a. Mediargo mediocris (Dall, 1909) Pl. 47, figs. 1, 49 ? Ranella marshalli Reagan, 1908, Kansas Acad. Sci. Trans. 22, pp. 223, 224, pl. VI, fig. 62 [The holotype is worn and the aperture not exposed; it is probably conspecific with M. mediocris, but the identification cannot be confirmed from the type specimen]. Gyrineum mediocre Dall, 1909, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 59, pp. 54, 55, pl. VII, fig. 6. 1922, American Jour. Sci. 5 ser., IV, Art. XXIX, p. 313 [Ranella marshalli Reagan treated as a synonym]. Weaver, 1943, Univ. Washington Pub. Geol. V, Pt. 2, pp. 423, 424; Pt. 3, pl. 83, fig. 13. Gyrineum lewisii Carson, 1926, Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull. 25, pp. 53-54, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2. [The name appeared in a list by Carson, 1925, Pan Am. Geol. 43, p. 267, but was not validated until the following year. ] Ranella (Priene) mediocris (Dall), Grant and Gale, 1931, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem. I, p. 736. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 50 Or Ranella (Priene) lewisii (Carson), Grant and Gale, 1931, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem. I, p. 736. “Gyrineum” mediocre lewisit Carson, Woodring and Bramlette, 1950, “Geol. and Paleontol. . . . Santa Maria District, Ca.,” U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 222, pp. 48, 73-74, pl. 12, figs. 13, 15; pl. 13, figs. 23, 24, 26, 27. Mediargo mediocris (Dall), Terry, 1968 b, Veliger, 11(1), pp. 42-44, pl. 4. Nomenclatural remarks. — Previously described species here referred to Mediargo have been classified most commonly in Ran- ella, Bursa, and Gyrineum. Although all three have lateral varices and anterior pillar folds, the new genus can be distinguished by a combination of characters that suggest it is closer to the Cymatiinae Argobuccinum and Fusitriton than to the Ranellinae. Mediargo ranges from Oligocene to Pliccene and occurs in North America, Japan, and Korea. Its type species is Gyrinewm mediocre Dall, 1909a. Diagnostic generic characters seen in all but the largest gerontic specimens include: two nearly continuous lateral varices per volu- tion, high spire, rounded whorls with tabulate shoulders, moderate to long anterior canal, anal notch oriented at an angle to the axis of coiling (as in Fusitriton, not directed apically as in Argo- buccinum), transverse pillar folds over most of the columella and a denticulate or plicate outer lip. Axial and spiral costae are com- monly present on juvenile whorls and conspicuously lacking in later stages. Some juveniles resemble Recent species of Gyrineum, although they differ in having a plicate, ovate rather than round aperture, a marked excurrent notch and tabulate shoulders. The type lot of M. mediocris (Dall, 1909a) is the earliest de- scribed positively identifiable material belonging to the type species. Although the holotype of Ranella marshalli Reagan, 1908 is prob- ably a conspecific form and was described the previous year, it was based on a poor specimen lacking sculptural and apertural characters. Because its identification cannot be confirmed, the next available name was selected for the species. Type information. —'The holotype, USNM 153900, and para- type, USNM 645876, were collected near Fossil Point in the vicin- ity of Coos Bay, Oregon, by Mr. B. H. Camman. Comparison of the holotype with other Pliocene specimens confirms this age, but the worn paratype may have been reworked from older rocks. Its resemblance to the Miocene holotype of Bursa trampasensis 506 BULLETIN 254 Clark [here assigned to Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) ] suggests this interpretation, although the specimen is considerably eroded. The morphologic sequence of middle Miocene specimens of M. mathewsonu and M. mediocris from the Pliocene appears almost unbrcken, and it is not surprising to find material in which the characters overlap. Descriptive notes. — Specimens of M. mediocris vary consider- ably between different growth stages. The holotype and paratype are abraded, incomplete specimens that are about half grown. Nei- ther has the high, strongly sculptured spire of juvenile and late juvenile forms nor the flaring outer lip and pillar callous of ger- ontic specimens such as Carson’s holotype of Gyrineum lewisit (Bie 7, tig..8.) The holotype and paratype have three and two and one-half whorls measuring 4.4 cm and 6 cm, respectively, in height. The largest individual seen (USNM_ 560075, illustrated by Woodring and Bramlette, 1950, pl. 12, figs. 13, 15) had five teloconch whorls and was 13.6 cm high. Two large, discontinuous lateral varices occur on each whorl, the alignment being more perfect in juvenile forms. Shoulders are tabulate and whorls both rounded and _in- flated. Axial sculpture, present in juveniles and obscure to absent in adults, consists of numerous ribs crossed by bifurcated spiral costae. The type specimens and Carson’s holotype of Gyrineuwm lewisit have the sharply incised spiral grooves characteristic of Pliocene material. Although especially marked in fossils from the Santa Maria District, California, tar seeps, incised spirals are not produced by a particular mode of preservation; they are present in juveniles but may be obscured by other sculpture. Mediargo is characterized by a conspicuous anal notch orient- ed at an angle to the axis of coiling and by plications on the slightly flexed pillar and outer lip. Although juveniles and half grown adults have plications, they are lacking in very large gerontic forms in which the outer lip is flared. Apertural plications and the overall general shell outline are reminiscent of Recent species of Argobuccinum. M. mediocris juveniles are confused most commonly with young specimens of Fusitriton oregonensis (Pl. 47, figs. 2-4), al- though they are separable by differences in spiral sculpture, out- CyMATiIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 507 line, and apertural features. Young forms of M. mediocris have pillar furrows and two lateral varices per whorl in perfect or nearly continuous alignment. In Fusitriton oregonensis varices are more irregular, pillars smooth and the outer lip denticulate if the shell is at a resting stage. Whorl proportions are significantly different; in a whorl of a given height, the width is much greater in juveniles of M. mediargo. Incised spiral grooves are found only on M. mediargo, although axial ribbing may be quite similar in both species. The division between Mediargo mediocris and M. mathew- soni is drawn between strongly grooved Pliocene forms and older, more coarsely sculptured specimens, none of which attains the large sizes of M. mediocris adults. The morphologic sequence be- tween some Miocene specimens such as the one described as Bursa trampasensis Clark (here identified as M. mathewsonii (Gabb) and figured on PI. 48, figs. 14, 15) and the paratype of M. mediocris is almost unbroken, the former being almost indistinguishable from the latter wherever corresponding features are present. Distribution. — (Fig. 11). Range: Middle ?, Late Miocene, Pliocene; from the Olympic Peninsula, Wa. to San Diego, Ca. Washington, Mouth of Maxfield Creek, south of Bogachiel River, Olympic Peninsula, Quillayute Formation, Pliocene. Oregon, Astoria. Astoria Formation, Miocene. Fossil Point, north of South Slough, Coos Bay (type locality, also CAS 4), Empire Formation, Pliocene. California, Humboldt Co., Bluffs on Boulder Creek Mad River (C69). UCMP A-4233, Falor Formation, Pliocene; Quarry west of Milbrae, (CAS 33240) , Merced Formation, Pliocene; Kettleman Hills, Fresno Co. Etchegoin For- mation, Pliocene; Santa Clara Valley, Los Angeles Co. (USNM 18283), Pliocene; Santa Maria District, Santa Barbara Co. Fer- nando, Cebada Formations, Pliocene; Palos Verdes Hills “‘Pleisto- cene Lomita Marl,” reworked. Newport Bay, (M2096) Niguel Formation, Late Pliocene; San Diego, (CAS 11689) from a well, Pliocene. Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb, 1866) Pl. 48, figs. 1-19 Ranella Mathewsonii Gabb, 1866, Paleontol. California II: p. 8; 1869, pl. 2, fig. 13. Tritonium newsomi Arnold, 1908, U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., XXXIV (1617), pp. 360-361, pl. XXXII, fig. 6 [holotype refigured herein]. 508 BULLETIN 254 e PLIOCENE "ASTORIA ; es MIOCENE or PLIOCENE cOOS BAY (Type Locality) Q. PROTOCONCH (X3) pe CTTCEMAN ICES b. SKETCH OF INCOM- J PLETE PARATYPE (X .7) showing la- teral varices and plicate aperture. -.SANTA MARIA DISTRICT _---) VENTURA BASIN a (of L0s ANGELES SAN DIEGO 200 Miles mediocris Text-figure 11.— Distribution and morphology of Mediargo (Dall). © denotes Pliocene occurrences. ™" Miocene or Pliocene, forms grada- tional between M. mediocris and M. mathewsonii. a, outline of protoconch (x2.5). b, sketch of paratype showing apertural details and Jarge lateral varices. CyMATuD GASTROPODS: SMITH 509 Bursa trampasensis Clark, 1915a, Univ. California Pub. Dept. Geol. 8(22), p. 492, pl. 67, fig. 3 [holotype refigured herein]. Bursa mathewsonii (Gabb), Clark, 1918, Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol 1lk(2) pa lise plkeZ ONehigsade2: Bursa vancouverensis Clark and Arnold, 1923, Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci. 14, p. 163, pl. 37, figs. lla, lb (holotype, CAS 578), 2a, 2b (paratype, LSJU 284) [the latter figured herein]. Argobuccinum cf. [A.] mathewsonit (Gabb), Teglund, 1933, Univ. Cali- fornia Pub. Dept. Geol. Sci. 23(3), pp. 134,135 (partim), pl. 13, fig. 13. 2? Ranella (Priene?) nipponensis Nomura and Zinbo, 1935, Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. 6, 181,182, pl. XV (I), fig. 34. Bursa yabei Nomura and Hatai, 1936, Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bulli. 10, pp. 141,142, pl. XVII, figs. 14a, 14b, 15a, 15b [type specimens fig- ured herein]. Bursa cf. mathewsonit (Gabb), Schenck and Keen, 1940, California Fos- sils: pl. 35, fig. 1 (juvenile). Argobuccinum vancouverense (Clark and Arnold), Weaver, 1943, Univ. Washington Geol. V, pt. II: p. 421; pt. III, pl. 83, figs.8,12. Gyrineum kincaidi Durham, 1944, Univ. California Pub. Dept. Geol. Sci. 27(5): p. 168, pl. 15, fig. 14 [holotype, a juvenile, figured herein]. ? Bursa shinsorutonensis Hatai and Kotaka, 1952, Short Papers, Inst. Geol. and Paleontol. Tohoku Univ. Sendai, 4, pp. 77-78, pl. 7, figs. 23,24 [holo- type figured herein]. Apollon sazanami Hatai and Kotaka, 1959, Saite Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. 28, pp. 8,9, pl. 11, figs. 4,6 [type specimens figured herein]. Photographs of Japanese type specimens and additional lo- cality data were provided by Dr. Kotora Hatai, Tohoku Univer- sity, Sendai, without whose generous help confirmation of the new genus would have been impossible. Nomenclatural remarks.—'The presence of plicate apertures, anal notch set at an angle to the axis of coiling, a moderate to long narrow anterior canal and tabulate whorls confirms the as- signment of this species to Mediargo. The synonymy is based on comparison of photographs or actual holotypes that were on loan to Stanford during the same period of time for the purpose of evaluating the taxa involved. Although the holotype of Ranella mathewsonti Gabb is missing, the original illustration and descrip- tion and material collected subsequently by Clark are considered sufficient to establish the concept of the species. Tritonium newsomi Arnold is a poorly preserved and_pre- pared juvenile from the Santa Cruz Mountains, California, and was originally described as Eocene; later mapping (Cummings, 1960, Stanford Univ. Ph.D. thesis) and faunal studies (Manning, 1943, unpublished stratigraphy report, Stanford Univ.) of the area in- cluding the outcrop have shown the age to be late Oligocene or eary Miocene; Cummings, Touring and Brabb (1962) described 510 BULLETIN 254 the rocks of the type locality and nearby creek beds as Zemorrian reef deposits included in the Mindego Formation. Arnold’s speci- men is the only one reported from the area. Other species represented by holotypes or hypotypes that are probably juveniles of M. mathewsoni: are Bursa mathewsonii (Gabb) of B. L. Clark, 1918, Bursa cf. B. mathewsonit (Gabb) of Schenck and Keen, 1940, and Gyrinewm kincaidi Durham, 1944 (the holotype being the only specimen known) . ‘The species is known from early or middle Oligocene to middle Miocene, and some of the younger specimens are close to the middle Miocene representatives of M. mediocris. The phylogenetic sequence between the two species is considered almost continuous. The holotype of Bursa shinsorutonensis was collected from lower Miocene deposits in Korea, where it was associated with Bursa yabet Nomura and Hatai (Hatai and Kotaka, 1952, p. 70). This classification of the four species described from Miocene rocks in Japan and Korea as synonyms of M. mathewsoni is based on morphologic similarity and on the probable variability of the taxon as it is known in North American specimens and in related species of Argobuccinum. Their occurrence in the same formations also supports this interpretation. Remarks on these species are made with reference to original citations and photographs, most of which are reproduced here, of types in the Institute of Geology and Paleontology, Tohoku University, and not to actual specimens. Type information.—The original abapertural view of the holotype is reproduced here and Gabb’s description quoted be- cause the type specimen has not been located. The only individual found at the type locality near Martinez, California, it was prob- ably deposited with other material from the Whitney Collection at Harvard; some of these specimens were lent to several institu- tions including McGill University and the University of California at Berkeley, but according to their respective curators, Mr. Vincent Condé and Mr. Joseph Peck, no records indicate whether Ranella mathewsonii was part of these loans. It was not found among Gabb’s types at the Museum of Comparative Zoology or the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, and Stewart (1927, p. 291) re- ported it missing at the time he revised Gabb’s California fossil gastropods. The original citation is quoted in full: CyYyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 511 Ranella Mathewsonit Gabb, 1866 Shell moderate in size, robust, sub-compressed; spire high; number of whorls unknown; suture strongly impressed, bordered by a small, though abrupt truncation of the succeeding whorl; varices prominent, rounded, continuous. Mouth small; inner lip heavily incrusted; canal abruptly re- curved [flexed]. Surface marked by numerous rounded, longitudinal ribs, crossed by square revolving ribs, with smaller ones interposed, and with flat interspaces. Figure natural size. Locality and position: From the Miocene, south of Martinez [Contra Costa Co., Ca.]; a single specimen found by Mr. Mathewson. This shell can at once be distinguished by its compact form and alternating revolving ribs. No allied species, either fossil or recent, has been feund in California. Descriptive notes. — "The largest adult specimen seen is incom- plete but has four whorls and measures 6 cm in height. Two nearly continuous lateral varices give a symmetrical outline to the aper- tural or abapertural views; whorls are strongly tabulate except at the varices, where a thick shell deposit curves upward against the preceding whorl. Apertures may be denticulate or plicate and the marked anal notch is always present. Worn or broken specimens seem to have a thick, short slightly flexed columella but more com- plete shells have a longer, slightly curved one; pillars in all pre- pared specimens had transverse folds. Axial sculpture consists of strong ribs that look like rows of nodes in worn material. Spiral costae are separated by narrower interspaces than in Fusitriton dillert and these may contain a medial thread. Different modes of preservation produced several sculpture patterns, but the species also seems to have considerable variability in the number and coarseness of axial ribs, especially if individuals of different growth stages are compared. M. mathewsonii can be separated from Argobuccinum jeffer- sonense (Durham) by its anal notch, tabulate whorls and coarser sculpture, and from Fusitriton dillert (at least until the concept of the aperture of F. dilleri is better understood) by a wider tabu- lation of whorls, narrower spiral interspaces containing only one medial thread and the lateral positions of varices. ‘Typical forms of M. mediocris are mainly confined to the Pliocene and are charac- terized by incised spiral grooves, wider and more inflated varices where they adjoin the preceding whorls. M. mathewsoni has coarser axial sculpture and adults tend to be smaller in size. 512 BULLETIN 254 Distribution. — Range: Oligocene to middle Miocene, in the northwest and eastern margins of the North Pacific. An incomplete list of repre- sentative localities follows: Myonchon District, northeastern Korea: lower Miocene Heiroku Formation; Northeastern Honshu, Japanese prefectures: Yamagata, Ginzan shell beds, Miocene; Iwaki, Tana- gura beds, lower or middle Miocene; Miyagi, Moniwa Formation, Miocene; Fukushima, Yanagawa shell beds, Miocene. British Col- umbia, W of Sooke, SW Vancouver Island. Sooke Formation, Oligo- cene. Washington, Jefferson County (USMP A-3702), Oligocene. Restoration Point, Kitsap Co. Type Blakeley Formation, Oligo- cene; Grays Harbor Co., Blakeley Formation?, Oligocene or Mio- cene (USGS 18666) ; Oregon, Coos Bay, Coos Co. (USGS 18284). From dredgings. Miocene. California, Martinez, Contra Costa Co. Type locality. “Miocene” (Oligocene or Miocene) ; Sobrante Ridge, Contra Costa Co. (UCMP 1131, 2754), San Ramon Formation, Oligocene; Los Trampas Ridge, Concord Quad. Lower San Pablo Group, upper Miocene; Santa Cruz Mts., San Mateo Co., near head- waters of San Lorenzo River and Pescadero Creek. Mindego For- mation, Oligocene-Miocene; San Benito Co., “Temblor” Forma- tion, middle Miocene; Kern Co., near Barker’s Ranch (M1591), Jewett Sand, lower Miocene. PRIENE H. and A. Adams, 1858 Type species, subsequent designation, Cossmann, 1903, Triton scaber King, 1832. Priene scabra (King, 1832) Pl. 43, figs. 2-4, 7-11 Triton scaber King, 1832, Zool. Jour. London (19), art. XLVII, p. 348. Reeve, 1844, Conch. Icon. II, Triton: pl. XI, fig. 34. Pollia scabra, King, Gray, 1839, Zool. Capt. Beechey’s Voyage .. . “Blossom,” Del pls 36s ties tb. Ranella scabra (King), Kiener, 1842, Icon. Coquilles Viv., Razelle: pp. 30,31, Plea 2h filpsee lation liane 2 tiga 2: Tritonium (Argobuccinum) scaber (King), Adams and Adams, 1853, Gen- era Rec. Moll. I: p. 104. Tritonium (Priene) scaber (King), Adams and Adams, 1858, Genera Rec. Moll. II, p. 654 (see nomenclatural remarks). Priene scaber (King), Cossmann, 1903, Essais de Paléoconch. Camparée V, p. 109. Argobuccinum scabrum (King), Dall, 1909, “Report on .. . Shells from Renu, Us. Nat. Muss) Prock 3i7aips 226 Argobuccinum (Argobuccinum) scabrum (King), Carcelles, 1954, Comm. Inst. Nac. Inv. Cienc. Nat., Cienc. Zool. 2, p. 247, figs. 7,8. CYMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 513 Argobuccinum (Priene) scabrum (King), Dell, 1963, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Transs3i(2)) pepe 225 =22 ors pllamla tesa. Nomenclatural remarks. — The genus Priene was introduced into zoological literature in a most unorthodox way by H. and A. Adams in the second volume of their “Genera of Recent Mollusca” (1858) . An appendix in Volume II listed additions and corrections to Volume I (1853) and included the proposal of the new name in a brief note (p. 654), “Vol. I: p. 104, for ‘Argobuccinum Klein’ read Priene H. & A. Adams.” in 1903 Cossmann elevated Priene to generic rank and designated Triton scaber King as the type. Many workers have been impressed with the similarities in whorl! outline, shell thickness, and apertural details between species of Priene and Argobuccinum, while a few maintain that the long- haired dark periostracum and sculpture pattern place it closer to Fusitriton. On the basis of shell morphology and a_ preliminary study of soft parts the writer considers Priene separate from either of these, but probably nearer to or descended from Argobuccinum or some other cymatiid genus. Soft parts are compared on Text- figure 2. Shell features that support this interpretation include the following: pretoconch, apertural shape and denticulation, colum- ellar flexure and recurvature, pillar folds, umbilicus, general height of adult specimens, and the relatively small amount of variability in sculpture. It is interesting that while workers have disagreed as to the correct generic name, both Recent species of Priene have been uni- versally recognized and treated separately. The presence of Plio- Pleistocene forms intermediate between P. scabra and P. rude sug- gest a fairly recent differentiation of species; their relationship would be expressed more accurately if Recent forms were desig- nated as Priene scabra scabra and P. s. rude, but because living specimens are readily separated and such a nomenclatural change would not improve our understanding of the taxa, their conven- tional names are retained here. Priene is named for an ancient Greek city whose Latin deriva- tive is feminine; the correct citation of the type species is Priene scabra_ (King). Type information. — The original description of Triton scaber King lists the type locality as Valparaiso [Chile], where a specimen 514 BULLETIN 254 was fished up with an anchor. It was among material described by Captain King with the assistance of W. J. Broderip, a wealthy ama- teur, and most of their collection eventually went to the British Museum (Natural History). However, no holotype was seen in the type collection by Dr. A. Myra Keen (1967, written communica- tion) . Descriptive notes. — (Jaws and radula Text-fig. 3.) Adult speci- mens commonly lack the protoconch and have four to six whorls ranging from 4 to 8.1 cm in height. Their shells are thick and com- pact, with rounded whorl outlines, and the anterior canal is short and very slightly recurved. Lateral varices occur on the body and penultimate whorls but are barely perceptible or lacking on earlier volutions. The pillar may be flexed to the right and is covered by callous that bears an irregular number of transverse wrinkles; some specimens have a slight umbilicus. An excurrent canal is gen- erally lacking but a shallow notch may develop. The outer lip is almost always denticulate in adults; seven to ten cusps may be borne on an internal varix or platform just inside the lip or den- ticles or plications may occur at the shell margin. Cancellate sculp- ture is produced by numerous axial ribs crossed by revolving costae of equal thickness; spiral interspaces contain a medial thread reminiscent of the sculpture in species of Fusztriton, although ribs are never bifurcated and sharp nodes mark the junctions of axial and spiral elements. A thick dark brown bristly periostracum covers the shell except at the apex, which is commonly eroded. In contrast, Priene rude (Broderip) has fewer, thicker axial ribs but the same fine spiral sculpture. With respect to all other hard part characters the two species are similar, although details of anatomy and ecology may reveal some differences. Ecology. — Live-taken material identified by the writer came from the littoral zone to 16 fathoms in the vicinity of Valparaiso, Chile. Specimens from five to ten fathoms were collected from a sandy substrate by a scallop dredge near Antofagasta, Mejillones, and Iquique, and from a sandy bottom near Concepcion, Chile. Reeve (1844) listed the species from Valparaiso in depths of 7 to 45 fathoms. No information has been reported on the biology of the species, but in some dissected specimens from La Portada, Chile, plant CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 515 material was the main, if not only, food. The stomachs of other specimens lacked any recognizable animal food or green color. As do the other cymatiids discussed, Priene scabra (King) possesses a pair of filelike jaws and a taenioglossate radula. Distribution. — (Text-fig. 12). According to the literature, the range of Priene scabra (King) is much greater than that based on specimens from known localities. The writer has identified material from Chimbote, about 375 km northwest of Lima, Peru, and from as far south as Puerto Montt, Chile (MNHQN specimen) . Reports of the species from the Straits of Magellan, Ecuador, and Panama are considered incorrect on the basis of material seen. These lo- calities erroneously appear on museum labels accompanying cor- rectly identified specimens. Such specimens were seen at the Ameri- can Museum and the San Diego Society of Natural History; in both cases museum records showed that the material belonged to old collections probably acquired from shell dealers and not trust- worthy for a distributional study. Tryon (1880, Man. Conch, III, p. 34) falsely reported the species from “Arctic America to California.” Priene scabra (King) ranges from Pliocene (? Pleistocene) to Recent in central Chile; it is abundant in Pleistocene terrace deposits of the Tongoy Formation near La Serena and Coquimbo,! and a well-preserved suite of Pliocene (? Pleistocene) specimens from the Pioche Collection in the Museum of Paleontology, Berke- ley, is also from Coquimbo. Several of these older fossils are illus- trated to show the presence on single specimens of sculpture pat- terns characteristic of both Priene scabra (King) and P. rude (Broderip). The apical whorls are always as in P. scabra; four specimens have developed body whorls like those in P. rude, and two like those in P. scabra. These forms constitute evidence that P. scabra is the older of the two species, and that from it P. rude began to differentiate in the late Pliocene. * Specimens collected by paleontology students in the School of Geology at the University of Chile were described by M. Cristina Lopez Oyaldo, 1965, “Estudio de los Depositos Marinos de la Bahia de Tongoy” (unpublished thesis). She considered the loosely consolidated Tongoy sands entirely inter- or pre-glacial Pleistocene in age. The fossils were studied by the writer in Oc- tober, 1966, through the courtesy of Dr. Luis Aguirre and Sr. Reynaldo Char- rier, Escuela de Geologia, Universidad de Chile, Santiago. 516 BULLETIN 254 TALARA CHIMBOTE ARICA ) IQUIQUE ® ANTOFAGASTA de CO QUIMBO fl VALPARAISO CONCEPCION PUERTO MONT 5 B0°w 75° 70°° 65°w Text-figure 12.— Distribution of Pri- ene scabra (King) and Priene rude (Broderip.)™ Recent occurrences of P. scabra, ® Recent occurrences of P. rude, Mm Plio-Pleistocene localities where both species have been col- lected. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 51 ~I The northernmost fossil occurrence is in the Department of Ica, Peru, approximately 260 miles southeast of Lima. Specimens now in the Stanford Tertiary collections were gathered by Frank Atchley from subrecent (40’) and Pleistocene (2600’) terrace de- posits inland from San Nicolas Bay in the Marcona Iron district Gs0tS: 792 TOW) Priene rude (Broderip, 1833) IAL ais} sare, Il, by, 6 Triton rudis Broderip, 1833, Zool. Soc. London Proc. for 1833, pt. 1, p. 6. Reeve, 1844, Conch. Icon., II, Monograph of Triton: sp. 53, pl. XIV, fig. 53: Tritonium (Argobuccinum) rude (Broderip), Adams and Adams, 1853, Gen- era of Rec. Mollusca I: p. 104. Tritonium (Priene) rude (Broderip), Adams and Adams, 1858, Genera of Rec. Mollusca II: p. 654. Triton (Priene) rudis (Broderip), Tryon, 1880, Man. Conch., ser. 1, III: p. 34: 1881, pl. 16, fig. 169. Argobuccinum rude (Broderip), Dall, 1909b, “Report on... shells from Peru,” WeESee Naty Wiss P1r0Cy 34 pe 226: Argobuccinum (Argobuccinum) rude (Broderip), Carcelles, 1944, Com. Inst. Nac. Inv. Cienc. Nat., Cienc. Zool., 2, p. 246, fig. 9. Argobuccinum (Priene) rude: Dell, 1963, Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Trans., 3(21), p. 226, pl. 1, fig. .6. Type information. — The holotype should be at the British Museum (Natural History); Broderip (1833, p. 6) gave the type locality as “Iquique, Peru,” now northern Chile. Descriptive notes.— (Jaws and radula Text-fig. 3.) Adult specimens having four to six or more whorls range from four to seven cm in height; the shells are thick and compact, with lateral varices and prominent axial ribs that terminate abruptly just be- yond the greatest girth of the body whorl. Whorl outlines are more angular than in P. scabra (King); axial sculpture is coarser and the number of ribs fewer than in P. scabra although spiral costae and threads are similar in both species. Body whorls of compar- able size (3.4 cm wide) bore nine axial ribs in P. rude and 18 in P. scabra. Apertures generally bear transverse wrinkles on the anterior part of the pillar, which is flexed to the right and slightly recurved in some specimens. Eight to ten sharp denticulations are commonly present along the outer lip, and a slight anal notch may or may not be developed. The apical angle appears smaller in P. rude than in P. scabra, but broken protoconchs and encrusting organisms may account for the apparent difference. The brown periostracum, cov- ering all but the apical whorls, is shorter haired than in P. scabra 518 BULLETIN 254 but lacks the velvety texture of that in Argobuccinum. Soft parts (Text-fig. 2), in so far as they were studied, were the same in both species of Priene. Distribution and ecology. — (Text-fig. 12.) Priene rude (Brod- erip) has been reported in the literature as occurring from five to ten fathoms between Valparaiso, Chile, and Callao, Peru. It lives on mud, sand, or gravel substrates. Some specimens that were dissected contained a great deal of plant material, yet others had no recognizable plant or animal gut contents. The species seems to occur with P. scabra (King), although collectors may or may not have observed whether they occur in slightly different habi- tats. Its fossil record begins in the Pliocene (? Pleistocene) , when it was closer to P. scabra. As in the case of P. scabra, reports of P. rude from Panama and the Straits of Magellan are based on old, and probably unreliable, records that would extend the known range 1800 km to the south and 2400 km north. Fossils have been collected by Frank Atchley from subrecent and Pleistocene terrace deposits in the vicinity of the Marcona Iron district, Department ofmica; Reru: SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN AFFINITIES WHICH HAVE BEEN DESCRIBED AS CYMATIIDS OR WHICH ARE POSSIBLE ANCESTRAL FORMS Taxa considered in this section have been investigated only enough to establish that they do not belong in Argobuccinum, Priene, Fusitriton, or Mediargo. Species are assigned to names which are used here in the suprageneric sense — for example, to “Buccinum” to denote affinities with the Buccinacea rather than with Buccinum sensu stricto. Most of the species that were orig- inally classified incorrectly belong in the Buccinacea, many families of which require a thorough systematic revision, and discussion of a few forms of non-cymatiids is intended to contribute toward the reorganization of these groups. Their confusion with Argobuccin- um, Priene, and Fusitriton has led in some instances to paleoeco- logic and biogeographic assumptions which are open to question. “Buccinum” cammani (Dall, 1909) Pl. 49, fig. 9 Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) cammani Dall, 1909, U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper SOM ps OSs Dla Vestigs talk CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 519 Argobuccinum cammani Dall, Howe, 1922, ‘“Faunal Relationships . . . Em- pire Formation, Coos Bay, Oregon,” Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. GeolenSci, 914:(3))r checklist) opp, op» os. Clank, 19295 sStrate Cac epl: XLVIII, fig. 8. Weaver, 1943, “Paleontol. Marine Tert. Formations of Oregon and Washington,” Univ. Washington Pub. Geol. V, pt. II, pp. 417-418; pt. III: pl. 83, fig. 1. Ranella (Priene) cammani Dall, Grant and Gale, 1931, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem. I: p. 739. This form, which commonly occurs in abundance in Miocene and Pliocene formations of western Washington and Oregon, is an easily recognizable cancellate species. It shares a number of charac- ters — slender shape, rounded whorls, axial ribbing, and _ spiral costae — with some of the Cymatiidae and Buccinacea, and family and generic placement are not known. Although cne or two irregu- larly spaced varices may develop on each whorl, they are not formed as in Fusitriton; strongly deflected varices and axial ribs, aperture shape and absence of both a posterior columellar fold and ex- current notch support the tentative assignment of this species to the Buccinacea. The morphologic features of “Buccinum” cammani (Dall), “Beringius” arnoldi (Martin), and Fusitriton oregonensis (Red- field) are compared in Text-figure 13. “Buccinwm” cammani (Dall) is smaller (3.3 to 6.5 cm incomplete height) than the others and separated from them by a combination of characters. These include the strong sinuosity of axial sculpture — seen also in “Beringius’ arnoldi (Martin) —and pronounced, evenly spaced spiral costae producing a cancellate surface not unlike that of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield). On some specimens wider, un- bifurcated, revolving costae alternate with finer medial ridges, and in such forms the sculpture pattern is even closer to that of F. oregonensis (Redfield) . Ornamentation also varies in some juvenile whorls which have spiral bands, but no traces of axial ribbing. In these specimens the early stages resemble Recent species of Nep- tunea while the later volutions are cancellate. Whorls are constrict- ed at the slightly appressed sutures and are similar in outline to those of “Beringus” arnoldi (Martin) .? The holotype is one of two imperfect specimens having that * A cursory examination of museum specimens labelled “Fusinus (Buccino- fusus) coosensis Dall, 1909” suggests gradation between some of these and “Buccinum” cammani (Dall); a phylogenetic relationship is possible but has not been investigated. 520 BULLETIN 254 number (U.S.N.M. 153907, “Miocene, Coos Bay, Ore.’’) ; it is 3.65 cm high, incomplete anteriorly and posteriorly, and worn. The second specimen is almost identical. No entire specimens have been seen; the fragments studied have one to four whorls and range in height from 3.3 to 6.5 cm, Distribution. — “Buccinum” cammani (Dall, 1909a) ranges from Miocene to Pliocene in the following marine formations of western Oregon and Washington: Oregon, Empire at Coos Bay, (Howe, 1922; Weaver, 1943); Coos Conglomerate (Howe, 1922). Washington, Montesano Formation at Grays Harbor Co., (Howe, 1922, Weaver, 1943); Astoria For- mation, Grays Harbor Co., (UCMP A-73). Text-figure 13.— Convergent Pliocene fossils that have been misidentified as Argobuccinum. a,b, “Buccinum” cammani (Dall); c, Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ; d,e, “Beringius” arnoldi (Martin). Presence of varices and straight axial ribs distinguish F. oregonensis from the other forms having sinuous axial costae and slightly appressed sutures. Shaded area of d is a concealed umbilicus. Figures drawn to uniform size. “Beringinus” arnoldi (Martin, 1914) Pl. 49, figs. 10, 13 Argobuccinum arnoldi Martin, 1914, Univ. California Dept. Geol. 8(7), p. 192, pl. 21, figs. 4a, 4b. Clark, 1929, Strat. California: pl. XLVII, fig. 2. Ogle, 1953, California Div. Mines Bull. 164, p. 45, checklist pl. 5. Ranella (Priene) arnoldi (Martin) Grant and Gale, 1931, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem. I, p. 738. “The paratype, also numbered U.S.N.M. 153907 but labelled “Coos Bay, Or. Pliocene,’ was also part of the Camman collection, and precise locality, for- mation, and age data are unknown; some material from this area is believed to be reworked. CYyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 521 Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) arnoldi Martin: Faustman, 1964, ‘Paleontol. Wildcat Group Scotia and Centerville Beach, Ca.,’ Univ. California Pub. Geol. Sci. 41(2), p. 134, pl. 3, fig. 22. The holotype (UCMP 12340) from the vicinity of the mouth of the Bear River, Humboldt County, California (UCMP locality 1863) and a larger specimen are illustrated herein. A Recent example of Beringius kennicotti (Dall, 1871) is also shown for comparison of morphologic features and whorl outline. “Beringius” arnoldi (Martin) has been referred to the Cymatiidae and con- sidered a close relative of Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) by most authors, although its taxonomic position is believed to be in the Neptuneidae (not necessarily in the genus Beringtus) . The general whorl outline, appressed suture, lack of varices and abapertural deflection of axial ribs are Buccinacean charac- ters that are seen in this species (Text-fig. 13). Confirmation of the generic designation could be made if a specimen were found with all or part of a thin, three- or four-whorled cylindrical pro- toconch intact; since an entire apex is rare in Recent material, its preservation on fossil forms is unlikely. Specimens of “Beringius” arnoldi (Martin) have been collect- ed from Pliocene rocks of the lower Rio Dell, upper Eel River, and undifferentiated Wildcat Formations of Humboldt County, California (Martin, 1914; Ogle, 1953; Faustman, 1964) ; they occur with Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) , with which they have been confused generically and specifically. Diagnostic features of “Ber- ingius”’ arnoldi (Martin), in addition to the general Buccinacean characters mentioned previously, include fewer, coarser and slightly sinuous longitudinal ribs in contrast to the undeflected axial costae in species of Fusitriton. The ribbing ends abruptly half way beyond the greatest girth and incised spiral grooves appear on the anterior portion of the body whorl. Shallow spiral grooves may also be present between the ribs of the posterior part of the whorl, in contrast to the raised spiral bands in “Buccinum” cammani (Dall, 1909a). No coarse reticulate sculpture is ever developed. On most specimens the outer lip, apex, and anterior canal are broken, and details of adult shell morphology are uncertain. Re- moval of matrix from one individual revealed a concealed um- bilicus (Text.-fig. 13d) and a posterior columellar fold was visible in some specimens. 522 BULLETIN 254 Whatever may be the true affinities of this taxon, it is prob- able that it belongs in the Buccinacea. Paleoecological assumptions that have been made on the premise that “Beringius’” arnoldi (Martin) is related to cool water species of Fusitriton are not neces- sarily incorrect because Beringius kennicottt (Dall, 1871) is also a boreal form and ranges from the Arctic to British Columbia. “Ranella” californica (Gabb, 1866) Pl. 49, figs. 1, 2, 8, 11, 14 Tritonium californicum Gabb, 1866, Paleontol. California II, pp. 154, 218; 1869, pl. 26, fig. 33 (reillustrated herein). ? Nyctilochus californicus (Gabb), Dickerson, 1915, California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 5, p. 65, pl. 7, fig. 7 (refigured herein). Gyrineum kewi (Dickerson), Clark, 1938, Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull. 49, p. 717, pl. 2, fig. 32 (hypotype UCMP 30878 illustrated herein). The holotype of this and the following species, “Mayena” kewi (Dickerson, 1915) are juveniles and share a number of morpho- logic features. It is not known how closely adults resemble younger forms, and all the Eocene Cymatiidae of western North America are greatly in need of revision. Specimens are figured and discussed here to indicate several possible ancestral forms of Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, and Priene, but a complete phylogeny has not been at- tempted. Names used in the suprageneric sense are assigned out of necessity, not conviction, and are quite possibly incorrect. Type information. —'The type, ANSP 4205, from the Eocene Tejon Formation, Tejon Pass, California, was designated the lecto- type by Stewart (1927). It was originally described as a Cretaceous fossil. Remarks. — Some of the confusion between Gabb’s species T. californicum and Nyctilochus kewi of Dickerson, both from the Tejon Formation of California, may have resulted from discrep- ancies between the artist’s drawing and the actual specimen of the former. Gabb’s original illustration and the holotype are shown (Pl. 49, figs. 8, 11) for comparison. The juvenile is certainly a cymatiid but might be referred to a number of genera, and more material of all growth stages is needed. Clark’s hypotype of Gyrineum kewi (UCMP 30878) from the Eocene Markley Forma- tion, UCMP loc. A-1297 southwest of Sacramento, California, is possibly the same species, although it is worn and somewhat flat- tened. Varices are two per whorl but discontinuous in Gabb’s type, and the even reticulate sculpture completely lacks large tubercles. Or ho 1S) CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH Dickerson’s hypotype of Nyctilochus californicus (UCMP 11688) may or may not be the same as Clark’s hypotype. It has a denticu- late outer lip, rounded whorls and many axial nodes crossed by fine spiral threads. A knowledge of variability in Eocene Cymatii- dae is essential to the identification of these specimens. Of the two juvenile holotypes, 7. californicum Gabb and Nyctilochus kewi Dickerson, the former is smaller and one-half to a full whorl younger than the latter. It is hazardous to synonymize them on the basis of only two immature specimens, and adult cymatiids from the same localities are of more than one species. Although morphologic evidence supports the combination of the two taxa, further investigation may well resolve them as separate species. “Mayena” kewi (Dickerson, 1915) Pl. 49, figs. 3, 4 Nyctilochus kew:i Dickerson, 1915, California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 5, p. 64, pl. 7, figs. 5a, 5b. (holotype figured herein). The holotype, UCMP 11052 (from locality 458, west side of Grapevine Canyon, Kern Co., California), has 514 whorls includ- ing the internal mold of the complete protoconch; eS) 2A) cm high and has two lateral varices per whorl, even reticulate sculpture on the earliest volutions and spiral rows of coarse tubercles on the body whorl. The aperture is obscured by matrix but three anterior pillar folds can be seen. The suture is appressed. Other slightly larger specimens from the Tejon Formation (UCLA 43887 from locality 2340, for example) have wrinkled outer lips and pillars and agree in outline, sculpture and apertural details with Recent specimens of Mayena from Australia. The shell differs from Gyrineum in outline, in its more weakly arched suture, in apertural shape and plications, but it is probably closely related to that genus. Some juveniles resembled poorly preserved apical whorls of a large specimen tentatively referred to Ranella sp. (UCLA 45969, from the Eocene Llajas Formation, locality UCLA 2312). Until erowth series have been worked out, it will be impossible to identify juveniles with the correct adults; several juvenile forms are similar, yet the adults are distinctly different and one cannot be sure which ones are taxonomically the same. 524 BULLETIN 254 Specimens identified as “Mayena” kewi are rare in the Tejon Formation of California, and in the Eocene Cowlitz Formation of Lewis County, Washington. SPECIES THAT HAVE BEEN INCORRECTLY REFERRED TO ARGOBUCCINUM, FUSITRITON OR PRIENE Although the names of the following taxa suggest that they fall within the scope of this paper, they are not referrable to the genera under consideration. In most Cases, they are not cymatiids. Argobuccinum (Trachytriton) vinculum (Hall & Meek): Wenz 1941, p. 1057 Fusitriton antarcticus Powell, 1958 Fusitriton aurora Hedley, 1916 [A specimen taken from 1800 fathoms off South America was cited by Powell as the deepest record for a Fusitriton, but it is not a cymatiid. | Fusitriton magellanicum: auctt. [= Trophon geversianus (Pallas, 1774). See nomenclatural remarks under Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) ] Fusitriton multinodosa (Bucknill): Finlay, 1930, New Zealand Inst. Trans., vol. 61, p. 249. [= Ranella olearium Linné] Fusitriton yatsuoensis Tsuda, 1959, “New Miocene Mollusks from the Kuro- sedani Formation Japan,’ Niigata Daigaku, Fac. Scis., ser. II, Biol. and Mineral. 3(2), pp. 86, 87, pl. 4, figs. 7a, 7b, 8. [It is perhaps a fusinid.] Gyrineum mackini Weaver, 1943. Not a cymatiid, it probably belongs in the genus Fusinus. Gyrineum (Becktelia) strongi Jordan, 1936: subgenus proposed by Emerson and Hertlein (1964, p. 360, fig. 5 g). [Although it is superficially like Argobuccinum tristanense Dell, 1963, the aperture is more characteristic of the genus Bursa. | Murex (Argobuccinum) mansfieldi Gardner, 1933, “The Midway Group of Texas,” Univ. Tex. Bull. 3301, pp. 258, 259, pl. 23, figs. 3-6. [The speci- mens, of Eocene age, are probably cymatiids. ] Tritonium diegensis Gabb, 1866. Tritonium (Trachytriton) fusiform, Gabb, 1866. Tritonium hornit Gabb, 1866. Tritonium paucivaricatum Gabb, 1866 . Tritontium (Trachytriton) tejonensis Gabb, 1866. THE FOSSIL RECORD AND A POSSIBLE PHYLOGENETIC SEQUENCE Phylogenetic relationships summarized in Text-figure 14 are based mainly on specimens seen by the writer; ages and localities were checked where possible but commonly represent entries on museum labels where other data were unavailable. Despite the large amount of variability within and between species and an incomplete knowledge of the fossil record of these taxa, a some- what consistent pattern can be seen. A comprehensive survey of Eocene Cymatiidae in western CyYMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH Or ho Or North America has not been undertaken, but cursory observations in connection with museum and literature searches for Argobuc- cmum and Fusitriton suggest that at least seven distinct genera were represented. Several of these are known from juveniles that could be referred to a number of species; none of the oldest (early or middle Eocene) specimens was recognized as Argobuccinum, Priene, or Mediargo. The Eocene form closest to Fusitriton is Clark’s hypotype (illustrated herein on Pl. 49, figs. 1,2) of Gyrin- eum kewi (Dickerson) from the Markley Formation of northern California; although here assigned to “Ranella,” its affinities are uncertain. Early and middle Eocene cymatiids occur rarely in the Tejon Formation and Llajas Formation of southern California and in the Eocene Cowlitz Formation of Washington. Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, and Mediargo may have evolved from one or more stocks represented in the Cowlitz, as all three appeared first in the area between Vancouver Island and central western Washing- ton, dispersing to the south and west during the late Oligocene to early Miocene. The oldest specimens of Argobuccinum, A. jeffersonense, were found in rocks of late Eocene or very early Oligocene age (Durham, 1967, personal communication) in northern Washington. By Mio- cene time a similar form had become established in Chile. Times of dispersal of Mediargo and Fusitriton are indefinite, the ages of many specimens being given as “Oligocene or Miocene.” ‘The former genus is slightly older and may have given rise to the latter, as it appears lower in the lower Miocene section in Kern County, Cali- fornia. The oldest species of Fusitriton is F. dilleri, from which F. oregonensis probably evolved, although a more thorough evalua- tion of forms from the Miocene Yakataga Formation of Alaska and from the Japanese Miocene could modify the simple relation- ship shown. Middle to late Miocene specimens of Mediargo mathewsoni and M. mediocris are completely gradational forms. Almost identical forms of M. mathewsonii were widespread in the early and middle Miocene between Kern County, California, Vancouver Island, British Columbia, northern Honshu, and northeastern Korea. The younger species has not been reported from the western Pacific but apparently evolved in the late Miocene to early Plio- 526 BULLETIN 254 NORTHERN HEMISPHERE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE ; F. cancellatus FE OREO ONEASIS A. ranellitorm 7 8 Pscabra a PLEISTOCENE | RECENT F. scotiaensis PLIOCENE OODp-OM=s F U iS) | T R T 0 N MIOCENE \ A. jeffersonense 2 / “Ronella’ californica “Mayena”kew/s EOCENE OLIGOCENE Text-figure 14.— Possible phylogenetic relationships between Argobucci- num, Fusitriton, Priene, and Mediargo. 1, Fusitriton galea; 2, F. cancellatus murrayl; 3, F. retiolus; 4, Argobuccinum argus; 5, A. proditor; 6, A. tumidum; 7, A. tristanense; 8, Priene rude. ~I CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 52 cene from M. mathewsonii in the area between Washington and central California. M. mediocris is rare in many of the later Pliocene formations of California and commonest in the Santa Maria District of southern California, where a more favorable mode of preservation in tar seeps may account for its abundance. The species ranged into the late Pliocene and became extinct before the Pleistocene. The Miocene record of Argobuccinum in Chile rests on one specimen from the Navidad Formation; the small number of col- lections may account for its apparent rarity in Plio-Pleistocene as- semblages. Its dispersal to South Africa and New Zealand occurred before the end of the Pleistocene, as fossils have been found in “Jate Tertiary to Quaternary raised beaches” of western South Africa (Barnard, 1963: 21) and in upper Pleistocene Nukumaruan interglacial deposits on North Island, New Zealand. Fleming (1963a, p. 18) and others considered A. tumidum a Neoaustral element introduced during Pleistocene time when cool water forms ranged farther north than at present. Morphologic evidence sug- gests that A. tristanense evolved as a separate branch of A. ranelli- forme, while insufficient material prohibits more than a guess that A. proditor is gradational between some forms of A. argus and A. tumidum. The presence of distinct species that have had time to stabilize in different geographical areas suggests that speciation from d. ranelliforme to A. argus and dispersal within the Southern Hemisphere occurred considerably earler than the Pleistocene. In- terpretations by other workers (including Dell, 1963) linking Tris- tan da Cunha forms with those from St. Paul Island and Amster- dam Island were not supported by material seen in this study. The phylogeny of Fusitriton between the middle Oligocene first appearance of F. diller: and Pliocene specimens of F. oregon- ensis is unclear and disconnected. ‘The genus seems to be in the process of radiation; there are five Recent species, more than ever lived at one time in the geologic past. Fusitriton sp.? aff. F. oregon- ensis from the lower? and middle Miocene of Alaska is not mor- phologically intermediate between F. dilleri and F. oregonensis, al- though some individuals resemble Pleistocene specimens of F. ore- gonensis from Newport Bay, California, and others are closer to the Japanese species F. galea. G. sylviaensis, here considered a ques- 528 BULLETIN 254 tionable synonym of F. oregonensis in the absence of more com- plete data, is Miocene or Pliocene in age and cannot yet be placed in the phylogenetic scheme. Finally, F. scotiaensis is known to the writer from three Pliocene specimens that are morphologically distinct from all other species in the Northern Hemisphere but identical to Recent forms of F. cancellatus from South America. Fusitriton probably dispersed from the Northern Hemisphere to Southern Hemisphere in the Pleistocene. It was well represent- ed in the late Pliocene of the Los Angeles Basin and Ventura Basin, common in the Pleistocene of southern California, and rare in the Pleistocene Playa de Tijuana terrace deposit and San Jose del Cabo terrace deposit of Baja California. Fusitriton has been in the South- ern Hemisphere long enough to have dispersed to South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand, and to have begun to develop geo- graphically distinct forms. Whether species radiated from a cir- cumaustral parent stock such as F. cancellatus or evolved from one species to another is not known. The phylogenetic and geograpic origins of Priene are unknown but not likely to have been from the same stocks in western North America from which Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, and Mediargo evolved. Its earliest appearance is in young terrace deposits in Peru and central Chile, the Recent range being slightly more extensive. The genus is regarded as a new arrival in South America, perhaps from an Indo-Pacific source area. DISTRIBUTION OF RECENT SPECIES OF FUSITRITON AND ARGOBUCCINUM Bipolarity is the disjunct distribution of closely related, mor- phologically similar species in the higher latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere and Southern Hemisphere. One explanation for such an anomalous distribution pattern is tropical submergence of nor- mally shallow, cold water forms as they travel from north to south. Subpolar populations may represent end-members of a_ once through-ranging species that originated in the tropics and mi- grated poleward in response to certain environmental changes. Text-figures 15 and 16 summarize the Recent distributions of Fusitriton and Argobuccinum in the Southern Hemisphere. Specu- lations on how these distribution patterns may have been attained follow the biogeographical notes. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 529 BIOGEOGRAPHY OF FUSITRITON IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE Three species of Fusitriton, F. oregonensis, F. galea, and F. midwayensis occur in adjacent zoogeographical provinces around the North Pacific basin. The widest ranging is F. oregonensis, which is found from southern California through Alaska to northern Honshu, living in the Sea of Japan as far south as Niigata, and along the Pacific coast as far as Cape Inubo (35°N). The deepest occurrence is also the southernmost Recent record, Pleistocene fragments having been collected as far south as San Jose del Cabo, Baja California. F. galea is restricted to southern Japan in deep water warmed by the Kuroshio Current. Both F. galea and F. oregonensis range from 30 to 340 fathoms in Japan; F. galea has never been report- ed from greater depths south of the islands, as has F. oregonensis at corresponding latitudes off western North America. There is no overlap in occurrences of the two species, the divergence of the Kuroshio and Oyashio systems marking the boundary between them. Specimens of F. midwayensis have not been live-taken and are known only from the type locality northwest of Midway Island in the central Pacific. In degrees of latitude, F. oregonensis ranges from 60°N to 32°45’N and F. galea from 35° N to approxi- mately 30°N; F. midwayensis occurs at 35°15’N, 171°50’E. BIOGEOGRAPHY OF FUSITRITON IN THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE Species boundaries for the three taxa recognized here coincide conveniently with large geographic areas when only a few lots of specimens are considered and mid-ocean assemblages neglected. Study of several tens of lots showed considerable morphologic variation in material from South America, South Africa, and Aus- tralia-New Zealand. In each broad area there are at least two if not three variants, one of which resembles specimens from the other regions. Text-fig. 15 is a map showing the distribution of F. can- cellatus, F. c. Murrayi and F. retiolus. Points represent one or more lots from each locality, species having been determined by shell morphology. Material from 54°49’S, 129°48’W_ (Eltanin Cruise 15, Sta. 1346) shares morphologic characters with both eastern Pacific and western Pacific species, although it is treated 530 BULLETIN 254 ERS CTic cONN Text-figure 15.— Biogeography of Fusitriton in the Southern Ocean. denotes occurrences of Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck), ® F.c. murrayi (Smith), and A F. retiolus (Hedley). here as F. cancellatus. This prevalance of morphologic overlap is probably explained by a nearly continuous circumpolar distribu- tion in the southern ocean and by speciation that is relatively recent or in progress. In terms of latitude, F. cancellatus ranges from 32°17’ S to 55° S, Foc. murray) trom 29°17’ “Sto- 35°33’ Sand ai: Teliolus inom approximately 33°30’ S to 51°S, 166°E. Barriers such as currents flowing in opposite directions or abrupt temperature changes are not present near the northernmost occurrence of F. cancellatus off western South America, which suggests that future collecting may extend this range. CyYMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 531 BIOGEOGRAPHY OF RECENT SPECIES OF ARGOBUCCINUM IN THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE Five species of Argobuccinum are recognized in the Southern Hemisphere: 4. ranelliforme, A. tristanense, A. argus, A. proditor, and A. tumidum. Each taxon has a particular geographic distribu- tion and distinct set of morphologic characters. The presence of fossils, different shell forms and geographic isolation suggest that species of Argobuccinum radiated from South America to other parts of the Southern Hemisphere well before the Pleistocene. Further collecting is not expected to reveal a complete series of gradational forms between most of the southern continents. One exception is a possible link between species of the mid-Indian Ocean Text-figure 16.— Biogeography of Argobuccinum in the Southern Ocean. W denotes occurrences of Argobuccinum tumidum, @ A. ranelliforme, " A. tristanense, were» A. argus, and O A. proditor. 532 BULLETIN 254 islands and Australia-New Zealand. This hypothesis is based on gradational forms from St. Paul Island and Amsterdam Island and Australia and requires substantiation by the examination of more specimens representing a larger number of localities. The re- lationship between South African variants and material from St. Paul Island and Amsterdam Island cannot be evaluated from the material seen; the writer studied only a few South African speci- mens that suggested possible gradation and no material with precise locality data was obtained from the Indian Ocean. Ranges for species of Argobuccinum in the Southern Hemis- phere are as follows: A. ranelliforme, 27°05’ S to 53°10’ S; A. tris- tanense, 37°15’ S; A. argus, 26°38’ S to: Agulhas Bank, 35°16’ S; A. proditor, 38° S to 38°43’ S; A. tumidum, 34°29’ S to 51°S, 166°F. ROUTES ACROSS THE TROPICS AND DISPERSAL OF COLD WATER GASTROPODS In the absence of Recent and fossil material from the equa- torial regions, thoughts on the most likely dispersal routes be- tween Northern Hemisphere and Southern Hemisphere must be largely speculative. Given the present bipolar distribution of Fusitriton, a former bipolarity for Argobuccinum, and the belief that such similar morphologic forms must be closely related, the aim of this discussion is to suggest the most probable routes that would result in such a pattern. There is fossil and Recent evidence that neither genus became established in the Caribbean, that Argobucci- num never dispersed to the western North Pacific, and that Fusitrz- ton may have migrated from north to south by more than one path. Once established in the Southern Hemisphere, both genera became wide-spread. Although their ecologic preferences differ, their Recent distributions are alike, suggesting that some common dispersal agent such as the West Wind Drift was largely responsible for the present distribution pattern in the Southern Ocean. THE PROBLEM A more difficult problem is the passage from North America, where Argobuccinum and Fusitriton appear to have originated, to the Southern Ocean. Scant fossil evidence supports an Oligocene to Miocene migration of Argobuccinum along the eastern Pacific or via shallowly submerged ridges or islands. Since the major cur- CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 533 rents, which will be mentioned below in more detail, do not flow longitudinally at the equator, this dispersal may have been ac- complished by the slow spreading of benthonic populations. The Miocene to Pleistocene fossil record and the existence of well- defined morphologic species in the southern continents show that Argobuccinum has had longer than Fusitriton to become estab- lished in the Southern Ocean. Dispersal from North America prob- ably occurred at least by mid-Miocene, perhaps an epoch or more before Fusitriton spread south. Fossils associated with the several known Paleogene specimens of A. jeffersonense suggest it may have lived in warmer water than present species. If so, the tropics may not have presented such an insurmountable barrier to Argobucci- num as to the deeper water Iusitriton. In the case of Fusrtriton, uncertain age assignments for eastern Pacific and western Pacific fossils and overlapping morphologic features do not support one particular route or phylogenetic link over all others. As there are no known fossil occurrences of the genus in the Southern Hemisphere, north to south dispersal is be- lieved to have taken place in the Plio-Pleistocene or Pleistocene. It seems probable that instead of a single mode accounting for its dispersal, the northern species migrated by both floating and crawling, depending on the stage of its life cycle and whether mobility was favored by such conditions as current velocity and direction, depth, and temperature. The probable routes are still speculative, although the relatively recent discovery of a new species (Fusitriton midwayensis) from the central Pacific lends some support to the idea of a Trans- Pacific trek in which eastern Pacific larvae of F. oregonensis could be transported to the western Pacific via the North Equatorial Cur- rent. Because of the distance involved, approximately 7030 nautical miles, the larvae may not survive the entire trip in one generation and may settle on submarine ridges or guyots to develop into adults and produce new offspring. There are few if any systematic col- lections of megafaunas from mid-oceanic ridges, and the degree to which such structures serve as stepping stones for dispersing stocks is unknown. From the western North Pacific, pelagic forms of the radiating species might make their way during storms or seasonal current migrations to the Southern Hemisphere. Ben- 534 BULLETIN 254 thonic adults might have followed submerged ridges to the contin- ental shelf off Australia, where F. retiolus is known from Broken Bay, New South Wales, (approximately 33°30’S, 152°E) south. Equally scant evidence is available to support an eastern Pacific route between northern California and the Southern Hemisphere. The presence of F. scotiaensis in the Pliocene of California and morphologically identical Recent material off southern South Amer- ica implies a close phylogenetic connection. Fossiliferous submarine deposits known off southern California and likely to occur else- where in the equatorial eastern Pacific might contribute additional evidence, although to date megafaunal sampling has not been adequate. The most southerly occurrence of live taken specimens of Fusitriton oregonensis is also the deepest record, 1100-1300 fathoms, and populations at this or slightly greater depths may live or have existed along the East Pacific Rise. That Fusitriton oregonensis exists at depth in the tropics and grades into F. cancel- latus at the present time is unlikely: the two are morphologically distinct, and specimens collected nearest the equator (near 30° N and 30° S) are no more alike than those from the poleward extremes of their ranges. Since dispersal of Fusitriton is relatively recent, probably under the same physical conditions as exist in the present Pacific basin, biological and environmental factors pertinent to its migration will be considered in more detail. BIOLOGICAL FACTORS Fusitriton oregonensis has been taken live from the littoral zone (during spawning, from Alaska to Puget Sound during the summer months) to over 1100 fathoms, in temperatures ranging from 11°C to 5°C. It is not restricted to a particular kind of food, being attracted to a variety of live and dead invertebrates. It is known to have a long larval stage and a large, light unsculptured protoconch of the type commonly associated with long distance veligers. Scheltema (1966, p. 85) described such larvae as having ‘“.. . long velar lobes and a very light uncalcified . . . translucent shell.” Thorson (1967, written communication) observed a free swimming Fusitriton oregonensis veliger with a velum over | cm long. He felt “absolutely sure that ... the pelagic larval life [is] at least half a year.” In addition to more information on the eco- CyMATuD GASTROPODS: SMITH 539 logical preferences of adults, further studies on length of larval life and environmental tolerances are needed to suggest the capacity of this species for dispersal over long distances. Although distances in the Pacific are great, transport of especial- ly long-lived larvae by favorable currents may be possible. Scheltema (1966) studied the distribution of adult and larval forms of a related gastropod, Cymatium parthenopeum (von Salis, 1793), in the North Atlantic and Gulf Stream. He found morphologically similar adults in the tropical to subtropical eastern Atlantic and western Atlantic and larvae in different stages at most stations in the intervening open ocean. Current velocities and length of larval life being known, Scheltema showed that the Atlantic could be of the larvae he collected, although the number of individuals able to travel this distance and live to sexual maturity may be small. Cymatium parthenopeum larvae crossed easily by 82% /O were found to be considerably more eurythermal than adults. It is not impossible that larvae of cool water species of Fusitriton may also be able to survive over much greater temperature ranges than adults. Rafting on other animals or floating objects is not a likely mode of north-south dispersal for Fusztriton. No specimens have been reported associated with migrating fish, pinnipeds, or birds, and chance dispersal by one individual seems unreasonable for such a recently widespread genus. PHYSICAL FACTORS In the Pacific basin, the most important factors in the dis- persal of pelagic forms are currents, which include the equatorial, eastern and western boundary, and subpolar water masses. Direc- tions of flow and approximate locations of these are indicated in Text-figure 17. Currents within a few hundred meters of the sur- face are probably the most significant in larvai transport, as pelagic veligers would be expected in greater concentrations in the photic zone. Neglecting countercurrents and under currents, the main water masses in the subpolar North Pacific circulate in a counterclock- wise gyre to the north and a clockwise gyre toward the equator. The pattern is reversed in the Southern Hemisphere, where the South Equatorial Current is part of a counterclockwise gyre. Knauss 536 BULLETIN 254 (1965, p. 248) reported little north-south flow either in the equa- torial open sea or near the ocean margins where boundary currents converge or diverge. Because of the absence of longitudinal flow at the equator and the opposing current systems off North America and South America (California and Peru or Humboldt Currents, respectively) , larvae are not carried from north to south in the eastern or central Pacific. Should they be transported south along the California coast, they would be swept into the North Equatorial Current off Baja California and carried west between 5° and 10° N, depending on the season. The velocity of the North Equatorial Current has been estimated as 14 to 1 knot, and the distance across the central Pacific as approximately 7030 nautical miles. Larvae might be expected to reach the western Pacific in 10 to 12 months, not a great deal longer than the known lifespan for Fusitriton oregonensis veligers. A further factor to consider is the velocity of the boundary currents transporting larvae to or from the equa- torial system. Eastern boundary currents, the south-flowing Cali- fornia Current and north-flowing Peru Current, are generally slower moving (average velocity .5 knots or less, according to Wooster and Reid, 1963, p. 258) than western boundary currents (average 4 knots). They are cold currents, originating in the Sub- polar or West Wind Drift, and are commonly modified by up- welling, local eddies, complex layering and seasonally developed countercurrents. Upwelling in eastern boundary waters off the western Americas may permit discontinuous distribution of cold water forms well into tropical and subtropical zones. Emerson (1956) discussed northern forms having discontinuous ranges off southern Cali- fornia and Mexico. His Recent collection and Pleistocene col- lections from Punta China, Baja California, contain several cold water organisms (but no Fusitritons), suggesting that upwelling in these areas was common at least as far back as the Pleistocene and that it may have aided northern forms in southward dis- persal. It is assumed that current directions are determined by winds that are driven by solar energy and the earth’s rotation, and that movement directions of major water masses were not appreciably different from modern systems when dispersal of Fusitriton oc- 537 CyMATuUD GASTROPODS: SMITH ‘Juaring UBTJDIUOJON “ST “JUSTIN seylNsy “p][ ‘Watling uejansueg ‘“¢_ ‘uaring jizeig ‘CL ‘JUALIN pueRLy[ey “TT Jud PUlrAA IPAQ ‘OL “Wearing n19g “6 “JUatIND BIULOFIB) “8 ‘JUalIny ueyse[y ‘ZL “WWatinD sejodqng *9 ‘juatIng o1yseAQ ‘¢ ‘jUatingy (uedef) orysoiny “p ‘jUaIIND [eIojenbyg yYINog *¢ ‘j}UaIINOIa}UNOD [eiojenby °Z ‘juating [ewojenbg YyWoN “[ ‘suistued10 juasay jo [esiadsip ay} yoafze AvU Jey} sainjeay orydessouevs00 yo ArwwuUNg —‘/][ ainBIz-1xa 7, 3002! 3006 3009 Jo0€ of MoOE MoO09 Mo06 MoO0ZI MOOG! 008! 3000S! “SW4 0002 XOUddV EE 391 ONILVONS SNV31LV1d @S3SIY ININVWENS dO LN3LX3 WOWIXYW SiN3YuND +— 538 BULLETIN 254 curred. Temperatures may have varied, especially during Pleistocene glaciation when the region of tropical waters was restricted, and velocities may have been greater. Sea level lowering during glacia- tion has been estimated as 40 to 83 fathoms (250- 500’) by Shepard (1964, p. 96). This amount would not appreciably affect the depths to tops of submarine ridges and rises. Submarine rises and related features may provide nearly con- tinuous benthic routes or stepping stones for settling larvae. Several mid-oceanic ridges are outlined on Text-figure 17 by the 2000 fathom contour, which suggests a possible offshore Pacific dispersal route. It is not known whether Fusttriton, which has been collected from 1100-1300 fathoms, may be able to live and migrate at depths of 2000 fathoms or more. Benthic dispersal studies require accurate and detailed maps of plateaus, guyots, and other submarine features combined with careful systematic collections of mega- faunal populations. CONCLUSIONS On the basis of distributional data and morphologic similari- ties of widely separated Recent species, and considering the physical factors mentioned above, two dispersal routes seem possible. The first is the Eastern Pacific, from western North America to western South America on the continental margins or along offshore ridges and rises such as the East Pacific. For the cold water forms under consideration, areas of upwelling and the southward extension of the California Current might allow the species to survive in local cold water habitats within the tropics. The Pacific basin current system being asymmetrical, cold water species are able to live at lower latitudes in the eastern Pacific than in the west; current directions also favor southward dispersal in the northern eastern Pacific. There is slight support for the Eastern Pacific route in the existence of convergent morphologic forms of Ff. scotiaensis from the Pliocene of California and F. cancellatus from the Recent in South America. Tropical submergence is implied by the occurrence of F. oregonensis in deep water off San Diego. Dispersal by this route would probably have been accomplished by mobile adults rather than pelagic larvae. Migration may have been in deep water, be- cause no Recent or fossil populations have been reported from CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 539 the Galapagos or other islands off Central America and South America, A Trans-Pacific route would involve longer distances and a less direct path between hemispheres, but it has the advantage of favorable current directions. North Pacific larvae could be carried south to the equatorial current, west to the area where the East Australian Current branches south, and — given eddies, storms, or some means of crossing the diverging western boundary systems — poleward along the east coast of Australia. Long-lived pelagic larvae would be critical to dispersal by this route, although adult stages might be able to live and reproduce at suitable points in the mid-Pacific. Evidence in favor of this scheme is the occurrence in the central Pacific of F. midwayensis and its morphologic similarity to F. oregonensis. Opposing factors are the great distance involved, tropical temperatures, and complex boundary effects preventing the easy passage from northern to southern current systems in the western Pacific. Further collecting could reveal that both routes were followed, the Eastern Pacific by F. scotiaensis, F. oregonensis, or both and the Trans-Pacific by F. oregonensis. EVEERAGURE Cie D Abbott, D. P. 1966. Factors influencing the zoogeographic affinities of the Galapagos inshore marine fauna, in Bowman, R. I., ed., The Galapagos. Proc. Symposia of the Galapagos International Scientific Project, pp. 108- 122, Univ. California Press. Adams, H., and Adams, A. 1853-1858. The genera of Recent Mollusca arranged according to their organization. Two vols., 60 pls. London. Addicott, W. O. 1964. A late Pleistocene invertebrate fauna from southwestern Oregon. Jour. Paleont., vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 650-651. 1966. Late Pleistocene marine paleoecology and zoogeography in cen- tral California. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 523-C, pp. Cl-C21, 4 pls. Anderson, F. M., and Hanna, G. D. 1925. Fauna and stratigraphic relations of the Tejon Eocene at the type locality in Kern County, California, California Academy Sciences, Occas. Pap. XI, 249 pp., 16 pls. Anderson, F. M., and Martin, B. 1914. Neocene record in the Temblor Basin, California and Neocene deposits of the San Juan District, San Luis Obispo County. Cali- fornia Academy Sciences, ser. 4, Proc., vol. 4, pp. 15-112, pls. 1-10. 540 BULLETIN 254 Angas, G. F. 1869. Descriptions of twelve new species of land and marine shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 45-49, pl. 2. Arnold, R. 1903. The paleontology and stratigraphy of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro, California. California Academy Sci- ences Mem. 3, 420 pp., pls. 1-37. 1907a. Fossils of the oil-bearing formations of southern California. U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull. 309, pp. 219-254, pls. 25-41. 1907b. Geological reconnaissance of the coast of the Olympic Peninsula, Washington. Geol. Soc. America, Bull., vol. 17, pp. 451-468, pls. 55-58. 1907c. New and characteristic species of fossil mollusks from the oil-bear- ing Tertiary formations of southern California. U.S. National Museum, Proc., vol. 32, No. 1545, pp. 525-546, pls. 38-51. 1908. Descriptions of new Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils from the Santa Cruz Mountains, California. U. S. National Museum, Proc., vol. 34, pp. 345-390, pls. 31-34. Arnold, R., and Anderson, R. 1907. Geology and oil resources of the Santa Maria oil district, Santa Barbara County, California U.S. Geol. Sur., Bull. 322, pp. 1-161, pls. 12-26. Avery, J. A. 1961. Observations on certain aspects of the feeding habits of four Species of carnivorous marine gastropods. Unpublished report. Friday Harbor Laboratories, Univ. Washington, Seattle, Washing- ton, 29 pp., 4 figs. Azuma, M. 1960. A catalogue of the shell-bearing Mollusca of Okinoshima, Kashi- wajima and the adjacent area (Tosa Province), Shikoku, Japan. [in Japanese]. Pp. index + 102 pp., 5 pls. Barnard, K. H. 1949. Note on the radula of Fusitriton. Jour. Conchology, vol. 23, No. 3, pa gO: 1956. A beginner’s guide to South African shells. Masken Miller, Ltd., Cape Town, 215 pp., 32 pls. 1963. Contributions to the South African marine Mollusca, Pt. III, Gastropoda: Prosobranchiata: Taenioglossa: Annals South Afri- can Mus., vol. 47, pt. 1, 199 pp. Bartsch, P. 1915. Report on the Turton Collection of South African marine mol- lusks, with additional notes on other South African shells contained in the U. §. National Museum. U.S. National Museum, Bull. 91, i-xii -+ 305 pp., 54 pls. Bayer, C. 1933. A catalogue of the Cymatiidae in s’Rijks Museum van Natuur- lijke Historie. Zool. Meded. Rijks Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, pp. 33-59. Boreham, Anne 1959. Biological type specimens in the New Zealand Geological Survey, I. Recent Mollusca. New Zealand Geol. Sur., Paleont. Bull. 30, pp. 3-87. Branner, J. C., Newsom, J. F., and Arnold, R. 1909. Description of the Santa Cruz quadrangle. U.S. Geol. Sur., Atlas, Santa Cruz Folio, No. 163, 11 pp., 6 pls. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 541 Broderip, W. J. 1833. [mo title], iz Zool. Soc. London, Proc., Pt. 1 for 1833, pp. 4-7, 52-56, 82-85. Carcelles, A. R. 1950. Catalogo de los moluscos marinos de la Patagonia. Anales del Mus. Nahuel Huapi Perito Dr. Francisco P. Moreno, tomo 2, pp. 41-100, laminas [-VI. 1954. Especies Sudamericanas de Argobuccinum Bruguiére 1792. Com- nicaciones del Instituto Nacional de Investigacion de _ las Ciencias Naturales, Ciencia Zoologicas, tomo 2, No. 15, pp. 243-254, 1 lamina. Carpenter, P. P. 1864. A supplementary report on the present state of our knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the west coast of North America. Rept. British Assoc. Adv. Science for 1863, pp. 517-686. 1866. On the Pleistocene fossils collected by Col. E. Jewett at Santa Barbara, California, with descriptions of new species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, vol. 17, April, pp. 274-278. Carson, C. M. 1925. Pliocene faunal zones in southern California. Pan-American Ge- ologist, vol. 43, May, pp. 265-270. 1926. New molluscan species from the California Pliocene. So. Cali- fornia Acad. Sci., Bull., vol. XXV, pp. 49-62, pls. 1-4. Cernohorsky, W. O. 1967. The Bursidae, Cymatiidae and Colubrariidae of Fiji. Veliger, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 310-329, pls. 42-45. Chinzei, K. 1959. Molluscan fauna of the Pliocene Sannohe Group of northeast Honshu, Japan. 1. The faunule of the Kubo Formation. Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo, Jour., Sec. II, XII, pt. 1, pp. 103-132, pls. 9-11. Clark, A. 1931. The cool-water Timms Point Pleistocene horizon at San Pedro, California. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 25-42, map, chart. Clark, B. L. 1915a. Fauna of the San Pablo Group of middle California. Univ. Cali- fornia Pub. Bull. Dept. Geology, vol. 8, No. 22, pp. 385-572, pls. 42-71. 1915b. The occurrence of Oligocene in the Contra Costa Hills of middle California. Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geology, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 9-21. 1918. The San Lorenzo Series of middle California, a stratigraphic and paleontologic study of the San Lorenzo Oligocene series of the general region of Mount Diablo, California. Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geology, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 45-234, pls. 3-24. 1929. Stratigraphy and faunal horizons of the Coast Ranges of Cali- fornia, with illustrations of index fossils of Tertiary horizons. Privately published, Berkeley, California, pp. 1-30, pls. 1-50. 1938. Fauna from the Markley Formation (Upper Eocene) on Pleasant Creek, California. Geol. Soc. America, Bull. 49, pp. 683-730, pls. 1-4, 1 fig. Clark, B. L., and Arnold, R. 1923. Fauna of the Sooke Formation, Vancouver Island . . ., with a description of a new coral by T. Wayland Vaughan. Univ. Cali- fornia Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 14, No. 5, pp. 123-234, pls. 15-42. 542 BULLETIN 254 Cossmann, M. 1903. Essais de Paléoconchologie Comparée. Paris, vol. 5, 215 pp., 9 pls., Paris. 1904. Essais de Paléoconchologie Comparée. Paris, vol. 6, 151 pp., 9 pls. Cotton, B. C. 1945. Southern Australian Gastropoda. Part II. Doliacea. Royal Soc. So. Australia, Trans., vol. 69, No. 2, pp. 249-262. 1959. South Australian Mollusca. Archaecogastropoda. Adelaide, 449 pp. Cotton, B. C., and Godfrey, F. K. 1939. A systematic list of the Gastropoda. The marine, freshwater, and land univalve Mollusca of southern and central Australia. Mala- cological Soc. South Australia, Pub. No. 1, pp. 1-44. Cox, L. 1960. Thoughts on the classification of the Gastropoda. Malacological Socs London, (Proc: vol, 33; pt, 6, pp. 239-261. Crickmay, C. H. 1929. The anomalous stratigraphy of Deadman’s Island, California. Jour. Geology, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 617-638. Cummings, J. C. 1960. Geology of the Langley Hill-Waterman Gap area, Santa Cruz Mountains, California. Unpublished PhD. thesis, Stanford Uni- versity, 223 pp., 9 pls. Cummings, J. C., Touring, R. M., and Brabb, E. E. 1962. Geology of the northern Santa Cruz Mountains, California. California Div. Mines and Geology Bull. 181, pp. 179-220, pls. 20-24. Dall, W. H. 1871. Descriptions of sixty new forms of mollusks from the west coast of North America and the North Pacific Ocean, with notes on others already described. Amer. Jour. Conchology, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 93-160, pls. 13-16. 1877. Preliminary descriptions of mollusks from the northwest coast of America. Published as a separate from Proc. California Acad- emy Sciences, vol. 7, pp. 6-12, although the journal was never issued. 1886. Contributions to the natural history of the Commander Islands. No. 6. Report on Bering Island Mollusca collected by Mr. Nicholas Grebnitzki. U.S. National Museum, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 209-219. 1887. Supplementary notes on some species of mollusks of the Bering Sea and vicinity. U.S. National Museum, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 297-309, pls: 3; 4: 1902. Illustrations and descriptions of new, unfigured, or imperfectly known shells, chiefly American, in the U. §, National Museum. U.S. National Museum, Proc., vol. 24, No. 1264, pp. 499-566, pls. 27-40. 1904. An historical and systematic review of the frog-shells and tritons. Smithson. Misc. Coll. (Quarterly Issue), vol. 47, pp. 114-144. 1909a. Contributions to the Tertiary paleontology of the Pacific Coast. I. The Miocene of Astoria and Coos Bay, Oregon. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 59, 278 pp., pls. 1-23. 1909b. Report on a collection of shells from Peru, with a summary of the littoral marine Mollusca of the Peruvian zoological province. U.S. National Museum, Proc., vol 37, pp. 147-294, pls. 20-28. 1919. On some Tertiary fossils from the Pribilof Islands. Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 1-3. CyMATuUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 543 1921a. Species named in the Portland Catalogue. I American. Nautilus, vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 97-100. 1921b. Summary of the marine shellbearing mollusks of the northwest coast of America, from San Diego, California, to the Polar Sea, mostly contained in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, with illustrations of hitherto unfigured species. U.S. National Museum, Bull. 112, pp. 1-217, pls. 1-22. 1921c. Molluscan species named in the Portland Catalogue, 1786. Part II, Foreign species. Nautilus, vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 124-132. 1922. Fossils of the Olympic Peninsula. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 4, Art. 29, pp. 305-314. 1924. On the value of nuclear characters in the classification of marine gastropods. Washington Acad. Sci., Jour., vol. 14, No. 8, pp. 177-180. Dance, S. P. 1962. The authorship of the Portland Catalogue. Jour. Soc. for the Bibliography of Nat. History, vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 30-34. Darwin, C. 1846. Geological observations on South America. Pt. III of the Geology of the voyage of the “Beagle” ... during the years 1832 to 1836. Smith, Elder, and Co., London, viii + 279 pp., pls. 1-5, 1 map. Deacon, G. E. R. 1963. The Southern Ocean. In Hill, M. N., ed., The sea, vol. 2, pp. 281-296. Dell, R. K. 1951. A deep water molluscan fauna from off Banks Peninsula. Rec. Canterbury Museum, vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 53-60. 1956. The archibenthal Mollusca of New Zealand. Dominion Mus., Bull. 135235 pp. 25 plse 1962a. Additional archibenthal Mollusca from New Zealand. Rec. Do- minion Mus., vol. 4, No. 6, pp. 67-76. 1962b. New Zealand marine provinces—do they exist?. Tuatara, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 43-52. 1963. The Mollusca of the genus Argobuccinum (Family Cymatiidae). Royal Soc. New Zealand, Trans., vol. 3, No. 21, pp. 217-228, 2 pls. Dell, R. K., and Dance, S. P. 1962. The molluscan genus Ranella and the distribution of Ranella olearium (Linnaeus). Malacological Soc. London, Proc., vol. 35, No. 4, pp. 159-166, pls. 16, 17. Deshayes, G. P., and Milne-Edwards, H. 1843. Historie naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, précédé d’une introduction par J. B. P. A. de Lamarck, Second ed., Paris, 725 pp. Desqueyroux, Ruth P. 1961. Contribucién al estudio de los moluscos de la region de Valdivia. Unpublished thesis, Universidad de Concepcion, Chile, 93 pp. Dickerson, R. E. 1915. Fauna of the type Tejon: its relation to the Cowlitz phase of the Tejon Group of Washington. California Acad. Sci., Proc., Ser. 4, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 33-98, pls. 1-11. Dunker, W. 1862. Species nonnullae Bursarum vel Ranellarum collectionis Cum- mingianae descriptae a Gulielmo Dunker. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., pp. 238-240. 1863. Novzitates conchologicae.. Abbildung und Beschreibung neuer Con- chylien. II. Abthelung: Meeres-Conchylien, pp. 1-142, Taf. 1-45. 544 BULLETIN 254 Durham, J. W. 1944. Megafaunal zones of the Oligocene of northwestern Washington. Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 27, No. 5, pp. 101-212, pls. 13-18. Emerson, W. K. 1956. Upwelling and associated marine life along Pacific Baja Cali- fornia, Mexico. Jour. Paleont., vol. 30, No. 2, pp. 393-397. Faustman, W. F. 1964. Paleontology of the Wildcat Group at Scotia and Centerville Beach, California. Univ. California Pub. Geol. Sci., vol. 41, No. 2, pp. 97-160, 3 pls. Fell, H. B. : 1962. West-wind drift dispersal of echinoderms in the southern hemis- phere. Nature, vol. 193, No. 4817, pp. 759-761. Feruglio, E. 1949. Description geologica de la Patagonia. Direccion general de Yaci- mientos Petroliferoos Fiscales, Argentina, tomes 1, II, III. Finlay, H. J. 1924a. New shells from New Zealand Tertiary beds. New Zealand Insti- tute Trans. and Proc., vol. 55, pp. 450-479, pls. 48-51. 1924b. Additions to the Recent molluscan fauna of New Zealand. New Zealand Institute Trans. and Proc., vol. 55, pp. 517-526, pl. 52. 1925. Some modern conceptions applied to the study of the Cainozoic Mollusca of New Zealand. in Gedenkboek uitgegeven tergelegen- heid van den Tachtigsten Verjaardag van Dr. R. D. M. Verbeek. Verhandelingen van het Geologisch-Mijnbouwkundig en Kolo- nien, Geologische Serie, Deel VIII, pp. 161-172. 1927. A further commentary on New Zealand molluscan systematics. New Zealand Institute Trans. and Proc., vol. 57, pp. 320-485, pls. 18-23. Fleming, C. A. 1950. A molluscan fauna of the fiords of western Southland. (A report on the New Golden Hind Expedition, 1946). New Zealand Oceano- graphic Comm. Pub. No. 1, No. 5, pp. 20-40. 1951. Some post-Miocene changes in New Zealand environments. Paper presented at 7th Science Congress, Christchurch, May, 1951. 1952. A Foveaux Strait oyster-bed. New Zealand Jour. Sci. Technology, Sec. B, vol. 34, No. 2. New Zealand Oceangraphic Comm. Pub. No. 10, pp. 73-85. 1957. Trans-Tasman relationships in natural history. In Science in New Zealand, Handbook for 1957 A. N. Z. A. A. S. Conference, A. H. and A. W. Reed. Wellington, pp. 1-19. 1962. New Zealand biogeography, a paleontologists approach. Tuatara, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 53-108. 1963a. The nomenclature of biogeographic elements in the New Zealand biota. Roy. Soc. New Zealand Trans. General, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 13-22. 1963b. Paleontology and southern biogeography. In Gressitt, J. L., ed., Pacific Basin biogeography. pp. 369-385. Frauenfeld, G. R. von 1867. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte “Novara” um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859. Zool. Teil. Bd. 2, Abt. 3, Mollusken, pp. 3-116. 2) late Fretter, Vera, and Graham, A. 1962. British prosobranch mollusks, Printed for the Ray Soc., London, 755 pp. CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 545 Gabb, W. M. 1864. Paleontology of California, Vol. I, Triassic ard Cretaceous fos- sils, pp. 17-243, pls. 1-32. 1866. Paleontology of California, Vol. II, Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils, v-xiv + 29 pp.; 1869: 36 pls. Gardner, Julia 1933. The Midway Group of Texas. Univ. Texas Bull. 3301, 403 pp., 28 pls. Garrard, T. 1961. Mollusca collected by M. V. “Challenge” off the east coast of Australia. Malacol. Soc. So. Australia, Jour., No. 5, pp. 3-37, 1 pl. Gay, C. 1854. Historia fisica y politica de Chile: Zoologia, vol. 8, 499 pp. Gmelin, J. F. 1791. Caroli a Linné. Systema Naturae per regna tria naturae. ed. 13, Lippsiae, Tom 1, Pars VI, pp. 2 + 3021-3910. Graham, D. H. 1941. Breeding habits of twenty-two species of marine Mollusca. Roy. Soc. New Zealand Trans. and Proc., vol: 71, Pt. 3, pp. 152-159, pls. 20-26. Grant, U. S., and Gale, H. R. 1931. Catalogue of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California. San Diego Soc. Nat. History Mem., vol. 1, pp. 7-1036, pls. 1-32. Gray, J. E. 1839. In Zoology of Captain Beeechey’s voyage ... “Blossom.” 1825-28. Gressitt, J. L. 1963. Pacific Basin biogeography. Bishop Mus. Press, Honolulu, 563 pp. 1958. The fauna of Akkeshi Bay. XXV. Gastropoda: Pubs. from the Akkeshi Marine Biol. Station, No. 8, 39 pp., pls. 1-5. 1961a. Colored illustrations of the shells of Japan. Il, Japanese ed., Hoikusha, Osaka, xii + 148 pp., appendix p. 183, 66 colored plates. 1961b. Fauna of shell-bearing mollusks of the sea around Shirikishinai, Hokkaido, Pt. 2, Gastropoda, 11 pp., 5 pls. Habe, T. 1964. Shells of the western Pacific in color. English ed., vol. II, 233 pp., 66 pls. Habe, T., and Ito, K. 1965. Shells of the world in colour. 1. The north Pacific [in Japanese], Hoikusha, Osaka, 176 pp., 56 pls. Habe, T., and Okutani, T. 1968. Some new and interesting shells from the sea around Midway Island. Venus, vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 47-56, pl. 3. Hanazawa, S., Asano, K., and Takai, F., compilers 1961. Catalogue of type-specimens of fossils in Japan. Paleont. Soc. Japan, 25th Anniv. vol., 422 pp. Hatai, K. 1950. Cenozoic Mollusca from Aomori prefecture, Japan. Jour. de Conchyl., vol. 90, pp. 128-136. 1960. Japanese Miocene reconsidered. Tohoku Univ. Sci. Reports, Ser. 2 (Geology), Spec. vol. No. 42, pp. 127-153. Hatai, K., and Kotaka, T. 1952. On some lower Miocene marine shells. [Heiroku Formation, Myonchon (Meisen) district, Korea.] Institute Geology and 546 BULLETIN 254 Paleontology, Tohoku Univ., Sendai, Short Papers, No. 4, pp. 70- S6sapled 1959. Some new Miocene gastropods from near the Ginzan hot-spring, Yamagata prefecture. Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. No. 28, pp. 6-11, figs. 1-6. Hatai, K. and Nisiyama, S. 1952. Check list of Japanese Tertiary marine Mollusca. Tohoku Univ. Sci. Reports, Ser. 2 (Geology), Spec. vol. No. 3, 464 pp. Hedgpeth, J. 1957. Marine biogeography, in Hedgepeth, J., ed., Treatise on marine ecology and paleoecology. Geol. Soc. America, Mem. 67, vol. I, pp. 359-382, 1 pl. Hedley, C. 1914a. Biological results of the fishing experiments carried on by F. I. 8. “Endeavour,” 1909-1914. II. Mollusca, pp. 65-74, pls. 8-12. 1914b. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Pt. XI: Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales for 1913, vol. 38, pp. 258-339, pls. 16-19. 1916. Australian Antarctic expedition. Ser. C, vol. 6, Pt. I, pp. 1-80, pls. 1-9. Hemming, F., ed. 1958. Official list of generic names in zoology. First installment: Names 1-1274, London, 200 pp. Herrmannsen, A. N. 1846. Indices generum malacozoorum primordia. Cassellis, vol. 1, 637 pp. Horikoshi, M. 1957. Note on the molluscan fauna of Sagami Bay and its adjacent waters. Yokohama Nat. Univ. Sci. Reports, Sec. II, No. 6, pp. 37264, plats 1962. Warm temperate regions and coastal water areas in the marine biogeography of the shallow sea system around the Japanese Islands. Quaternary Research, vol. 2, Nos. 2-3, pp. 117-124. [English abstract]. Howard, Faye B. 1962. Egg-laying in Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield). Veliger, vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 160, pl. 39. Howe, H. V. 1922. Faunal and stratigraphic relationships of the Empire Formation, Coos Bay, Oregon. Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 14, No. 3, pp. 85-114, pls. 7-12. Hulme, S. G. 1958. A checklist of Mollusca taken by Wellington trawlers. Bull. Conch. Sect. Auckland Institute Mus., No. 14, pp. 3-7. Hutton, F .W. 1873. Catalogue of the marine Mollusca of New Zealand, Wellington, 116 pp. 1880. Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca, a systematic and descrip- tive catalogue. Wellington, 224 pp. Iredale, T. 1913. The generic name to be used for Murex tritonis Linné. Nautilus, vol. 27, pp. 55, 56. 1915. A commentary on Suters’ “Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca.” New Zealand Institute Trans. and Proc. vol. 47, pp. 417-497. 1917. More molluscan name-changes, generic and specific Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 12, pt. 6, pp. 322-330. CyMATuUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 547 Iredale, T., and McMichael, D. F. 1962. A reference list of the marine Mollusca of New South Wales. The Australian Mus., Sydney, Mem. 11, pp. 7-109. Jackson, B. D., compiler 1913. Catalogue of the Linnean specimens of Amphibia, Insecta, and Testacea, noted by Carl von Linné. A supplement to the Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 125th Session, 1912-1913. [48 pp..]. Johnson, M. W., and Brinton, E. 1963. Biological species, watermasses and currents, in Hill, M. N., ed., The sea, vol. 2, pp. 381-414. Kamada, Y., and Hayasaka, S. 1959. Remarks on a fossil marine fauna from Tateishi, Futaba district, in the Joban coal-field, Fukushima prefecture. Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. 28, pp. 17-29, pl. 2. Kanehara, K. 1940. Neogene fossils from South Echigo [Niigata prefecture]. Im- perial Geol. Sur. of Japan, Bull. 27, No. 2, pp. 1-19, pls. 1-5. 1940. Pliocene shells from the Honjo oil field, Akita prefecture. Japanese Jour. Geol. Geo., vol. 17, Nos. 1-2, pp. 127-133, pl. 12. Kay, E. Alison 1965. The Reverend John Lightfoot, Daniel Solander and the Portland Catalogue. Nautilus, vol. 79, No. 1, pp. 10-19. Keen, A. Myra 1954. Five new species and a new subgenus in the pelecypod family Cardiidae. Bulls. Amer. Paleontology, Vol. 35, No. 153, pp. 5-24, pl. 1. 1955. Request for the suppression of the generic name Jumala Friele, 1822 (Class Gastropoda) as a name calculated to give offense on religious grounds. Bull. Zool. Nomenclature, vol. 11, pt. 2, pp. 61-65. 1964. Six misidentified type-species in the Superfamily Muricacea (Gas- tropoda) Z. N. (S.) 1623. Bull. Zool. Nomenclature, vol. 21, Pt. 6, pp. 422-428. 1966. West American mollusk types at the British Museum (Natural History). II. Alcide d’Orbigny’s South American collections: Veliger, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 1-7, 1 pl. Keen, A. Myra, and Bentson, Herdis 1944. Check list of California Tertiary marine Mollusca. Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Papers 56, 280 pp. Kennard, A. S., Salisbury, A. E., and Woodward, B. B. 1931. The types of Lamarck’s genera of shells as selected by J. G. Children in 1823. Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol. 82, No. 17, 40 pp. Kershaw, R. C. 1955. A systematic list of the Mollusca of Tasmania, Australia. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, Papers and Proc., vol. 89, pp. 289-355. Kiener, L. C. 1841-1843. Spécies général et iconographie des coquilles vivantes. Paris, Viole. 7s King, P. P. : 1832. Descriptions of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca, in a collection formed by the officers of H. M. S. “Adventure” and “Beagle” employed between the years 1826 and 1830 in survey- ing the southern coasts of South America ... : Zool. Jour., vol. 5, No. 19, Art. 47, pp. 332-349. 548 BULLETIN 254 Kinoshita, T., and Isahaya, T. 1934. Collection of Hokkaido fishery experimental station, Hokkaido. Shellfish Catalogue 1, Marine products investigation report 33. 19 pp., pls. 1-15. Kira, T. ine 1962. Shells of the western Pacific in color. Vol. 1. Hoikusha, Osaka, 224 pp., 72 pls. Knauss, J. A. ‘ 1963. Equatorial current systems, in Hill, M. N., The sea, vol. II, pp. 235-252. Krauss, F. ; 1848. Die siidafrikanischen Mollusken. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mollusken des Kap-und Natallandes und zur geographischen Verbreitung derselben. Stuttgart, 140 pp., 6 Taf. Kuroda, T., and Habe, T. 1952. Check list and bibliography of the Recent Mollusca of Japan. Published by Leo W. Stach, Tokyo, 210 pp. Kuster, C. H., and Kobelt, W. 1878. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. Bd. III, Abth. 2, pp. 1-336. Lamarck, J. P. B. 1798. Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique des trois régnes de la nature. Paris. 1816. Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique des trois regnes de la nature. Partie 23, pp. 1-16, pls. 391-488. 1822. Historie naturelle des animaux sans vertébres. Paris, 711 pp. [Lightfoot, J.] 1786. A catalogue of the Portland Museum, lately the property of the Duchess Dowager of Portland, deceased, which will be sold at auction by Mr. Skinner and Co. on Monday the 24 of April, 1786 . . ., London, viii + 194 pp. Link, H. F. 1806-1808. Beschreibung der Naturalien-Sammlung der Universitat zu Rostock. [Section on mollusks printed in 1807, reproduced in 1931.] Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae. Regnum Animale. Holmiae, 10 ed., 824 pp. Lopez, Maria Cristina 1965. Estudio de los depositos marinos de la Bahia de Tongoy. Un- published thesis, Escuela de Geologia, Universidad de Chile. McLaughlin, Patsy A. 1963. Survey of the benthic invertebrate fauna of the eastern Bering Sea. U. S. Dept. Interior Fish and Wildlife Service, Spec. scientific report — Fisheries No. 401, pp. iii + 1-75. MacNeil, F. S., Wolfe, J. A., Miller, D. J., and Hopkins, D. M. 1961. Correlation of Tertiary formations of Alaska. Am. Assoc. Petro- leum Geologists Bull. 45, No. 11, pp. 1801-1809. Macpherson, J. H., and Gabriel, C. J. 1962. Marine molluscs of Victoria. Melbourne Univ. Press, 475 pp. Makiyama, J. 1931. The Pleistocene deposits of South Kwanto, Japan. Japanese Jour. Geology and Geography, vol. I, Nos. 1-2, pp. 21-53. Martens, E. von 1873. Critical list of the Mollusca of New Zealand contained in European collections, New Zealand, 51 pp. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 549 1882. Mollusca. In Rye, E., ed., Zool. Record for 1881, vol. 18, pp. 1-93. 1904. Die beschalten Gastropoden der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition 1898-1899. A. Systematisch-geographischer Teil, pp. 3-146, Taf. 1-5. Martin, B. 1914. Descriptions of new species of fossil Mollusca from the later marine Neocene of California. Univ. California Pub. Bul.. Dept. Geology, vol. 8, No. 7, pp. 181-202, pls. 19-22. 1916. The Pliocene of middle and northern California. Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geology, vol. 9, No. 15, pp. 215-259. Martini, F., and Chemnitz, J. 1769-1788. Neues systematisches Conchylien Cabinet. Niiremberg, vols. 1-12. Marwick, J. 1924. The Tertiary and Recent Naticidae and Naricidae of New Zealand. New Zealand Institute Trans., vol. 55, pp. 545-579. 1925. The Indo-Pacific element in the marine Tertiary Mollusca of New Zealand. Nederlandsch Geologisch Mijnbouwkundig Ge- nootschap Verhandelingen Geologisch Serie 8, pp. 369-377. May, W. L. 1921. A check list of the Mollusca of Tasmania. Government Printer, Tasmania, 114 pp. 1923. W.L. May’s illustrated index of Tasmanian shells. Supplementary to the check list issued in 1921. Government Printer, Tasmania, pp. 3-100, pls. 1-47. Meek, F. B. 1864. Checklist of the invertebrate fossils of North America. Cretaceous and Jurassic. Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol. 177, 40 pp. 1876. A report on the invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils of the upper Missouri country. U. S. Geol. Surv. of the Territories, 629 pp., 45 pls. Merriam, J. C. 1896. Note on two Tertiary faunas from the rocks of the southern coast of Vancouver Island. Uniy. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geology, vol. 2, pp. 101-108. Mestayer, Marjorie K. 1927. Some New Zealand molluscs (new and renamed species). Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 17, pp. 185-190. Middendorff, A. T. 1849. Beitrage zur einer Malacozoologia Rossica. Pt. II, Acad. Im- periale des Sciences St. Petersbourg Mem., ser. 6, vol. 8. Minch, J. A. 196+. Geology and paleontology of the Playas de Tijuana area, north- western Baja California, Mexico. Unpublished senior report, San Diego State College, 46 pp., map, 1 pl. Montfort, D. 1810. Conchliologie systematique et classification méthodique des coquil- les. Tome 2, 676 pp. Moore, Ellen J. 1963. Miocene marine mollusks from the Astoria Formation in Oregon. U.S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 419, 109 pp. 33 pls. Niino, H. 1950. On the bottom deposits on the banks at the mouth of Wakasa Bay and on the adjacent continental shelf. [English abstract]: Jour. Tokyo Univ. Fisheries, vol. 37, No. 1, 274 pp., 3 pls. 550 BULLETIN 254 Noda, H. 1962. The geology and paleontology of the environs of Matsunoyama, Niigata prefecture, with reference to the so-called black shale. 'To- hoku Univ. Sci. Reports, Ser. 2 (Geology), vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 199- 236, pl. 16: Nomura, S., and Hatai, K. 1935. Pliocene Mollusca from the Daisyaka shell-beds in the vicinity of Daisyaka, Aomori-ken, northeast Honshu, Japan. Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. No. 6, pp. 83-142, pls. 9-13. 1936. Fossils from the Tanagura beds in the vicinity of the town of Tanagura, Hukusima-ken, northeast Honsyu, Japan. Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. No. 10, pp. 109-155, pls. 13-17. Nomura, S., and Niino, H. 1940. Mollusca dredged from off the coast of Hukui prefecture in the Japan Sea, Records Oceanographic works in Japan, vol. 12, No. i pps223-79) ply Ae Nomura, S., and Zinbo, N. 1935. Mollusca from the Yanagawa shell-beds in the Hukusima basin, northeast Honsyu, Japan. Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. No. 6, pp. 151-192, pl. 15. 1936. Additional fossil Mollusca from the Yanagawa shell-beds in the Hukusima basin, northeast Honsyu, Japan. Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Research Bull. No. 10, pp. 335-345, pl. 20. Ogle, Burdette, A. 1953. Geology of the Eel River valley area, Humboldt County, Cali- fornia, California Div. Mines, Bull. 164, 128 pp., 6 pls. Okutani, T. 1964. Report on the archibenthal and abyssal gastropod Mollusca mainly collected from Sagami Bay and adjacent waters by the R. V. “Soyo-Maru”’ during the years 1955-1963. Fac. Sci., Univ. Tokyo, Jour., Sec. 11, vol. 15, Pt. 3, pp. 371-447, pls. 1-7. Oldroyd, Ida S. 1927. The marine shells of the west coast of North America. Stanford, vol. II, Pt. 2, 304 pp., pls. 30-72. Oyama, K. 1961. Revision of Cenozoic fossil Mollusca from Japan (1). Geol. Surv. Japan, Bull. 12, No. 5, pp. 75 (411)-82(418). Parodiz, J. J. 1942. Transgresiones oceanicas y fauna del mar epicontinental Argentino. Revista Geographica Americana, Mus. Argentino do Ciencia Natu- rales, Ano IX, vol. 18, pp. 203-211. Perry, G. 1811. Conchology or the natural history of shells ... Published by William Miller, London, 61 pls. Philippi, R. A. 1887. Los fosiles Terciarios 1 Cuartarios de Chile. Published by the Chilean Government, Santiago, 256 pp., Tab. 1-58. Philpott, C. H. 1925. Observations on the carly development of A. oregonense. Pub. Puget Sound Biol. Station, vol. 3, No. 74, pp. 369-381, pls. 34-36. Powell, A. W. B. 1933a. Notes on the taxonomy of the Recent Cymattidae and Naticidae of New Zealand. New Zealand Institute, Trans. and Proc., vol. 63, pp. 154-170, pl. 23. (Paper issued separately in 1933, volume published in 1934). 1933b. The marine Mollusca of the Chatham Islands. Rec. Auckland Institute Mus., vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 181-208, pls. 33-36. CyMATUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 551 1937. The shellfish of New Zealand, an illustrated handbook. Unity Press, Auckland, 100 pp., 18 pls. 1939. The Mollusca of Stewart Island. Rec. Auckland Institute Mus., vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 211-238, pls. 48-50. 1950. Mollusca from the continental shelf, eastern Otago. Rec. Auckland Institute Mus., vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 73-81, pl. 7. 1951. Antarctic and Subantarctic Mollusca: Pelecypoda and Gastropoda. Discovery Reports, vol. 26, pp. 47-196, pls. 5-10. 1957. Shells of New Zealand, an illustrated handbook. Whitcomb and Tombs, Ltd., 202 pp., 36 pls. 1958. Mollusca from the Victoria-Ross Quadrants of Antarctica. B.A.N.Z.A.R. Exped., B, vol. 6, pp. 165-215. 1960. Antarctic and Subantarctic Mollusca. Rec. Auckland Institute and Mus., vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 117-193. 1961. New Zealand biotic provinces. Tuatara, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 1-8. Pressler, E. D. 1929. The Fernando Group in the Los Posas-South Mountain district, Ven- tura County, California. Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 18, No. 13, pp. 325-345. Radovich, J. 1961. Relationships of some marine organisms of the north east Pacific to water temperatures, particularly during 1957 through 1959. Cali- fornia Dept. Fish and Game, Marine Resources Operations, Fish Bull. 112, 62 pp. Reagan, A. E. 1908. Some notes on the Olympic Peninsula, Washington. Kansas Acad. Sci. Trans., vol. 22, pp. 131-238, pls. 1-6. Redfield, J. H. 1846. Description of some new species of shells. Annals New York Lyceum Natural History, vol. 4, pp. 163-168, 2 pls. Reeve, A. L. 1844-1848. Conchologica Iconica or, Illustrations of the shells of molluscous animals. London, vol. 2, (1844), vol. 4 (1848). Rehder, H. A. 1967. Valid zoological names of the Portland Catalogue. U. S. National Museum, Proc., vol. 121, No. 3579, 51 pp. Reid, J., Roden, G., and Wyllie, J. 1958. Studies of the California current system. Contributions from Scripps Institution of Oceanography, n. s. No. 998, 72 Progress report, Cali- fornia Cooperative Oceanographic Fisheries Investigations for 1 July, 1956 to 1 January, 1958, pp. 27-57. Robertson, R. 1957. Publication dates of Troschel’s “Das Gebiss der Schnecken”. Nautilus, vol. 70, No. 4, pp. 136-138. Rochebrune, A., and Mabillle, J. 1889. Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-1883. Tome 6, Pt. 2, pp. H1-H43, 9 pls. Rodda, P. U. 1957. Paleontology and stratigraphy of some marine Pleistocene deposits in northwest Los Angeles basin, California. Am. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 41, No. 11, pp. 2475-2492. Roding, P. F. 1798. Museum Boltenianum. Pars II]. Hamburg, 199 pp. Rumphius, G. E. 1741. D’Amboinsche Rariteikamer, . . . ed. 2, published by Jan Roman de Jonge Boekverkoper, Amsterdam, pp. i-xx, 1-340, 60 pls. 552 BULLETIN 254 von Salis Marschlins, C. U. 1793. Reise in Koen. Naples. [Travels through various provinces of the Kingdom of Naples in 1798.] Translated from German by Anthony Aufrere. London, VIII + 527 p. App., 4 catalogue of such shells as came to my knowledge out of the sea, that bounds the kingdom of Naples, p. 435-527, pl. VI-IX, 1795. Scheltema, R. 1966. Evidence for trans-Atlantic transport of gastropod larvae belonging to the genus Cymatium. Deep-Sea Research, vol. 13, pp. 83-95. Schenck, H. G., and Keen, A. Myra 1940. California fossils for the field geologist. Pp. 1-88, pls. 1-56. Schwartzlose, R. 1963. Nearshore currents of the western United States and Baja Cali- fornia as measured by drift bottles, in California Cooperative Oceanographic Fisheries Investigations Reports, vol. 9, pt. 2, pp. 15-22. Shelford, V. E. 1932. Basic principles of the classification of communities and habitats and use of terms. Ecology, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 105-120. Shelford, V. E., and Towler, E. D. 1925. Animal communities of San Juan Channel and adjacent areas. Pubs. Puget Sound Biol. Station, vol. 5, pp. 31-73. Shelford, V., Weese, A., Rice, L. Rasmussen, D., and MacLean, A. 1935. Some marine biotic communities of the Pacific coast of North America. Pt. I. Ecol. Monographs, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 249-332. Shepard, F. P. 1964. The earth beneath the sea. Atheneum, New York, 275 pp. Shikama, T. 1957. On some Gastropoda from Nemuro Strait, eastern Hokkaido. Yoko- hama National Univ. Sci. Reports, Sec. II, No. 6, pp. 31-36, pl. 10. Smith, E. A. 1891. Descriptions of new species of shells from the “Challenger” expedi- tion. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., for 1891, pp. 436-445, pls. 34, 35. 1906. On South African marine Mollusca. Annals Natal G. Mus., vol. 1, pp. 19-71, pls. 7, 8. Sowerby, G. B. Il 1841a. The conchological illustrations. Sowerby, London. 1841b. Descriptions of cight new species of the genus Ranella “in the collec- tion of Mr. Cuming”. Zool. Soc. London, Proc., Pt. 9, pp. 51-53. Sowerby, G. B. | 1846. Descriptions of Tertiary fossil shells from South America. Appendix in Darwin, C., Geological observations on South America, Pt. III of the geology of the voyage of the “Beagle,” pp. 249-268, pls. 1-5. Sowerby, G. B. Ill 1892. Marine shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species. Sowerby, London, 89 pp., 5 pls. Stearns, R. E. 1893. Preliminary report on the molluscan species collected by the U. S. scientific expedition to West Africa in 1889-1890. U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., vol. 16, No. 940, pp. 317-339. Stephenson, T. A., Stephenson, A., and Day, J. H. 1940. The South African intertidal zone and its relation to ocean currents. VIII. Lamberts Bay and the west coast. Annals Natal Mus., vol. 9, pt. 3, pp. 345-380, pls. 24-30. Stewart, R. 1927. Gabb’s California fossil type gastropods. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 78, pp. 287-488, pls. 20-40. CyMATuUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 553 Stoll, N., Dollfus, R., Forest, J., Riley, N., Sabrosky, C., Wright, C., and Melville, R. ed. committee 1961. International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV In- ternational Congress of Zoology. London, 176 pp. Suter, H. 1913,1915. Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca. Wellington, 1120 pp. (1913), 72 pls. (1915). Taki, |., and Oyama, K. 1954. Matajiro Yokoyama’s Pliocene and later faunas from the Kwanto region in Japan. Paleont. Soc. Japan Spec. Papers No. 2, 68 pp. 49 pls. Taylor, D. W., and Sohl, N. 1962. An outline of gastropod classification. Malacologia, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 7-32. Tegland, Nellie M. 1933. The fauna of the type Blakeley upper Oligocene of Washington. Univ. California Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 81-174, pls. 2-15. Terry, Judith S. 1968a. Taxonomy and distribution in space and time of the marine gas- tropod genera Argobuccinum, Fusitriton, and Priene (Family Cyma- tiidae). Unpub. thesis, Stanford University, 203 pp., pls. 1-13. 1968b. Mediargo, a new Tertiary genus in the family Cymatiidae. Veliger, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 42-44, pl. 4. 1968c. Buccinum pustulosum (Lightfoot, 1786] (Gastropoda): proposed sup- pression of the specific name under the plenary powers. Z.N.(S.) 1842: Bull. Zool. Nomenclature, vol. 25, pts. 2/3, p. 114. Thiele, J. 1929-1935. Handbuch der systematischen Weichtierkunde. Jena, 2 vols., 1154 pp., 897 figs. Thorson, G. 1950. Reproductive and larval ecology of marine bottom invertebrates. Biol. Reviews vol. 25, pp. 1-45. 1961. Pelagic larval life in marine bottom invertebrates as related to larval transport by ocean currents, in Sears, Mary, ed., Oceano- graphy, Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci. Pub. No. 67, pp. 455-474. Tomlin, J. R. 1922. Some remarks on the Cape marine province. Jour. Conchology, vol. 16, No. 8, pp. 255-262. 1947. A new South African cymatiid. Jour. Conchology, vol. 22, No. 9, pp. 245-246, illustration p. 246. Troschel, F. H. 1856-1893. Das Gebiss der Schnecken zur Begriindung einer natiirlichen Classification: Berlin, vols. 1, 2. 1864. Bericht tiber die Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte der Mollusken wahrend des Jahres 1863, in Wiegmann, A., Archiv ftir Natur- geschichte, 30, Bd. 2, pp. 257-306. 1866. Bericht tiber der Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte der Mollusken wahrend des Jahres 1865, in Wiegmann, A., Archiv fiir Natur- geschichte, Jahrg. 32, Bd. 2, pp. 220-280. Tryon, G. W. 1880, 1881. Alanual of Conchology, Pt. 9, vol. 3, pp. 1-64, (1880), 87 pls. (1881). Tsuchi, R. 1956. The ecological distribution of marine Mollusca living in the coast of Shizuoka prefecture, the Pacific side of central Japan, as a basis of paleo-ecology. Shizuoka Univ., Reports Liberal Arts Fac. [Natur. Sci.], No. 10, pp. 15-24. 554 BULLETIN 254 1958. A note on the Mollusca dredged from Suruga Bay, the Pacific side of central Japan. Shizuoka Univ., Reports Liberal Arts and Sci. Fac. [Natural Science], vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 69-76, pls. 1, 2. Tsuda, K. , 1959. New Miocene Mollusca from the Kurosedani Formation. Niigata Daigaku, Fac. Sci.. Ser. II, Biol. and Mineral., vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 86-88, pl. 4. Valentine, J. W. 1961. Paleoecologic molluscan geography of the California Pleistocene. Univ. California Pub. Geol. Sci., vol. 34, No. 7, pp. 309-442. Valentine, J. W., and Emerson, W. K. 1961. Environmental interpretation of Pleistocene marine species: a discus- sion. Jour. Geology, vol. 69, No. 5, pp. 616-618. Vélain, C. 1877. Passage de Venus sur le Soleil (9 Dec., 1874), expedition francaise aux Iles St.-Paul et Amsterdam. Zoologie. In Archiv. de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale, ser. 1, tome 6, pp. 1-144, pls. 1-5. Verco, J. C. 1896. Descriptions of new species of marine Mollusca of South Australia. Roy. Soc. So. Australia Trans. for 1896, pp. 217-232, pls. 6-8. Watson, R. B. 1886. Report on the Scaphoda and Gasteropoda collected by H. M. 8. “Challenger,” Zoology, vol. 15, pt. 2, pp. 1-756, pls. 1-50 and 1-3. Weaver, C. E. 1912. A preliminary report on the Tertiary paleontology of western Wash- ington. Washington Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 15, pp. 5-80, pls. 1-15. 1916. Tertiary faunal horizons of western Washington. Univ. Washing- ton Pub. Geology, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-67, pls. 1-5. 1943. Paleontology of the marine Tertiary formations of Oregon and Washington. Univ. Washington Pub. Geology, vol. 5, Pt. II, Mollusca, pp. 275-562. Pt. III, Plates, faunal tables, bibliography, faunal locali- ties, index, pp. 563-790, 104 pls. Wenz, W. 1941. Handbuch der Paldozoologie Gastropoda. Bd. 6, Teil 1, 5-7, 1639 pp. White, Kathleen M. 1948. The anatomy of Fusitriton algoensis Tomlin. Jour. Conchology, vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 2-4, 5 text-figs. Willett, G. 1937. An upper Pleistocene fauna from the Baldwin Hills, Los Angeles County, California. San Diego Soc. Nat. History, Trans., vol. 8, No. 30, pp. 379-406, pls. 25, 26. Winckworth, R. 1945. The types of the Boltenian genera. Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 26, pts. 4-5, pp. 136-148. Wood, W. 1856. Index testaceologicus, an illustrated catalogue of British and foreign shells. Willis and Sotheran, London, 234 pp., 46 pls. Woodring, W. P. 1935. Fossils from the marine Pleistocene terraces of the San Pedro Hills, California. Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 29, No. 171, pp. 292-305. 1938. Lower Pliocene mollusks and echinoids from the Los Angeles basin, California. U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 190, 67 pp., pls. 5-9. Woodring, W. P., Stewart, R., and Richards, R. W. 1941. Geology of the Kettleman Hills oil field, California. U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 195, 170° pp:, 57¢pls. CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 555 Woodring, W. P., and Bramlette, M. N. 1950. Geology and paleontology of the Santa Maria District, California. WEtSs-Geolt Sur erotebapers222) 185 uppsa2s pls: Woodring, W. P., Bramlette, M. N., and Kew, W. S. 1946. Geology and paleontology of Palos Verdes Hills, California. U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper 207, 145 pp., pls. 1-37. Wooster, W. S., and Reid, J. L. 1963. Eastern boundary currents, in Hill, M. N., ed.. The Sea, vol. 2, pp. 253-280. Wrigley, A. 1932. English Eocene species of Sassia, with a note on the morphology of the Cymatiidae and the Bursidae. Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. 20, pt. II, pp. 127-140, pls. 10, 11. Wyrtki, K. 1967. Circulation and water masses in the eastern equatorial Pacific Ocean. Internat. Jour. Oceanography and Limnology, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 117-147 fi . ta Hie in ane vs pe ip aaa TA ac Peete secre ie A 4> Selita: 7 r eas Cas Fae : (am 7 4 ea) ibe 7 Gs - . bale aD a - rae ep @ 4 : 7; i a tl yn sf a Sata) = ‘ _ 4 | a oe > 7 _ . Lip ; 4H i Ds: cen i . oe nh = ; vr ae Hine } e. ia ~ Ne La > ¥! ey in ; a eae ae oe ml =| a wes ; a My Lal = Ai fig! . vy fa] = 7 7 yy 1 he “9 ¥ a =inee is “4 pant) Weekes! , Pevil oe 7 2G 23," Ae, 4 » : wae - rie Fy aan re wa 1 } = ay = ‘s» “E ee ale a! are ; te ee if : 4 “ep ; afiee 8 mu _ ile i i : aan wea yr . ef? i a vw] ‘ ~~ ae Be Th. ici i we 3 — | Pie, ere - ae 4 S owe é ar 3 ie ’ i te es “= = et ~~ . Vi ‘ x e ve 4 +15 , a5 a te ree ae i 7 re cere a pe o Ai py A, a) : oe 7 Teens a * . ee, eer ae es a Age hi 7 a es { - aat a. . hb a? ine = Ly ~ = : i a nr ia} - , i: v 4 | i h eo bp oM aT | 7 Letting pe eae ? - > ay E : - fl ; a ! ; oa be ie id =| : i, # 7 i a . i Mf _ y oe <3 : 3 ior a & > - a o, QigesaD sft! § fer ; a ri ry ¥ @ ery F A et le. Ss vs i Se see, A ot A) i PLATES io6) ie ¢ Or Figure Ve 10,11. 12. BULLETIN 254 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 39 Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) |... 469 SDSNH 11146. Recent, Tasmania, Australia. Abapertural view showing smocth sculpture and spiral color bands; (8.3 cm heh) (Cr ties. Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) 2.000000. 462 LSJU 9980. Recent, Chile. Abapertural view; (8 cm high). Cf tig: 9: Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) 0.00000. 469 LSJU 9973. Recent, off Oamaru, New Zealand, 20-40 fathoms. Abapertural view of nodose form: (7.3 cm hichie Citiomsl: Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) 0.0... 462 LSJU 9974. Recent, Chiloe Island, Chile. Apertural view of juvenile specimen; (4.05 cm high). (Berry Colln.) Argobuccinum tristanense Dell 000000... 466 CAS 39937. Recent, Tristan da Cunha Island, south Atlantic Ocean. Apertural view of juvenile specimen; (3.3 cm high). Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) 22.00.0000... ce. ... 462 University of Chile specimen. Recent, Quiriquina, Chile. View of juvenile showing thickened outer lip, small aperture; (2 cm high). Argobuccinum argus (Gmelin) 22.00.0000 oc cccccccccccceceeeceeeceees 458 ANSP 211688. Recent. Paternoster, Saldanah Bay, South Africa. Apertural view of slender variant; (6.7 cm high). Argobuccinum tristanense Dell 2.00000... . 466 LSJU 9975. Recent, Gough Island, south Atlantic Ocean. Abapertural view showing fine sculpture, thin perios- tracum, and high-spired outline of adult specimen; (6.4 cm high). Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) .........00000.000.0.00...0..: ee 462 LSJU 9976. Recent, off Punta Arenas, Magallanes, Chile. Abapertural view of tumid, finely sculptured form having most of its periostracum in tact; (9 cm high). Cf. fig. 2. (Berry Colln.) Argobuccinum argus (Gmelin) 2200s 458 MCZ 207318. Recent, Jeffreys Bay, South Africa. Apertural, views of common nodose form; (6.7 cm high). Argobuccinum argus (Gmelin) 2.2.00 ooooo.cccco ec ccccccccccecccccececeeseeeeseeeees 458 MCZ 205170. Recent, Jeffreys Bay, South Africa. Abapertural view of a specimen with smoother, more regular nodes; (72) emehigh)peCk figs al. Buu. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 39 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 40 Figure 3-5. 6,7. 8,9. 10. 1X: 12. CYMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 559 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 40 Argobuccinum tristanense Dell CAS 399937. Recent, Tristan da Cunha Island, south Atlantic Ocean. Apertural view; (6.5 cm high). Cf. fig. 2. Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) 0 0, 462 MHNQN specimen. Recent, Punta Inio, “C tla Island, Chile: Apertural view of one of several specimens having unusually high spires; (11.5 cm high). Argobuccinum jeffersonense (Durham) 2.0.0.0... cece. 474 UCMP 35347. Late Eocene or early “Oligocene, Jefferson County, Washington. Side, apertural and abapertural views of a late juvenile specimen; (3.13 cm high). [Holotype of Gyrineum jeffersonensis Durham]. Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) 00000 462 MHNQON specimen. Miocene, Navidad Formation, near the mouth of the Rio Rapel, Chile. Side, apertural views, in which specimen appears slightly foreshortened; (4.58 em high). Cf. figs. 8,9. Argobuccinum jeffersonense (Durham) 0... 474 UCMP 35348. Late Eocene or early Oligocene, Jefferson County, Washington. Apertural, side views; (4.58 cm high). [Paratype of Gyrineum jeffersonensis Durham]. Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) |..........00000.0.00 462 Specimen in collection of Montemar Marine Station, Vina del Mar, Chile. Recent, Chiloe Island, Chile. Apertural view of smooth mature specimen lacking apertural plications; (10 cm high). Cf. fig. 11. Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) 0.000000. 462 LSJU 9972. Recent, Chile. Apertural view of beaded form; (8 cm high). Argobuccinum ranelliforme (King) ............ Seely ath rcs ee erect ae 462 LSJU 9976. Recent, off Punta Arenas, ‘Magallanes, Chile. Side view of smooth variant having most of its periostracum in tact. Note fine, unbeaded sculpture and tumid outline; (9 cm high). (Berry Colln.) 560 BULLETIN 254 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 41 Figure Page 1,2. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) 0.0.0... 0.0...00.....0.. cece 469 LSJU 9973. Recent, off Oamaru, “New Zealand, 20-40 fathoms. Side, apertural views of specimen having flared pillar callous; (7.3 cm high). 3. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) ..................000....c00ccccccccccccecceees 469 LSJU 9977. Recent, Kaitangata, New Zealand. Apertural view of late juvenile with tumid outline; (5.5 cm high). 4. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) 0.0.0.0... cece. 469 MCZ 23049. Recent, northern Tasmania, Australia. Specimen turned 45° from full apertural view to show prominent labial tooth; (6.5 cm high). 5. Argobuccinum proditor (Frauenfeld) 0.0.0.0... 468 SDSNH 35251. Recent, “Australia.” Acquired from Fulton, a shell dealer, by the original donor; no more specific locality data available; (10.1 cm high). 6. Argobuccinum proditor (Frauenfeld) . A 1 NIL ee Se Aen 468 Reproduction of illustration figured by Vélain, 1877; pie hile 5 as Ranella (Apollon) proditor. Recent, Amsterdam Island, southern Indian Ocean; (9.0 cm high). 7,10. Argobuccinum proditor (Frauenfeld) WA pita iste tact a ee eee 468 Reproduction of illustration in Frauenfeld, 1367, a deaikellyll, figs. la, 1b. Recent, St. Paul Island, Southeun Indian Ocean. Abapertural, apertural views; (7.6 - 10.0 cm _ high). [Holotype of Bursa (Apollon) proditor Frauenfeld] 8. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) 9.0... 469 LSJU 9978. Recent, off Oamaru, New Zealand. Apertural view of mature specimen; (11 cm high). Cf. fig. 9. 9. Argobuccinum tumidum (Dunker) .........00.0000.00000 0000 o ccc ecceeecceeeecceeeee 469 LSJU 9979. Recent, New Zealand. Apertural view of mature specimen with flaring pillar callous; (12 cm high). PLATE 41 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 42 PU dp Gas Wf wis yy AD 10. CyMATIUD GASTROPODS: SMITH 561 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 42 Page Fusitriton, scotiaensis (Martin) 2... pec eee eee 500 UCMP 10577. Pliocene, Humboldt County, California. Side, apertural views; (6.6 cm high). Cf. fig. 4. Fusitriton scotiaensis (Martin) ......000.0000.....00cccocoocccccccceceeeecceceeeecceee 500 UCMP 10578. Pliocene, Humboldt County, California. Aba- pertural view; (5.3 cm high). Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) 2.......0........0ccc oo ceccccececcceceececceeeecees 475 AMNH 92910a. Recent, off Mar del Plata, Argentina. Side view; (9.8 cm high). Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) 200000ooooeeccccceccccccccccccccccccececccecee sees 475 AMNH 109865a. Recent, Maldonado, Uruguay. Side view of specimen having coarse axial sculpture and a tumid outline; (10.65 cm high). Cf. figs. 7, 8. Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) 20..0000000000ccccceeeeccecececcecceceeeeees. 475 MCZ 109444. Recent, off Argentina. Apertural view of smooth, more “typical” form; (13 cm high). Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) 2...00...0000........000 coco 475 AMNH 99498a. Recent, Guitecas, Chile. Side view of variant having strong spiral grooves; (10.3 cm high). Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) 20.......0000......oce cece cccceccceeeeeeeees _ 475 AMNH 109865b. Recent, Maldonado, Uruguay. Side view of specimen having fine ribs; (9.2 cm high). Cf. fig. 5, from same lot. Fusitriton cancellatus (Lamarck) 00.000 cccccccceeccceccecececececeeeeceeee 475 LSJU 9981. Recent, off Chile near the border between Aconcagua and Coquimbo Provinces, 580 m. (Anton Bruun Cruise 18A, Sta. 702). Apertural view; (8.3 cm high). Fusitriton’ cancellatus (Lamarck) 2.3.0. ee 475 Section of inside, filelike surface of a jaw; (X 125). Pho- tography by W. R. Evitt. Figure 18 5,6. 9510: 1s 12,15. 13. 14. BULLETIN 254 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 43 Page Priene.rude: (Broderip) ag aiciihn coe eee es 517 UCMP 10579 (Pioche Colln.) Pliocene or Pleistocene, Co- quimbo, Chile. Apertural view; (4.7 cm high). Priene:scabra (Kaine): 25.55 0b coke Pee ae ee ceatient Eon ee tas cee 512 UCMP 10580 (Pioche Colln.) Pliocene or Pleistocene, Co- quimbo, Chile. Abapertural view; (4.8 cm high). Priene scabra (King) .......... 55 SLUR nee Pe ce sc SRO hae te Ee ine 512 UCMP 10581 (Pioche Colln.) Pliocene or Pleistocene, Co- quimbo, Chile. Abapertural view of specimen with reticulate scabra-like sculpture on the early whorls, coarse axial ribs as in P. rude on the body whorl; (4.7 cm high). Prienevscabran(King) 2.059. o) hak es ee ee > BUD UCMP 10582 (Pioche Colln.) Pliocene or Pleistocene, Co- quimbo, Chile. Abapertural view; (5.6 cm high). Priene::rude:(Broderip) eissat a se ee ee 517 Coll. of Sr. Mario Pena, Universidad Agraria, La Molina, Lima, Peru. Recent, Callao, Peru. Apertural, abapertural views of specimen having furry periostracum in tract; (6 cm high). Prienetscabra: Cima eee tea ea ee e eeee 512 USNM 7357. Recent, Valparaiso, Chile. Smooth protoconch whorls are 1.5 mm high. Prienekscabra: (Kime) sete corres eee eee aan ECE Bee eee 512 LSJU 9982a. Recent, Talcahuano, Chile. Apertura] view. (6.2 cm high). (Berry Colln.) Priene scabra (King) .......... sh REAL SEL coo he RE ER CE 512 Specimen in the collection at Montemar Marine Station, Vina del Mar, Chile. Recent, Valparaiso Bay, Chile. Side, apertural views of specimen showing small excurrent notch and typical plicate aperture; (5.8 cm high). Prienejscabrac (Sime) ) finer ee cre ose ater ete oe eee ea 512 LSJU 9982b. Recent, Talcahuano, Chile. Abapertural view. (6.9 cm. high). (Berry Colln.) Fusitriton cancellatus murrayi (Smith) ................0.000.......... rere 480 USNM_ 206005. Recent, Agulhas Bank, off South Africa. Shell shown in apertural view and living position; (9.5 cm high). Cf. sculpture between figs. 12, 13, 14. Fusitriton cancellatus murrayi (Smith) 0.000000. 480 NMV F26889. Recent, Cape Town, South Africa. Apertural view of specimen with periostracum in tact. Axial sculpture is more prominent than that usually seen in South African material; (9.7 cm high). Fusitriton cancellatus murrayi (Smith) 0.0 0.000.000.0000. 480 MCZ 205182. Recent, off Recife, South Africa. Apertural view; (10.3 cm high). PLATE 43 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 44 BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 563 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 44 Figure Page IPE USiinitoneretiolusmCHedley) xcs. ae ccet eee ete cee eee 481 SOSC specimen. Recent, New Zealand. View showing smooth protoconch; (.25 cm high). DwaEusitniton: retiolus (Hedley)iy vss ee eee eee eee 481 NMV F26655 - [5993]. Recent, Bass Strait, Australia. Aper- tural view; (10.3 cm high). 3. Fusitriton retiolus (Hedley) ...... Ua SPs 1 0a) oe an EN OR ae 481 AMS (C66317. Recent, off Broken Bay, N.S.W., Australia. Apertural view; (10.5 cm high). 4. Fusitriton retiolus (Hedley). «.....:...cc.....c..cs.cccntecvee scseeevusonaetsonsseoutavees 481 AMS E4425. Recent, south of Gabo Island, Victoria, Australia. Apertural view; (10.6 cm high). [Paratype of Argobuccinum retiolum Hedley]. Dee USiTFifOn retiolus (EICGLGY)) cessor eerceee eee eee 481 NMV F26654. Recent, off N.S.W., Australia. Apertural view; (14 cm high). Cf. fig. 9. GalONsFusitniton retiolus (Hedley) oicccccccecc esc eee eee 481 AMS E4425. Recent, south of Gabo Island, Victoria, Australia. Apertural, abapertural views; (13 cm high). [Holotype of Argobuccinum retiolum Hedley]. fs TAOSTITATIIOL RELTONIS CRGGIEND) “sak sanscsssosndusossaoabododosonoanstisoceacs) dosbudsaaedees 481 AMNH 109863a. Recent, off Dunedin, New Zealand. Aba- pertural view showing sculpture and faint spiral color bands; (10.1 cm high). Cf. fig. 11. 8. Fusitriton retiolus (Hedley) ....................... Se Odd eee .. 481 SOSC specimen. Recent, off New Zealand. Apertural view, (9.8 cm high). OF SEUSITniOnenetlolus (dedley) he. ae ace eee eee ee 481 LSJU 9971. Recent, northwestern Macquarie Rise. Apertural view of specimen from the eastern Tasman Sea. Cf. fig. 5 from the western Tasman Sea; (11.5 cm high). He EUSiiniton: retiolus. (Hedley) iene eet aera eee 481 LSJU 9972. Recent, off Oamaru, New Zealand. Side view showing coarse sculpture; (9.8 cm high). Cf. fig. 7. Figures 3, 4, 6, and 10 copyright, the Trustees of The Australian Museum, Sydney. Specimens in figs. 1, 8 collected from Eltanin Cruise 27, Sta. 1851; specimen in fig. 9 from E/tanin Cruise 16, Sta. 1411, 333-371 m. Or (op) ds Figure 10. ue BULLETIN 254 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 45 Page Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 0.0.0.2... eens 485 LSJU 9967. Recent, Departure Bay, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Apertural view showing labial denticles, which are rare in adult specimens; (7.75 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 20.0000... cteeeeees 485 LSJU 9968. Pleistocene, San Pedro, California. Side view showing sculptural details, axial ribs and bifurcated straps separated by 1 to 3 threads in the interareas; (6.8 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ..............00000.0 000... Pe Be clo 485 LSJU 539. Pleistocene, Deadman Island, California, Aba- pertural view. Body whorl sculpture appears nodose from solution or other effects; (10.2 cm high). [Hypotype figured by Arnold, 1903; pl. 6, fig. 1.] Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 20... cccccccceeeeeteees 485 LACM 41. Pliocene, Newport Beach, California. Side view of specimen having coarse, widely spaced axial ribs; (9.1 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 2.0.0.0... ices 485 USNM 696801. Recent. Sitkalidak Island, Alaska. Apertural view of shell deeply penetrated by boring organisms; (6.4 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 2.0.00... oo... ccc cece eeeeees 485 USNM 696802. Recent, Sitkalidak Island, Alaska. Aba- pertural view of shell having spiral sculptural almost en- tirely removed by solution; (7.1 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 20.0.0... 00.....ccccceeeec cece 485 USNM 696803. Recent. Sitkalidak Island, Alaska. Side view of shell whose spiral sculpture has been partly destroyed by solution; (7.7 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ..............00 00 eeteecee eee 485 LSJU 9969. Recent, Monterey Bay, California. Cf. whorl] out- line, sculpture and aperture of specimens in figs. 8-11; (14.2 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) .....0.........cccccccceececc cece eee ee eee 485 LSJU 9970. Recent, Monterey Bay, California; (12.6 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ..............0..0..00ccccccccecccecsceceeeeeeeeeees 485 USNM 88859. Recent, Sitka, Alaska; (13 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 2.0.0.0... 485 MCZ 156303. Recent, Neeah Bay, Washington. Apertural view of shell deeply eroded where the periostracum has been re- moved. Varices more prominent than on most adult shells; (8.5 cm high). PLATE 45 BuLuL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 46 IONT., VOL. 56 ~ BuLL. AMER. PALE Figure 3,4. 5,8. 9,13. 10. de 12. 14. Or =?) Or CyMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH EXPLANATION OF PLATE 46 Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ...........000.0cococccccccccccececcceeeeeeeeeeees 485 LACM 62. Pleistocene, San Pedro, California. Juvenile with plicate aperture, and protoconch; (1.75 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 2.0.0.0... cecceeeeeeeeteeeee 485 LSJU 9965. Recent, Monterey Bay, California. (10. 8 cm high). Cf. whorl outline and pillar in figs. 2, 6. (Berry Colln. No. 508) Fusitriton sp. ? aff. F. oregonensis (Redfield) 0.0.0... 503 USNM_ 646416. Miocene, Middleton Island, Alaska. Side, apertural views showing coarse, nodose axial ribs; (5 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ...................0.ccccccccceeeesseeeeeerseeeee 585 USNM 153900. Pliocene, Coos Bay, Oregon. Apertural, aba- pertural views. Varices unusually numerous and prominent for an adult specimen, although careful study reveals typical sculptural and apertural details; (7 cm _ high). [Holotype of Gyrineum corbiculatum Dall.] Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) ............5...:.:ccc:eeccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeese 585 LSJU 643/1. Recent. Bear Bay, Alaska; (12 cm high). Fusitriton midwayensis Habe and Okutani ........... 000..0.0...0.0000.... 500 National Science Museum, Tokyo. Recent, off ‘Midway Island, western Pacific Ocean. Illustration reproduced from original reference (pl. 3, fig. 6); (4.43 cm high). [ Holotype. ] ?Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 2.00.0... ccc 485 IGPS 6185. Pliocene, Aomori Prefecture, Japan. Abapertural (natural size), apertural views; (2.8 cm high). [Juvenile holotype of Ramnella (Priene) tugaruensis Nomura and Hatai.] Photograph by K. Hatai. Fusitniionngaiear (curodavandsHabe)iers en eee 497 LSJU 9966. Recent, Bay of Tosa, Shikoku, Japan. Apertural view; (8.6 cm high). (Berry Colln.) Fusitriionegalea: (iunodas and) EHalbe) ea ee eee 497 AMNH 157801. Recent, Japan. Side view showing recurva- ture of the anterior canal; (12.8 cm high). ?Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 22.0.0... cette. 485 CAS 7601. Mio-Pliocene, near Montesano, Washington. Side view of worn specimen having apertural details obscured by matrix; (5.6 cm high). [Holotype of Gyrineum sylvia- ensis Weaver. ] FUSITOnuOnegonensiss (Red tic) Cl) ene eee nee eee eee 485 Female specimen photographed in a tide pool at Keku Strait, Alaska, by N. J. Silberling. Entire egg mass approximately 8 cm in diameter; egg capsules resemble kernels of corn in a spiral arrangement. Figure BULLETIN 254 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 47 Mediargo: mediocris (Dale ee ree east esa coches. 504 CAS 11689. Pliocene, from a well in San Diego, California. Protoconch and side view. Note alignment of varices, ob- solete axial sculpture on the body whorl; (4.7 cm high). Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 222.000... eee 485 CAS 94. Pleistocene, San Pedro, California. Apertural view of late juvenile shell; (6 cm high). Cf. outline, position of var- ices and apertural details with those in figs. 3,4. Fusitriton oregonensis (Redfield) 0. 0.0... 485 CAS 29847. Pleistocene, San Pedro, California. Apertural view of late juvenile specimen; (5.8 cm high). Mediargo:mediocrisn(Dalll) ier ee eee eee 504 LSJU 138. Pliocene, Santa Maria District, California. Aper- tural view of late juvenile specimen; (6.3 cm high). [Para- type of Gyrineum lewisii Carson. ] Mediargo mediocris (Dall) iio2oisioocc.ssheseec os hess foncecees tees ee 504 USNM 153990. Pliocene, Coos Bay, Oregon. Specimen turned 45 from abapertural view; (4.4 cm high). [Holotype of Gyrineum mediocre Dall.] Mediargo mediocris (Dall) ...............0..0cccccccccccccccc cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 504 USNM 645876. Pliocene (possibly reworked Miocene) from Coos Bay, Oregon. Apertural view; (6 cm high). [Paratype of Gyrineum mediocre Dall.] Mediargovmediocnriss(D alll) eyes cee ee eee eee 504 LSJU 114. Pliocene, Santa Maria District, California. Aper- tural view of adult specimen having incised spiral grooves; (10.7 cm high). [Holotype of Gyrineum lewisii Carson.] Cf. 2 GiKen, BY. Mediargotmediocris: (Dall) 8 eee eee 504 LSJU 9983 (formerly LSJU 31625). Pliocene, Kettleman Hills, California. Apertural view of adult specimen having axial sculpture on the early whorls; (11.3 cm high). Cf. fig. 8. BULL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 PLATE 47 PLATE 48 BuLvL. AMER. PALEONT., VOL. 56 6,7. 3,9. 10,11. 12. 13. 14,15. 16. 1 18,19. CYMATIID GASTROPODS: SMITH 567 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 48 Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) .......... ctthe, Senas tt act, a. cee 507 IGPS 2677a. Miocene, Fukushima Prefecture, Japan. Aper- tural, abapertural views; (3.4 cm high). [Paratype of Bursa yabei Nomura and Hatai. | Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) LSJU 284. Oligocene, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Apertural view; (4.3 cm high). [Paratype of Bursa van- couverensis Clark and Arnold. ]| Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) IGPS 77796. Miocene, Yamagata Prefecture, Japan. Abaper- tural, apertural views; (3.5 cm high). [Paratype of Apollon sazanami Hatai and Kotaka. | Mediarge mathewsonit (Gabb) -..... eee eee 507 IGPS 77795. Miocene, Yamagata Prefecture, Japan. Abaper- tural views; (4 cm high). [Holotype of Apollon sazanamli Hatai and Kotaka.] Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) ...... hth tice ta Ree ee en 507 IGPS 2677b. Miocene, Fukushima Prefecture, Japan. Aper- tural, abapertural views: (4.3 cm high). [Holotype of Bursa yabei Nomura and Hatai. | Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) IGPS 74317. Lower Miocene, Korea. Apertural, abapertural views; (4.5 cm high). [Holotype of Bursa shinsorutonensis Hatai and Kotaka. | Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) 2.02... ecceeecccccceeeeeeeeeeees 507 Reproduction of the original illustration of the missing holo- type; (3.5 cm high). [Holotype of Ranella Mathewsonti Gabb figured in Gabb, 1869, Paleontology of California: pl. II, fig. 13.] Mediargoumathewsoniis (Gabb) iene 507 USNM_ 646417. Lower Miuiocene, Kern County, California (USGS locality M1591). Apertural view of slightly com- pressed specimen lacking the outer lip; (6.3 cm high). Mediargo mathewsoniil) (Gabb)) eee 507 UCMP 11611. Miocene, Las Trampas Ridge, California. Aba- pertural, side views of a specimen lacking part of the body whorl and anterior canal; (5.9 cm high). [Holotype of Bursa trampasensis Clark. ] Mediargo mathewsonii (Gabb) ..........000000ooccccocecccceeececeeeeeeeteteeeees 507 USNM 165437. Zemorrian stage, Santa Cruz Mountains, Cali- fornia. Abapertural view of incomplete juvenile; (1.6 cm high). [Holotype of Tritonium newsomi Arnold, originally described as Eocene. ] Mecdiargoumathewsoniie(Gabb)n ee eee 507 UCMP 35349. Oligocene, Jefferson County, Washington. Aba- pertural view of worn young specimen; (3.6 cm high). [Holotype of Gyrineum kincaidi Durham. ] Mediargoumathewsonit (Gabe ere eee 507 USNM 646418. Oligocene, Grays Harbor County, Washington. Apertural, abapertural views of worn, incomplete specimen; (3.05 cm high). Figs. 1,2,4-11 provided by K. Hatai, Tohoku University, Sendai, Japan. 568 Figure 12: 3,4. 6,7. 10. IW 12. 13. 14. BULLETIN 254 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 49 “Ranella’ californica’ (Gab) nc. cee 522 UCMP 30878. Eocene, Pleasant Creek, California. Side, aper- tural views of slightly compressed incomplete specimen; (3.6 cm high). [Hypotype of Gyrineum kewi (Dickerson) figured by Clark, 1938. ] iMayena-akewis(DiCKersom) yess ..meres clones kee eeea ee oe eee 523 UCMP 11052. Eocene, Grapevine Canyon, California. Abaper- tural, apertural views. (2.3 cm high). [Juvenile holotype of Nyctilochus kewi Dickerson. ] Fusitriton dilleri (Anderson and Martin) .................0.........00..00000. 502 UCMP 10583. Oligocene, Grays Harbor County, Washington. Apertural view of incomplete late juvenile specimen lacking half of the body whorl, outer lip and anterior canal. Details of spiral sculpture and prominent varices are shown; (4.5 cm high). Fusitriton dilleri (Anderson and Martin) ..........000000....0..0cce. 502 CAS 152. Miocene, Lincoln County, Oregon. Shell turned 90° to the right in figure 7. Specimen is worn and_ broken, orientation with respect to aperture uncertain; (6.5 cm high). [Holotype of Argobuccinum dilleri Anderson and Martin. ] “Ranella” californica (Gabb) . AE Oe A ORS se eh 522 Reproduction of the original ‘illustration of Tritonium Gali- fornicum Gabb, 1869 in Paleontology of Californica II; pl. 26, tigte 33. Ghs tices lil “Buccinum: ;cammanii (Dall) eye es pce eecssccce seers eee 518 UCMP 10584. (Loc. 9061) Miocene, Astoria Formation, Wash- ington. Abapertural view; (4.9 cm high). “Beringius- cannoldiim(Martin)\ ce... tesco ecco aes eee 520 UCMP 10585. Pliocene, Fortuna Quadrangle, California. Apertural view of incomplete adult specimen showing Buc- cinacean deflection of axial ribs; (8.1 cm high). “Ranella’’californi¢a (Gabb): .:.22...c82 Sess ees feces kis eee 522 ANSP 4205. Eocene, Tejon Pass, California; (1.8 cm high). [Holotype of Tritonium californicum Gabb, from which the original illustration was made.]| Cf. fig. 8. Beningiusikennicotin (Dall) 2 eee eee 52itl LSJU 9984. Recent, Kodiak Island, Alaska. Apertural view of a Recent Buccinacean to which “Beringius” arnoldi may be related; (10.7 cm high). “Beringils. annoldim (lartim) i stetee ee eeeeeeee 520 UCMP 12340. Pliocene, Humboldt County, California. Aba- pertural view of incomplete specimen. [Holotype of Argo- buccinum arnoldi Martin]. “Ranella” californica (Gal): «2.5... 65:.65:s:.ceceo.2.ccesosveneeenesotenteosee ethooss 522 UCMP 11688. Eocene, Grapevine Canyon, California. Aper- tural view; (4.2 cm high). [Hypotype figured by Dickerson, 1915 as Nyctilochus californicus (Gabb).] PLATE 49 PALEONT., VOL. 56 BULL. AMER INDEX Note: Light face type refers to page numbers. Bold face type refers to plate figures. A algoensis, Fusitriton .. 480 angelensis, Priene oregonensis ............ 485 angelensis, Priene oregonensis 485 Ranella (Priene) oregonensis .......... 486 antarcticus, USTETILCON Ge ee eee 524 AMollont eye nae 452 Argobuccinum 39, 40,41 446, 449-454, 457-475, 486, 494, 505, 506, 510, 513, 518, 522, 525-528, 531-533 argus, Apollon ............ 458 Argobuccinum ... 39 450, 451, 454, 458-463, 465-470, 472, 474, 476, 526, 527, 531, 532 IMU Xteeret est rrie hc 450, 458, 459 amie llay see. See eeecse ee: 458, 459, 462, 468 Ranella (Argobuccinum) 466, 470 arnoldi, Argobuccinum ........ 502, 520, 521 “Beringius” .......49 502, 519-522 Ranella (Priene) .... 520 Astoria Formation .... 502, 503, 507, 520 aurora, Fusitriton . 524 australasia, Biplex 452 May einai see set 450, 451 B Blakely Formation .... 503, 512 BUCeINUMI eee 450, 452, 518 bufonius, Bursa .......... 450, 451 IMIUT OX Pec cede 452 BURSA Se ee 450, 452, 505, 524 Cc californica, “REWER hee ce anae 49 522, 523, 526 californicum, Eritonim) 2-2: 49 522, 523 californicus, Nyctilochus ....... 49 522.523 cammani, Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) .......... 518, 519 -—Buceinum2. ee 49 518-521 Ranella (Priene) .... 519 cancellatum, Argobuccinum (Fusitriton) .......... 486 IKUISTECRICON eee 476 Triton (Buccinum) .. 485 cancellatus, Austrofusus ............ 476 Husitriton 42 450, 451, 454- 456, 475-481, 484, 491, 500, 501, 524, 526, 528-530, 534, 538 HuSUSe aie ee 476 Pricne saree ee 476 Lritonts ee 452, 475-477 RritOniunie eee 485 Cebada Formation .... 492, 507 Chikagawa Formation 492 Chlamys delicatula- Fusitriton community .......... 473, 484, 485 Coos Conglomerate .... 492, 520 coosense, Argobuccinum ........ 486, 487 coosensis, Fusinus (Buccinofusus) ........ 519 corbiculata, Ranella (Priene) .... 486 corbiculatum, Gyrineum ........... 46 486, 487 Cowlitz Formation .... 524, 525 Cryotritonium 452 Cymatiume eee 449-451 D diegensis, Tritonium 524 dilleri, Argobuccinum 502 Kusitriton) 2 49 490, 502-504, 511, 525-527 Gyrineum) 04.022... 502 Ranellay eke 502 E egg masses, Argobuccinum (HODGTVIGKOTOT, corgsscocoonee 473 569 INDEX Fusitriton oregonensis ..... 46 494 Empire Formation .... 492, 507, 520 Etchegoin Formation 507 F Falor Formation ......... 507 femorale, Cymatium .. 450, 451 Fernando Formation 488, 492, 507 Foxen mudstone ........ 492 Fujina Formation ...... 492 fusiform, Tritonium (Trachytriton) ........ 524 EMUISIMUS) oe. ecco eke 524 Fusitriton ; 42,43,44,45,46,47,49 446, 449, 450, 452, 454, 455, 457, 476, 481, 475-505, 513, 514, 518, 519, 521, 522, 525- 530, 532, 533- 536, 538 Fusitriton sp. ? aff. F. oregonensis ....46 492, 503, 504, 520) Fusitriton-Strongy- locentrotus community .......... 484 futuristi, Fusitriton .... 481 G galea, Fusitriton .46 455, 484, 490, 493, 497-500, 504, 526, 527, 529 geversianum, BUC CLUS cere eee 476 geversianus, Trophon 475, 524 gigantea, Ranella ........ 452 Ginzan shell beds ...... 512 Gondwanula ................. 452 goodspeedi, Gyrineum 502, 504 Gyrineum .... . 452, 474, 505, 523 gyrinus, Gyrineum . 450, 451 Murex ae 452 H Heiroku Formation .... 512 hornii, Tritonium ..... 524 I Itahana Formation .... 492 J jeffersonense, Argobuccinum ....40 465, 474, 475, 511, 525, 526, 533 jeffersonensis, Gyrineum ........... 40 446, 474 sewettusand:...5.248 512 K Kadonosawa Hormation) =... 492 Keasey Formation ...... 475 kennicotti, Beringius ae 49 521, 522 kewi, Gyrineum ...... 49 5225525 “Mayena” sb aN Cn 49 522-524, 526 Nyctilochus 4.2... 523 kineaidi, Gyrineum 48 509, 510 kingil, Ranella ............ 462 Koshiba Formation .... 492 Kubo Formation ........ 492 Kurosedani Formation 524 Kurotaki Formation .. 492 [L laudandum, Husitritonige ssc 481, 499 laudandus, Fusitriton 478, 482 leucostomoides, ALP VC OMY Yer ces eae 479 lewisii, Gyrineum 47 504, 506 Ranella (Priene) . 505 Lincoln Formation .... 475, 503 Llajas Formation ........ 5235025 Lomita marl 492, 507 M mackini, Gyrineum .... 524 Macoma nasuta-M. secta community .... 496 magellanica, Priene .. 476 magellanicum, Argobuccinum ......... 476 HuSsitritonh see 476, 524 magellanicus, Murex .. 475, 476 mansfieldi, Murex (Argobuccinum) .... 524 Markley Formation .. 5225925 marshalli, Ranella .... 504, 505 mathewsoni, Argobuccinum ......... 502 mathewsonii, Argobuccinum ........ 509 BursSane see 509, 510 Mediargo 48 503, 506, 507, 509-512, 525-527 INDEX Ranella doanemeenol eH OUPA, OT. ae 5 Mayena 20.8... 452, 523 Mediargo ......... 47, 48 446, 450, 452, 457, 487, 502- 512, 518, 525, 526, 528 mediocre, Gyrineum 452, 486, 487, 504, 505 mediocris, Mediatreo i... 47 487, 490, 504- 508, 510, 511, 525-527 Ranella (Priene) .... 504 Merced Formation .... 507 midwayensis, UISTORICON) eee, 46 500, 529, 533, 539 Mindego Formation .. 510) 512 Molopophorous stephensoni zone .... 475 monitata, Bursa 322... 452 Moniwa Formation .... Hilt? Monoplexai eee 449 Montesano Formation 488, 492, 520 multinodosa, USIETItON 524 murrayi, Argobuccinum ........ 480 HUSitritoniee. ee 480 Fusitriton cancellatus ..... 43 456, 480, 481, 484, 526, 529, 530 Lampusia (Priene) .. 452, 480 Tritonium (Cryotritonium) . 480 N Navidad Formation .. 464, 465, 527 newsomi, Tritonium .......... 48 507, 509 Niguel Formation ..... 507 nipponensis, Ranella (Priene) .... 509 Nyctilochus 452 oO Olcesey Sand.) 503 olearium, Murex vee 452 Ranella 450, 451, 524 oregonense, Triton .. 485 oregonensis, Argobuccinum . 485 5 Fusitriton 45, 46, 47 455, 456, 473, 476-478, 483, 485-504, 506, 507, 519-521, 525-529, 533, 534, 536, 538 539 SUSUSHO Nee ta es coeees 485 Priene 485 Ranellay es awe 486 SE AO Tet cee 476 P pacifica, Argobuccinum (Rriene) i 486, 487 Ranella (Priene) .... 486 Palos Verdes Sand .... 492 parthenopeum, Cymatiums 2... 535 paucivaricatum, AMENIOTOUTDIIN op rocasssase 524 Pico Formation .......... 492 Rola ct 2c eater 452 polyzonalis, Ranella .. 458 Port Orford Kormationy ss 492 Poul Creek Formation 492, 504 Prienes 5.22.82 43 446, 449, 450, 452, 455, 457, 476, 486, 512- 518, 522, 525, 526, 528 prodita, Bursa (Apollon) ee 468 proditor, Argobuccinum ... 41 460, 462, 466- 469, 472, 526, 527, 531, 532 Bursa (Apollon) 41 468 Ranella (Apollon) ......... 41 468 Ranella (Bursa) 466 Purisima Formation 492 pustulosum, Argobuccinum 458 Buccinum ...... 458, 459 Q Quillayute Formation 507 Quimper Sandstone 475 71 INDEX R Ranellameen nee 452, 463, 476, 486, 502, 505, 523, 525 ranelliforme, Argobuccinum 39, 40 453, 454, 456, 460, 462-468, 470, 472, 474, 475, 526, 527, 531, 532 ranelliformis, JREWOVOIDIEY. “Sachsoanecoatecbasne 463 Lt OMe Geiss sheet one ce: 462, 463 Repetto Formation .... 492 retiolum, Argobuccinum 455, 481 rene meee 481 retiolus, Fusitriton ....... ... 44 456, 478, 479, 481-485, 526, 529, 530, 534 Rio Dell Hormationy 2-2---4:: 492, 512 rude, Argobuccinum Hil Priene eee 43 454, 456, 513- 518, 526 Triton =... 517 rudiss -Lriton..---. 517 S San Pablo Group ........ 513 San Ramon Formation 512 San Pedro Sand ........ 492, 493 Santa Barbara Mormation: fo5..ce. 492, 493 sazanami, Apollon 48 509 scaber, Priene ............ 512 Triton) =... Pere eee 452, 512, 513 Tri OMUUM sees. e ace 512 Scabray Pollia 2... 512 Priene vocsssees....43 450, 451, 456, 476, 512-518, 526 Ranella acs a! 512 scabrum, Argo- buccinum 52 bili3 Scotia Bluffs Hormation <........... 492 scotiaensis, Argo- buccinumy 42..... 500 Busitriton -....... 42 478, 500-502- 526, 528, 534, 538, 539 Ranella (Priene) .... 500 Shigarami Formation 492 shinsorutonensis, BUrSAy eanecsssaeecenn: 509, 510 soft parts, Priene rude, Argobuccinum, ranelliforme, Fusitriton Cancellatus) 72s. 454 Sooke Formation ...... 512 strongi, Gyrineum (Beektelia)) -2... 524 Strongylocentrotus- Argobuccinum community Fs... 496, 497 sylviaensis, Gyrineum ........... 46 486, 488, 527 T Tanagura beds ............ 512 Tejon Formation ........ 522-525 tejonensis, Tritonium (irachytriton)) 524 “Temblor” Formation 512 Timms Point Silt ...... 492 Tongoy Formation ..... 515 trampasensis, BULSa ee eee 48 505, 507, 509 tristanense, Argo- buccinum _......39, 40 465-469, 526, 52 Dol, Doe tristanensis, Argo- buccinum proditor 466 Ranella Rae, 466 PRIGOM, Scere tose 452 ritOnwuM), = e.cs eee 452 rophon’ ee... ee 476 tugaruensis, Ranella (riene) ee 46 486 tumidas Bursa) ee. 469 Gondwanula ............ 470 Rane lagers 452 tumidum, Argo- buccinum ...... 39, 41 454, 456, 460, 462, 465, 466, 468- 473, 526, 527, 530- 5a2 U undatum, Buccinum ... 450-452 V vancouverense, Argobuccinum ........ 509 572 INDEX vancouverensis, Bursa veliger larvae, Fusi- triton oregonensis 494, 495, 533, 509 534 vestitum, Cyma- tium (Septa) 450, 451 vexillum, Apollon .. 462 Argobuccinum ........ 453, 460, 463, 470 Ranellan eee 462, 463, 469 vinculum, Argobuc- ecinum (Trachytriton) 524 WwW Wildcat Formation.... 492, 501, 521 Y yabei, Bursa .......... 48 509, 510 Yakataga Formation .. 492, 503, 504, 525 Yanagawa shell beds Hil; yatsuoensis, Fusitriton 524 Z zelebori, Bursa 468 573 i . ; ‘ ‘ * ty ; ) b . oa a _ ” : _ ‘aii i, y; ? a = = co - Ve , ; “a és hey ie. ee ie i 7 ie oe 1 .y = os _ a 7 na - a 7 _ at a 1 R i aa be ? \ 2 "ey By oe oi! Soe “u e 7 7 = &! i3} ray ‘ ‘ -. ‘ . ant) ’ aap : | no ay a a * ; . : | " me | y t Ve v | BAS i : wu au Date Due ET RT CERN Se a Se ye Er = ae Se ee teria ~ ; SE Ie TE girth rae pare